SHOPPING SHERLOCK INC
10-12G, 1999-07-23
Previous: ACTIVE SOFTWARE INC, S-1/A, 1999-07-23
Next: MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER SE EQ TR TH CO ED BE ID PT S 99-3, 487, 1999-07-23





                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                     FORM 10

                        GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF
                 SECURITIES Pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of
                       the Securities Exchange Act of 1934






                             SHOPPING SHERLOCK, INC.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    (Exact name of registrant in its charter)

           Florida                                  91-1962104
- ------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
 (State or other jurisdiction       or   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
   of incorporation or organization)


   11201 S.E. 8th Street, Suite 152
       Bellevue, Washington                             98004
- -------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
 Address of principal executive offices)               (Zip Code)


       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (425) 372-3060


                    Securities to be registered under Section
                               12(b) of the Act:

                   None
- ----------------------------------- -------------------------------------------
 Title of each class to be so         Name of each exchange on which each class
   registered                           is to be registered


                    Securities to be registered under Section
                               12(g) of the Act:


                          Common Stock, $.001 par value
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                (Title of Class)

                                 Not Applicable
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                (Title of Class)



<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page

NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS......................................1

ITEM 1        BUSINESS.........................................................3

ITEM 2        FINANCIAL INFORMATION...........................................30

ITEM 3        PROPERTIES......................................................35

ITEM 4        SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT..35

ITEM 5        DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS................................35

ITEM 6        EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION..........................................37

ITEM 7        CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS..................38

ITEM 8        LEGAL PROCEEDINGS...............................................39

ITEM 9        MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY
              AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.................................39

ITEM 10       RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.........................39

ITEM 11       DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT'S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED.........40

ITEM 12       INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS.......................40

ITEM 13       FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.....................30

ITEM 14       CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING
              AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE........................................47

ITEM 15       FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS...............................47

                              -i-



<PAGE>


                   NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS


         Except for statements of historical fact, certain information contained
herein constitutes  "forward-looking  statements,"  including without limitation
statements containing the words "believes,"  "anticipates," "intends," "expects"
and words of similar import, as well as all projections of future results.  Such
forward-looking  statements  involve known and unknown risks,  uncertainties and
other factors which may cause the actual results or  achievements of the Company
to be  materially  different  from any  future  results or  achievements  of the
Company expressed or implied by such  forward-looking  statements.  Such factors
include,  but are not limited to the following:  the Company's limited operating
history, competition, risks of technological change, the Company's dependence on
key personnel,  marketing relationships and third party suppliers, the Company's
ability to protect  its  intellectual  property  rights and the other  risks and
uncertainties  described  under  "Business  -- Risk  Factors"  in this  Form 10.
Certain  of the  forward  looking  statements  contained  in  this  registration
statement  are  identified  with  cross  references  to this  section  and/or to
specific risks identified under "Business -- Risk Factors."


ITEM 1            BUSINESS

     Shopping  Sherlock,  Inc. (the  "Company")  is a development  stage company
dedicated to becoming a leading on-line retailer of consumer goods,  provider of
Web site and e-business services and distributor and marketer of rebate shopping
benefits.  The Company was  incorporated in Florida on August 17, 1984 under the
name Aida Industries, Inc. as a development stage company with no operations. On
March 24,  1999,  the  Company  changed its name from Aida  Industries,  Inc. to
Shopping Sherlock, Inc. On May 26, 1999, the Company acquired all the issued and
outstanding  capital stock of Shopping  Sherlock,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation
("SSI") pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of  Reorganization  among the Company,
SSI  and  Shopping   Acquisition  Corp.   ("Acquisition  Sub"),  a  wholly-owned
subsidiary  of the  Company.  Under  the  terms  of the  Agreement  and  Plan of
Reorganization,  Acquisition Sub merged with and into SSI, and the  stockholders
of SSI,  in  exchange  for all the  shares  of SSI  common  stock  held by them,
received an aggregate of 2,000,000 shares of the Company's common stock.  Unless
otherwise  noted herein,  references to "the Company" shall mean the Company and
its wholly-owned subsidiary SSI.


     The Company plans to leverage its  relationships  with suppliers,  affinity
groups and the Premier  Lifestyles  International  Corporation  rebate  shopping
network to create an online forum for the sale of over 60,000 household, office,
computer,  beauty and health and other consumer  products.  See "Note  Regarding
Forward-Looking Statements."


Industry Background


     The Internet and  commercial  online  services are emerging as  significant
global  communications  media,  enabling millions of people to share information
and conduct business electronically. A number of factors have contributed to the
growth in the use of the Internet and commercial online services,  including the
large and growing installed base of advanced personal  computers in the home and
workplace,  improvements in network  infrastructure,  easier, faster and cheaper
access to the Internet and  commercial  online  services,  the  introduction  of
alternative Internet access devices, increased consumer desire for more complete
and up-to-date  information,  the increase in available information and products
and increased  awareness of the Internet and  commercial  online  services among
consumer and business users. In its "IDC Predictions '99" report,  International
Data  Corporation  ("IDC")  estimates  that the number of Web users will grow to
approximately 147 million by the end of 1999.


     The  functionality  and accessibility of the Internet and commercial online
services  have  made  them  an  increasingly  attractive  commercial  medium  by
providing features that historically have been unavailable  through  traditional
channels. For example, the Internet and commercial online services provide users
with  convenient  access to large  volumes  of  dynamic  data to  support  their
investment,   purchase  and  other  decisions.  Online  retailers  are  able  to
communicate effectively with customers by providing frequent updates of featured
selections,  content,  pricing and visual  presentations and to provide tailored
products  and  services  by  capturing   valuable   data  on  customer   tastes,
preferences, shopping and buying patterns.






                                       -1-
<PAGE>


     Unlike most traditional distribution channels, online retailers do not have
the burden of building,  managing and maintaining  numerous local  facilities to
provide  their  services or  products on a global  scale.  In  contrast,  online
retailers  benefit from the relatively  low cost of reaching and  electronically
serving  customers   worldwide  from  a  central  location.   Because  of  these
advantages,  an increasingly  broad base of products and services are being sold
online,  including books, brokerage services,  computers and travel products and
services. Jupiter Communications,  LLC ("Jupiter Communications") estimates that
the  total  value of  services  and  products  sold  over the Web by  retailers,
catalogers and online  merchants grew from $707 million in 1996 to approximately
$2.7 billion in 1997, and will increase to approximately  $26.5 billion by 2000.
As the number of online  content,  commerce and service  providers has expanded,
strong brand  recognition  and strategic  alliances have become  critical to the
success of such companies.  Brand development is especially important for online
retailers due to the need to establish  trust and loyalty among consumers in the
absence  of  face-to-face  interaction.  Some  online  retailers  have  begun to
establish long-term strategic partnerships and alliances with content,  commerce
and service  providers to rapidly  build brand  recognition  and trust,  enhance
their  service  offerings,   stimulate  traffic,  build  repeat  business,  take
advantage of cross-marketing opportunities and create barriers to entry.


Trends In Online Retailing


     The Company believes that four key trends are currently  shaping the online
retailing industry:

     o    rapid  growth of the  Internet as an  acceptable  medium of  effecting
          retail transactions;

     o    fewer consumer concerns over privacy and security;

     o    diminishing amounts of consumer free time; and

     o    favorably changing demographics of Internet users.


     Rapid Growth in Use of Internet for Retail  Transactions.  Aggregate online
retail sales are expected to grow from $2.7 billion in 1997 to $26.5  billion in
2000. The Company  believes that online  retailing will continue to achieve high
growth rates. A recent study by Jupiter Communications suggests that PC hardware
and software sales, the current leading online retail segment in terms of dollar
volume,  is likely to fall from its  number  one  position,  being  replaced  by
household and other consumer items by 2002. The Company believes that this trend
signifies a broadening of the online  retail  market away from  computer-related
purchases  and toward  general  consumer-oriented  items (e.g.,  plane  tickets,
books,  music and so forth).  The new high growth areas complement the Company's
marketing strategy that emphasizes selling "lower tech" goods and consumer items
instead of competing for computer hardware and software sales.


     Fewer Privacy and Security  Concerns.  Over the past year the online retail
community has made significant strides toward increasing security and privacy in
retail  transactions  through  self-regulation  and the implementation of secure
transaction technologies.  "Safe shopping policies," which include assurances of
individual  privacy and credit card  security,  are now being  adopted by online
retailers who have become  members of Web  "self-regulatory  associations"  like
Trust-e and the Better Business Bureau Online.  As a member of the online retail
community,  the Company  intends to implement  its own safe  shopping  policy to
mitigate against consumers' perception of risk relating to online shopping.  See
"Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."


     Diminishing   Amounts  of  Consumer  Free  Time.   The  growing  number  of
professional,  dual-income  families  require  new  means of  completing  common
shopping tasks in a more time efficient manner.  The Company intends to create a
retail experience for the consumer that reduces transaction cycle time by:

     o    recommending  reliable  products and  suppliers  that provide the best
          price,  thereby  eliminating  the need for the consumer to  comparison
          shop;

     o    offering easy access to impartial,  unbiased and  independent  product
          reviews, buying tips and advice to help shoppers make more intelligent
          and informed purchases;


                                       2
<PAGE>


     o    featuring direct  connection to thousands of brand-name  products from
          manufacturers  to help  shoppers  quickly find the products  they want
          without having to spend time sifting through hundreds of Web sites;

     o    providing an efficient online purchase experience;

     o    implementing a help desk to provide  customer  service and support for
          the highest level of customer satisfaction; and

     o    developing fulfillment processes that deliver orders quickly to buyers
          and that maintain  records of purchases and rebate  points.  See "Note
          Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."

     Favorably Changing  Demographics of Internet Users. Today, the demographics
of the Internet are moving to match the  diversity of the U.S.  population.  For
instance,  the number of women using the Internet increased from 37% to 46% over
the past three years while  cybersurfers over 50 have doubled to 20%.  Forrester
Research Incorporated estimates that 32% of black households in the U.S., 43% of
Hispanic,  and 67% of Asian-American  households will be online by year-end. The
Company  believes that these changing  demographics  will broaden the demand for
consumer products on the Web. See "Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."


Shopping Sherlock's Business Plan


     The Company intends to operate in three related business segments:

          1.   online product sales;
          2.   Web site and e-business services; and
          3.   sales of rebate shopping network benefits.

     Online Product Sales. The Company  anticipates its primary business will be
the sale of consumer products over the Internet. Through its planned Web site at
www.shoppingsherlock.com,  the Company intends to offer over 5,000  high-quality
consumer and household products.  In addition,  the Company intends to offer its
customers  access to a larger  database  of over  55,000  products  through  its
planned   www.usrebatewarehouse.com  online  warehouse  store.  Because  of  its
strategic   marketing   relationship  with  Premier   Lifestyles   International
Corporation  ("PLIC"), an affiliate of the Company, the Company believes that it
will be able to offer  products to a large,  established  base of  consumers  at
competitive  prices and, in many cases, in conjunction with attractive  rebates.
See "Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."


     PLIC is a retail and  marketing  services  company that offers a variety of
services  to  individuals  and  businesses  including  rebate  shopping  network
memberships,  point of sale systems management,  debit card processing, Web site
development and hosting, Internet access and product fulfillment. As part of its
operations,  PLIC routinely  contracts with organizations and companies to offer
participation in its reciprocal rebate shopping network. Members or employees of
participating   organizations  are  eligible  to  receive  rebates  on  products
purchased from participating merchants. On each purchase, a portion of the price
paid by the  rebate  network  member  is  remitted  to the  member's  sponsoring
organization and to the organization that recruited the participating  merchant.
A transaction  processing fee is also paid to PLIC on each sale. See "-- Sale of
Rebate Shopping Network Benefits."


     In February 1999, the Company entered into a Strategic  Alliance  Agreement
with PLIC. Under the terms of the agreement,  PLIC granted the Company the right
to  directly  market the  Company's  online  stores to members of PLIC's  rebate
shopping  network,  to  place  links to the  Company's  Web  sites on Web  sites
sponsored  by PLIC and to  distribute  memberships  in  PLIC's  rebate  shopping
network. In addition,  PLIC agreed to provide transaction processing and product
fulfillment  services to the Company and to give the Company  access to its list
of  participating  merchants  and  product  inventory  on an ongoing  basis.  In
exchange,  the Company agreed,  on an exclusive basis, to sell, market and honor
PLIC product rebate network memberships and, subject to certain  exceptions,  to
use PLIC's transaction  processing and product fulfillment services. The parties
have also agreed to design  jointly a Web site which would feature links to both
the  Company's  Web sites and other Web sites  operated by PLIC.  The  Strategic
Alliance Agreement is for a perpetual duration,  but may be terminated by either
party for cause, as defined in the agreement.



                                       3
<PAGE>


     Currently,  PLIC's  rebate  shopping  network  has over 12 million  members
belonging  to 23  different  organizations.  PLIC  has also  contracted  with 21
independent sales organizations, including the Company, to offer rebate shopping
network memberships to additional organizations and businesses. In 1998, members
of PLIC's  rebate  shopping  network  purchased  approximately  $100  million in
products from  participating  merchants.  Because PLIC rebate  shopping  network
members  typically pay an annual fee to participate in the rebate  program,  the
Company  believes that these customers can be characterized as consumers who are
likely to desire  the  competitive  prices  and  cost-saving  programs  that the
Company  plans  to  make  available  on its  Web  sites.  By  leveraging  PLIC's
established   base  of  rebate   shopping   network  members  and  its  existing
infrastructure,  the Company  believes  that it will be able to  facilitate  its
entry into the online  retail  industry and to more quickly  establish a base of
loyal customers. See "Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."


     The  Company  plans to develop and expand its  product  categories  and the
presence of recognized  name brand products  within its online  stores.  Because
PLIC  enjoys  preferred  distributor  status  from  over  80  manufacturers  and
suppliers,  the Company, through its strategic alliance with PLIC, has access to
a significant  number of name brand  products at wholesale  prices.  The Company
believes  that  relationships  with  manufacturers  of name brand  products  are
essential to the  Company's  ability to continue to build its  reputation  as an
online  destination  retailer,  and that the high-quality  reputation of leading
brands  is  essential  to  building   consumer   demand.   See  "Note  Regarding
Forward-Looking Statements."


     In addition to offering  high-quality,  brand-name  products at competitive
prices,  the Company also intends to link value-added  services with the sale of
products by offering  the  following  services  to its online  customers.  These
services include:

          o    Comparison  Shopping:  Online  customers  will be able to compare
               similar  products  and  prices  through  features  built into the
               Company's Web sites.

          o    Purchase   Suggestions:   Based  on  each  customer's  sponsoring
               organization,  general demographic characteristics and purchasing
               profile,   the  Company  will  offer   suggestions   of  products
               compatible with the customer's  lifestyle and anticipated  buying
               interests.

          o    Free Consumer  Intelligence  Reports:  The Company plans to offer
               access to independent product reviews,  buying tips and advice to
               help shoppers make more intelligent and informed purchases.

          o    Rebate Club Memberships:  Through its relationship with PLIC, the
               Company  plans  to  offer   inexpensive   rebate   shopping  club
               memberships and additional benefits to visitors to its Web sites.

          o    Product  Rebates:  Through its  participation  in the PLIC rebate
               shopping  network,  the  Company  intends  to  offer  rebates  on
               selected  items to  customers  who are  rebate  shopping  network
               members.  These rebates will  accumulate for the customer and can
               be used on future purchases.

          o    Help Desk:  The  Company  intends to provide  fast and  efficient
               customer  support to individuals as well as product  brokerage to
               help its  organizations  receive the best products and prices for
               their members. See "Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."


     Web Site and e-Business Services.  The Company currently offers services to
network marketing  businesses that need e-commerce sites and Web-based  business
tools for their  sales  associates.  The  Company  offers a complete  e-business
services  package to its clients,  designing a custom  solution based upon their
individual business requirements. These services include:

          o    needs assessment;

          o    process analysis;

          o    e-business strategies;

          o    information architecture;





                                       4
<PAGE>



          o    Web site design;

          o    content production;

          o    Web site production;

          o    systems integration;

          o    production  of  on-line   ordering  and  transaction   processing
               systems; and

          o    Web site hosting and Web-based e-mail services.


In addition,  the Company's  "Direct  Marketing  Organization  (DMO)  Platform,"
enables each sales associate of a participating organization to:

          o    host a customized online storefront;

          o    display products;

          o    set up a merchant account;

          o    place and receive orders online;

          o    authorize credit cards;

          o    recruit and sign-up new associates online;

          o    track sales;

          o    download sales brochures; and

          o    communicate by e-mail.


     In June 1999, the Company completed  development and began operation of its
first e-commerce-enabled site, www.eyicom.com, which includes Web-based business
tools for the sales associates of Essentially  Yours Industries Corp., a network
marketing company ("EYI"). The site was built and hosted by the Company with the
content  provided and owned by the EYI. As part of its  agreement  with EYI, the
Company  has the  right to place  its  rebate  shopping  link on every EYI sales
associate's Web page.


     The Company  currently  receives a monthly  hosting and e-mail fee for each
sales associate with an online site. The Company also receives  transaction fees
on every  purchase made on the site.  The fee structure for future  clients will
likely  vary,  but will always  include a  development  fee and  revenue-sharing
component.  In addition,  the Company intends to pursue the right to include its
rebate  shopping  button on the Web pages of all its clients' sales  associates.
See "Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."


     Sales of Rebate  Shopping  Network  Benefits.  As a  participant  in PLIC's
rebate  shopping  network,  the Company  has the right to sell  rebate  shopping
network memberships under its own brand names: Shopping Sherlock and U.S. Rebate
Warehouse.  For example, if a visitor to the Company's  www.shoppingsherlock.com
Web site desires to take  advantage of the rebate  offers posted on the site, he
or she will be given an option to join the rebate shopping network by purchasing
a Shopping  Sherlock-branded  rebate card. After providing  certain  demographic
information  and paying a modest  initiation  fee, the customer will be provided
with a rebate  shopping  network  member number which he or she may use to begin
purchasing products from the Web site or from other participating merchants.






                                       5
<PAGE>


     When the customer purchases a product from a participating merchant such as
the Company,  a portion of the total rebate on the product is divided  among the
rebate shopping network participants as follows:

     1.   25% of the rebate is credited to the customer;

     2.   30% of the rebate is remitted to PLIC as a transaction processing fee;

     3.   30% of the rebate is  remitted  to the  organization  that  issued the
          rebate shopping network membership to the customer (e.g., the Company,
          PLIC or other organization to which the customer belongs)

     4.   10% is  remitted  to the  organization  that  recruited  the  merchant
          selling the product; and

     5.   5%   is   remitted   to   the   Web   site    operator,    (PLIC   for
          www.source4shopping.com  or the Company  for  www.shoppingsherlock.com
          and www.usrebatewarehouse.com)


     When the customer is a non-rebate  card holder and makes a purchase  from a
participating     merchant     such     as      www.shoppingsherlock.com      or
www.usrebatewarehouse.com,  the total rebate on the product is divided among the
rebate shopping network participants as follows:

     1.   25% to the merchant; and

     2.   75% to PLIC.

     The Company  believes  that its  participation  in PLIC's  rebate  shopping
network through  selling,  marketing and honoring PLIC's rebate shopping network
memberships  will  assist the  Company in  increasing  its  customer  base while
generating  additional  revenues from the product sales made over its Web sites.
See "Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."

Advertising and Marketing


     The Company's  advertising and marketing strategy consists of several basic
components.  First, through its partnership with PLIC, the Company has the right
to use all of  PLIC's  customer  profile  information  to create a  database  to
strategically  segment customer groups and use them for marketing purposes.  The
database  will include  profile  information  such as  addresses,  age,  income,
occupation  and other  relevant  characteristics.  The Company  plans to use the
database to custom design  marketing  and  manufacturing  strategies.  This will
enable  the  Company to target  products  to  appropriate  consumer  groups.  In
addition,  the Company  intends to continue to gather new data to further refine
its marketing  strategies and product mix. See "Note  Regarding  Forward-Looking
Statements."


     Second,   special   "first   time"   incentives   to  PLIC   benefits   and
rebate-shopping  club  members,  as well as the general  population  of Internet
users  will be used to drive  traffic  to the  Company's  Web  site.  See  "Note
Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."


     Third,  the Company  intends to work closely with PLIC to communicate  with
benefits members and members of the online rebate shopping network. This will be
accomplished  primarily  through the affinity groups that are  participating  in
PLIC's rebate shopping network. See "Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."


     Fourth, the Company intends to emphasize  consumer-oriented products rather
than computer  hardware and software.  Although  hardware and software have been
the leading retail segment for Internet  sales,  heavy  competition in this area
has led to declining  gross  margins.  The Company  believes the new high growth
areas will be "lower tech" items and consumer products such as home furnishings,
office  supplies,  beauty  aids,  groceries,  cosmetics,  cleaning  supplies and
industrial goods. See "Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."


     Advertising.  The Company intends to focus most of its advertising  efforts
towards members of PLIC's rebate shopping network. For example,  PLIC has agreed
to place links to the Company's  Web sites on its various Web sites.

     In addition, pursuant to the terms of its Strategic Alliance Agreement with
PLIC,  all  PLIC-affiliated  Web  sites  will  link to a  rebate  shopping  page
featuring two logos: the Company's and PLIC's. No other



                                       6
<PAGE>



logos will be added to these pages.  PLIC will also  continue to jointly  market
the Company's site with any new partners it obtains. The Company and PLIC intend
to create joint promotion programs, which may include:

     o    e-mail announcements;

     o    direct mail; and

     o    catalogue inserts.


     In addition,  the Company intends to place links and banner  advertisements
on PLIC's retail site and on high profile traffic  portals,  such as Yahoo!  and
Excite.  Print  advertising  will  be  added  to the  program  as  profitability
increases.  Currently,  there are no plans for television or radio  advertising,
but  those  media  may be  used  as the  business  grows.  See  "Note  Regarding
Forward-Looking Statements."


     Branding.  The Company believes that its bloodhound mascot will represent a
unique,  value-added feature. The bloodhound mascot serves as a symbol for value
as it "sniffs" out the best prices for its owner. The Company intends to promote
this mascot as a tool to increase brand awareness and identity.


     Other  Marketing.  PLIC  has  agreed  to  place  the  Company's  URL in its
marketing  materials and fax-based  information/promotional  service to selected
PLIC rebate  customers.  The Shopping  Sherlock name and URL will be prominently
displayed on all faxes received by this customer group.  PLIC has also agreed to
list the  Company's  name on all search  engines and  directories  wherever PLIC
lists its own site.


Consumer Market Segments


     The  Company  anticipates  its primary  market will be the 12 million  PLIC
rebate  shopping  network  members to which PLIC has  access.  This  specialized
target  customer group consists of a large and growing  community of current and
new rebate shopping club members. The Company believes that a special feature of
this group is their "purchase-ready" disposition, evidenced by their willingness
to pay for rebate  shopping  privileges.  The Company  estimates that its target
market  represents  over $40.8 million in gross sales for its first full year of
operations.  The second  customer  group is the general  population  of Internet
users and on-line  shoppers.  This group now numbers well over 72 million in the
U.S.  alone.  The  Company  estimates  that  this  secondary  market in the U.S.
represents  $7.6  million  dollars  in gross  sales for its  first  full year of
operations. There can be no assurance,  however, that such levels of gross sales
will be achieved.  See "Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements".


Web Sites


     www.usrebatewarehouse.com,  the Company's first planned online retail site,
is planned as a no-frills  online  rebate  shopping  site  carrying  over 55,000
consumer  products.  The  site  will be  designed  to be fast  and  easy to use,
regardless of the level of computer  knowledge the online  shopper has.  Through
the  site,  the  Company  will  gather   product  sales  and  customer   profile
information.  The Company intends to use this information to enhance the product
and marketing mix for the  www.shoppingsherlock.com  site.  See "Note  Regarding
Forward-Looking Statements."


     The  www.shoppingsherlock.com and  www.usrebatewarehouse.com  Web sites are
being  designed  to  ensure  that  they  are  enjoyable  and easy to use for the
Company's  customers,  enhancing  the Shopping  Sherlock  brand and  encouraging
customers  to purchase  products.  The  Company  anticipates  incorporating  the
following features into its Web sites:





                                       7
<PAGE>


     o    an easy-to-use, highly integrated shopping environment:

     o    reduced  download times through  efficient use of HTML and appropriate
          graphics;

     o    well-organized  and logically  presented  product  information  giving
          customers the information necessary to make buying decisions;

     o    advanced  search  functionality  enabling  shoppers to quickly  find a
          desired product; and

     o    high quality  customer service features that are accessible from every
          page which allows  users to quickly  find answers to questions  and to
          track the status of orders.


Competition


     The Company will  primarily  compete in its retail segment with a number of
other retailers with similar concepts. The Company will primarily compete in its
e-business  services segment with other Web site hosting and e-business  service
providers.  Within these two segments,  the Company's competitors can be broadly
divided into four groups:

     o    traditional "brick and mortar" stores (e.g. Target, Wal-Mart,  K-Mart,
          Sam's, etc.);

     o    on-line megastores (e.g. Valueamerica.com and Worldspy.com);

     o    on-line   specialty   stores   (e.g.    Furniture.com,    Jewelry.com,
          Electronics.com, etc.); and

     o    network marketing e-business service providers (e.g. mis-software.com,
          2021.com, etc.).


     Traditional  Stores.  The Company  will compete with other brick and mortar
megastores  that  offer  the same  types  and a large  selection  of  low-priced
products. Additionally, many of these stores not only operate "brick and mortar"
outlets  but also have  on-line  shopping  capabilities  (e.g.  Shop.target.com,
Wal-mart.com, etc.). These stores may have some distinct advantages in that they
are able to offer both types of shopping experiences, both on-line and off-line.


     Furthermore,  many customers have developed a loyalty to these stores based
on historical  experience,  available  financing  options and customer  service.
These stores also have a significant reputation and presence in many communities
with access to substantial funds for additional marketing and advertising.


     Online  Megastores.  Two key competitors in the on-line  megastore/shopping
mall arena are  ValueAmerica.com  and  Worldspy.com.  These Web  sites,  and the
growing  number of other Web sites like them,  sell a large  number of  products
from many different categories such as home improvement,  electronics,  toys and
games, home  furnishings,  footwear,  pharmacy,  jewelry,  general  merchandise,
housewares, gifts, etc.


     Many of these Web sites  offer  similar  service  offerings  to the Company
including comparison-shopping and easily accessible product information/research
(e.g., Consumer Reports).  Like the Company, these Web sites also have aesthetic
appeal, content that holds the consumer's attention and causes them to return to
the site and ease of use. They seek to attract consumers based on the appeal of
convenience,  low prices,  selection  and  additional  services  that may not be
available  from a "brick  and  mortar"  retailer,  such as chat rooms to discuss
product  purchasing  experiences,   free  e-mail  and  electronic  announcements
regarding sales or special deals.


     While the Company  anticipates  that it will have a  competitive  advantage
over other sites in  marketing  to rebate  shopping  club  members,  it may face
competitors  who offer  coupons  and  special  discounts,  which may  offset the
savings gained through rebates.






                                       8
<PAGE>





     Specialty  Stores.  There are a number of other on-line  retailers who will
compete  with  the  Company  in  niche  product  categories.  Retailers  such as
Furniture.com  who  specialize in only one type of product will in many cases be
able to offer a greater  selection  and possibly  better  prices in a particular
category.  Furthermore,  many of these specialty retailers are well capitalized,
have  significant  budgets for marketing and have developed  mindshare for their
niche markets.


     Network  Marketing  e-Business  Service  Providers.  The  Company  directly
competes  with  Multi-Level   Information   Systems,   Inc.  ("MIS"),  and  2021
Interactive in the Web site hosting and e-business services segment.  MIS offers
the MIS Internet  Assistant,  which  enables  companies  to provide  their sales
associates with the ability to access sales information,  sign up new associates
and  place  orders  via  the  Internet.   MIS  also  offers  business   software
(distributor,   receivables  and  inventory   tracking)  to  network   marketing
companies.  2021 Interactive's  e-business service offering is Array,  providing
custom e-commerce  enabled Web sites for sales  associates,  online ordering and
access to product information.  2021 Interactive also offers a complete suite of
business software for network marketing companies,  including  interactive voice
response, forms processing, contact management,  distribution and order tracking
software.  While the Company  anticipates  it will have a competitive  advantage
because of its fee structure and rebate shopping  network,  these two companies,
with their established customer base, represent  significant  competition in the
Web site hosting and e-business services segment.


Operations And Technical Development


     The Company is currently  located in two  facilities:  its  headquarters in
Bellevue,  Washington, and its software development office in Vancouver, British
Columbia. The Company has servers in multiple locations. Main servers are housed
at the Company's software  development office and at Exodus Networks in Seattle,
Washington.  Duplicate  transaction  logs are  housed  at the PLIC  offices,  in
Newhall,  California.  Complete  system  back-ups  are held on tape  offsite and
servers at the  development  facility.  As capacity  increases,  servers will be
added.  The primary focus of the Company's  technical  team is its Web site user
interface to ensure system software functions properly and offers a reliable and
appealing  environment  to search  for and  select  merchandise  at  competitive
prices.  The  Company  intends  to  monitor  service  and  quality,  as  well as
continuously  identify  areas  for  improvement,  such as  product  fulfillment,
transaction processing, and customer assistance.  Certain of these functions are
presently provided by PLIC. For example,  PLIC provides the Company with certain
services essential for smooth operations and customer service, such as:

     o    help desk for rebate Web sites;

     o    tracking of product fulfillment; and

     o    pricing research.


     Servers with restricted  access  databases are anticipated to be housed and
protected by the Company in the Exodus Networks  Seattle  facility.  The Company
will manage, edit and update its own files.


     Transaction Processing and Product Fulfillment. It is anticipated that PLIC
will provide the Company with rebate cards and card administration  services for
new members signing up for online rebate shopping  privileges.  Each rebate card
will have a separate  number  and all  transactions  associated  with it will be
tracked  through  PLIC's  database.  PLIC is  also  responsible  for all  rebate
payments made to the Company's rebate card customers.  The Company and PLIC plan
to maintain an  electronic  database on the Company's  cardholders  enabling the
Company to validate  rebate cards and subsequent  sales from them.  Through this
database the Company  anticipates  it will be able to access all data related to
its  rebate  card  customers  for  the  purposes  of  marketing,   auditing  and
accounting.


     Product  fulfillment  involves the  ordering  and shipping  process that is
coordinated  between  PLIC and  jobbers.  PLIC has agreed to provide all product
fulfillment  operations  for the  Company.  This  operation  will employ  people
dedicated to interacting with brokers and jobbers  customers over the telephones
and  broker  jobbers.  PLIC  has  assured  the  Company  priority  ordering  and
transaction processing.






                                       9
<PAGE>


     The product  fulfillment  operation also includes  general customer service
support as well as the following functions:

     o    help desk for a person's  first web search,  product  search
          and purchase; and

     o    product fulfillment,  including contacting jobbers, expediting orders,
          changing orders and tracking orders.


     Systems  Infrastructure,  Technology and Security. The Company's technology
platform consists of the deployment environment,  Web servers,  applications and
infrastructure  for EDI,  financial  transactions  and security,  as well as the
Company's  proprietary  content  management  and  authoring  system.  All of the
Company's   computer   equipment   is  powered  by  redundant   APC   filtering,
battery-backed power supplies designed to provide continuous power to the online
store in the event of outages from the local power utility.  To ensure  reliable
24 hours-a-day,  365-days-a-year operation of its online stores, the Company has
designed its system  architecture  to be fault  tolerant with  redundant Web and
database  servers as well as  redundant  paths into the  Internet.  If a failure
should occur with either  Internet  connection,  traffic  will be  automatically
routed through the alternate path. It is anticipated that the online stores will
incorporate  database  technology  and  dynamic  HTML page  generation  to offer
maximum  flexibility  while  minimizing  maintenance  overhead of the site.  The
Company has developed a proprietary  authoring  tool to  efficiently  create and
manage  content  for  publication  in the  online  store.  This tool  provides a
database-centric  approach to Web page  creation  that  dramatically  speeds the
development  and  maintenance  of product  listings,  presentations  and pricing
information.  The Company  utilizes  secure credit card  transaction  processing
software from Cybercash.  All transactions are audited from credit authorization
through  receipt of funds.  The Company  addresses  theft of information  during
transmission over the Internet by utilizing  standard SSL encryption  technology
available to customers using browsers which are SSL encryption enabled,  such as
Netscape Navigator or Microsoft Internet Explorer. The network that will support
the online stores is designed for  scalability to accommodate  peak  transaction
loads and to "scale up" efficiently to handle increasing  volumes over time. The
Company uses virtual web servers,  which allow new servers to be configured  and
brought online  transparently as transaction loads dictate.  Similarly,  the SQL
servers that drive the store  content are  replicated to allow new servers to be
added if greater  capacity is required.  Access from external sites to the store
is  restricted  to the HTTP  protocol,  and access from the internal  network is
restricted  to  only  essential  maintenance  services.   The  Company  performs
self-diagnostic  security checks, including measures for password cracking, port
scanning and operating system vulnerabilities.


Government Regulation


     The  Company is not  currently  subject to direct  federal,  state or local
regulation in the United States other than regulations  applicable to businesses
generally or directly applicable to electronic  commerce.  However,  because the
Internet is becoming  increasingly popular, it is possible that a number of laws
and  regulations  may be  adopted  in the  United  States  with  respect  to the
Internet.  These  laws  may  cover  issues  such as  user  privacy,  freedom  of
expression,  pricing,  content and quality of products and  services,  taxation,
advertising, intellectual property rights and information security. Furthermore,
the growth of electronic  commerce may prompt calls for more stringent  consumer
protection  laws.  Several states have proposed  legislation to limit the use of
personal  user  information  gathered  online  or  require  online  services  to
establish privacy  policies.  The Federal Trade Commission has indicated that it
may  propose  legislation  on this issue to  Congress in the near future and has
initiated  action  against at least one online  service  regarding the manner in
which  personal  information  was  collected  from users and  provided  to third
parties.  The adoption of such consumer protection laws could create uncertainty
in Internet usage and reduce the demand for all products and services.


     The  Company  is not  certain  how  its  business  may be  affected  by the
application  of existing  laws  governing  issues  such as  property  ownership,
copyrights,  encryption and other intellectual property issues, taxation, libel,
obscenity  and export or import  matters.  The vast  majority of those laws were
adopted  prior  to  the  advent  of  the  Internet.  As a  result,  they  do not
contemplate   or  address  the  unique   issues  of  the  Internet  and  related
technologies.  Changes in laws  intended  to address  such issues  could  create
uncertainty in the Internet  marketplace.  That uncertainty  could reduce demand
for the Company's products or services or increase the cost of doing business as
a result of litigation costs or increased service delivery costs.


                                       10
<PAGE>


     In addition, because the Company's products and services are available over
the Internet in multiple states and foreign countries,  other  jurisdictions may
claim that the  Company is  required  to qualify to do business in each state or
foreign  country.  The Company is qualified  to do business  only in Florida and
Washington.  The Company's failure to qualify in other jurisdictions when it is
required to do so could subject it to taxes and penalties.  It could also hamper
the  Company's  ability  to  enforce  contracts  in  those  jurisdictions.   The
application  of  laws  or  regulations  from  jurisdictions  whose  laws  do not
currently apply to the Company's  business could have a material  adverse affect
on its business, results of operations and financial condition.


     The European Union has adopted a policy directive which went into effect in
1998. Under this directive,  business entities domiciled in member states of the
EU are limited in the transactions they may do with business entities  domiciled
outside the EU unless they are  domiciled  in a  jurisdiction  with privacy laws
comparable to the EU privacy  directive.  The United States  presently  does not
have laws which satisfy the EU.  Discussions  between  representatives of the EU
and the United States are ongoing and may lead to certain safe harbor provisions
which,  if adhered to,  would allow  business  entities in the EU and the United
States to continue to do business without limitation.  If these negotiations are
not successful and the EU begins  enforcement  of the privacy  directive,  there
could be an adverse impact on international  Internet  business.  If the Company
does do business  directly in the EU in the future the Company  will be required
to comply with the privacy directive of the EU.


Intellectual Property Rights


     The  Company's   success  is  dependent  on  its  ability  to  protect  its
intellectual property rights. The Company relies principally on a combination of
copyright,  trademark and trade secret laws, non-disclosure agreements and other
contractual provisions to establish and maintain its proprietary rights.


     As part of its  confidentiality  procedures,  the Company  generally enters
into  nondisclosure  and  confidentiality   agreements  with  each  of  its  key
employees,   consultants  and  business   partners  and  limits  access  to  and
distribution of its technology, documentation and other proprietary information.
In particular,  the Company has entered into non-disclosure agreements with each
of its employees and business partners. The terms of the employee non-disclosure
agreements  include provisions  requiring  assignment to the Company of employee
inventions.  Despite the Company's efforts to protect its intellectual  property
rights, unauthorized third parties, including competitors, may from time to time
copy or reverse engineer  certain  portions of the Company's  technology and use
such information to create competitive products.


     Policing the  unauthorized  use of the  Company's  technology is difficult,
and,  while the Company is unable to determine the extent to which piracy of the
Company's  technology  exists,  such piracy can be  expected to be a  persistent
problem.  In  addition,  the laws of certain  countries  in which the  Company's
technology  is or may be licensed do not protect its products  and  intellectual
property  rights to the same  extent as do the laws of the United  States.  As a
result,  sales of products  based on the Company's  technology in such countries
may increase the  likelihood  that the Company's  technology  might be infringed
upon by unauthorized third parties.


     It is  possible  that the  scope,  validity  and/or  enforceability  of the
Company's  intellectual  property  rights could be challenged by  competitors or
other  parties.  The  Company  is  currently  in the  process of  recording  its
interests  in  certain  of  its  intellectual   property  rights  with  relevant
authorities in applicable  jurisdictions.  The results of such challenges before
administrative  bodies  or  courts  depend  on  many  factors  which  cannot  be
accurately assessed at this time.  Unfavorable  decisions by such administrative
bodies or courts  could have a  negative  impact on the  Company's  intellectual
property rights.  Any such challenges,  whether with or without merit,  could be
time consuming,  result in costly  litigation and diversion of resources,  cause
product  shipment  delays or  require  us to enter  into  royalty  or  licensing
agreements.  Such  royalty or  licensing  agreements,  if  required,  may not be
available on terms  acceptable to the Company or at all. In the event of a claim
of  product  infringement  against  the  Company  and the  Company's  failure or
inability  to  license  the  infringed  or  similar  technology,  the  Company's
business,   operating  results  and  financial  condition  could  be  materially
adversely affected.


     The Company has not registered any trademarks in Canada,  the United States
or elsewhere.






                                       11
<PAGE>


Plan of Operation


     Over the next 12 months, in addition to www.eyicom.com, the Company intends
to   develop    and    maintain    two    online    rebate    shopping    sites:
www.usrebatewarehouse.com  and  www.shoppingsherlock.com,  which it  anticipates
will be operational in the third quarter of 1999 and the fourth quarter of 1999,
respectively.  Besides  systems  development,  the Company's  Vancouver,  Canada
software  development  office  will  also  provide  technical  support  for  the
Company's  e-business  services  group,  which  may  require  the  hiring of one
additional  employee.  In  July  1999,  the  Company  expects  to hire up to two
additional  employees  for  managing  the  product  research  and  merchandising
function at its Bellevue headquarters.


     The Company  intends to focus on  continuing  to grow its customer base for
www.eyicom.com and to acquire  additional  network marketing  e-business service
clients by the end of 1999.  In addition,  the Company is currently  planning to
implement an online check processing system in the fourth quarter of 1999.


     Currently   the  Company  has  enough   working   capital  to  support  the
www.eyicom.com site and launch its two rebate shopping sites.  However, to fully
market and support these three sites,  and possibly  develop an additional site,
the Company anticipates it will engage in a capital raising transaction prior to
the fourth quarter of 1999.


Employees


     As of June 7, 1999, the Company had 14 employees, including six in research
and development, two in marketing and sales, one in customer support and five in
management,  finance and  administration.  The Company's  success will depend in
large  part on its  ability  to  attract  and  retain  skilled  and  experienced
employees.  None  of  the  Company's  employees  are  covered  by  a  collective
bargaining  agreement  and the  Company  believes  that its  relations  with its
employees  is  good.  The  Company  does  not  currently  have  any key man life
insurance on any of its directors or executive officers.


Risk Factors


     The Company's  business is subject to the following risks. These risks also
could cause actual results to differ  materially  from results  projected in any
forward-looking statement in this report.


Limited Operating History; History of Losses; Increased Expenses


     The Company  commenced  operations in January 1999 and therefore has only a
limited operating history upon which an evaluation of its business and prospects
can be based.  Prior to January 1999, the Company had no operations or revenues.
The Company  incurred a net loss of  $461,167  in the five months  ended May 31,
1999.  The Company has not had any  revenue in recent  years,  it has never been
profitable and there can be no assurance  that, in the future,  the Company will
be profitable on a quarterly or annual basis. In addition,  the Company plans to
increase its operating  expenses to expand its sales and  marketing  operations,
fund greater levels of research and  development,  broaden its customer  support
capabilities and increase its administration  resources. In addition, in view of
the rapidly  evolving  nature of the Company's  business and markets and limited
operating  history,  the Company believes that  period-to-period  comparisons of
financial  results are not necessarily  meaningful and should not be relied upon
as an indication of future performance.


Need for Additional Financing; Uncertainty As a Going Concern


     Revenue from the Company's operations is not sufficient to finance the cost
of development  and marketing of its technology.  Accordingly,  the Company must
raise substantial additional funding. The Company expects to be able to meet its
financial  obligations  for  approximately  the next three  months.  There is no
assurance that, after such period,  the Company will be able to secure financing
or that such  financing  will be obtained  on terms  favorable  to the  Company.
Failure to obtain  adequate  financing  could  result in  significant  delays in
development of new products and a substantial  curtailment  of  operations.  The
Company has been in the  development  stage since its  inception.  It has had no
operating revenue to date, has accumulated losses of $464,246,  and will require
additional working capital to complete its business  development  activities and
generate revenue adequate to cover operating






                                       12
<PAGE>

and  further  development  expenses.  This  raises  substantial  doubt as to the
Company's ability to continue as a going concern.


Unpredictability of Future Revenue; Potential Fluctuations in Quarterly Results


     As a result of the  Company's  limited  operating  history and the emerging
nature of the market in which it competes, the Company is unable to forecast its
revenue  accurately.  The Company's  current and future expense levels are based
largely on its  investment  plans and  estimates of future  revenue and are to a
large extent fixed.  Sales and operating  results generally depend on the volume
of,  timing of and ability to fulfill  orders  received,  which are difficult to
forecast.  The  Company may be unable to adjust  spending in a timely  manner to
compensate for any unexpected  revenue shortfall.  Accordingly,  any significant
shortfall in revenue in relation to the  Company's  planned  expenditures  would
have an immediate adverse affect on the Company's business,  financial condition
and results of operations.  Further,  in response to changes in the  competitive
environment,  the Company may from time to time make certain pricing, service or
marketing  decisions that could have a material  adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.


     Second, the Company will emphasize  consumer-oriented  products rather than
computer  hardware and  software.  Although  hardware and software have been the
leading retail segment for Internet sales,  heavy  competition in this arena has
led to decreasing gross margins.  The Company believes the new high growth areas
will be "lower  tech"  items and  consumer  products  such as home  furnishings,
office  supplies,  beauty  aids,  groceries,  cosmetics,  cleaning  supplies and
industrial goods. See "Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."


Dependence on Marketing Relationship with PLIC


     The Company's  products are primarily  marketed by the Company's  suppliers
and PLIC.  The  Company's  existing  agreements  with PLIC and  suppliers of its
products are nonexclusive  and, in some cases, may be terminated  without cause.
Such organizations are not within the control of the Company,  are not obligated
to market the  Company's  products  and may also  represent  and sell  competing
products.  There can be no assurance  that the PLIC will continue to provide the
level of services and technical support necessary to provide a complete solution
to the Company's  customers or that it will not emphasize its own or third-party
products to the  detriment  of the  Company's  products.  The loss of PLIC,  the
failure of PLIC to perform under agreements with the Company or the inability of
the Company to attract and retain new business with the technical,  industry and
application  experience  required to market the Company's products  successfully
could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  financial
condition, operating results and cash flows.


Dependence on Key Personnel


     The Company's  performance and future operating  results are  substantially
dependent on the continued  service and performance of its senior management and
key technical  and sales  personnel.  The Company  intends to hire a significant
number of additional  technical and sales  personnel in the next year. See "Note
Regarding  Forward-Looking   Statements."  Competition  for  such  personnel  is
intense,  and there can be no  assurance  that the  Company  can  retain its key
technical,  sales and managerial employees or that it will be able to attract or
retain  highly-qualified  technical and managerial  personnel in the future. The
loss of the  services of any of the  Company's  senior  management  or other key
employees or the inability to attract and retain the necessary technical,  sales
and managerial personnel could have a material adverse effect upon the Company's
business,  financial  condition,  operating  results and cash flows. The Company
does not  currently  maintain "key man"  insurance for any senior  management or
other key employees.


Inability to Establish the Shopping Sherlock Brand.


     The Company may not be successful in establishing its brand. As competitive
pressures in the online retail industry increase, the Company expects that brand
strength  will become  increasingly  important.  The  Company  intends to devote
substantial  resources to establish the Shopping  Sherlock brand. The reputation
of the Shopping Sherlock brand will depend on the Company's ability to provide a
high-quality  online  experience  for  consumers  visiting  its  Web  sites.  If
consumers are not satisfied with the quality of their shopping  experience  with
the  Company,  they  may stop  visiting  its Web  site.  In  addition,  negative
experiences of consumers or producers with the



                                       13
<PAGE>


Company might result in publicity  that could damage the  Company's  reputation.
The Company's expenditure of additional resources to build the Shopping Sherlock
brand may not generate a corresponding  increase in revenue, and the Company may
otherwise  fail  to  promote  its  brand   successfully.   See  "Note  Regarding
Forward-Looking Statements."


Liability for Information Displayed on the Company's Web Site.


     The  Company  may  be  subjected  to  claims  for  defamation,  negligence,
copyright or trademark  infringement  and various  other claims  relating to the
nature and content of materials  it  publishes  on its Web site.  These types of
claims have been brought, sometimes successfully, against online services in the
past. The Company could also face claims based on the content that is accessible
from its Web site through links to other Web sites.


Dependence on the Acceptance of Online Retailing.


     The demand for online retail products may not develop to a level sufficient
to support the  Company's  continued  operations or may develop more slowly than
expected.  The Company  expects to derive  almost all its revenue  from sales to
consumers  over its Web site.  The  Internet  has not  existed  long enough as a
retailing  medium to  demonstrate  its  effectiveness  relative  to  traditional
retailing methods. Consumers that have historically purchased goods and services
through  traditional  retail  channels  may be reluctant or slow to adopt online
buying.  Many  consumers  have limited or no experience  using the Internet as a
purchasing medium. See "Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."


Inability to Adapt to Rapid Changes in the Online Retailing Industry.


     Online  retailing  is  characterized  by  rapidly  changing   technologies,
frequent new product and service  introductions,  short  development  cycles and
evolving  industry  standards.  The recent  growth of the  Internet  and intense
competition  in this  industry  exacerbate  these  market  characteristics.  The
Company could incur  substantial  costs to modify its services or infrastructure
to adapt to rapid technological change. The Company's future success will depend
on its  ability to adapt to the online  retailing  industry by  maintaining  and
improving  the  performance,  features  and  reliability  of  its  products  and
services.  The Company may experience technical difficulties that could delay or
prevent the successful development,  introduction or marketing of these products
and services.


Dependence on Continued Growth in Use of the Internet.


     The success of the Company's  business  depends on continued  growth in the
use of the Internet,  and the Company's  business would suffer if Internet usage
does not  continue  to grow.  Internet  usage may be  inhibited  for a number of
reasons, such as:

     o    Inadequate network infrastructure;

     o    Security concerns;

     o    Inconsistent quality of service;

     o    Disruptions  resulting  from the  inability  of  computer  systems  to
          recognize the year 2000;

     o    Lack of available cost-effective, high-speed service;

     o    The adoption of new standards or protocols for the Internet; and

     o    Changes or increases in government regulation.


     Online  companies  have  experienced  interruptions  in their services as a
result of outages and other delays  occurring  due to problems with the Internet
network  infrastructure,  disruptions in Internet access provided by third party
providers or failure of third party  providers to handle higher  volumes of user
traffic.  If Internet usage grows,  the Internet  infrastructure  or third party
service providers may be unable to support the increased demands which



                                       14
<PAGE>


may result in a decline  of  performance,  reliability  or ability to access the
Internet.  If outages or delays frequently occur in the future,  Internet usage,
as well as usage of the Company's Web site, could grow more slowly or decline.


Security and Privacy Issues


     The Company could be subject to  litigation  and liability if third parties
were  able  to   penetrate   the   Company's   network   security  or  otherwise
misappropriate its customers'  personal  information or credit card information.
This liability could include claims for unauthorized  purchases with credit card
information,  impersonation or other similar fraud claims. It could also include
claims  for other  misuses of  personal  information,  such as for  unauthorized
marketing  purposes.  In addition,  the Federal Trade Commission and some states
have  been  investigating  various  Internet  companies  regarding  their use of
personal  information.  The  Company  could  incur  additional  expenses  and be
required to change its current practices if new regulations regarding the use of
personal  information  are  adopted  or  should  government  agencies  choose to
investigate its privacy practices.


     The  need  to  transmit  confidential   information  securely  has  been  a
significant barrier to electronic commerce and communications over the Internet.
Any  compromise  of  security  could  deter  people  from using the  Internet in
general,  or,  specifically,  from using it to conduct transactions that involve
transmitting confidential  information,  such as purchases of goods or services.
The Company's  relationships  with  consumers  may be adversely  affected if the
security  measures that it uses to protect their personal  information,  such as
credit card numbers, are ineffective.  The Company cannot predict whether events
or developments  will result in a compromise or breach of the technology it uses
to protect a customer's personal information.


     Furthermore,  the Company's  computer servers may be vulnerable to computer
viruses,  physical or electronic break-ins and similar disruptions.  The Company
may need to expend significant additional capital and other resources to protect
against a security breach or to alleviate problems caused by any breaches. There
can be no  assurance  that the  Company  can  prevent  or  remedy  all  security
breaches.  If any of these breaches occur,  the Company could lose customers and
visitors to its Web site.


Dependence on Certain Manufacturers and Other Vendors


     The Company is entirely  dependent upon  manufacturers  and distributors to
provide  merchandise for sale through the Company's  online stores.  The Company
also relies upon its product  vendors to fulfil a number of  traditional  retail
functions,  including  maintaining  inventory,  accepting  product returns,  and
preparing  merchandise  for shipment to  individual  customers.  There can be no
assurance  that  vendors of the products  that the Company  wishes to offer will
agree to perform these tasks on behalf of the Company or will be willing or able
to establish  the  necessary  communication  protocols to support the  Company's
direct  shipment  infrastructure.  The  failure of the Company or its vendors to
arrange  for the  delivery of products  in a timely  manner,  to accept  product
returns, to provide good customer service or to prepare merchandise properly for
shipment to customers  could cause  customer  dissatisfaction  and result in the
cancellation of orders,  either of which could have a material adverse effect on
the  Company's  business,  financial  condition and results of  operations.  The
failure of the Company to  maintain  its  relationships  with  existing  product
vendors on acceptable  commercial terms, to establish similar relationships with
vendors of products  not  currently  offered by the Company but  demanded by its
customers, or to obtain satisfactory  performance from such vendors could have a
material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company's  business,   financial  condition,
operating results and cash flows.


Reliance on Other Third Parties


     In addition to its product vendors,  the Company's  operations  depend to a
significant   degree   on  a  number   of   other   third   parties,   including
telecommunication  service providers.  The Company has no effective control over
these third parties and no long-term contractual relationships with any of them.
From time to time, the Company could experience  temporary  interruptions in its
Web site connection and its telecommunications  access.  Continuous or prolonged
interruptions in the Company's Web site connection or in its  telecommunications
access would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations.  The Company's agreements with its Internet
service  providers  place  certain  limits on the  Company's  ability  to obtain
damages  from the  service  providers  for  failure to  maintain  the  Company's
connection to the Internet.




                                       15
<PAGE>





Competition


     The  electronic  commerce  market is new,  rapidly  evolving and  intensely
competitive,  and the  Company  expects  competition  to increase in the future.
Barriers to entry are minimal,  and current and new  competitors  can  establish
Internet  stores at relatively low cost.  Moreover,  all of the products sold by
the  Company  are  widely  available  through  established   traditional  retail
channels, and accordingly, the Company competes not only with other participants
in the  electronic  commerce  market  but also with  traditional  retailers  and
resellers. The Company currently or potentially competes with a variety of other
companies  depending  on the type of  merchandise  and sales  format  offered to
customers.   These   competitors   and  potential   competitors   include:   (i)
segment-specific  online  retailers such as  Amazon.com,  BuyComp,  CDNow,  Dell
Computer and Gateway International;  (ii) online vendors of a broad selection of
consumer products such as Cendant,  CyberShop, iMall, Internet Shopping Network,
iQVC,  ONSALE,  ValueAmerica,  WorldSpy and Wal-Mart  Online;  (iii) a number of
indirect  competitors  that derive a substantial  portion of their revenues from
electronic  commerce,   including  America  Online,  Excite,  Infoseek,   Lycos,
Microsoft Network, Prodigy and Yahoo!; (iv) mail order catalog operators such as
Lands' End, Micro Warehouse,  Sharper Image,  Spiegel and  Williams-Sonoma;  (v)
retail and warehouse/discount  store operators such as Circuit City, Home Depot,
Office  Depot,  Price/Costco,  Staples and Target;  and (vi) other  national and
international retail, catalog, distribution and manufacturing companies.


     The Company directly competes with Multi-Level  Information  Systems,  Inc.
("MIS"),  and 2021  Interactive in the Web site hosting and e-business  services
segment.  MIS offers the MIS  Internet  Assistant,  which  enables  companies to
provide  their sales  associates  with the ability to access sales  information,
sign up new  associates  and place  orders  via the  Internet.  MIS also  offers
business software  (distributor,  receivables and inventory tracking) to network
marketing  companies.  2021 Interactive's  e-business service offering is Array,
providing  custom  e-commerce  enabled  Web sites for sales  associates,  online
ordering  and access to product  information.  2021  Interactive  also  offers a
complete suite of business software for network marketing  companies,  including
interactive voice response, forms processing,  contact management,  distribution
and order  tracking  software.  While  the  Company  anticipates  it will have a
competitive  advantage because of its fee structure and rebate shopping network,
these two companies, with their established customer base, represent significant
competition in this segment.


     Most of the Company's current and potential  competitors have substantially
longer operating histories, larger customer bases, greater brand recognition and
significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources than the Company.
In addition,  competing online retailers may be acquired by, receive investments
from or enter into other commercial relationships with larger,  well-established
and well-financed companies as the use of the Internet and other online services
increases.  Many of the Company's  competitors may be able to secure merchandise
from  vendors  on more  favorable  terms,  respond  more  quickly  to changes in
customer  preferences,  devote  greater  resources to marketing and  promotional
campaigns,  adopt more aggressive pricing or inventory availability policies and
devote  substantially  more  resources to Internet site and systems  development
than the Company.


     Current  and  potential  competitors  have  established  or  may  establish
cooperative  relationships  among  themselves or directly with vendors to obtain
exclusive or semi-exclusive sources of merchandise.  Accordingly, it is possible
that new competitors or alliances  among  competitors and vendors may emerge and
rapidly  acquire  market  share.  Increased  competition  may  result in reduced
operating  margins,  loss of market share and a diminished brand franchise,  any
one of which could materially  adversely affect the Company's business,  results
of  operations  and  financial  condition.  There can be no  assurance  that the
Company  will  be  able  to  compete  successfully  against  current  or  future
competitors  or alliances of such  competitors,  or that  competitive  pressures
faced  by the  Company  will  not  materially  adversely  affect  its  business,
financial condition, operating results and cash flows.


Ability to Expand Product Lines


     The Company's  business  model also depends upon the  Company's  ability to
offer a complete  selection of brand name products in a broad variety of product
categories.  Many of the Company's product categories do not yet provide a broad
product  selection,  and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able
to establish vendor  relationships that will enable it to achieve the breadth of
product offerings necessary for the Company to succeed.  Moreover,  there can be
no assurance  that  customers  will be satisfied  with the Company's  current or
future product



                                       16
<PAGE>





offerings.  The failure of the Company or PLIC to offer a  satisfactory  product
selection  could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,
financial condition, operating results and cash flows.


Limited Customer Service Capabilities


     There  can be no  assurance  that  the  Company  will be  able to hire  the
personnel  necessary to build a customer  service  organization  that is able to
respond  satisfactorily to the needs of the Company's customers.  The failure of
the Company to provide  adequate  customer  service  could damage the  Company's
reputation  and could  cause  customers  to  transfer  their  business  to other
Internet  retailers or traditional retail stores.  Accordingly,  there can be no
assurance  that  the  Company  will not  experience  customer  service  capacity
constraints and the failure to remedy such  constraints in a timely manner could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,  financial  condition,
operating results and cash flows.


Product Fulfilment Capabilities


     The Company  believes that, to the extent that the number of product orders
increases,  the Company  will need to  establish  more  efficient  or  automated
systems to, among other  things,  track  shipments  of products  from vendors to
customers,  provide customer assistance and handle product returns.  The failure
of the Company to establish and maintain  adequate  systems and hire  sufficient
personnel to provide these vital functions would have a material  adverse effect
on the  Company's  business,  financial  condition,  operating  results and cash
flows.


Developing Market; Unproven Acceptance of the Internet as a Medium for Commerce


     The  Company's  long-term  viability is  substantially  dependent  upon the
widespread  acceptance and use of the Internet as a medium of commerce.  The use
of the Internet as a means of effecting retail transactions is in a recent stage
of development,  and there can be no assurance that a sufficiently  large number
of customers will begin to use the Internet as a medium of commerce.  Demand and
market  acceptance  for  recently  introduced  products  and  services  over the
Internet are subject to a high level of  uncertainty  and there exist few proven
electronic commerce business models. For the Company to be successful, consumers
and  manufacturers  that have  historically  relied  upon  traditional  means of
commerce to purchase  and sell  merchandise  must accept and utilize new ways of
conducting business and exchanging information. The Internet may not prove to be
a  viable  medium  of  commerce  for  certain  purposes  because  of  inadequate
development  of  the  necessary  infrastructure,  such  as  a  reliable  network
backbone,  or delayed development of enabling  technologies,  such as high-speed
modems and high-speed communication lines. The Internet has experienced,  and is
expected to continue to  experience,  significant  growth in the number of users
and  amount  of  traffic.   There  can  be  no   assurance   that  the  Internet
infrastructure  will continue to be able to support the demands  placed on it by
this continued growth. In addition, delays in the development or adoption of new
standards  and  protocols  to handle  increased  levels of Internet  activity or
increased governmental  regulation could slow or stop the growth of the Internet
as a viable  medium for  commerce.  Moreover,  critical  issues  concerning  the
commercial use of the Internet (including security,  reliability,  accessibility
and quality of service) remain unresolved and may adversely affect the growth of
Internet use or the  attractiveness of conducting  commerce online.  Because the
exchange of  information  on the Internet is new and  evolving,  there can be no
assurance  that the Internet will prove to be a viable  medium of commerce.  The
failure  to  resolve  critical  issues  concerning  the  commercial  use  of the
Internet,  the failure of the  necessary  infrastructure  to develop in a timely
manner,  or the failure of the  Internet  to  continue  to develop  rapidly as a
viable medium of commerce would have a material  adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.


Capacity   Constraints;   Reliance  on  Internally  Developed  Systems;   System
Development Risks


     A key  element of the  Company's  strategy  is to generate a high volume of
traffic  through,  and  purchases  from,  the Shopping  Sherlock  online  store.
Accordingly,  the availability,  reliability and satisfactory performance of the
Company's   Internet   site,   transaction   processing   systems   and  network
infrastructure  are  critical  to the  Company's  reputation  and its ability to
attract  and  retain  customers  and  provide  adequate  customer  service.  The
Company's  revenues  depend on the  number of  visitors  who shop at the  online
stores and the volume of orders the Company fulfills.  Any network interruptions
or system  shortcomings  that  result  in the  unavailability  of the  Company's
Internet site or reduced order fulfillment would reduce the volume of goods sold
and the  attractiveness of the Company's product and service  offerings.  System
delays or interruptions could negatively impact a customer's



                                       17
<PAGE>


shopping experience and reduce the likelihood that such customer would return to
the Company's online store in the future. Substantial increases in the volume of
traffic  on the  Company's  Internet  site or the  number  of  orders  placed by
customers  through the Company's online store may require the Company to further
expand and upgrade its technology,  transaction  processing  systems and network
infrastructure.  There  can be no  assurance  that the  Company  will be able to
accurately  project the rate or timing of  increases,  if any, in the use of its
Internet  site,  or to expand and  upgrade its  systems  and  infrastructure  to
accommodate  such increases in a timely  manner.  The Company uses an internally
developed system for its Internet site, product presentations,  order management
and purchasing.


Risks of Potential Government Regulation and Other Legal Uncertainties  Relating
to the Internet.


     The  Company is not  currently  subject to direct  federal,  state or local
regulation in the United States other than regulations  applicable to businesses
generally or directly applicable to electronic  commerce.  However,  because the
Internet is becoming  increasingly popular, it is possible that a number of laws
and  regulations  may be  adopted  in the  United  States  with  respect  to the
Internet.  These  laws  may  cover  issues  such as  user  privacy,  freedom  of
expression,  pricing,  content and quality of products and  services,  taxation,
advertising, intellectual property rights and information security. Furthermore,
the growth of electronic  commerce may prompt calls for more stringent  consumer
protection  laws.  The adoption of such  consumer  protection  laws could create
uncertainty  in  Internet  usage and  reduce the  demand  for all  products  and
services.


     In addition, the Company is not certain how its business may be affected by
the  application of existing laws governing  issues such as property  ownership,
copyrights,  encryption and other intellectual property issues, taxation, libel,
obscenity and export or import matters.  It is possible that future applications
of these laws to the Company's business could reduce demand for its products and
services or increase the cost of doing business as a result of litigation  costs
or increased service delivery costs.


     Because the Company's  services are available over the Internet in multiple
states and foreign countries, other jurisdictions may claim that we are required
to qualify to do  business  in each state or  foreign  country.  The  Company is
qualified to do business only in Florida and Washington.  The Company's  failure
to qualify in other jurisdictions when it is required to do so could subject the
Company to taxes and  penalties  and could  restrict  the  Company's  ability to
enforce contracts in those jurisdictions. The application of laws or regulations
from jurisdictions  whose laws do not currently apply to our business may have a
material  adverse  affect on its business,  results of operations  and financial
condition.


     The European Union  recently  adopted a directive  addressing  data privacy
that may result in limits on the collection and use of consumer information. See
"Business -- Government Regulation."


Proprietary Technology


     The  Company's   success  is  dependent  on  its  ability  to  protect  its
intellectual  property rights. The Company relies principally upon a combination
of  copyright  and  trade  secret  laws,  non-disclosure  agreements  and  other
contractual  provisions  to  establish  and maintain  its rights.  To date,  the
Company  has  not  applied  for  any  patents  or  trademarks.  As  part  of its
confidentiality  procedures, the Company generally enters into nondisclosure and
confidentiality  agreements  with  each  of  its  key  employees,   consultants,
distributors,   customers  and  corporate  partners,  to  limit  access  to  and
distribution of its software,  documentation and other proprietary  information.
There can be no assurance that the Company's efforts to protect its intellectual
property rights will be successful. Despite the Company's efforts to protect its
intellectual property rights, unauthorized third parties, including competitors,
may be able to  copy or  reverse  engineer  certain  portions  of the  Company's
software products, and use such copies to create competitive products.


     Policing the unauthorized use of the Company's products is difficult,  and,
while the  Company  is unable to  determine  the  extent to which  piracy of its
software  products  exists,  software  piracy can be  expected to  continue.  In
addition,  the laws of certain countries in which the Company's  products are or
may be licensed do not protect its products and intellectual  property rights to
the same  extent as do the laws of Canada  and the United  States.  As a result,
sales of products by the Company in such  countries may increase the  likelihood
that the  Company's  proprietary  technology is infringed  upon by  unauthorized
third parties.






                                       18
<PAGE>


     In  addition,   because  third  parties  may  attempt  to  develop  similar
technologies independently, the Company expects that software product developers
will be increasingly  subject to  infringement  claims as the number of products
and competitors in the Company's industry segments grow and the functionality of
products in different industry segments overlaps.  Although the Company believes
that its products do not infringe on the  intellectual  property rights of third
parties,   there  can  be  no  assurance  that  third  parties  will  not  bring
infringement claims (or claims for  indemnification  resulting from infringement
claims) against the Company with respect to copyrights,  trademarks, patents and
other proprietary rights. Any such claims,  whether with or without merit, could
be time consuming, result in costly litigation and diversion of resources, cause
product  shipment  delays or  require  the  Company  to enter  into  royalty  or
licensing agreements. Such royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not
be  available on terms  acceptable  to the Company or at all. A claim of product
infringement  against the Company  and  failure or  inability  of the Company to
license the infringed or similar technology could have a material adverse effect
on the  Company's  business,  financial  condition,  operating  results and cash
flows.

Year 2000 Compliance

     The Company is aware that many software  products  assume a century  number
(usually "19") when storing data and performing date calculations to save space,
and that  this has the  effect of making  the year 2000  recognized  as the year
1900, for instance.  This can result in systems failures or other disruptions to
the  operations  of that computer  system or program.  As the Company is heavily
dependent on information technology, such a failure could result in material and
adverse effects on the Company.

     All of the Company's  systems were designed and implemented  with operation
in the year 2000 and beyond in mind, and the Company's  systems staff have spent
a significant  amount of time researching  year 2000 issues before  implementing
particular   software  systems.   The  Companyis   continually   monitoring  the
documentation  of its software vendors to ensure that it is aware of and able to
compensate for any issues its software vendors disclose.  This is in addition to
the  Company's  standard  verification  tests,  which it uses to verify  its own
software quality. The Company expands the definition of the year 2000 compliance
issues,  as well,  by  testing  for  proper  leap year  calculations  in all its
products,  as it has been noted that a number of software vendors' products have
problems with detecting the year 2000 as a leap year.

     The Company's ongoing year 2000 compliance  monitoring includes testing all
new software to be deployed on its systems with its procedures for data storage,
and  confirming  with the vendor  that the product is Year 2000  compliant.  The
Company is also  communicating with its suppliers to ensure that these suppliers
are at an  appropriate  state of year 2000 readiness and to determine the effect
their state of readiness has on our operations. The Company is also auditing its
communications  links with suppliers to ensure that the software,  systems,  and
networks used are year 2000 compliant.  The Company is also evaluating year 2000
compliance  of its credit  card  processors  and other  financial  intermediates
through which  transactions are processed.  The Company has contingency plans in
place to switch to  replacement  processors  should a processor  be unable to be
year 2000 compliant by September 30, 1999.

     The Company's Year 2000  Compliance  Program is an integral and inseparable
part of information technology (IT) policy, and verifications are done as a part
of normal  procedures.  As such the costs for year 2000 compliance  testing is a
part of the normal IT  research,  development  and  implementation  budget.  The
Company's  internal  software  policies  and  test  procedures  will be  amended
mid-year 2000 to include testing for unrelated date issues. The Company believes
that the costs of the year 2000  compliance  program  will not have any material
adverse effect on the results of its operations or financial condition.


Directors' and Officers' Involvement in Other Projects


     Many of the  officers  and  directors  of the Company  serve as  directors,
officers and/or employees of companies other than the Company. While the Company
believes  that such  officers and  directors  will be devoting  adequate time to
effectively  manage  the  Company,  there can be no  assurance  that such  other
positions will not negatively  impact an officer's or director's  duties for the
Company.






                                       19
<PAGE>





ITEM 2            FINANCIAL INFORMATION

                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

         The following selected  consolidated  financial data of the Company are
qualified in their  entirety by  reference to and should be read in  conjunction
with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and the consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included
elsewhere  in  this  Registration  Statement.   The  consolidated  statement  of
operations  data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and
the  five-month  period ended May 31, 1999 and the  consolidated  balance sheets
dated at December  31, 1997 and 1998 and at May 31, 1999 are derived  from,  and
are  qualified by reference  to, the Company's  Audited  Consolidated  Financial
Statements, which were audited by BDO Seidman LLP, and which appear elsewhere in
this Registration Statement.
<TABLE>

                             Five Months Ended                               Years ended
                                   May 31,                                   December 31,
                            ------------------------  -------------------------------------------------------------
                               1999         1998        1998         1997        1996        1995         1994
                                         (unaudited)                                       (unaudited) (unaudited)
                            ------------ ----------- -----------  ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------
Consolidated Statement of
Operations Data:
<S>                           <C>              <C>      <C>            <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
Revenue ...............   $      --      $      --  $     --        $   --     $    --     $   --     $   --
Operating Expenses ....       461,167           --     2,079            --          --         --         --
Net income (loss) for
the period ............      (461,167)          --    (2,079)           --          --         --         --
Earnings (loss) per
 common share .........   $     (0.12)   $   (0.00) $  (0.01)       $(0.00)    $ (0.00)    $(0.00)    $0.00)
Weighted average shares
 outstanding ..........     3,976,516        100,000  445,833       100,000     100,000    100,000   100,000

</TABLE>

<TABLE>


                             As at May
                               31,                                 As At December 31,
                           ------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------
                              1999          1998          1997        1996          1995        1994
                                                                   (unaudited)  (unaudited)  (unaudited)
                           ------------  ------------  ------------ ------------ ------------- ------------
Consolidated   Balance  Sheet
Data:
   <S>                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Cash and cash equivalents. $  725,120   $     --     $     --     $     --     $     --     $     --
Working capital
  (deficiency) .........      714,329         --           --           --           --           --
Total assets ...........    2,853,745         --           --           --           --           --
Non-current liabilities          --           --           --           --           --           --
Stockholders' equity ...   $2,788,833   $     --     $     --     $     --     $     --     $     --

</TABLE>



                                       20
<PAGE>



           MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                            AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


     The following discussion contains  forward-looking  statements that involve
risks and  uncertainties.  The Company's actual results could differ  materially
from those discussed in these forward-looking  statements as a result of various
factors,  including  those set forth in "risk  factors"  and  elsewhere  in this
Registration  Statement.  The following discussion should be read in conjunction
with the  financial  statements  and notes  thereto  included  elsewhere in this
Registration Statement.


     The  Company is an  e-commerce  services  provider  and online  retailer of
consumer  products.  The Company was inactive from its inception until the first
quarter of 1999 when it initiated its software  development  program,  developed
and  launched  its beta  site and  commenced  the  e-Commerce  Direct  Marketing
Organization  "DMO"  program.  On May 26,  1999,  the  Company  acquired  SSI, a
Delaware corporation,  whose sole asset is the strategic alliance agreement with
PLIC. SSI was  incorporated on January 20, 1999 and did not conduct any business
from the date of  inception  to May 31,  1999.  During the first five  months of
1999, the Company's primary activities related to the:

     o    development of its primary and secondary server platforms;

     o    development of software for its online retail sites;

     o    design and  construction  of an Electronic  Data  Interchange  ("EDI")
          platform;

     o    development of the Company's  Website and e-business  services  Direct
          Marketing  Organization  Platform ("DMO Platform") for one of its main
          affinity groups;

     o    development of business processes;

     o    development of operating procedures and systems; and

     o    development    of   the   Company's    first   online   retail   site,
          www.usrebatewarehouse.com.


     The  Company  has a  limited  operating  history  and is still in the early
stages of  development.  The Company has not generated any revenues.  Management
anticipates revenues, beginning in the third quarter in 1999, from three primary
sources:

     1.   Product sales from the Company's online store;

     2.   Fees  collected  for Website and  e-business  services,  including Web
          design,  preparation  of  digital  images and  monthly  fees from "DMO
          Platform" agreements; and

     3.   Rebates from its reciprocal  rebate agreement with PLIC, the Company's
          strategic partner. See "Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."


     The  Company's  product  vendors ship  products  directly to the  customer,
typically  within two to three weeks after a customer  places an order.  Revenue
from product sales is recognized  upon shipment from the vendor.  The Company is
responsible for selling the merchandise,  collecting  payment from the customer,
ensuring that the shipment reaches the customer and processing returns.


     The  Company   recognizes  Web  site  development  costs  as  incurred  and
recognizes the merchant  Website and systems  development  and listing  revenues
over the period of the  related  agreement.  Amounts  that are billed  under the
terms of  these  agreements,  but not yet  earned,  are  reflected  as  deferred
revenue. Certain of these agreements provide that suppliers pay a renewal fee to
continue product listings beyond the initial listing periods. Revenue from these
renewal fees will be recognized ratably over the renewal term.






                                       21
<PAGE>


     To date,  payments for products  purchased through PLIC's interactive voice
recognition  system  have been  primarily  made with credit  cards.  The Company
expects this means of payment to continue  through the Company's  online stores.
The Company  anticipates  receiving  payment from a customer's  credit card upon
shipping. See "Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."


     The Company expects that its operating expenses will increase significantly
during the foreseeable future as the result of its plans to:

     o    increase expenditures on marketing, advertising and promotion;

     o    hire additional personnel;

     o    enhance existing hardware and e-commerce capabilities; and

     o    establish strategic vendor relationships.


     The  Company  has a  limited  operating  history  upon  which  to  base  an
evaluation  of its  business.  The  Company's  business  and  prospects  must be
considered  in  light  of  the  risks,  expenses  and  difficulties   frequently
encountered  by  companies  in the  early  stages of  development,  particularly
companies in new and rapidly evolving markets such as electronic commerce.


Results of Operations


     The Company was formed on August 17, 1984, but did not commence  operations
until January 1999. The Company  incurred  expenses of $1,000 during the initial
incorporation in 1984 and did not incur any further expenses until 1998 when the
Company incurred  further expenses of $2,079 for professional  fees in preparing
audited  financial  statements.  Accordingly,  discussions  of periods  prior to
January 1999 have not been included.  No proforma  statements of prior years are
presented because the subsidiary,  SSI, was not incorporated  until January 1999
and did not have any operations until June 1, 1999.


     All  operations  of the Company  were  conducted  through the Company  from
January 1999 to May 31, 1999. In May 1999,  the Company  acquired SSI, which had
been inactive from  inception to May 31, 1999. On June 1, 1999,  the Company has
transferred  all of its  operations  to SSI. The Company has  accounted  for the
acquisition of SSI using the purchase  accounting method which values the assets
of the  acquiring  Company  and any  excess of the  purchase  price over the net
assets  acquired  is  assigned  to  goodwill.  The fair values of the assets and
liabilities of the subsidiary, SSI, are then combined with the parent Company to
prepare the consolidated statements. SSI's only asset was the strategic alliance
agreement  with PLIC  signed on  February  4,  1999.  As a result,  the  Company
recorded the entire purchase price of $2,000,000 as goodwill.


Five Months Ended May 31, 1999 Compared to Five Months Ended May 31, 1998


     Revenue. The Company generated no revenue for the five-month period ended
May 31, 1999 and the five-month period ended May 31, 1998.


     Cost  of  Revenue.  The  Company  incurred  no cost  of  revenue  for the
five-month period ended May 31, 1999 and five-month period ended May 31, 1998.


     Technical and System Development Expenses. Technical and system development
expenses  were  $243,824 for the five months ended May 31, 1999 compared with no
expenses  for  the  five  months  ended  May  31,  1998.  Technical  and  system
development  expenses consist primarily of expenses incurred for the development
and maintenance of the software required to support the Company's online stores,
including  employee  compensation and the cost of developing and improving store
content,  Internet  connectivity,  operations  and  reporting.  This increase is
primarily  attributable  to the Company  entering  into a  strategic  e-commerce
agreement  on  February  4, 199  pursuant  to which  it paid a  one-time  fee of
$150,000.  Other  significant  costs were  payroll  and  consulting  expenses of
$54,400  for the five months  ended May 31,  1999  relating to the design of its
information and electronic





                                       22
<PAGE>





data  interchange  systems.  The  Company  expects  that  technical  and systems
development expenses will continue to increase for the foreseeable future.


     Sales and Marketing  Expenses.  Sales and  marketing  expenses for the five
months  ended May 31, 1999 were $32,548  compared  with no expenses for the five
months  ended  May 31,  1998.  Sales and  marketing  expenses  consist  of costs
associated  with  designing  and  marketing the  Company's  online  stores.  The
increase  primarily  reflected  the  commencement  of the  Company's  e-commerce
activities  in  January  1999,  an  increase  in the  number  of  employees  and
preliminary development of the Company's promotional materials. Payroll expenses
relating to merchandising,  advertising and promotion  department employees were
$20,540 for the five months ended May 31, 1999. The Company  expects that sales,
advertising and marketing  expenses will continue to increase  significantly for
the foreseeable future as it continues to expand its operations.


     General and Administrative  Expenses.  General and administrative  expenses
consist of management and executive  compensation,  rent, professional services,
telephone expense, travel, postage and other general corporate expenses. General
and administrative expenses were $180,640 for the five months ended May 31, 1999
compared with no expenses for the five months ended May 31, 1998.  This increase
reflected the hiring of additional management,  increased facilities charges and
substantially  increased  activity  levels  to  support  the  expansion  of  the
Company's  operations,  all of which  were  undertaken  in early  1999.  Payroll
expenses  relating to general and  administrative  personnel were $74,816 in the
five  months  ended May 31,  1999.  Professional  fees were  $59,096 in the five
months ended May 31, 1999  reflecting  the cost of raising  funds and signing of
agreements.  Travel and  accommodation  expenses were $24,079 in the five months
ended May 31, 1999.


     Income Taxes.  Shopping  Sherlock has not  generated any taxable  income to
date and  therefore  has not paid any  federal  income  taxes  since  inception.
Deferred tax assets created primarily from net operating loss carryforwards have
been fully reserved as management is unable to conclude that future  realization
is more likely than not.


Liquidity and Capital Resources


     As at May 31, 1999, the Company consolidated cash position was $725,120 and
the consolidated working capital was $714,329.


     Since  inception,  the  Company has  financed  its  operations  solely from
capital contributions from stockholders.  During the five-month period ended May
31, 1999 the Company  received  proceeds of  $1,250,000  from the sale of common
stock.


     Net cash used in  operating  activities  was  $451,221  for the  five-month
period ended May 31, 1999, used primarily to fund operations.

     The Company  incurred  capital  expenditures  of $78,659 in the  five-month
period  ended May 31,  1999.  These  expenditures  are  primarily  for  computer
equipment and furniture and fixtures associated with the Company's continued new
employee growth, new facilities and continued systems development.

     The Company  currently has no commitments for any credit facilities such as
revolving  credit  agreements or lines of credit that could  provide  additional
working capital.  Based on its existing capital resources,  the Company believes
that it will be able to fund  operations  through the third quarter of 1999. The
Company's capital requirements depend on several factors,  including the success
and  progress  of  product  development  programs,   the  resources  devoted  to
developing products, the extent to which products achieve market acceptance, and
other  factors.  The  Company  anticipates  that  it  will  require  substantial
additional financing to fund its working capital  requirements.  There can be no
assurance,  however, that additional funding will be available or, if available,
that it will be available on terms acceptable to the Company.  If adequate funds
are not  available,  the Company may have to reduce  substantially  or eliminate
expenditures for research and development,  testing, production and marketing of
its proposed  products,  or obtain funds  through  arrangements  with  strategic
partners  that  require  the  Company  to  relinquish  rights to  certain of its
technologies  or products.  There can be no  assurance  that the Company will be
able to raise additional cash if its cash resources are exhausted. The Company's
ability to arrange such financing in the




                                       23
<PAGE>




future will depend in part upon the prevailing capital market conditions as well
as the Company's business performance.

     The Company has been in the development  stage since its inception.  It has
had no operating revenue to date, has accumulated  losses of $464,246,  and will
require  additional  working  capital  to  complete  its  business   development
activities  and  generate  revenue  adequate  to  cover  operating  and  further
development expenses.  This raises substantial doubt as to the Company's ability
to continue as a going concern.

Market Risk

     Market  risk  inherent  in  financial  instruments  outside  the  financial
statements is considered immaterial.

Year 2000 Issue

     The Year 2000 issue  arises  with the change in century  and the  potential
inability  of  information  systems  to  correctly  "rollover"  dates to the new
century.  To save on computer storage space, many systems were programmed with a
two-digit  century (i.e.  December 31, 1999 would appears as 12/31/99)  assuming
that all years would be part of the 20th  century.  On January 1, 2000,  systems
with this  programming  will default to 01/01/1900  instead of  01/01/2000,  and
calculations  using or  reporting  the date will not be correct  and errors will
arise. To prevent this from occurring, information systems need to be updated to
ensure they recognize the Year 2000.

     The Company has conducted a review of its computer  systems to identify the
systems that could be  incompatible  with dates beyond December 31, 1999, and is
developing an implementation  plan to resolve issues that may arise. The Company
believes  that the  expected  cost and  availability  of  resources,  to recover
information not properly  processed after December 31, 1999, would not result in
a material effect on its results of operations.

     The  Company  began  its Year  2000  strategy  by  compiling  a list of all
computerized  equipment  and  making  a  determination  of how,  if at all,  the
software  will  be  affected  by  Year  2000.  Although  the  effect  is so  far
unquantified,  all of  the  Company's  software  and  hardware  is  recent,  and
therefore the Company  anticipates that it will have sufficient time to test any
new  systems  that need to be  installed.  All of the  Company's  financial  and
business  records  will be backed up to ensure that no loss of  information  can
occur.  The Company  does not  anticipate  incurring  significant  costs in this
regard.

     The Company has contacted each of its strategic partners  (including PLIC),
consultants,  contractors and significant suppliers and have obtained assurances
from some of them that their  relevant  operating  software and systems are Year
2000  compliant or would be by December 31, 1999.  The Company plans to continue
to make  inquiries of those  suppliers  and service  providers  who have not yet
provided information regarding their Year 2000 compliance status. The Company is
monitoring  the  status  of  all  of  its  significant  service  providers'  and
suppliers'  Year 2000  compliance  efforts to minimize  the risk of any material
adverse effect on its operations resulting from compliance failures. The Company
has also,  in some cases,  identified  alternative  sources of supply or service
should its present suppliers or service providers encounter Year 2000 compliance
problems.


Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.


     In June 1998, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting  Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative  Instruments
and Hedging  Activities."  The Statement  establishes  accounting  and reporting
standards  requiring that every derivative  instrument  (including some types of
derivative  instruments  embedded in other contracts) be recorded in the balance
sheet as either an asset or liability  measured at its fair value. The Statement
requires that changes in the derivative's fair value be recognized  currently in
earnings unless specific hedge accounting  criteria are met. Special  accounting
for qualifying  hedges allows a derivative's  gains and losses to offset related
results on the hedged item in the income statement,  and requires that a company
must formally document,  designate, and assess the effectiveness of transactions
that receive hedge accounting.  SFAS 133 is effective for fiscal years beginning
after June 15,  2000 and must be applied to  instruments  issued,  acquired,  or
substantively  modified after December 31, 1997. The Company does not expect the
adoption  of the  accounting  pronouncement  to have a  material  effect  on its
financial position or results of operations.


                                      24
<PAGE>


ITEM 3            PROPERTIES

     The Company  currently  leases  approximately  1,723  square feet of office
space located at Suite 152, 11201 S.E. 8th Street, Bellevue,  Washington, 98004.
The lease is for a twenty-one and one-half month term  commencing  June 15, 1999
and is at a rate of $41,352 per year.


     The Company  leases  approximately  2,400  square  feet of office  space in
Vancouver, Canada on a month-to-month basis. The rent payable under the lease is
$5,400 per month. See "Item 7 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."


ITEM 4            SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     The following table sets forth certain information concerning the number of
shares of Common  Stock  owned  beneficially  as of June 28,  1999 by:  (i) each
person  known to the Company to own more than five  percent (5%) of any class of
the Company's voting  securities;  (ii) each director of the Company;  and (iii)
all  directors  and  officers  as  a  group.  Unless  otherwise  indicated,  the
shareholders listed possess sole voting and investment power with respect to the
shares shown.

<TABLE>

                                                                            Amount and Nature of      Percent
Title of Class           Name and Address of Beneficial Owner               Beneficial Owner         of Class(1)
- --------------           ------------------------------------               ----------------         -----------
<S>                                   <S>                                         <C>                    <C>
Common Stock          Richard Stewart (2)                                         1,800,000              20.0%
Common Stock          All directors and officers as a group (7 persons)           1,800,000              20.0%

- --------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Based on an aggregate 9,000,000 Shares outstanding as of June 28, 1999.
(2)  Represents  600,000  shares held by the Stewart  Family  Trust of which Mr.
     Stewart is a beneficiary  and 1,200,000  shares held by PLIC, a corporation
     controlled by Mr. Stewart. The address of Mr. Stewart is 24254 San Fernando
     Road, Newhall, California, 91321.

     The Company is not aware of any arrangement  which might result in a change
in control in the future.

ITEM 5            DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Executive Officers and Directors


     The following table sets forth certain information concerning the Company's
executive officers and directors as of June 28, 1999:


Name                        Age           Position with the Company

Phillip Garratt*             48           President, Chief Executive Officer and
                                                 Director
Mitchell Eggers*             37           Chief Operating Officer and Director
Patrick McGrath              27           Chief Financial Officer
Jan Walter                   27           Chief Technical Officer
Richard Stewart              53           Director
Jasbir Dhaliwal*             41           Director
Raeanne Steele               45           Executive Vice-President of Sales and
                                          Marketing and Director
         ---------------------
         *  Audit Committee Member

     Philip J. Garratt has served as the Company's  President,  Chief  Executive
Officer and Director  since June 1999.  From  1994-1998,  Mr.  Garratt served as
president and chief  executive  officer of CNH de Venezuela,  a provider of high
capacity  wireless  telephony and data  transmission  services in Venezuela.  In
1993, Mr. Garratt founded Norcom Networks Corporation, a provider of value-added
fixed and mobile communication services within



                                       25
<PAGE>


North America.  Prior to starting  Norcom,  Mr. Garratt was president and CEO of
Cycomm  International,   Inc.,  a  telecommunications  equipment  company  which
provided secure wireless products for voice and data transmission.


     Mitchell  Eggers has served as the Company's  Chief  Operating  Officer and
Director  since June 1999.  From 1997 to 1999,  Dr. Eggers was a researcher  and
consultant for development  stage  technology  companies.  From 1991 to 1995 Dr.
Eggers was a research demographer for the Economic Commission of Europe,  United
Nations, Geneva, Switzerland. Prior to that, he was a postdoctoral fellow at the
Population Research Center,  University of Chicago. His Ph.D was granted in 1990
by the University of  Pennsylvania.  Currently Dr. Eggers serves on the Board of
Directors of Instant  Documents  Inc., a Dallas,  Texas based  Internet  courier
company and Intelispan  Inc., a Scottsdale,  Arizona virtual private  networking
company.


     Patrick McGrath has served as the Company's  Chief Financial  Officer since
April 1999.  Prior to that time, Mr. McGrath was an accountant with a management
consulting  and accounting  services firm. Mr. McGrath  received his Bachelor of
Commerce  degree  from  Memorial  University  of  Newfoundland  in 1995 and is a
Certified General Accountant.


     Jan Walter has served as the Company's Chief  Technical  Officer since June
1999.  From 1994 to 1999, Mr. Walter has been a freelance  computer  systems and
software  consultant  and is also the  owner of  Centurion  Services,  a systems
consulting and  development  company.  Mr. Walter has authored a book on the C++
programming  language  for  Macmillan  Computer  Publishing,  as well as  having
contributed to a book on the Linux Operating System.


     Richard  Stewart has served as a director of the Company  since April 1999.
In 1991,  Mr. Stewart  co-founded and is currently  President and CEO of Premier
Lifestyles International Corporation, a marketing company.


     Jasbir  Dhaliwal has served on the Company's board of directors since April
1999. Prior to that time, Dr. Dhaliwal was an information systems consultant and
published  author in the areas of  information  systems  research and electronic
commerce.  Dr.  Dhaliwal has  consulted  with many  multi-national  corporations
including  Unilever  Ltd.,  IBM, EDI  Malaysia,  Guiness  Anchor Ltd.,  Andersen
Consulting, and Johnson & Johnson Asia Pacific. From 1996 -1998 Dr. Dhaliwal was
the Leader of the Interdisciplinary Advisory Group on Multimedia Applications to
the Deputy Vice-Chancellor, National University of Singapore (NUS), and in 1997,
he was an elected Board Member and Director of  Professional  Education with the
Chartered Institute of Transport.


     Raeanne  Steele has  served as the  Executive  Vice-President  of Sales and
Marketing  since January 1999 and as a director  since June 1999.  Prior to that
time, she served as a consultant  providing  contractual services to the private
and public sector in business development,  market research,  business planning,
and communications.  Ms. Steele received a bachelor's degree in education and an
MBA in marketing  from the  University  of Alberta.  She also holds a Journalism
Certificate from Langara College,  Vancouver.  She is currently  enrolled in the
E-Commerce Certificate program at the Technical University of British Columbia.


Board of Directors


     Each member of the Board of Directors is elected  annually and holds office
until the next annual  meeting of  shareholders  or until his successor has been
elected or appointed,  unless his office is earlier  vacated in accordance  with
the Bylaws of the Company. Officers serve at the discretion of the Board and are
appointed annually. The Board currently has one committee, the Audit Committee.


     None of the  Company's  directors or executive  officers are parties to any
arrangement  or  understanding  with any other  person  pursuant  to which  said
individual  was elected as a director or officer of the Company.  No director or
executive  officer of the  Company  has any family  relationship  with any other
officer or director of the Company.




                                       26
<PAGE>


Audit Committee


     The Audit Committee  recommends  independent  accountants to the Company to
audit the Company's financial statements, discusses the scope and results of the
audit with the  independent  accountants,  reviews  the  Company's  interim  and
year-end  operating  results  with  the  Company's  executive  officers  and the
Company's  independent  accountants,  considers  the  adequacy  of the  internal
accounting  controls,  considers the audit procedures of the Company and reviews
the  non-audit  services to be performed  by the  independent  accountants.  The
members of the Audit Committee are Jasbir Dhaliwal,  Philip Garratt and Mitchell
Eggers.


ITEM 6            EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation of Executive Officers


     The Company did not pay any compensation to its executive  officers for the
fiscal  year ended  December  31,  1998.  Development  activity  of the  company
commenced in January 1999.


Employment and Consulting Agreements


     Effective June 24, 1999, Phillip Garratt, Patrick McGrath, Mitchell Eggers,
Jan Walter and Raeanne Steele have entered into  employment  agreements with the
Company,  providing for annual salaries of $120,000,  $40,800, $120,000, $60,000
and Cdn.$120,000, respectively. The employment for each of the above officers is
"at will" and may be terminated  without  cause at any time,  subject to certain
notice  provisions.  The  employment  agreements are governed by the laws of the
state of Washington.


     On February 15, 1999, the Company  entered into a Consulting  Agreement for
Non-Technical Services (the "Consulting Agreement") with John C. Jones, a former
director of the Company.  Pursuant to the terms of the Consulting Agreement, Mr.
Jones provides  consulting  services to the Company in exchange for a $5,000 per
month fee and  reimbursement of certain  expenses.  The term of the agreement is
six (6) months ending on August 15, 1999,  except that the Company may terminate
Consulting  Agreement  in the  event  of a  material  breach  of the  Consulting
Agreement by Mr. Jones, subject to certain notice requirements.


     On April 1, 1999,  the Company  entered  into a Consulting  Agreement  (the
"TUBC Agreement") with Technical  University of British Columbia  ("TUBC").  Dr.
Jasbir Dhaliwal,  a director of the Company,  is an Associate  Professor at TUBC
and is providing  services to the Company under the TUBC Agreement.  Pursuant to
the Terms of the TUBC Agreement,  TUBC will provide  consulting  services to the
Company in exchange for a consulting fee of Cdn.$5,113 per month for a period of
12  months.  The  initial  term of the TUBC  Agreement  is 12 months  and may be
terminated by either party on sixty (60) days' notice.


Compensation of Directors


     During the most  recently  completed  fiscal year ended  December 31, 1998,
there  was no  compensation  paid by the  Company  to the  directors  for  their
services  as  directors  except  as  otherwise  disclosed  herein.  There are no
standard   arrangements  for  any  such  compensation  to  be  paid  other  than
reimbursement  for  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with their  services  as
directors.


1999 Stock Option Plan


     In June 1999,  the  Company's  board of  directors  adopted  the 1999 Stock
Option  Plan.  The Stock  Option Plan will  terminate on the earlier of June 30,
2009 or such  other  date as the board of  directors  may  determine.  The Stock
Option Plan is administered  by the board of directors (or a committee  thereof)
and provides that options may be granted to officers,  directors,  employees and
other persons, including consultants, as determined by the Plan Administrator in
its sole discretion.






                                       27
<PAGE>


     The options  issued under the Stock Option Plan are  exercisable at a price
fixed by the Plan Administrator,  in its sole discretion;  provided that options
granted in  substitution  for  outstanding  options of  another  corporation  in
connection  with a merger,  consolidation,  acquisition  of property or stock or
other  reorganization  involving such  corporation and the Company or any of the
Company's  subsidiaries  may be  granted  with an  exercise  price  equal to the
exercise price for the substituted option of the other  corporation,  subject to
adjustment.  Subject to  exceptions  in the Stock Option Plan relating to death,
divorce and estate planning  techniques,  options granted under the Stock Option
Plan are non-assignable and non-transferable.

     The maximum  number of the shares  reserved  for  issuance  under the Stock
Option Plan including options  currently  outstanding is 1,000,000 shares. As of
June 28, 1999 no stock options have been granted under the plan.

ITEM 7            CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     Except  as  otherwise  disclosed  herein,  no  director,   senior  officer,
principal  shareholder,  or any associate or affiliate thereof, had any material
interest, direct or indirect, in any transaction since the beginning of the last
financial year of the Company that has materially  affected the Company,  or any
proposed  transaction  that would materially  affect the Company,  except for an
interest  arising from the  ownership of shares of the Company  where the member
will receive no extra or special  benefit or advantage  not shared on a pro rata
basis by all holders of shares in the capital of the Company.


     On May 26, 1999, the Company acquired SSI, an entity  controlled by Richard
Stewart, a director of the Company. Under the terms of the acquisition, entities
controlled by Mr.  Stewart  (including  PLIC) received an aggregate of 1,800,000
shares of the Company's common stock at a deemed purchase price of $1,800,000.


     From January 1999 to May 31, 1999,  the Company  reimbursed  5215  Holdings
Inc.  ("5215"),  a  company  for which  Phillip  Garratt  serves as a  director,
$176,500  for  costs  associated  with the  start-up  of the  Company's  product
development office in Vancouver for the period January 1999 to May 31, 1999. The
Company pays 5215 rent of $5,400 a month for the premises in Vancouver and has a
damage  deposit  on account of $10,800  for the  premises.  This is an  informal
agreement and may be cancelled at any time.  The Company  continues to reimburse
5215, at cost, for reasonable expenses incurred by 5215 on the Company's behalf.


     On February 4, 1999,  the  Company,  through its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,
entered into a Strategic  Alliance  Agreement with PLIC, a company controlled by
Mr.  Stewart.  Under the terms of the  agreement,  PLIC  granted the Company the
right to directly market the Company's online stores to members of PLIC's rebate
shopping network, to place links to its Web sites on Web sites sponsored by PLIC
and to distribute  memberships in PLIC's rebate shopping  network.  In addition,
PLIC agreed to provide transaction  processing and product fulfillment  services
to the  Company  and to give the  Company  access  to its list of  participating
merchants and product  inventory on an ongoing basis.  In exchange,  the Company
agreed,  on an exclusive  basis,  to sell,  market and honor PLIC product rebate
network  memberships  and,  subject  to  certain   exceptions,   to  use  PLIC's
transaction  processing and product fulfillment services. The Strategic Alliance
Agreement is for a perpetual duration, but may be terminated by either party for
cause.


     The Company  paid to PLIC a one time  payment of $150,000 on the signing of
the Strategic  Alliance  Agreement and paid $10,000 for the initial set up costs
of the  customer  helpdesk.  The parties are also  jointly  responsible  for all
capital and startup costs in connection  with the helpdesk and will be billed on
a pro-rata basis  according to the number of customer  orders placed through the
helpdesk.  PLIC and the Company  have agreed to design  jointly a Web site which
would feature links to both the Company's Web sites and other Web sites operated
by PLIC. The parties agree to share equally in the advertising net revenues from
such joint sites.


     The  Company  has  agreed to pay PLIC a  commission  or a  finders  fee for
introducing  the  Company to direct  marketing  organizations  that  utilize the
Company's e-commerce solutions. It is anticipated that the commissions will take
the form of a percentage of sales or fees collected from  individuals  using the
online site. Specific amounts are negotiated on a case by case basis.


     In June 1999, the Company  entered into  employment  agreements with Philip
Garratt,  Mitchell Eggers,  Raeanne Steele,  Patrick McGrath and Jan Walter. The
Company has also entered into Consulting Agreements with






                                       28
<PAGE>





John C. Jones, a former director,  which terminates on August 15, 1999, and also
with Dr. Jasbir Dhaliwal,  a current director of the Company. See "Management --
Employment and Consulting Agreements."


ITEM 8            LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The  Company  is not a party  to,  and none of the  Company's  property  is
subject to, any pending or threatened legal proceeding.


ITEM 9            MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON
                  EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     The  Company's  shares  have traded on the NASD  Over-The-Counter  Bulletin
Board  Market (the  "OTCBB")  since March 31,  1999 under the symbol  SSLK.  The
Company's  symbol was  changed to SSLKE on June 1,  1999.  On July 2, 1999,  the
Company ceased trading on the OTCBB. The following is a summary of trading, on a
calendar quarter basis, in the shares on the OTCBB during 1999:

<TABLE>

The NASD OTC Bulletin Board

         ---------------------------- -------------------------- ------------------------- --------------------------
              Quarter Presented                 High                       Low                      Volume
         ---------------------------- -------------------------- ------------------------- --------------------------
         ---------------------------- -------------------------- ------------------------- --------------------------
          <S>                                   <C>                        <C>                       <C>
         1st Quarter --1999                     $6.25                     $5.38                     191,000
         (on March 31, 1999)
         ---------------------------- -------------------------- ------------------------- --------------------------
         2nd Quarter -- 1999                    $9.75                     $5.62                     717,100
         ---------------------------- -------------------------- ------------------------- --------------------------
</TABLE>

     The price for the Company's shares on the OTCBB on June 28, 1999, was $6.47
(High) and $6.38  (Low),  and the close  price was $6.47.  The prices  reflected
represent  interdealer prices,  without retail mark-up,  mark-down or commission
and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.


     Other than described  above, the Company's shares are not and have not been
listed or quoted on any other exchange or quotation system.


     As of June 28,  1999,  the Company had  approximately  38  shareholders  of
record (including nominees and brokers holding street accounts) of the Company's
shares.


     The Company has never paid dividends on its shares.  The Company  currently
intends  to retain  earnings  for use in its  business  and does not  anticipate
paying any dividends in the foreseeable future.


ITEM 10           RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

     On February 17, 1999, the Company issued  5,000,000  shares of common stock
at a price of $0.05 per share for an aggregate  purchase price of $250,000.  The
shares were issued to the following  persons:  Brian James,  Prostar Ltd.,  Eric
Silinger,   Peter  Garratt,  Gary  James,  Robert  Parker,  David  Flower,  Kole
Jovanovski,  Zorica Kostovska,  Kiril Pancevski,  Pero Jovanov, Filip Petrovski,
Slavko  Trifunovski,  Epicenter  Venture  Finance  Ltd.,  Peter Snape,  Savannah
Foundation  Ltd.,  Keith  Moriarty,   Marjorie  Surbey,   Jacques  Conforti  and
Christopher  Brown.  The shares were issued to holders outside the United States
pursuant to an exemption from registration  under Rule 504 of Regulation D under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").

     On April 16, 1999, the Company issued 1,000,000 shares of common stock at a
price of $1.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $1,000,000, pursuant
to  agreements  dated March 25,  1999.  The shares were issued to the  following
persons: Jim Fitzgerald, Jer O'Callaghan, Jim O'Callaghan, Brian Weldon, Anthony
Forde, Tony Duddy, Thomas O'Gorman, Greenland Investments Inc., Hugh Farrington,
David  O'Brien,  Gerard  Murray,  Gerard Walsh,  Brian  Gillespie,  Noel Dineen,
Richard  O'Shea,  Ernest  Holloway and  Guernroy  Ltd. The shares were issued to
holders  outside the United States  pursuant to an exemption  from  registration
under Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act.




                                       29
<PAGE>


     On May 26, 1999, the Company issued  2,000,000  shares of common stock at a
deemed   purchase  price  of  $1.00  share  in  connection  with  the  Company's
acquisition of SSI. The acquisition  agreement  embodied terms and conditions as
set forth under a previous  agreement  dated  February 17, 1999.  The  aggregate
deemed  purchase price was  $2,000,000.  The shares were issued to the following
shareholders of SSI, The Becker Family Trust,  Stewart Family Partners and PLIC.
The shares were issued pursuant to an exemption from registration under Rule 506
of Regulation D under the Securities Act.


ITEM 11           DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT'S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED

     The Company's  authorized  capital consists of 50,000,000  shares of common
stock,  $.001 par value. At May 31, 1999, there were 9,000,000 shares issued and
outstanding and an additional  1,000,000  shares have been reserved for issuance
under the Company's 1999 Stock Option Plan.


     All shares are of the same class and have the same rights,  preferences and
limitations.  The  holders of the  shares are  entitled  to  dividends  in cash,
property or shares as and when  declared by the Board of Directors  out of funds
legally  available  therefor,  to one vote per  share at  meetings  of  security
holders of the Company  and,  upon  liquidation,  to receive  such assets of the
Company as are distributable to the holders of the shares. Upon any liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the business of the Company,  if any, after payment
or provision for payment of all debts, obligations or liabilities of the Company
shall be distributed to the holders of shares.  There are no pre-emptive  rights
or  conversion  rights  attached to the shares.  There are also no redemption or
purchase for  cancellation  or surrender  provisions,  sinking or purchase  fund
provisions, or any provisions as to modification,  amendment or variation of any
such rights or provisions attached to the shares of the Company.


ITEM 12           INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

     Florida law permits the Company  indemnify any person who was or is a party
or is  threatened  to be made a party to any  threatened,  pending or  completed
proceeding  by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the
Company  or any other  person  designated  by the board of  directors  which may
include any person serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer,
employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture,  trust,  employee  benefit plan or other entity or enterprise,  in each
case, against certain liabilities including damages, judgments,  amounts paid in
settlement,   fines,  penalties  and  expenses  including  attorneys'  fees  and
disbursements,  except where such  indemnification  is expressly  prohibited  by
applicable  law,  where  such  person  has  engaged  in  willful  misconduct  or
recklessness or where such  indemnification  has been determined to be unlawful.
Such indemnification as to expenses is mandatory to the extent the individual is
successful on the merits of the matter.  Florida law also permits the Company to
provide  similar  indemnification  to  employees  and  agents  also  who are not
directors or officers.  The  determination  of whether an  individual  meets the
applicable  standard  of  conduct  may be made by the  disinterested  directors,
independent  legal  counsel  or  the  shareholders.  Florida  law  also  permits
indemnification  in connection  with a proceeding  brought by or in the right of
the Company to procure a judgment in its favor.  Insofar as indemnification  for
liabilities  arising under the SEC may be permitted to directors,  officers,  or
persons  controlling  the Company  pursuant  to the  foregoing  provisions,  the
Company has been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is
against  public  policy  as  expressed  in the  Securities  Act of  1933  and is
therefore unenforceable.

                                       30
<PAGE>


ITEM 13           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA


Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants


Financial Statements


     Consolidated Balance Sheets

     Consolidated Statement of Operations

     Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders Equity

     Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements





                                       31
<PAGE>


Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants



Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Shopping Sherlock, Inc.

We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Shopping
Sherlock,  Inc. (a development stage company) and its subsidiary ("the Company")
as of May 31,  1999,  December  31, 1998 and  December  31, 1997 and the related
consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholders  equity and cash flows for
the five months ended May 31, 1999,  each of the years in the three-year  period
ended  December 31, 1998 and for the period from the date of  inception  (August
17, 1984) through May 31, 1999. These consolidated  financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable  assurance about whether the  consolidated  financial  statements are
free from material misstatement.  An audit includes examining,  on a test basis,
evidence  supporting the amounts and disclosures in the  consolidated  financial
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant  estimates  made by  management,  as well as evaluating  the overall
financial  statement  presentation.   We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above, present
fairly, in all material  respects,  the financial position of Shopping Sherlock,
Inc. (a development stage company) and its subsidiary at May 31, 1999,  December
31, 1998 and 1997,  and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the
five months ended May 31, 1999, each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 1998,  and the period from the date of inception  (August 17, 1984)
through  May  31,  1999  in  conformity  with  generally   accepted   accounting
principles.

The accompanying  consolidated  financial statements have been prepared assuming
the Company  will  continue as a going  concern.  As  discussed in Note 2 to the
consolidated  financial statements,  the Company is in the development stage and
has  generated  no operating  revenue to date and will need to raise  additional
working  capital  for  future  development  costs.  While the  Company  has been
successful  in the past in raising  funds,  this may not be indicative of future
success.  Management's  plans in regards to these matters are also  described in
Note 2. The  consolidated  financial  statements do not include any  adjustments
that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.



/s/ BDO Seidman, LLP
BDO Seidman, LLP
Seattle, Washington


June 30, 1999




                                       32
<PAGE>

                                                         SHOPPING SHERLOCK, INC.
                                                   (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)


                                                     CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>


                                                                         May 31,         December 31,       December 31,
                                                                          1999               1998               1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         ASSETS

Current Assets
   <S>                                                                   <C>                 <C>                <C>
   Cash                                                         $       725,120     $         -    $             -
   Prepaid expenses and deposits                                         54,121               -                  -
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total Current Assets                                                    779,241               -                  -

Furniture and Equipment, net                                             74,504               -                  -

Goodwill                                                              2,000,000               -                  -
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total Assets                                                    $     2,853,745     $         -    $             -
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY

Current Liabilities
   Accounts payable                                             $        59,912     $         -    $             -
   Due to related party                                                   5,000               -                  -
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total Liabilities                                                        64,912               -                  -
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Commitments and Contingencies

Stockholders Equity
 Common stock, $1.00 par value, 50,000 shares
  authorized, 0, 0, and 100 issued and outstanding                            -                -                100
 Common stock, $.001 par value; 50,000,000 shares
  authorized, 9,000,000, 1,000,000 and 0 issued and
  outstanding                                                             9,000               1,000               -
 Additional paid in capital                                           3,244,079               2,079             900
 Deficit accumulated during the development stage                      (464,246)             (3,079)        (1,000)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total Stockholders Equity                                             2,788,833                -                  -
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total Liabilities and Stockholders Equity                       $     2,853,745     $          -    $             -
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

</TABLE>



                                       33
<PAGE>


                                                         SHOPPING SHERLOCK, INC.
                                                   (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)


                                            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>

                                               Cumulative Admounts      Five Months Ended             Twelve Months Ended
                                                      from                  May 31,                       December 31,
                                               Date of Inception to  ----------------------    --------------------------------
                                                    May 31, 1999      1999       1998          1998        1997         1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


OPERATING EXPENSES:

<S>                                                    <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
Sales and marketing                              $   32,548     $   32,548   $     --     $     --     $     --     $     --

General and administrative                          183,719        180,640         --          2,079         --           --

Systems and business development                    243,824        243,824         --           --           --           --

Depreciation and amortization                        4,155           4,155         --           --           --           --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total operating expenses                           464,246         461,167         --          2,079         --           --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net loss                                        $  464,246      $  461,167   $     --     $    2,079   $     --     $     --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net loss per share - basic and diluted .        $     0.12      $     0.12   $     --     $    0.005   $     --     $     --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Weighted  average  number  of shares of common
    stock outstanding                            3,976,516       3,976,516      100,000      445,833      100,000    100,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

</TABLE>




                                       34
<PAGE>

                                                         SHOPPING SHERLOCK, INC.
                                                   (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)


                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY


<TABLE>

                                                                                        Deficit
                                                                                       Accumulated
                                                Common Stock                             during
                                           -------------------------    Additional     Development
                                              Shares      Amount     Paid-in Capital      Stage              Total
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Shopping Sherlock, Inc. Activities
   Activities (Formerly known as
   AIDA Industries):
    Issuance of common stock
    for cash
          <S>                                  <C>          <C>             <C>            <C>               <C>
                                               100   $       100   $        900      $         -      $      1,000

                                                -             -              -             (1,000)          (1,000)
Net Loss
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance, December 31, 1985                     100           100            900            (1,000)               -

Activity January 1986 through
December 31, 1997                                -             -              -                 -                -
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance, December 31, 1997                     100           100            900            (1,000)               -

Effect of 1,000:1 Stock split -
   July 20, 1998                            99,900             -              -                 -                -

Issuance of Common stock for
   reinstatement fees - July  20,
   1998                                    900,000           900          1,179                 -            2,079

Net Loss                                         -             -              -            (2,079)          (2,079)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance, December 31, 1998               1,000,000         1,000            2,079            (3,079)                -

Sale of  Common Stock for Cash
   ($.05/Share)                          5,000,000         5,000          245,000                 -           250,000

Sale of Common Stock for Cash
   ($1.00/Share)                         1,000,000         1,000          999,000                 -         1,000,000

Issuance of Common Stock for
   Acquisition of Shopping Sherlock
   - Delaware                            2,000,000         2,000        1,998,000                 -         2,000,000

Net Loss                                         -             -                -          (461,167)         (461,167)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance, May 31, 1999                    9,000,000   $     9,000     $  3,244,079      $   (464,246)     $  2,788,833
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>

                                       35
<PAGE>


                                                         SHOPPING SHERLOCK, INC.
                                                   (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)


                                            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS


<TABLE>


                                                         INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH

                                                                    Cumulative                           Twelve Months Ended
                                                                 Amounts from Date  Five Months              December 31,
                                                                  of Inception to     Ended        --------------------------------
                                                                   May 31. 1999    May 31, 1999     1998        1997        1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
          <S>                                                          <C>            <C>               <C>        <C>         <C>
 Net loss ....................................................   $  (464,246)   $  (461,167)   $    (2,079)  $    --     $    --
     Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
       used in operating activities:
         Depreciation ...... .................................        4,155          4,155            --
         Change in assets and liabilities:
           Prepaid expenses and deposits .....................      (54,121)       (54,121)
           Accounts payable ..................................       59,912         59,912            --
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Cash Used in Operating Activities ........................      (454,300)      (451,221)        (2,079)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Flows From Investing Activities
          Purchase of furniture and equipment ................       (78,659)       (78,659)          --
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities.........................       (78,659)       (78,659)          --
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Flows From Financing Activities

         Proceeds from issuing common stock for cash .........     1,253,079      1,250,000         2,079
         Increase in due to related party ....................         5,000          5,000          --
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities .....................    1,258,079      1,255,000         2,079        --          --
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Increase in Cash ..........................................       725,120        725,120          --
Cash, beginning of period .....................................          --             --            --
Cash, end of period ...........................................   $   725,120    $   725,120    $     --          --         --
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
   Non-cash investing and financing activities:
       Issuance of common stock to acquire subsidiary .........   $ 2,000,000    $ 2,000,000    $     --
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>


                                       36
<PAGE>



                                                         SHOPPING SHERLOCK, INC.
                                                   (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)


                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT


NOTE 1:             Operations - Shopping  Sherlock,  Inc.  ("the  Company") was
Description of      incorporated  in the State of Florida  on August  17,  1984,
Business and        under  the  name of AIDA  Industries,  Inc.  ("AIDA").  From
Summary of          inception  until July 20, 1998 there was no activity  within
Significant         AIDA.  On July  20,  1998,  AIDA  amended  its  articles  of
Accounting          incorporation  to provide for a 1000:1 stock  split,  and to
Policies            apply for listing on the OTC  Bulletin  Board.  On March 24,
                    1999 AIDA changed its name to Shopping Sherlock, Inc.

                    Shopping   Sherlock,   Inc.   ("SSI"),   was  organized  and
                    incorporated  in the State of Delaware on January 20,  1999,
                    for the purpose of developing and  implementing  an Internet
                    based  retail  business  providing  discounts  and  purchase
                    rebates to its  customers.  On February 4, 1999, SSI entered
                    into a strategic  marketing and  operations  agreement  with
                    Premier Lifestyles  International  Corporation  ("PLIC"),  a
                    direct  marketing  and sales  company,  to  provide  certain
                    Internet  based services to PLIC's  existing  customer base.
                    SSI had no operating activity in the five-month period ended
                    May 31, 1999.

                    On May 26,  1999 the  Company  entered  into an  acquisition
                    agreement  with SSI  obtaining  all rights  and  obligations
                    under the agreement  between SSI and PLIC.  2,000,000 shares
                    of its common stock were issued to the  shareholders  of SSI
                    for 100% of its common  stock.  The shares were valued at $1
                    per share,  which was the price  realized  by the Company in
                    the  recent  private  placement  of its  stock to a group of
                    foreign investors.

                    Principles of  Consolidation  - The  consolidated  financial
                    statements  include the accounts of the Company and SSI. All
                    significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been
                    eliminated in consolidation.

                    Accounting  Estimates - The Company's  financial  statements
                    are  prepared  in   conformity   with   generally   accepted
                    accounting  principles  which  requires  management  to make
                    estimates and assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts
                    of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent
                    assets  and   liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial
                    statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses
                    during the  reporting  period.  Actual  results could differ
                    from the estimates.

                    Furniture and Equipment - Furniture and equipment are stated
                    at  cost.   Depreciation   and   amortization  are  computed
                    utilizing   straight-line   and  accelerated   methods  over
                    estimated useful lives ranging from 3 to 5 years.

                    Goodwill - The  acquisition of SSI resulted in $2 million of
                    goodwill, which is being amortized over a 36-month period.


                                       37
<PAGE>


                                                         SHOPPING SHERLOCK, INC.
                                                   (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)


                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



NOTE 1:             Income  Taxes - The  Company  accounts  for income  taxes in
Description of      accordance  with the  provisions  of  Statement of Financial
Business and        Accounting  Standards  No. 109,  "Accounting  for Summary of
Summary of          Significant  Income Taxes," ("SFAS 109").  SFAS 109 requires
Significant         the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for
Accounting          the expected future income tax consequences of events that
Policies            have been recognized in a company's financial  statements or
(continued)         tax  return.  Under  this  method,  deferred  tax assets and
                    liabilities   are   determined   based   on  the   temporary
                    differences between the financial statement carrying amounts
                    and their tax basis using enacted tax rates in effect in the
                    years in which the  temporary  differences  are  expected to
                    reverse.  Valuation  allowances are provided when management
                    determines that the realization of deferred tax assets fails
                    to meet the more  likely than not  standard  imposed by SFAS
                    109.

                    Net Loss Per  Share - Basic  loss per share is  computed  by
                    dividing net loss by the weighted  average  number of common
                    shares outstanding. Shares outstanding for all prior periods
                    have been  adjusted  to  reflect  the  1,000:1  stock  split
                    declared on July 20, 1998.  As of May 31, 1999,  the Company
                    had no outstanding options or common stock equivalents.



NOTE 2:             The  Company has been in the  development  stage since its
Development         inception.  It has had no  operating  revenues to date,  has
Stage               accumulated   losses  of  s  $464,246,   and  will   require
Operations          additional   working   capital  to  complete   its  business
                    development  activities  and generate  revenues  adequate to
                    cover  operating  and  further  development  expenses.  This
                    raises  substantial  doubt as to the  Company's  ability  to
                    continue as a going concern.

                    The Company  believes it can raise adequate  working capital
                    through  subsequent  sales of its  common  stock in  private
                    placement  transactions.  To date,  the  Company  has raised
                    $1.25 million in private placements.

                    The financial statements do not contain any adjustments that
                    might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a
                    going concern.

                                       38
<PAGE>

                                                         SHOPPING SHERLOCK, INC.
                                                   (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)


                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>

NOTE 3:                  Furniture and equipment consists of the following:
Furniture and
Equipment
                                                                                         December 31,
                                                                       May 31,    ------------------------------
                                                                        1999             1998             1997
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              <S>                                       <C>              <C>             <C>
                         Furniture                               $    31,616      $         -     $         -
                         Computer hardware                            42,454                -               -
                         Computer software                             4,589                -               -
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      78,659                -               -

                         Less accumulated depreciation                (4,155)               -               -
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         Furniture and equipment, net            $    74,504      $         -     $         -
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


Note 4:             At May 31, 1999 the Company has net  deferred  tax assets of
Income Taxes        $157,500 primarily due to net operating loss carry forwards,
                    which begin to expire in 2018.  A 100%  valuation  allowance
                    has  been  recorded   against  the  deferred  tax  asset  as
                    management  has yet to establish that recovery of this asset
                    is more likely than not.


Note 5:             In addition to the informal rent agreement discussed in Note
Operating           6, the Company  leases  office space under a twenty-one  and
Leases              one half-month  operating  lease  commencing  June 15, 1999.
                    Future minimum lease payments  approximate  $22,400 in 1999,
                    $41,400 in 2000, and $10,400 in 2001.

Note 6:             The Company has entered into a strategic marketing agreement
Related Party       with PLIC,  and has paid  $150,000  as a one-time  licensing
Transactions        fee. The  principals of PLIC were the sole  shareholders  of
                    SSI,  and were issued  2,000,000  shares of common  stock in
                    conjunction with the acquisition of SSI.  Additionally,  one
                    of the  principals  of PLIC will serve as a director  of the
                    Company.

                    The   marketing   agreement   grants   to  the   Company   a
                    non-exclusive  right to utilize PLIC's existing customer and
                    vendor  databases in  establishing  its own  Internet  based
                    commerce site.  Sales from the Company's site may be to PLIC
                    customers or other third parties.  The Company and PLIC will
                    split a  portion  of the  net  proceeds  of the  transaction
                    (sales  less cost of goods sold and credit  card  processing
                    fees) as specified in the agreement.

                    The  agreement   will  be  perpetual,   however  it  may  be
                    terminated for cause with 30 days notice,  or immediately in
                    the  event  of   bankruptcy,   appointment  of  a  receiver,
                    assignment for the benefit of creditors, or violation of the
                    confidentiality provisions of the agreement.


                                       39
<PAGE>


NOTE 6:             Certain  operating  expenses are paid by a related  company,
Related Party       which in turn is  reimbursed  by the  Company.  For the five
Transaction         months ended May 31, 1999,  the Company  reimbursed  the ) )
(continued)         related company  $176,400 which includes  $31,200 of prepaid
                    expenses and  deposits.  In  addition,  the Company paid the
                    related company $21,600 under an informal rental  agreement,
                    which includes $10,800 of prepaid expenses and deposits. The
                    agreement may be cancelled at any time.

                    The Company  retained  all key  employees  under  consulting
                    agreements  during the five-month period ended May 31, 1999.
                    These  agreements  may be cancelled at any time. The expense
                    of these agreements totaled $123,600,  which includes $5,000
                    in related party payables.

                    The Company has entered into a one year consulting  contract
                    beginning  April  1,  1999,  with a  university  in  British
                    Columbia  where  one  of  the  Company's   directors  is  an
                    instructor.  The Company will pay $3,500 per month, of which
                    $7,000 is included in expenses for the five months ended May
                    31, 1999.

                    The Company purchased $52,000 in fixed assets from a company
                    owned by one of its key employees in 1999.



NOTE 7:             On June 24, 1999,  the Company has entered  into  employment
Subsequent          contracts with its officers. The contracts run from month to
Events              month  and  may be  terminated  upon  30  days  notice.  The
                    aggregate  obligation  under these agreements is $35,200 per
                    month.  In  addition,  the Company has  implemented  a stock
                    option plan as of July 1, 1999.  1,000,000  shares have been
                    set aside and may be granted to officers  and key  employees
                    at a price yet to be determined.

                    On June 22, 1999,  the  Company's  President  resigned.  The
                    residual  amount  due  under  his  consulting   contract  is
                    $12,500, and will be paid over the term of the contract.


                                       40
<PAGE>


ITEM 14           CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING
                  AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

         Barry L. Friedman,  P.C., Certified Public Accountant previously served
as the  auditor for the  Company.  Barry L.  Friedman,  P.C.,  Certified  Public
Accountant  resigned as the auditor for the Company due to the Company's listing
on the OTCBB during 1999 and BDO Seidman,  LLP was  appointed as auditor for the
Company and its  subsidiaries.  The decision to change  auditors was approved by
the Company's  board of directors.  There have not been  disagreements  with the
auditors  on  any  matter  of  accounting  principles  or  practices,  financial
statement  disclosure,  or auditing scope or procedures,  which disagreements if
not resolved to their  satisfaction  would have caused them to make reference in
connection with their opinion to the subject matter of the disagreement.


ITEM 15           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

         (a)      Financial Statements


         The following  financial  statements and related schedules are included
in this Item:


                  Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants:


                  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of May 31, 1999, December 31,
                  1998 and December 31, 1997;


                  Consolidated Statements of Operation, Stockholder's Equity and
                  Cash Flows for the five months  ended May 31, 1999 and each of
                  the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1998 and
                  for the period from the date of  inception  (August 17,  1984)
                  through May 31, 1999; and


                  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement.


         (b)      Exhibits



               Exhibit Number   Description

                     2.1        Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of
                                May 17, 1999 by and among the Registrant,
                                Shopping Sherlock, Inc. (Delaware) ("SSI") and
                                Shopping Acquisition Corp.

                     3.1        Articles of Incorporation, as amended, of the
                                Registrant

                     3.2        Bylaws of the Registrant

                     4.1        Form of Common Stock Share Certificate

                    10.1        1999 Stock Option Plan

                    10.2        Form of Stock Option Agreement

                    10.3        Strategic   Alliance   Agreement:    E-commerce,
                                Marketing and Operations  dated February 4, 1999
                                by  and  between  SSI  and  Premier   Lifestyles
                                International Corp.

                    10.4        Form of Independent Contractor Services
                                Agreement

                    10.5        Consulting Agreement for Non-Technical Services
                                dated February 15, 1999 by and between the
                                Registrant and John C. Jones


                                       41
<PAGE>


                    10.6        Consultant  Agreement  effective  as of April 1,
                                1999 by and between the Registrant and Technical
                                University of British Columbia

                    10.7        Employment Agreement dated June 24, 1999 by and
                                between the Registrant and Philip Garratt.

                    10.8        Employment Agreement dated June 24, 1999 by and
                                between the Registrant and  Mitchell Eggers.

                    10.9        Employment Agreement dated June 24, 1999 by and
                                between the Registrant and Raeanne Steele.

                    10.10       Employment Agreement dated June 24, 1999 by and
                                between the Registrant and Jan Walter.

                    10.11       Employment Agreement dated June 24, 1999 by and
                                between the Registrant and Patrick McGrath.

                    10.12       Lease Agreement dated May 21, 1999 by and
                                between the Registrant and Spieker Properties,
                                L.P.

                    27.1        Financial Data Schedule.


                                       42
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 12 of the Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934, the Company has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


                                                        SHOPPING SHERLOCK, INC.



Date:  July 21, 1999                               By    /s/ Phillip J. Garratt
                                                        -----------------------
                                                         Phillip J. Garratt
                                                         Chief Executive Officer





                                       43
<PAGE>



<TABLE>


 Exhibit                                                                            Sequentially
 Number         Description                                                         Numbered Page

     <S>             <S>                                                                 <C>
     2.1  Agreement and Plan of  Reorganization  dated as of May 17, 1999 by and
          among the Registrant,  Shopping Sherlock,  Inc. (Delaware) ("SSI") and
          Shopping Acquisition Corp.

     3.1  Articles of Incorporation, as amended, of the Registrant

     3.2  Bylaws of the Registrant

     4.1  Form of Common Stock Share Certificate

     10.1 1999 Stock Option Plan

     10.2 Form of Stock Option Agreement

     10.3 Strategic  Alliance  Agreement:  E-commerce,  Marketing and Operations
          dated  February  4, 1999 by and  between  SSI and  Premier  Lifestyles
          International Corp. ("PLIC")

     10.4 Form of Independent Contractor Services Agreement

     10.5 Consulting  Agreement for  Non-Technical  Services  dated February 15,
          1999 by and between the Registrant and John C. Jones

     10.6 Consultant  Agreement effective as of April 1, 1999 by and between the
          Registrant and Technical University of British Columbia

     10.7 Employment  Agreement  between  dated June 24, 1999 by and between the
          Registrant and Philip Garratt.

     10.8 Employment  Agreement  between  dated June 24, 1999 by and between the
          Registrant and Mitchell Eggers.

     10.9 Employment  Agreement  between  dated June 24, 1999 by and between the
          Registrant and Raeanne Steele.

     10.10Employment  Agreement  between  dated June 24, 1999 by and between the
          Registrant and Jane Walter.

     10.11Employment  Agreement  between  dated June 24, 1999 by and between the
          Registrant and Patrick McGrath.

     10.12Lease  Agreement  dated May 21, 1999 by and between the Registrant and
          Spieker Properties, L.P.

     27.1 Financial Data Schedule

</TABLE>

                                       44
<PAGE>





                      AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                  BY AND AMONG

                       SHOPPING SHERLOCK, INC., (Florida)

                       SHOPPING SHERLOCK, INC., (Delaware)

                                       AND

                           SHOPPING ACQUISITION CORP.

                            Dated as of May 17, 1999



<PAGE>


                      AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

     This AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF  REORGANIZATION  (the  "Agreement") is dated for
reference as of May 17, 1999 by and among  Shopping  Sherlock,  Inc., a Delaware
corporation  ("DelawareCo"),  Shopping  Sherlock,  Inc.,  a Florida  corporation
("FloridaCo"), and Shopping Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation ("Sub").

     The parties agree as follows:

     1. THE MERGER.

          1.1 The Merger.  At the Effective Time (as defined in Section 1.2) and
subject to and upon the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement,  Sub shall be
merged into DelawareCo (the "Merger),  the separate  corporate  existence of Sub
shall cease and DelawareCo shall continue as the surviving  corporation and as a
wholly-owned subsidiary of FloridaCo. The surviving corporation after the Merger
is hereinafter sometimes referred to as the "Surviving Corporation."

          1.2  Effective  Time.  Unless  this  Agreement  is earlier  terminated
pursuant to Section  8.1,  the closing of the Merger (the  "Closing")  will take
place as  promptly  as  practicable,  but no later than five (5)  business  days
following  satisfaction  or waiver of the  conditions set forth in Section 6, at
the offices of 618 - 688 West  Hastings  Street,  Vancouver,  British  Columbia,
unless  another  place  or  time  is  agreed  to in  writing  by  FloridaCo  and
DelawareCo.  The date upon which the Closing  actually occurs is herein referred
to as the "Closing  Date." On the Closing Date,  the parties  hereto shall cause
the Merger to be consummated by filing  Articles of Merger (or like  instrument)
in the form  attached  hereto as  Exhibit A with the  Secretary  of State of the
State  Delaware  (the "Merger  Articles"),  in  accordance  with the  applicable
provisions  of Delaware law (the time of acceptance by the Secretary of State of
the State of Delaware of such filing being  referred to herein as the "Effective
Time").

          1.3 Effect of the Merger.  At the  Effective  Time,  the effect of the
Merger  shall be as  provided in the  applicable  provisions  of  Delaware  law.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,  and subject  thereto,  at the
Effective Time, all the property, rights,  privileges,  powers and franchises of
Sub and  DelawareCo  shall  vest in the  Surviving  Corporation,  and all debts,
liabilities and duties of Sub and DelawareCo shall become the debts, liabilities
and duties of the Surviving Corporation.

          1.4 Articles of  Incorporation,  Bylaws. As of the Effective Time, the
Certificate of  Incorporation  and Bylaws of DelawareCo shall be the Certificate
of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation.

          1.5  Directors and  Officers.  Directors of the Surviving  Corporation
immediately  after  the  Effective  Time  shall be the  directors  of  FloridaCo
immediately  prior to the Effective  Time, each to hold the office in accordance
with  the  provisions  of  applicable  laws  and  the  Bylaws  of the  Surviving
Corporation, until their successors are duly qualified and elected. The officers
of  Surviving  Corporation  immediately  after the  Effective  Time shall be the
officers of FloridaCo  immediately  prior to the  Effective  Time,  each to hold
office  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of the  Bylaws  of the  Surviving
Corporation.




                                       1


<PAGE>


          1.6 Conversion of DelawareCo Common Stock.

               (a) At the Effective Time, each share of DelawareCo Common Stock,
par value  $0.01  per  share  ("DelawareCo  Common  Stock"),  upon the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth below shall be converted  automatically into
20,000 shares (the "Exchange  Ratio") of FloridaCo Common Stock par value $0.001
per share ("FloridaCo Common Stock"). Each share of FloridaCo Common Stock to be
delivered under this Agreement shall be valued at US$ 1.00 per share.

               (b) The  Exchange  Ratio shall be  adjusted to reflect  fully the
effect of any stock split, reverse split, stock dividend (including any dividend
or  distribution  of  securities  convertible  into  FloridaCo  Common  Stock or
DelawareCo Common Stock), reorganization,  recapitalization or other like charge
with respect to  FloridaCo  Common Stock or  DelawareCo  Common Stock  occurring
after the date hereof.

               (c) No fractional share of FloridaCo Common Stock shall be issued
in the Merger. In lieu thereof,  any fractional share shall be rounded up to the
nearest whole share of FloridaCo Common Stock.

               (d) Each  share of Common  Stock of Sub  issued  and  outstanding
immediately  prior to the Effective  Time shall be converted  into and exchanged
for one validly issued,  fully paid and  nonassessable  share of Common Stock of
the Surviving Corporation. Each stock certificate of Sub evidencing ownership of
any such shares shall  continue to evidence  ownership of such shares of capital
stock of the Surviving Corporation.

          1.7 Surrender of Certificates.

               (a) Exchange  Agent.  The Corporate  Secretary of FloridaCo shall
serve as exchange agent (the "Exchange Agent") in the Merger.

               (b)  FloridaCo to Provide Cash and Common Stock.  Promptly  after
the Effective  Time,  FloridaCo  shall make  available to the Exchange Agent for
exchange in accordance with this Section,  the shares of FloridaCo  Common Stock
issuable  pursuant  to Section  1.6(b) in  exchange  for all of the  outstanding
shares of DelawareCo Common Stock.

               (c)  Exchange  Procedures.  On or after  the  Closing  Date,  the
holders of DelawareCo Common Stock will surrender the certificates  representing
their DelawareCo Common Stock (the "DelawareCo Stock  Certificate") to FloridaCo
for  cancellation  together with a letter of transmittal in such form and having
such  provisions  that FloridaCo  reasonably  requests.  Promptly  following the
Effective Time,  FloridaCo will issue to the such stockholders  certificates for
the number of shares of FloridaCo  Common Stock to which such  stockholders  are
entitled pursuant to Section 1.6.


               (d)  Transfers of  Ownership.  If any  certificate  for shares of
FloridaCo  Common  Stock is to be issued in a name  other than that in which the
certificate  surrendered in exchange therefor is registered or if any cash is to
be delivered to a person other than the person whose name is on the  certificate
surrendered, it will be a condition to the issuance and/or delivery thereof that
the certificate so surrendered will be properly endorsed and otherwise in proper
form for transfer and that the person requesting such exchange will have paid to
FloridaCo or any agent  designated by it any transfer or other taxes required by
reason or the issuance of a certificate for shares of FloridaCo  Common Stock or
the delivery of any cash in any name other than that of the registered holder of
the certificate surrendered,  or established to the satisfaction of FloridaCo or
any agent designated by it that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

                                      2


<PAGE>


               (e) No  Liability.  Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary in
this Section 1.7, none of the Exchange Agent,  the Surviving  Corporation or any
party hereto shall be liable to a holder of shares of FloridaCo  Common Stock or
DelawareCo  Common  Stock  for any  amount  properly  paid to a public  official
pursuant to any applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar law.

          1.8 No Further Ownership Rights in DelawareCo Common Stock. All shares
of FloridaCo  Common Stock issued upon the  surrender  for exchange of shares of
DelawareCo  Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof,  and any cash paid
in  respect  thereof,  shall be deemed  to be full  satisfaction  of all  rights
pertaining  to such shares of  DelawareCo  Common  Stock,  and there shall be no
further registration of transfers on the records of the Surviving Corporation of
shares of DelawareCo  Common Stock which were outstanding  immediately  prior to
the Effective Time. If, after the Effective Time,  DelawareCo Stock Certificates
are  presented  to the  Surviving  Corporation  for any  reason,  they  shall be
canceled and exchanged as provided in this Section 1.

          1.9  Lost,  Stolen  or  Destroyed  Certificates.   In  the  event  any
certificates  evidencing shares of DelawareCo Common Stock shall have been lost,
stolen or destroyed,  the Exchange  Agent shall issue in exchange for such lost,
stolen or destroyed  certificates,  upon the making of an affidavit of that fact
by the holder  thereof,  such  amount,  if any, as may be  required  pursuant to
Section 1.6; provided,  however,  that FloridaCo may, in its discretion and as a
condition  precedent  to the issuance  thereof,  require the owner of such lost,
stolen or destroyed  certificates  to deliver a bond or indemnity in such sum as
it may reasonably direct against any claim that may be made against FloridaCo or
the Exchange Agent with respect to the  certificates  alleged to have been lost,
stolen or destroyed.

          1.10 Tax  Consequences.  It is intended by the parties hereto that the
Merger will constitute a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Each party has consulted with its own
tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of the Merger.

          1.11 Taking of Necessary Action; Further Action. If, at any time after
the Effective  Time,  any such further action is necessary or desirable to carry
out the purposes of this  Agreement and to vest the Surviving  Corporation  with
full right, title and possession to all assets,  property,  rights,  privileges,
powers and  franchises of  DelawareCo,  the officers and directors of DelawareCo
and FloridaCo are fully authorized in the name of their respective  corporations
or otherwise to take, and will take, all such lawful and necessary action.

     2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF FLORIDACO

     FloridaCo  hereby  represents and warrants to  DelawareCo,  subject to such
exceptions as are specifically  disclosed in the FloridaCo  Disclosure  Schedule
(referencing  the  appropriate   Section  and  paragraph  numbers)  supplied  by
FloridaCo to DelawareCo  (the "FloridaCo  Disclosure  Schedule") and dated as of
the date hereof, as follows:



                                       3

<PAGE>


          2.1  Organization  of  FloridaCo.  Each  of  FloridaCo  and  Sub  is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws
of the State of Florida and Delaware, respectively. Each has the corporate power
to own its  properties  and to carry on its business as proposed to be conducted
following the Effective Date.  FloridaCo is duly qualified to do business and in
good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which the failure
to be so qualified could have a material adverse effect on the business,  assets
(including  intangible assets),  condition (financial or otherwise),  results of
operations  or prospects of  FloridaCo  (hereinafter  referred to as a "Material
Adverse  Effect").  DelawareCo  has  delivered  a true and  correct  copy of its
Articles of Incorporation  and Bylaws and the Certificate of  Incorporation  and
Bylaws of Sub,  each as amended to date,  to  DelawareCo.  Messrs.  John  Jones,
Jasbir  Dhaliwal,  and Richard  Stewart are all of the  directors of  FloridaCo.
FloridaCo  has two  officers.  Mr. John Jones holds the office of  President  of
FloridaCo.  Mr.  Patrick  McGrath  holds the offices of Corporate  Secretary and
Chief  Financial  Officer of FloridaCo.  Mr. John Jones is the sole director and
officer  of Sub.  Neither  FloridaCo  nor Sub has ever has never  conducted  any
operations.

               FloridaCo Capital Structure.

               (a)  The  authorized  capital  stock  of  FloridaCo  consists  of
50,000,000  shares of authorized  Common Stock,  par value $0.001 per share,  of
which 7,000,000  shares are issued.  All outstanding  shares of FloridaCo Common
Stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not
subject to preemptive  rights created by statute,  the Articles of Incorporation
or Bylaws of  FloridaCo  or any  agreement  to which  FloridaCo is a party or by
which it is bound and have been  issued in  compliance  with  federal  and state
securities  laws.  FloridaCo has no other capital  stock  authorized,  issued or
outstanding.

               (b) There are no options, warrants, calls, rights, commitments or
agreements of any character,  written or oral, to which  FloridaCo or any of its
shareholders  is a party or by which  FloridaCo  or any of its  shareholders  is
bound obligating FloridaCo or any of its shareholders to issue,  deliver,  sell,
repurchase or redeem,  or cause to be issued,  delivered,  sold,  repurchased or
redeemed,  any shares of the capital stock of FloridaCo or obligating  FloridaCo
to grant,  extend,  accelerate  the vesting of,  change the price of,  otherwise
amend or enter  into  any  such  option  warrant,  call,  right,  commitment  or
agreement.  There are no outstanding or authorized stock  appreciation,  phantom
stock, profit participation,  or other similar rights with respect to FloridaCo.
There are no voting trusts,  proxies, or other agreements or understandings with
respect to the voting stock of FloridaCo.

               (c) The shares of FloridaCo Common Stock to be issued pursuant to
the Merger will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable.

               (d) The  FloridaCo  Common  Stock  has  been  duly  approved  for
quotation on the OTC Bulletin  Board  maintained by the National  Association of
Securities Dealers.

          2.2  Subsidiaries.  FloridaCo  does not have,  and has never had,  any
subsidiaries or affiliated  companies other than Sub and does not otherwise own,
and has not otherwise owned, any shares in the capital of or any interest in, or
control,   directly  or   indirectly,   any  other   corporation,   partnership,
association,  joint venture or other business entity.  FloridaCo owns all of the
outstanding securities of Sub.



                                       4

<PAGE>


          2.3  Authority.  FloridaCo,  and Sub  have  all  requisite  power  and
authority  to  enter  into  this  Agreement  and  any  Related   Agreements  (as
hereinafter   defined)  to  which  they  are  a  party  and  to  consummate  the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this
Agreement  and  any  Related  Agreements  to  which  they  are a  party  and the
consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly
authorized by all necessary  corporate  action on the part of FloridaCo and Sub,
and no further  action is required on the part of  FloridaCo or Sub to authorize
the  Agreement,  any  Related  Agreements  to which it they are a party  and the
transactions  contemplated  hereby and thereby.  This  Agreement and any Related
Agreements  to which  FloridaCo  and Sub are a party have been duly executed and
delivered  by  FloridaCo  or Sub,  as the case  may be,  and,  assuming  the due
authorization,  execution and delivery by the other parties  hereto and thereto,
constitute the valid and binding obligation of FloridaCo or Sub, as the case may
be,  enforceable in accordance with their respective terms,  subject to the laws
of general  application  relating to  bankruptcy,  insolvency  and the relief of
debtors, and to rules of law governing specific  performance,  injunctive relief
or other  equitable  remedies.  The  "Related  Agreements"  shall  mean all such
ancillary  agreements required in this Agreement to be executed and delivered in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

          2.4 Conflict.  The  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement and any
Related  Agreements  to which they are a party by FloridaCo and Sub do not, and,
the consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby and thereby will not,
conflict  with, or result in any violation of, or default under (with or without
notice  or lapse of time,  or  both),  or give  rise to a right of  termination,
cancellation,  modification  or  acceleration  of any  obligation or loss of any
benefit under (any such event,  a "Conflict")  (i) any provision of the Articles
of Incorporation  and Bylaws of FloridaCo or Sub, (ii) any mortgage,  indenture,
lease, contract or other agreement or instrument, permit, concession,  franchise
or license to which  FloridaCo or Sub or any of their  respective  properties or
assets  are  subject,  or (iii)  any  judgment,  order,  decree,  statute,  law,
ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to FloridaCo or Sub or their respective
properties or assets.

          2.5 Consents. No consent, waiver, approval, order or authorization of,
or registration, declaration or filing with, any court, administrative agency or
commission or other federal,  state, county, local or other foreign governmental
authority, instrumentality,  agency or commission ("Governmental Entity") or any
third party, including a party to any agreement with FloridaCo or Sub (so as not
to trigger any Conflict),  is required by or with respect to FloridaCo or Sub in
connection  with the  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement and any Related
Agreements  to which  FloridaCo  or Sub are a party or the  consummation  of the
transactions  contemplated  hereby and  thereby,  except for (i) such  consents,
waivers,  approvals,  orders,  authorizations,  registrations,  declarations and
filings as may be required under  applicable  securities laws thereby,  and (ii)
the filing of the Merger Articles with the Secretary of State of the Delaware.

          2.6 FloridaCo Financial Statements.  FloridaCo has provided DelawareCo
with a copy of it's audited  balance  sheets as of July 22,  1998,  December 31,
1997 and December 31, 1996 and the related  audited  statements  of  operations,
stockholders'  equity and cash flow for the  periods  then  ended (the  "Audited
Financials").  The Audited  Financials are correct in all material  respects and
have been  prepared  in  accordance  with  GAAP  applied  on a basis  consistent
throughout  the periods  indicated.  The Audited  Financials  present fairly the
financial  condition,  operating  results and cash flows of  FloridaCo as of the
dates and during the periods indicated therein.



                                       5


<PAGE>


          2.7 No  Undisclosed  Liabilities.  FloridaCo  and Sub do not  have any
liability,  indebtedness,  obligation,  expense, claim, deficiency,  guaranty or
endorsement  of  any  type,  whether  accrued,  absolute,  contingent,  matured,
unmatured  or other  (whether  or not  required  to be  reflected  in  financial
statements in accordance with GAAP).

          2.8 No Changes.  Since  inception  of  FloridaCo,  there has not been,
occurred or arisen any:

               (a)  transaction,  commitment  or  obligation by FloridaCo of any
kind other than the stock issuances described in paragraph (b) hereof;

               (b) issuance or sale,  or contract to issue or sell, by FloridaCo
of any shares of FloridaCo Common Stock, or securities exchangeable, convertible
or  exercisable  therefor,  or any  securities,  warrants,  options or rights to
purchase any of the  foregoing,  except for the issuance of 7,000,000  shares of
FloridaCo Common Stock;

               (c)  negotiation  or  agreement  by  FloridaCo  or any officer or
employees thereof to do any of the things described in the preceding clauses (a)
or  (b)  (other  than  negotiations  with  DelawareCo  and  its  representatives
regarding the transactions contemplated by this Agreement).

          2.9  Restrictions  on  Business  Activities.  There  is  no  agreement
(noncompete or otherwise),  commitment, judgment, injunction, order or decree to
which FloridaCo is a party or otherwise  binding upon FloridaCo which has or may
have the effect of prohibiting  or impairing any business  practice of FloridaCo
or  the  Surviving  Corporation,   any  acquisition  of  property  (tangible  or
intangible) by FloridaCo or the Surviving Corporation or the conduct of business
by FloridaCo or the Surviving Corporation.

          2.10 Agreements,  Contracts and Commitments.  FloridaCo is not a party
to nor is it bound by any  contracts,  obligations  or  agreements  or any kind.
FloridaCo  is in  compliance  with and has not  breached,  violated or defaulted
under, or received notice that it has breached, violated or defaulted under, any
of the terms or conditions of any  agreement,  contract,  covenant,  instrument,
lease,  license or  commitment  to which  FloridaCo is a party or by which it is
bound  (collectively  a  "Contract"),  nor is FloridaCo  aware of any event that
would  constitute  such a breach,  violation  or default with the lapse of time,
giving of notice or both.  FloridaCo has  obtained,  or will obtain prior to the
Closing Date, all necessary  consents,  waivers and approvals as are required in
connection with the Merger.

          2.11 Litigation.  There is no action, suit or proceeding of any nature
pending,  or, to  FloridaCo's  knowledge,  threatened,  against  FloridaCo,  its
properties  or any of its  officers  or  directors,  nor,  to the  knowledge  of
FloridaCo,  is there any reasonable  basis therefor.  There is no  investigation
pending  or,  to  FloridaCo's  knowledge  threatened,   against  FloridaCo,  its
properties or any of its officers or directors  (nor,  to the best  knowledge of
FloridaCo, is there any reasonable basis therefor) by or before any Governmental
Entity.  No  Governmental  Entity has at any time  challenged or questioned  the
legal  right of  FloridaCo  or any  subsidiary  to  conduct  its  operations  as
presently or previously conducted.

          2.12 Minute Books.  The minutes of FloridaCo made available to counsel
for  DelawareCo  are the only  minutes of  FloridaCo  and  contain a  reasonably
accurate  summary  of all  meetings  of the Board of  Directors  (or  committees
thereof) of FloridaCo and its  shareholders  or actions by written consent since
the time of incorporation of FloridaCo.


                                       6

<PAGE>


          2.13 Brokers' and Finders' Fees:  Third Party Expenses.  FloridaCo has
not  incurred,  nor will it incur,  directly or  indirectly,  any  liability for
brokerage  or finders'  fees or agents'  commissions  or any similar  charges in
connection with the Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.

          2.14  Compliance  with Laws.  FloridaCo  has complied  with, is not in
violation of, and has not received any notices of violation with respect to, any
foreign, federal, state or local statute, law or regulation.

          2.15  Complete  Copies of  Materials.  FloridaCo has delivered or made
available true and complete  copies of each document (or summaries of same) that
has been requested by DelawareCo or its counsel.

          2.16  Representations   Complete.   None  of  the  representations  or
warranties  made by FloridaCo or Sub (as  modified by the  FloridaCo  Disclosure
Schedule),  nor any statement made in any Schedule or  certificate  furnished by
FloridaCo or Sub pursuant to this Agreement or finished in or in connection with
documents  mailed or  delivered  to the  shareholders  of  FloridaCo  for use in
soliciting  their  consent to this  Agreement  and the Merger  contains  or will
contain at the Effective Time, any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits
or will omit at the Effective Time to state any material fact necessary in order
to make  the  statements  contained  herein  or  therein,  in the  light  of the
circumstances under which made, not misleading.

     3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF DELAWARECO.

     DelawareCo represents and warrants to FloridaCo as follows:

          3.1 Organization Standing and Power.  DelawareCo is a corporation duly
organized,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Delaware.  DelawareCo has the corporate power to own its properties and to carry
on its business as now being  conducted and is duly qualified to do business and
is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to be so qualified
would have a material  adverse effect on the ability of DelawareCo to consummate
the transactions contemplated hereby.

          3.2  Authority.  DelawareCo  has all  requisite  corporate  power  and
authority  to enter  into  this  Agreement  and the  Related  Agreements  and to
consummate the transactions  contemplated hereby and thereby.  The execution and
delivery of this Agreement and the Related  Agreements and the  consummation  of
the  transactions  contemplated  hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by
all necessary  corporate action on the part of DelawareCo except that the Merger
must be approved by the stockholders of DelawareCo. This Agreement has been duly
executed  and  delivered  by  DelawareCo  and   constitutes,   and  the  Related
Agreements,  when duly executed and delivered by DelawareCo, will constitute the
valid and binding  obligations  of DelawareCo,  enforceable  in accordance  with
their  terms,  except as such  enforceability  may be limited by  principles  of
public  policy  and  subject  to the laws of  general  application  relating  to
bankruptcy,  insolvency  and the  relief of debtors  and rules of law  governing
specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.

          3.3 Capital Structure.



                                       7

<PAGE>


               (a) The authorized  stock of DelawareCo  consists of 1,000 shares
of  Common  Stock,  $0.01  par  value,  of  which  100  shares  are  issued  and
outstanding.  All  outstanding  shares  of  DelawareCo  Common  Stock  are  duly
authorized,  validly issued,  fully paid and  non-assessable  and not subject to
preemptive rights created by statute, the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of
DelawareCo  or any  agreement to which  DelawareCo  is a party or by which it is
bound and have been issued in compliance with federal and state securities laws.
DelawareCo has no other capital stock authorized, issued or outstanding.

               (b) There are no options, warrants, calls, rights, commitments or
agreements of any character,  written or oral, to which DelawareCo or any of its
shareholders  is a party or by which  FloridaCo  or any of its  shareholders  is
bound obligating DelawareCo or any of its shareholders to issue, deliver,  sell,
repurchase or redeem,  or cause to be issued,  delivered,  sold,  repurchased or
redeemed, any shares of the capital stock of DelawareCo or obligating DelawareCo
to grant,  extend,  accelerate  the vesting of,  change the price of,  otherwise
amend or enter  into  any  such  option  warrant,  call,  right,  commitment  or
agreement.  There are no outstanding or authorized stock  appreciation,  phantom
stock, profit participation, or other similar rights with respect to DelawareCo.
There are no voting trusts,  proxies, or other agreements or understandings with
respect to the voting stock of DelawareCo. .

          3.4 Conflict.  The  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement and any
Related  Agreements  to which  it is a party  by  DelawareCo  do not,  and,  the
consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby and  thereby  will not,
conflict  with, or result in any violation of, or default under (with or without
notice  or lapse of time,  or  both),  or give  rise to a right of  termination,
cancellation,  modification  or  acceleration  of any  obligation or loss of any
benefit under (any such event,  a "Conflict")  (i) any provision of the Articles
of Incorporation and Bylaws of DelawareCo, (ii) any mortgage,  indenture, lease,
contract or other  agreement or  instrument,  permit,  concession,  franchise or
license to which  DelawareCo or any of its properties or assets are subject,  or
(iii) any judgment,  order, decree, statute, law, ordinance,  rule or regulation
applicable to DelawareCo or its properties or assets.

          3.5 Consents. No consent, waiver, approval, order or authorization of,
or registration, declaration or filing with, any court, administrative agency or
commission or other federal,  state, county, local or other foreign governmental
authority, instrumentality,  agency or commission ("Governmental Entity") or any
third party,  including a party to any agreement  with  DelawareCo (so as not to
trigger  any  Conflict),  is  required  by or  with  respect  to  DelawareCo  in
connection  with the  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement and any Related
Agreements  to  which   DelawareCo  is  a  party  or  the  consummation  of  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby and  thereby,  except for (i) such  consents,
waivers,  approvals,  orders,  authorizations,  registrations,  declarations and
filings as may be required under  applicable  securities laws thereby,  and (ii)
the filing of the Merger Articles with the Secretary of State of the Delaware.

          3.6  DelawareCo   Financial   Statements.   DelawareCo  has  furnished
FloridaCo  with a true and complete  copy of its  unaudited  balance sheet as of
April 30, 1999, (the "DelawareCo Financials"). The DelawareCo Financials present
fairly the financial  condition of DelawareCo as of the date indicated  therein,
subject, to year-end adjustments.

          3.7 Restrictions on Business Activities.  Other than license and other
restrictions  included in  agreements  entered  into in the  ordinary  course of
business, there is no agreement (noncompete or otherwise), commitment, judgment,
injunction,  order or decree to which DelawareCo is a party or otherwise binding
upon DelawareCo which has or may have the effect of prohibiting or impairing any
business practice of DelawareCo or the Surviving Corporation, any acquisition of
property (tangible or intangible) by DelawareCo or the Surviving  Corporation or
the conduct of business by DelawareCo or the Surviving Corporation.



                                       8

<PAGE>


          3.8 Agreements, Contracts and Commitments. DelawareCo is in compliance
with and has not breached,  violated or defaulted under, or received notice that
it has breached,  violated or defaulted under, any of the terms or conditions of
any agreement,  contract, covenant,  instrument, lease, license or commitment to
which DelawareCo is a party or by which it is bound (collectively a "Contract"),
nor is  DelawareCo  aware of any  event  that  would  constitute  such a breach,
violation  or  default  with the  lapse  of  time,  giving  of  notice  or both.
DelawareCo has obtained, or will obtain prior to the Closing Date, all necessary
consents, waivers and approvals as are required in connection with the Merger.

          3.9 Litigation.  There is no action,  suit or proceeding of any nature
pending,  or, to DelawareCo's  knowledge,  threatened,  against DelawareCo,  its
properties  or any of its  officers  or  directors,  nor,  to the  knowledge  of
DelawareCo,  is there any reasonable  basis therefor.  There is no investigation
pending  or, to  DelawareCo's  knowledge  threatened,  against  DelawareCo,  its
properties or any of its officers or directors  (nor,  to the best  knowledge of
DelawareCo,   is  there  any  reasonable   basis  therefor)  by  or  before  any
Governmental  Entity.  No  Governmental  Entity  has at any time  challenged  or
questioned  the legal right of DelawareCo to conduct its operations as presently
or previously conducted.

          3.10 Minute Books. The minutes of DelawareCo made available to counsel
for  FloridaCo  are the only  minutes of  DelawareCo  and  contain a  reasonably
accurate  summary  of all  meetings  of the Board of  Directors  (or  committees
thereof) of DelawareCo and its  shareholders or actions by written consent since
the time of incorporation of DelawareCo.

          3.11 Brokers' and Finders' Fees: Third Party Expenses.  DelawareCo has
not  incurred,  nor will it incur,  directly or  indirectly,  any  liability for
brokerage  or finders'  fees or agents'  commissions  or any similar  charges in
connection with the Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.

          3.12  Compliance  with  Laws.  DelawareCo  has  complied  with  in all
material  respects,  is not in violation of, and has not received any notices of
violation with respect to, any foreign,  federal, state or local statute, law or
regulation.

          3.13 Complete  Copies of Materials.  DelawareCo  has delivered or made
available true and complete  copies of each document (or summaries of same) that
has been requested by FloridaCo or its counsel.

          3.14  Representations   Complete.   None  of  the  representations  or
warranties  made  by  DelawareCo  (as  modified  by  the  DelawareCo  Disclosure
Schedule),  nor any statement made in any Schedule or  certificate  furnished by
DelawareCo  pursuant to this  Agreement  or finished  in or in  connection  with
documents  mailed or  delivered to the  shareholders  of  DelawareCo  for use in
soliciting  their  consent to this  Agreement  and the Merger  contains  or will
contain at the Effective Time, any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits
or will omit at the Effective Time to state any material fact necessary in order
to make  the  statements  contained  herein  or  therein,  in the  light  of the
circumstances under which made, not misleading.


     4. CONDUCT PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE TIME.

          4.1 Conduct of Business of DelawareCo. During the period from the date
of this  Agreement and continuing  until the earlier of the  termination of this
Agreement or the Effective Time, DelawareCo agrees that it shall not:



                                       9

<PAGE>


               (a) issue,  grant,  deliver or sell or  authorize  or propose the
issuance,  grant,  delivery or sale of, or purchase or propose the  purchase of,
any  shares  of  its  capital   stock  or   securities   convertible   into,  or
subscriptions,  rights,  warrants or options to acquire,  or other agreements or
commitments  of any  character  obligating  it to issue any such shares or other
convertible  securities  except if in  connection  therewith,  it  negotiates  a
proportionate adjustment in the Exchange Ratio.

               (b)  cause  or  permit  any   amendments   to  its   Articles  of
Incorporation or Bylaws; or

               (c) Take,  or agree in writing or otherwise  to take,  any of the
actions  described in Sections 4.1 above, or any other action that would prevent
DelawareCo  from  performing  or cause  DelawareCo  not to perform its covenants
hereunder.

          4.2 Conduct of Business of FloridaCo.  During the period from the date
of this  Agreement and continuing  until the earlier of the  termination of this
Agreement or the Effective Time, FloridaCo agrees that it shall not:

               (a) issue,  grant,  deliver or sell or  authorize  or propose the
issuance,  grant,  delivery or sale of, or purchase or propose the  purchase of,
any  shares  of  its  capital   stock  or   securities   convertible   into,  or
subscriptions,  rights,  warrants or options to acquire,  or other agreements or
commitments  of any  character  obligating  it to issue any such shares or other
convertible  securities  except if in  connection  therewith,  it  negotiates  a
proportionate adjustment in the Exchange Ratio;

               (b) enter into any  contract,  arrangement  or  obligation of any
kind;

               (c)  cause  or  permit  any   amendments   to  its   Articles  of
Incorporation or Bylaws; or

               (d) Take,  or agree in writing or otherwise  to take,  any of the
actions  described in Sections 4.2 above, or any other action that would prevent
FloridaCo  from  performing  or cause  FloridaCo  not to perform  its  covenants
hereunder.

     5. ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS.

          5.1 Sale of Shares.  The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the
shares of FloridaCo  Common Stock  issuable to the  stockholders  of  DelawareCo
pursuant to Section  1.6 (the  "Merger  Shares")  shall  constitute  "restricted
securities"  within the meaning of the Securities Act. The  certificates for the
Merger Shares shall bear  appropriate  legends to identify such privately placed
shares as being  restricted  under the Securities Act, to comply with applicable
state securities laws and, if applicable, to notice the restrictions on transfer
of such shares.

          5.2  Stockholder  Approval.  DelawareCo  and FloridaCo  shall promptly
submit  this  Agreement  and  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  to  their
stockholders for approval and adoption as required by law.



                                       10

<PAGE>


          5.3 Access to  Information.  Each party shall afford the other and its
accountants, counsel and other representatives,  reasonable access during normal
business  hours during the period prior to the Effective Time to (a) all of such
party's properties, books, contracts,  commitments and records and (b) all other
information  concerning  the  business,  properties  and  personnel  (subject to
restrictions  imposed  by  applicable  law)  of  such  party  as the  other  may
reasonably  request.  No information or knowledge  obtained in any investigation
pursuant to this Section shall affect or be deemed to modify any  representation
or warranty contained herein or the conditions to the obligations of the parties
to consummate the Merger.

          5.4 Confidentiality. Each party acknowledges that in the course of the
performance of this Agreement, it may obtain the Confidential Information of the
other party.  The Receiving Party shall,  at all times,  both during the term of
this  Agreement  and  thereafter,  keep  in  confidence  and  trust  all  of the
Disclosing Party's Confidential  Information received by it. The Receiving Party
shall not use the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party other than as
expressly  permitted under the terms of this Agreement or by a separate  written
agreement.  The  Receiving  Party  shall  take all  reasonable  steps to prevent
unauthorized   disclosure  or  use  of  the  Disclosing   Party's   Confidential
Information  and to prevent it from falling  into the public  domain or into the
possession  of  unauthorized  persons.  The  Receiving  Party shall not disclose
Confidential  Information of the Disclosing  Party to any person or entity other
than its  officers or  employees  (or outside  legal,  financial  or  accounting
advisors) who need access to such  Confidential  Information  in order to effect
the  intent  of  this  Agreement  and  who  have  entered  into  confidentiality
agreements   with  such  person's   employer  or  who  are  subject  to  ethical
restrictions on disclosure  which protects the  Confidential  Information of the
Disclosing  Party.  The  Receiving  Party shall  immediately  give notice to the
Disclosing  Party of any  unauthorized  use or disclosure of Disclosing  Party's
Confidential  Information.  The Receiving  Party agrees to assist the Disclosing
Party  to  remedy  such  unauthorized  use or  disclosure  of  its  Confidential
Information.  These  obligations shall not apply to the extent that Confidential
Information includes information which:

               (a) is  already  known  to the  Receiving  Party  at the  time of
disclosure,  which  knowledge  the  Receiving  Party  shall  have the  burden of
proving;

               (b) is, or  through  no act or  failure  to act of the  Receiving
Party becomes, publicly known;

               (c) is received by the Receiving Party from a third party without
restriction on disclosure (although this exception shall not apply if such third
party  is  itself  violating  a   confidentiality   obligation  by  making  such
disclosure);

               (d) is  independently  developed by the  Receiving  Party without
reference  to the  Confidential  Information  of  the  Disclosing  Party,  which
independent development the Receiving Party will have the burden of proving;

               (e) is  approved  for  release  by written  authorization  of the
Disclosing Party; or

               (f) is required to be disclosed  by a Government  Body to further
the  objectives  of this  Agreement or by a proper order of a court of competent
jurisdiction;  provided,  however  that the  Receiving  Party  will use its best
efforts  to  minimize  such  disclosure  and will  consult  with and  assist the
Disclosing Party in obtaining a protective order prior to such disclosure.


                                       11

<PAGE>


          5.5 Expenses.  Whether or not the Merger is consummated,  all fees and
expenses incurred in connection with the Merger including,  without  limitation,
all legal,  accounting,  financial  advisory,  consulting and all other fees and
expenses  of third  parties  ("Third  Party  Expenses")  incurred  by a party in
connection with the negotiation and  effectuation of the terms and conditions of
this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, shall be the obligation
of the respective party incurring such fees and expenses.

          5.6 Public Disclosure.  Unless otherwise required by law, prior to the
Effective Time, no disclosure  (whether or not in response to an inquiry) of the
subject  matter  of this  Agreement  shall be made by any  party  hereto  unless
approved  by  FloridaCo  and  DelawareCo  prior to release,  provided  that such
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

          5.7  Consents.  Each  party  shall use its best  efforts to obtain the
consents, waivers and approvals as may be required in connection with the Merger
so as to  preserve  all rights of, and  benefits  to, such party  following  the
Merger.

          5.8 Reasonable Effort. Subject to the terms and conditions provided in
this  Agreement,  each of the parties hereto shall use  commercially  reasonable
efforts to take promptly, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do promptly,
or cause to be done, all things necessary,  proper or advisable under applicable
laws  and   regulations  to  complete  and  make   effective  the   transactions
contemplated hereby, to obtain all necessary waivers, consents and approvals and
to effect all necessary  registrations and filings and to remove any injunctions
or other impediments or delays,  legal or otherwise,  in order to consummate and
make effective the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement for the purpose
of securing to the parties hereto the benefits contemplated by this Agreement.

          5.9  Notification  of Certain  Matters.  Each party  shall give prompt
notice to the other of (i) the occurrence or  non-occurrence  of any event,  the
occurrence or non-occurrence  of which is likely to cause any  representation or
warranty of such party contained in this Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate at
or prior to the Effective Time and (ii) any failure of such party to comply with
or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied
by it hereunder;  provided, however, that the delivery of any notice pursuant to
this Section shall not limit or otherwise  affect any remedies  available to the
party receiving such notice.

          5.10 Additional  Documents and Further Assurances.  Each party hereto,
at the request of another  party  hereto,  shall  execute and deliver such other
instruments and do and perform such other acts and things as may be necessary or
desirable for effecting  completely the  consummation  of this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby.

     6. CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER.

          6.1 Conditions to Obligations of Each Party to Effect the Merger.  The
respective  obligations  of each  party to this  Agreement  to effect the Merger
shall be subject to the  satisfaction  at or prior to the Effective  Time of the
following conditions:

               (a)  No  Injunctions  or  Restraints;  Illegality.  No  temporary
restraining order,  preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by
any court of competent  jurisdiction  or other legal  restraint  or  prohibition
preventing  the  consummation  of the Merger  shall be in effect,  nor shall any
proceeding   brought  by  an  administrative   agency  or  commission  or  other
governmental authority or instrumentality,  domestic or foreign,  seeking any of
the foregoing be pending;  nor shall there be any action taken,  or any statute,
rule, regulation or order enacted, entered, enforced or deemed applicable to the
Merger, which makes the consummation of the Merger illegal.



                                       12


<PAGE>


               (b) Governmental  Approval.  Approvals from Governmental Entities
(if any) deemed  appropriate or necessary by any party to this  Agreement  shall
have been timely obtained.

               (c) Litigation.  There shall be no bona fide action,  suit, claim
or  proceeding  of any  nature  pending,  or  overtly  threatened,  against  the
FloridaCo or DelawareCo, their respective properties or any of their officers or
directors, arising out of, or in any way connected with, the Merger or the other
transactions contemplated by the terms of this Agreement.

               (d)  Strategic  Alliance  Agreement:   Ecommerce,  Marketing  and
Operations.   The  Strategic  Alliance  Agreement:   Ecommerce,   Marketing  and
Operations  between DelawareCo and PLIC, Inc. dated February 4, 1999, will be in
good  standing  and will  not be  canceled  or  compromised  as a result  of the
proposed change of control of DelwareCo as a result of this Agreement.

          6.2  Additional   Conditions  to   Obligations   of  DelawareCo.   The
obligations  of  DelawareCo  to  consummate  and effect this  Agreement  and the
transactions  contemplated  hereby  shall be subject to the  satisfaction  at or
prior to the Effective  Time of each of the following  conditions,  any of which
may be waived, in writing, exclusively by DelawareCo:

               (a)    Representations,    Warranties    and    Covenants.    The
representations  and warranties of FloridaCo and Sub in this Agreement  shall be
true and correct in all  material  respects on and as of the  Effective  Time as
though such  representations and warranties were made on and as of such time and
each of  FloridaCo  and Sub shall have  performed  and  complied in all material
respects with all covenants and  obligations  of this  Agreement  required to be
performed and complied with by it as of the Effective Time.

               (b) Claims.  There shall not have occurred any claims (whether or
not  asserted  in  litigation)  of any  kind  which  may  adversely  affect  the
consummation of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby or the business,  assets
(including  intangible assets),  financial condition or results of operations of
FloridaCo or DelawareCo.

               (c) Certificate of President. DelawareCo shall have been provided
with a  certificate  executed on behalf of  FloridaCo  by its  President  to the
effect that, as of the Effective Time:

                    (i) all representations and warranties made by the FloridaCo
and Sub in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects;

                    (ii) all covenants and  obligations  of this Agreement to be
performed by the FloridaCo and Sub on or before such date have been so performed
in all material respects.

                    (iii) the  conditions  set forth in Section 6.1 and 6.2 have
been satisfied.

          6.3  Additional  Conditions  to  the  Obligations  of  FloridaCo.  The
obligations  of  FloridaCo  to  consummate  and effect  this  Agreement  and the
transactions  contemplated  hereby  shall be subject to the  satisfaction  at or
prior to the Effective  Time of each of the following  conditions,  any of which
may be waived, in writing, exclusively by FloridaCo:


                                       13

<PAGE>


               (a)    Representations,    Warranties    and    Covenants.    The
representations and warranties of DelawareCo in this Agreement shall be true and
correct in all material  respects on and as of the Effective Time as though such
representations  and  warranties  were made on and as of the Effective  Time and
DelawareCo  shall have performed and complied in all material  respects with all
covenants  and  obligations  of this  Agreement  required  to be  performed  and
complied with by it as of the Effective Time.

               (b) Claims.  There shall not have occurred any claims (whether or
not  asserted in  litigation)  which may  materially  and  adversely  affect the
consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby or may have a  material
adverse effect on DelawareCo.

               (c) Third Party  Consents.  Any and all  consents,  waivers,  and
approvals required by DelawareCo shall have been obtained.

               (d) No Material  Adverse  Changes.  There shall not have occurred
any  material  adverse  change in the  business,  assets  (including  intangible
assets), results of operations,  liabilities (contingent or accrued),  financial
condition or prospects of DelawareCo since the date of this Agreement.

               (e) Certificate of DelawareCo. FloridaCo shall have been provided
with a  certificate  executed on behalf of  DelawareCo  by its  President to the
effect that, as of the Effective Time:

                    (i) all representations and warranties made by DelawareCo in
this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects; and

                    (ii) all covenants and  obligations  of this Agreement to be
performed  by  DelawareCo  on or before such date have been so  performed in all
material respects.

                    (iii)  the  provisions  set forth in  Section  6.3 have been
satisfied.

               (f)  Officers  and  Directors.  The  officers  and  directors  of
DelawareCo,  other  than Mr.  Richard  Stewart,  shall  have  submitted  written
resignations  effective  as of the Closing and the  officers  and  directors  of
FloridaCo  shall  have been  appointed  as the  officers  and  directors  of the
Surviving Corporation effective as of the Closing.

     7. SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

          7.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties.  FloridaCo's and Sub's
representations and warranties in this Agreement or in any instrument  delivered
pursuant to this Agreement shall terminate on the sixth (6) month anniversary of
the Effective Time; provided,  however,  that the representations and warranties
relating or  pertaining  to any Tax or Returns  related to such Tax set forth in
Section 2 hereof,  shall survive until the expiration of all applicable statutes
of limitations,  or extensions thereof, governing each Tax or Returns related to
such Tax.



                                       14

<PAGE>


          7.2 Indemnity.  FloridaCo  agrees to indemnify and hold DelawareCo and
its stockholders  prior to the Effective Time (the  "DelawareCo  Stockholders"),
and the officers,  directors and affiliates of DelawareCo  harmless  against all
claims,  losses,  liabilities,   damages,  deficiencies,   costs  and  expenses,
including  reasonable  attorneys' fees and expenses of investigation and defense
(hereinafter  individually  a "Loss"  and  collectively  "Losses")  incurred  by
FloridaCo, DelawareCo, the DelawareCo stockholders or the Surviving Corporation,
or its officers, directors, or affiliates, directly or indirectly as a result of
(i) any inaccuracy or breach of a representation or warranty of FloridaCo or Sub
contained in this Agreement,  or (ii) any failure by FloridaCo or Sub to perform
or comply with any covenant  contained in this  Agreement.  The  shareholders of
FloridaCo shall not have any right of  contribution  from FloridaCo with respect
to any Loss claimed after the  Effective  Time.  Nothing  herein shall limit the
liability of FloridaCo or Sub for any breach of any representation,  warranty or
covenant if the Merger does not close.

          7.315  Indemnity  Claims.  In the event of any Loss,  FloridaCo or the
DelawareCo  Representative,   as  hereinafter  defined,  shall  deliver  to  the
Shareholder  Representative a certificate  signed by any officer of FloridaCo or
the DelawareCo  Representative  (an "Officer's  Certificate"):  (A) stating that
FloridaCo has paid or properly  accrued or reasonably  anticipates  that it will
have to pay or accrue  Losses,  and (B)  specifying  in  reasonable  detail  the
individual items of Losses included in the amount so stated,  the date each such
item was paid or properly accrued, or the basis for such anticipated  liability,
and the nature of the misrepresentation, breach of warranty or covenant to which
such  item  is  related.  In  the  event  such  claim  is not  contested  by the
Shareholder  Representative,  FloridaCo  shall  promptly issue to the DelawareCo
Stockholders,  in proportion to the number of shares of DelawareCo  Common Stock
held by each  immediately  prior to the Effective  Time, new shares of FloridaCo
Common Stock with an aggregate  value equal to such Losses.  For the purposes of
determining  the number of shares of  FloridaCo  Common Stock to be delivered as
indemnity pursuant to this Section 7, the shares of FloridaCo Common Stock shall
be valued at US$ 1.00 per share.

          7.4  Objections  to  Claims.  For a period of thirty  (30) days  after
delivery  of  an  Officer's  Certificate  to  the  Shareholder   Representative,
FloridaCo  shall make no  delivery  to the  DelawareCo  Stockholders  of any new
FloridaCo   Common  Stock  unless   FloridaCo   shall  have   received   written
authorization from the Shareholder  Representative to make such delivery.  After
the expiration of such thirty (30) day period,  FloridaCo shall make delivery of
shares  of  FloridaCo  Common  Stock in  accordance  with  Section  7.3  hereof,
provided,  however,  that  no  such  delivery  may be  made  if the  Shareholder
Representative shall object in a detailed written statement to the claim made in
the  Officer's  Certificate,  and such  statement  shall have been  delivered to
FloridaCo prior to the expiration of such thirty (30) day period.

          7.5 Resolution of Conflicts; Arbitration.

               (a) In  case  the  Shareholder  Representative  shall  object  in
writing to any claim or claims made in any Officer's  Certificate  within thirty
(30)  days  after  delivery  of  such  Officer's  Certificate,  the  Shareholder
Representative and the DelawareCo  Representative shall attempt in good faith to
agree upon the rights of the  respective  parties  with  respect to each of such
claims.  If the  Shareholder  Representative  and the DelawareCo  Representative
should so agree, a memorandum setting forth such agreement shall be prepared and
signed by both parties.



                                       15

<PAGE>


               (b)  If no  such  agreement  can  be  reached  after  good  faith
negotiation,   either  the   Shareholder   Representative   or  the   DelawareCo
Representative  may demand  arbitration  of the matter  unless the amount of the
damage or Loss is at issue in pending  litigation  with a third party,  in which
event  arbitration  shall not be commenced  until such amount is  ascertained or
both parties agree to arbitration;  and in either such event the matter shall be
settled by  arbitration  conducted by one arbitrator  mutually  agreeable to the
DelawareCo Representative and the Shareholder Representative.  In the event that
within forty-five (45) days after submission of any dispute to arbitration,  the
DelawareCo  Representative  and the Shareholder  Representative  cannot mutually
agree  on one  arbitrator  the  DelawareCo  Representative  and the  Shareholder
Representative  shall each select one  arbitrator,  and the two  arbitrators  so
selected shall select a third arbitrator. The arbitrator or arbitrators,  as the
case may be, shall set a limited time period and establish  procedures  designed
to  reduce  the cost and  time for  discovery  while  allowing  the  parties  an
opportunity,  adequate in the sole judgment of the arbitrator or majority of the
three arbitrators, as the case may be, to discover relevant information from the
opposing  parties about the subject  matter of the dispute.  The arbitrator or a
majority of the three  arbitrators,  as the case may be, shall rule upon motions
to compel or limit  discovery and shall have the authority to impose  sanctions,
including  attorneys'  fees and costs, to the extent as a competent court of law
or equity, should the arbitrators or a majority of the three arbitrators, as the
case  may  be,   determine  that   discovery  was  sought  without   substantial
justification  or that discovery was refused or objected to without  substantial
justification.  The  decision  of the  arbitrator  or a  majority  of the  three
arbitrators,  as the case may be, as to the  validity and amount of any claim in
such Officer's  Certificate  shall be binding and conclusive upon the parties to
this Agreement. Such decision shall be written and shall be supported by written
findings  of fact and  conclusions  which  shall set forth the award,  judgment,
decree or order awarded by the arbitrator(s).

               (c) Judgment upon any award rendered by the  arbitrator(s) may be
entered in any court having jurisdiction.  Any such arbitration shall be held in
Bellevue, Washington, under the rules then in effect of the American Arbitration
Association.  The arbitrator(s) shall determine how all expenses relating to the
arbitration shall be paid, including without limitation, the respective expenses
of each party,  the fees of each  arbitrator and the  administrative  fee of the
American Arbitration Association.

          7.6  Third-Party  Claims.  In the event the DelawareCo  Representative
becomes aware of a third-party  claim which  FloridaCo  believes may result in a
Claim, the DelawareCo Representative shall notify the Shareholder Representative
of such claim,  and the  Shareholder  Representative  shall be entitled,  at its
expense, to participate in, but not to determine or conduct, the defense of such
claim.  FloridaCo  shall have the right in its sole  discretion  to conduct  the
defense of and settle any such claim;  provided,  however,  that except with the
consent of the Shareholder Representative,  no settlement of any such claim with
third-party  claimants shall be  determinative  of the number of shares issuable
pursuant to Section 7.3. In the event that the  Shareholder  Representative  has
consented to any such  settlement,  the  shareholders of FloridaCo shall have no
power or  authority  to  object to the  amount  of any  claim by the  DelawareCo
Stockholders with respect to such settlement.



                                       16

<PAGE>


          7.7 Shareholder Representative.

               (a) In the event that the Merger is approved, effective upon such
vote, and without further act of any shareholder of FloridaCo,  John Jones shall
be appointed as agent and  attorney-in-fact  (the "Shareholder  Representative")
for each  such  shareholder,  for and on  behalf  of  shareholders,  to give and
receive  notices and  communications,  to authorize  delivery to the  DelawareCo
Stockholders of shares of FloridaCo  Common Stock in satisfaction of Claims,  to
object to such deliveries,  to agree to,  negotiate,  enter into settlements and
compromises  of, and demand  arbitration  and comply  with  orders of courts and
awards of  arbitrators  with  respect to such  claims,  and to take all  actions
necessary or appropriate in the judgment of the Shareholder  Representative  for
the  accomplishment  of  the  foregoing.  Such  agency  may  be  changed  by the
shareholders   of  FloridaCo   prior  to  the  Effective  Time  (the  "FloridaCo
Shareholders")  from  time to time  upon not less than  thirty  (30) days  prior
written  notice  to  FloridaCo;   provided,   however,   that  the   Shareholder
Representative may not be removed unless holders of a two-thirds interest of the
FloridaCo  Shareholders  agree  to  such  removal  and  to the  identity  of the
substituted agent. Any vacancy in the position of Shareholder Representative may
be filled by approval of the holders of a majority in interest of the  FloridaCo
Shareholders.  No bond shall be required of the Shareholder Representative,  and
the Shareholder  Representative  shall not receive  compensation  for his or her
services.  Notices or communications  to or from the Shareholder  Representative
shall constitute notice to or from each of the FloridaCo Shareholders.

               (b) A decision,  act,  consent or instruction of the  Shareholder
Representative shall be final, binding and conclusive upon each of the FloridaCo
Shareholders,  and FloridaCo may rely upon any such  decision,  act,  consent or
instruction of the Shareholder Representative.

          7.8 DelawareCo Representative.

               (a) In the event that the Merger is approved, effective upon such
vote, and without  further act of any  shareholder  of  DelawareCo,  Gary Becker
shall be designated as the  representative  of the holders of DelawareCo  Common
Stock outstanding prior to the Effective Time (the "DelawareCo Representative").
The DelawareCo  Representative  shall be appointed as agent and attorney-in-fact
for each  such  stockholder,  for and on  behalf  of  stockholders,  to give and
receive notices and communications, to approve any resolution of any matter with
respect  to any  Losses,  to agree to,  negotiate,  enter into  settlements  and
compromises  of, and demand  arbitration  and comply  with  orders of courts and
awards of  arbitrators  with  respect to such  claims,  and to take all  actions
necessary or appropriate in the judgment of the  DelawareCo  Representative  for
the  accomplishment  of  the  foregoing.  Such  agency  may  be  changed  by the
DelawareCo  Stockholders  from time to time upon not less than  thirty (30) days
prior written notice to the Shareholder Representative and FloridaCo;  provided,
however, that the DelawareCo Representative may not be removed unless holders of
a two-thirds  interest of the DelawareCo  Stockholders agree to such removal and
to the  identity  of the  substituted  agent.  Any  vacancy in the  position  of
Stockholder  Representative  may be  filled  by  approval  of the  holders  of a
majority in interest of the DelawareCo  Stockholders.  No bond shall be required
of the DelawareCo  Representative,  and the DelawareCo  Representative shall not
receive  compensation for his or her services.  Notices or  communications to or
from the DelawareCo  Representative  shall constitute  notice to or from each of
the DelawareCo Stockholders.


                                       17

<PAGE>


               (b) A decision,  act,  consent or  instruction  of the DelawareCo
Representative  shall  be  final,  binding  and  conclusive  upon  each  of  the
DelawareCo Stockholders, and FloridaCo and may rely upon any such decision, act,
consent or instruction of the DelawareCo Representative.

               (c)   Without   limiting   the   authority   of  the   DelawareCo
Representative as granted above, the holders of a majority of the shares held by
the  DelawareCo  Stockholders  shall  have the  right,  on  behalf of all of the
DelawareCo  Stockholders,  to  amend  or  waive  any  rights  of the  DelawareCo
Stockholders under this Section 7.

     8. TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND WAIVER.

          8.1 Termination. Except as provided in Section 8.2, this Agreement may
be terminated and the Merger abandoned at any time prior to the Effective Time:

               (a) by mutual consent of DelawareCo and FloridaCo;

               (b) by FloridaCo or DelawareCo if (i) the Effective  Time has not
occurred by May 20, 1999; (ii) there shall be a final  non-appealable order of a
federal or state court in effect preventing consummation of the Merger; or (iii)
there shall be any statute,  rule,  regulation or order enacted,  promulgated or
issued or deemed applicable to the Merger by any Governmental  Entity that would
make consummation of the Merger illegal;

               (c) by either  party if there shall be any action  taken,  or any
statute,  rule,  regulation or order  enacted,  promulgated  or issued or deemed
applicable to the Merger by any Governmental  Entity,  which would: (i) prohibit
FloridaCo'  ownership or operation of any portion of the business of  DelawareCo
or (ii) compel  FloridaCo or  DelawareCo to dispose of or hold separate all or a
portion of the business or assets of  DelawareCo or FloridaCo as a result of the
Merger;

               (d)  by  DelawareCo  if it is  not  in  material  breach  of  its
obligations  under this  Agreement  and there has been a material  breach of any
representation,  warranty,  covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement on
the part of  FloridaCo or Sub and such breach has not been cured within ten (10)
calendar days after written  notice to FloridaCo;  provided,  however,  that, no
cure period shall be required for a breach which by its nature cannot be cured;

               (e) by FloridaCo  if neither it nor Sub is in material  breach of
their respective  obligations under this Agreement and there has been a material
breach of any representation,  warranty, covenant or agreement contained in this
Agreement  on the part of  DelawareCo  and such breach has not been cured within
ten (10) calendar days after written  notice to DelawareCo;  provided,  however,
that no cure period shall be required for a breach which by its nature cannot be
cured.

     Where action is taken to terminate this Agreement  pursuant to this Section
8.1, it shall be  sufficient  for such action to be  authorized  by the Board of
Directors (as applicable) of the party taking such action.



                                       18

<PAGE>


          8.2  Effect  of  Termination.  In the  event  of  termination  of this
Agreement as provided in Section 8.1, this Agreement shall forthwith become void
and there  shall be no  liability  or  obligation  on the part of  FloridaCo  or
DelawareCo,  or their respective officers,  directors or shareholders,  provided
that each party shall remain liable for any breaches of this Agreement  prior to
its termination;  provided further that, the provisions of Sections 5.4, 5.5 and
5.6,  Section 9 and this  Section 8.2 shall  remain in full force and effect and
survive any termination of this Agreement.

          8.3 Amendment.  This Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto at
any time by execution of an  instrument  in writing  signed on behalf of each of
the parties hereto.

          8.4  Extension;  Waiver.  At any  time  prior to the  Effective  Time,
FloridaCo and DelawareCo may, to the extent legally allowed, (i) extend the time
for the  performance of any of the  obligations of the other party hereto,  (ii)
waive any inaccuracies in the  representations and warranties made to such party
contained herein or in any document  delivered  pursuant hereto, and (iii) waive
compliance  with any of the  agreements  or  conditions  for the benefit of such
party contained herein.  Any agreement on the part of a party hereto to any such
extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing
signed on behalf of such party.

     9. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

          9.1 Notices. All notices and other  communications  hereunder shall be
in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered  personally  or by  commercial
messenger or courier service,  or mailed by registered or certified mail (return
receipt  requested)  or sent via  facsimile  (with  acknowledgment  of  complete
transmission)  to the  parties  at the  following  addresses  (or at such  other
address for a party as shall be specified by like  notice),  provided,  however,
that notices sent by mail will not be deemed given until received:

               (a) if to FloridaCo to:

                   Venture Law Corporation
                   688 West Hastings Street, Suite 618
                   Vancouver, BC, V6B 1P1
                   Attention: Alixe B. Cormick
                   Telephone No.: (604) 659-9188
                   Facsimile No.: (604) 659-9178

               (b) if to DelawareCo or the DelawareCo Representative, to:

                   Shopping Sherlock, Inc.
                   (A Delaware Corporation)
                   5837 Pleasure Point Lane
                   Bellevue, Washington  98006
                   Telephone No.:(206) 232-8395
                   Facsimile No.: (206) 232-3203



                                       19

<PAGE>


                   with a copy to:

                   The Law Offices of John Feldsted, Esquire
                   1875 Century Park East, Suite 800
                   Los Angeles, California 90067
                   Attention: John Feldsted, Esq.
                   Telephone No: (310) 557-2750
                   Facsimile No.: (310) 557-2758


          9.2  Interpretation.  The words "include,"  "includes" and "including"
when  used  herein  shall be deemed  in each  case to be  followed  by the words
"without limitation." The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference
purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or  interpretation  of
this Agreement.

          9.3  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in one or  more
counterparts,  all of which shall be considered  one and the same  agreement and
shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of
the parties and  delivered  to the other  party,  it being  understood  that all
parties need not sign the same counterpart.

          9.4 Entire Agreement;  Assignment. This Agreement, the Exhibits hereto
and the documents and instruments and other  agreements among the parties hereto
referenced  herein:  (a) constitute the entire  agreement among the parties with
respect to the subject  matter  hereof and supersede  all prior  agreements  and
understandings  both  written  and oral among the  parties  with  respect to the
subject matter hereof,  (b) are not intended to confer upon any other person any
rights or remedies hereunder;  and (c) shall not be assigned by operation of law
or otherwise.

          9.5 Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement or
the  application  thereof,  becomes  or is  declared  by a  court  of  competent
jurisdiction  to be  illegal,  void  or  unenforceable,  the  remainder  of this
Agreement  will  continue in full force and effect and the  application  of such
provision to other persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably
to effect the intent of the parties hereto. The parties further agree to replace
such  void or  unenforceable  provision  of  this  Agreement  with a  valid  and
enforceable  provision that will achieve, to the extent possible,  the economic,
business and other purposes of such void or unenforceable provision.

          9.6 Other Remedies.  Except as otherwise  provided herein, any and all
remedies herein expressly  conferred upon a party will be deemed cumulative with
and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred hereby, or by law or equity upon
such party,  and the exercise by a party of any one remedy will not preclude the
exercise of any other remedy.

          9.7 Governing Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed
in accordance  with the laws of the State of California,  regardless of the laws
that might  otherwise  govern under  applicable  principles of conflicts of laws
thereof.  Each of the  parties  hereto  irrevocably  consents  to the  exclusive
jurisdiction  and  venue  of any  court  within  Santa  Clara  County,  State of
California,  in  connection  with any matter  based upon or arising  out of this
Agreement or the matters contemplated herein,  agrees that process may be served
upon them in any manner  authorized by the laws of the State of  California  for
such persons and waives and covenants not to assert or plead any objection which
they might otherwise have to such jurisdiction, venue and such process.



                                       20

<PAGE>


          9.8 Rules of  Construction.  The parties  hereto  agree that they have
been  represented  by  counsel  during the  negotiation  and  execution  of this
Agreement and, therefor,  waive the application of any law, regulation,  holding
or rule of  construction  providing  that  ambiguities  in an agreement or other
document  will be  construed  against  the  party  drafting  such  agreement  or
document.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Parties are deemed to have executed this Agreement
as of the Effective Date.



SHOPPING SHERLOCK, INC.                 SHOPPING SHERLOCK, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)                (a Florida corporation)



"Gary Becker"                           "John Jones"

- --------------------------------        ---------------------------------------
By: Gary Becker                         By: John Jones



                                        SHOPPING ACQUISITION CORP.
                                        (a Delaware corporation)


                                        "John Jones"


                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        By: John Jones








                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                              AIDA INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                    ARTICLE I
                                 CORPORATE NAME

                         The Name of the Corporation is:

                              AIDA INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                   ARTICLE II
                             PURPOSE OF THE BUSINESS

         The Corporation may engage in or transact any or all activity permitted
under the laws of the United States and of the State of Florida.

                                   ARTICLE III
                                  CAPITAL STOCK

         The Corporation is authorized to issue and have  outstanding at any one
time an  aggregate  number of One  Hundred  (100)  shares of one class of common
stock having a par value of One Dollar ($1.00) per share.  The  consideration to
be paid for each share of stock shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.
                                   ARTICLE IV
                                PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

         All  shareholders  of  the  Corporation   shall  be  vested  with  full
preemptive rights.

                                    ARTICLE V
                            INITIAL REGISTERED AGENT
                          AND INITIAL REGISTERED OFFICE

     The  Corporation's  Initial  Registered Agent and Registered  Office in the
State of Florida  are:

INITIAL  REGISTERED  AGENT:  Stephen  S.  Nuell

INITIAL REGISTERED OFFICE:   2319 West Flagler Street
                             Miami, Florida 33135



<PAGE>


                           ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND CONSENT
                               OF REGISTERED AGENT

         Having been named Initial Registered Agent to accept Service of process
on the Corporation at the Initial Registered Office designated in these Articles
of  Incorporation,  I hereby  accept  such  status  and  consent  to act in this
capacity  and  agree to  comply  with  all the  requirements  of law  pertaining
thereto.

                                                     /s/ Stephen S. Nuell
                                                     STEPHEN S. NUELL

                                   ARTICLE VI
                           INITIAL BOARD OF DIRECTORS

         The number of Directors  constituting the initial Board of Directors of
the Corporation is two (2).
                                   ARTICLE VII
                                INITIAL DIRECTORS

         The  names  and  addresses  of the  members  of the  Initial  Board  of
Directors are:

                STEPHEN S. NUELL                       ROBERT HEDEMAN
                2319 West Flagler Street               7840 Camino Real
                Miami, Florida   33135                 Miami, Florida   33143


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                  INCORPORATOR

         The name and address of the  Incorporator  executing  these Articles of
Incorporation is:

INCORPORATOR:

                           STEPHEN S. NUELL
                           2319 West Flagler Street
                           Miami, Florida   33135


                                                     By: /s/ Stephen S. Nuell
                                                           STEPHEN S. NUELL
                                                           Incorporator





<PAGE>


STATE OF FLORIDA  )
                  ) ss.
COUNTY OF DADE    )


         BEFORE ME,  personally  appeared STEPHEN S. NUELL, to me well known and
known  to me to be the  person  described  in and  who  executed  the  foregoing
instrument and  acknowledges  to and before me that he executed said  instrument
for the purpose therein expressed.

         WITNESS my hand and official seal this 16th day of August 1984.


                                                     /s/ illegible
                                                     Notary Public

My Commission Expires:



<PAGE>


                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                                       TO
                              AIDA INDUSTRIES, INC.

         THE  UNDERSIGNED,  being  the  sole  director  and  president  of  AIDA
Industries, Inc., does hereby amend its Articles of Incorporation as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                 CORPORATE NAME

         The name of the Corporation is AIDA Industries, Inc.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                     PURPOSE

         The Corporation shall be organized for any and all purposes  authorized
under the laws of the state of Florida.

                                   ARTICLE III
                               PERIOD OF EXISTENCE

         The period during which the Corporation shall continue is perpetual.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                     SHARES

         The  capital  stock of this  corporation  shall  consist of  50,000,000
shares of common stock, $.001 value.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                PLACE OF BUSINESS

         The address of the principal  place of business of this  corporation in
the State of Florida shall be 7695 SW 104th Street,  Suite 210, Miami, FL 33156.
The Board of Directors  may at any time and from time to time move the principal
office of this corporation.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                             DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

         The  business  of this  corporation  shall be  managed  by its Board of
Directors.  The  number  of such  directors  shall not be less than one (1) and,
subject to such minimum may be  increased or decreased  from time to time in the
manner provided in the By-Laws.




<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VII
                           DENIAL OF PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

         No  shareholder  shall  have  any  right  to  acquire  shares  or other
securities of the Corporation  except to the extent such right may be granted by
an amendment to these Articles of  Incorporation or by a resolution of the board
of Directors.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                               AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

         Anything in these Articles of Incorporation, the Bylaws, or the Florida
Corporation Act notwithstanding,  bylaws shall not be adopted, modified, amended
or repealed by the  shareholders of the Corporation  except upon the affirmative
vote of a simple  majority vote of the holders of all the issued and outstanding
shares of the corporation entitled to vote thereon.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                  SHAREHOLDERS

         9.1.  Inspection of Books. The board of directors shall make reasonable
rules to determine at what times and places and under what  conditions the books
of the  Corporation  shall  be  open to  inspection  by  shareholders  or a duly
appointed representative of a shareholder.

         9.2. Control Share Acquisition.  The provisions relating to any control
share acquisition as contained in Florida Statutes now, or hereinafter  amended,
and any successor provision shall not apply to the Corporation.

         9.3.  Quorum.  The holders of shares entitled to one-third of the votes
 at a meeting of shareholders shall constitute a quorum.

         9.4.  Required Vote.  Acts of shareholders shall require the approval
of holders of 50.01% of the outstanding votes of shareholders.

                                    ARTICLE X
             LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

         To the fullest  extent  permitted by law, no director or officer of the
Corporation  shall be personally  liable to the Corporation or its  shareholders
for damages for breach of any duty owed to the Corporation or its  shareholders.
In  addition,  the  Corporation  shall have the power,  in its By-Laws or in any
resolution  of its  stockholders  or  directors,  to undertake to indemnify  the
officers and directors of this  corporation  against any contingency or peril as
may be  determined  to be in the  best  interests  of this  Corporation,  and in
conjunction therewith,  to procure, at this Corporation's  expense,  policies of
insurance.




<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XI
                                    CONTRACTS

         No contract  or other  transaction  between  this  Corporation  and any
person,  firm or  corporation  shall be affected by the fact that any officer or
director of this  Corporation  is such other party or is, or at some time in the
future becomes, an officer, director or partner of such other contracting party,
or has now or hereafter a direct or indirect interest in such contract.

         I hereby  certify that the  following was adopted by a majority vote of
the  shareholders and directors of the corporation on July 20, 1998 and that the
number of votes cast was sufficient for approval.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I have  hereunto  subscribed to and executed this
Amendment to Articles of Incorporation this on July 20, 1998.




/s/ Eric P. Littman
Eric P. Littman, Sole Director

         The foregoing  instrument was acknowledged  before me on July 20, 1998,
by Eric P. Littman, who is personally known to me.


                                                     /s/ Isabel J. Cantera
                                                     Notary Public

My Commission Expires:  February 25, 1999


<PAGE>


                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                                       TO
                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                              AIDA INDUSTRIES, INC.

         Pursuant to the provisions of Section 607.1006,  Florida Statutes, this
Florida  profit  corporation  adopts the following  articles of amendment to its
articles of incorporation:

FIRST:   Amendment adopted:

Article I is hereby amended to read as follows:

         The name of this corporation is Shopping Sherlock, Inc.

SECOND:  There is no change to the capital of the corporation.

THIRD:   This amendment was adopted on March 12, 1999.

FOURTH:  The amendment was approved by the shareholders.  The number of votes
cast for the amendment was sufficient for approval.


Signed this 12th day of March, 1999.  /s/ John Jones
                                      John Jones, President

                                      Prepared by: Alixe B. Cormick
                                                   Barrister & Solicitor
                                                   Venture Law Corporation
                                                   #618 - 688 W. Hastings Street
                                                   Vancouver, BC  V6L 3E3
                                                   Tel:     (604) 659-9188
                                                   Fax:     (604) 659-9178

                                 NOTARY WITNESS

         On March 12, 1999,  personally  appeared  before me, a Solicitor,  John
Jones, President of Aida Industries, Inc., who acknowledged that he executed the
above instrument.




                                     /s/ A.R. Jays
                                     Solicitor




                                                                     Exhibit 3.2



                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                             SHOPPING SHERLOCK, INC.

                             (A FLORIDA CORPORATION)


<PAGE>


<TABLE>


                                      INDEX

                                                                                                        PAGE NUMBER

<S>                                                                                                              <C>
ARTICLE ONE - OFFICES
      Section 1.      Principal Office............................................................................1
      Section 2.      Other Offices...............................................................................1

ARTICLE TWO - MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
      Section 1.      Place ......................................................................................1
      Section 2.      Time of Annual Meeting......................................................................1
      Section 3.      Call of Special Meetings....................................................................1
      Section 4.      Conduct of Meetings.........................................................................1
      Section 5.      Notice and Waiver of Notice.................................................................1
      Section 6.      Business and Nominations for Annual and Special Meetings....................................2
      Section 7.      Quorum......................................................................................2
      Section 8.      Voting Rights Per Share.....................................................................2
      Section 9.      Voting of Shares............................................................................2
      Section 10.     Proxies.....................................................................................3
      Section 11.     Shareholder List............................................................................3
      Section 12.     Action Without Meeting......................................................................3
      Section 13.     Fixing Record Date..........................................................................3
      Section 14.     Inspectors and Judges.......................................................................4
      Section 15.     Voting for Directors........................................................................4

ARTICLE THREE - DIRECTORS
      Section 1.      Number; Term; Election; Qualification.......................................................4
      Section 2.      Resignation; Vacancies; Removal.............................................................4
      Section 3.      Powers......................................................................................4
      Section 4.      Place of Meetings...........................................................................4
      Section 5.      Annual Meetings.............................................................................4
      Section 6.      Regular Meetings............................................................................4
      Section 7.      Special Meetings and Notice.................................................................5
      Section 8.      Quorum and Required Vote....................................................................5
      Section 9.      Action Without Meeting......................................................................5
      Section 10.     Conference Telephone or Similar Communications Equipment Meetings...........................5
      Section 11.     Committees..................................................................................5
      Section 12.     Compensation of Directors...................................................................6

ARTICLE FOUR - OFFICERS
      Section 1.      Positions...................................................................................6
      Section 2.      Election of Specified Officers by Board.....................................................6
      Section 3.      Election or Appointment of Other Officers...................................................6
      Section 4.      Compensation................................................................................6
      Section 5.      Term; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies.......................................................6
      Section 6.      Chairman of the Board.......................................................................6
      Section 7.      Chief Executive Officer.....................................................................6
      Section 8.      President...................................................................................7
      Section 9.      Vice Presidents.............................................................................7
      Section 10.     Secretary...................................................................................7
      Section 11.     Chief Financial Officer.....................................................................7
      Section 12.     Treasurer...................................................................................7
      Section 13.     Other Officers; Employees and Agents........................................................7

ARTICLE FIVE - CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES
      Section 1.      Issue of Certificates.......................................................................8
      Section 2.      Legends for Preferences and Restrictions on Transfer........................................8
      Section 3.      Facsimile Signatures........................................................................8
      Section 4.      Lost Certificates...........................................................................8
      Section 5.      Transfer of Shares..........................................................................8
      Section 6.      Registered Shareholders.....................................................................9
      Section 7.      Redemption of Control Shares................................................................9


ARTICLE SIX - GENERAL PROVISIONS
      Section 1.      Dividends...................................................................................9
      Section 2.      Reserves....................................................................................9
      Section 3.      Checks......................................................................................9
      Section 4.      Fiscal Year.................................................................................9
      Section 5.      Seal........................................................................................9
      Section 6.      Gender......................................................................................9

ARTICLE SEVEN - AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS...............................................................................9

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                             SHOPPING SHERLOCK, INC.

                                   ARTICLE ONE

                                     OFFICES

     Section 1. Principal  Office.  The principal  office of Shopping  Sherlock,
Inc., a Florida corporation (the "Corporation"),  shall be located at such place
determined  by  the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Corporation  (the  "Board  of
Directors") in accordance with applicable law.

     Section 2. Other  Offices.  The  Corporation  may also have offices at such
other  places,  either  within or without the State of Florida,  as the Board of
Directors may from time to time determine or as the business of the  Corporation
may require.


                                   ARTICLE TWO

                            MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

     Section 1. Place. All annual meetings of shareholders shall be held at such
place, within or without the State of Florida, as may be designated by the Board
of  Directors  and  stated in the notice of the  meeting  or in a duly  executed
waiver of notice thereof.  Special  meetings of shareholders may be held at such
place,  within or  without  the State of  Florida,  and at such time as shall be
stated  in the  notice of the  meeting  or in a duly  executed  waiver of notice
thereof.

     Section 2. Time of Annual Meeting. Annual meetings of shareholders shall be
held on such date and at such  time  fixed,  from time to time,  by the Board of
Directors,  provided,  that there shall be an annual meeting held every calendar
year at which the  shareholders  shall elect a board of  directors  and transact
such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

     Section 3. Call of Special  Meetings.  Special meetings of the shareholders
shall be held if  called  in  accordance  with the  procedures  set forth in the
Corporation's  Articles of Incorporation (the "Articles of  Incorporation")  for
the call of a special meeting of shareholders.

     Section 4. Conduct of Meetings.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors (or
in his absence,  the  President,  or in his absence,  such other designee of the
Chairman  of the Board of  Directors)  shall  preside at the annual and  special
meetings of shareholders  and shall be given full discretion in establishing the
rules and  procedures  to be  followed in  conducting  the  meetings,  except as
otherwise provided by law or in these Bylaws.

     Section 5.  Notice and Waiver of Notice.  Except as  otherwise  provided by
law,  written or printed notice stating the place,  date and time of the meeting
and, in the case of a special  meeting,  the  purpose or purposes  for which the
meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty
(60) days before the date of the meeting,  either  personally or by  first-class
mail or other legally  sufficient  means, by or at the direction of the Chairman
of the Board, President, or the persons calling the meeting, to each shareholder
of record  entitled  to vote at such  meeting.  If the notice is mailed at least
thirty  (30) days before the date of the  meeting,  it may be done by a class of
United  States mail other than first  class.  If mailed,  such  notice  shall be
deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the
shareholder  at  the  address  appearing  on the  stock  transfer  books  of the
Corporation,  with postage thereon prepaid. If a meeting is adjourned to another
time and/or place,  and if an announcement of the adjourned time and/or place is
made at the meeting,  it shall not be necessary to give notice of the  adjourned
meeting  unless the Board of Directors,  after  adjournment,  fixes a new record
date for the adjourned  meeting.  Whenever any notice is required to be given to
any  shareholder,  a waiver  thereof in writing  signed by the person or persons
entitled to such notice,  whether signed before, during or after the time of the
meeting stated therein, and delivered to



                                       1


<PAGE>


the  Corporation  for  inclusion  in the  minutes or filing  with the  corporate
records,  shall  constitute  an  effective  waiver of such  notice.  Neither the
business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting
of  the  shareholders  need  be  specified  in any  written  waiver  of  notice.
Attendance of a person at a meeting shall  constitute a waiver of (a) lack of or
defective notice of such meeting,  unless the person objects at the beginning to
the holding of the meeting or the transacting of any business at the meeting, or
(b) lack of or defective notice of a particular  matter at a meeting that is not
within the  purpose or purposes  described  in the  meeting  notice,  unless the
person objects to considering such matter when it is presented.

     Section 6.  Business  and  Nominations  for Annual  and  Special  Meetings.
Business  transacted  at any special  meeting  shall be confined to the purposes
stated in the notice thereof.  At any annual meeting of shareholders,  only such
business  shall be  conducted  as shall have been  properly  brought  before the
meeting in accordance  with the  requirements  and  procedures  set forth in the
Articles of  Incorporation.  Only such persons who are nominated for election as
directors of the Corporation in accordance with the  requirements and procedures
set forth in the  Articles of  Incorporation  shall be eligible  for election as
directors of the Corporation.

     Section 7. Quorum.  Shares  entitled to vote as a separate voting group may
take  action on a matter at a meeting  only if a quorum of those  shares  exists
with  respect to that matter.  Except as  otherwise  provided in the Articles of
Incorporation  or applicable  law,  shares  representing  one third of the votes
pertaining to outstanding  shares which are entitled to be cast on the matter by
the voting  group  constitute  a quorum of that voting  group for action on that
matter.  If less than a quorum of  shares  are  represented  at a  meeting,  the
holders of a majority of the shares so represented  may adjourn the meeting from
time to time. After a quorum has been established at any shareholders'  meeting,
the subsequent withdrawal of shareholders,  so as to reduce the number of shares
entitled to vote at the meeting  below the number  required for a quorum,  shall
not affect the  validity of any action  taken at the meeting or any  adjournment
thereof.  Once a share is represented for any purpose at a meeting, it is deemed
present  for  quorum  purposes  for the  remainder  of the  meeting  and for any
adjournment  of that meeting unless a new record date is or must be set for that
adjourned meeting.

     Section 8. Voting Rights Per Share. Each outstanding  share,  regardless of
class, shall be entitled to vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting
of  shareholders,  except to the extent that the voting  rights of the shares of
any class are limited or denied by or pursuant to the Articles of  Incorporation
or the Florida Business Corporation Act.

     Section  9.  Voting of Shares.  A  shareholder  may vote at any  meeting of
shareholders of the Corporation,  either in person or by proxy.  Shares standing
in the name of another  corporation,  domestic or  foreign,  may be voted by the
officer,  agent or proxy designated by the bylaws of such corporate  shareholder
or, in the  absence of any  applicable  bylaw,  by such person or persons as the
board of directors of the corporate shareholder may designate. In the absence of
any such  designation,  or, in case of conflicting  designation by the corporate
shareholder,  the chairman of the board, the president,  any vice president, the
secretary and the treasurer of the corporate  shareholder,  in that order, shall
be  presumed  to be fully  authorized  to vote such  shares.  Shares  held by an
administrator,  executor, guardian, personal representative,  or conservator may
be voted by such  person,  either in person or by proxy,  without a transfer  of
such shares into his name. Shares standing in the name of a trustee may be voted
by such person,  either in person or by proxy,  but no trustee shall be entitled
to vote shares  held by such  person  without a transfer of such shares into his
name or the name of his  nominee.  Shares  held by or  under  the  control  of a
receiver, a trustee in bankruptcy proceedings, or an assignee for the benefit of
creditors  may be voted by such person  without the  transfer  thereof  into his
name.  If shares  stand of record in the names of two or more  persons,  whether
fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants
by the entirety or otherwise,  or if two or more persons have the same fiduciary
relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary of the Corporation
is given notice to the contrary and is furnished  with a copy of the  instrument
or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided,
then acts with respect to voting shall have the  following  effect:  (a) if only
one votes, in person or by proxy,  his act binds all; (b) if more than one vote,
in person or by proxy,  the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more
than one  vote,  in person  or by  proxy,  but the vote is  evenly  split on any
particular  matter,  each  faction  is  entitled  to vote the share or shares in
question  proportionally;  or (d) if the instrument or order so filed shows that
any such tenancy is held in unequal interest,  a majority or a vote evenly split
for purposes hereof shall be a majority or a vote evenly



                                       2


<PAGE>


split in interest.  The  principles of this  paragraph  shall apply,  insofar as
possible, to execution of proxies, waivers,  consents, or objections and for the
purpose of ascertaining the presence of a quorum.

     Section 10.  Proxies.  Any  shareholder  of the  Corporation,  other person
entitled to vote on behalf of a shareholder pursuant to law, or attorney-in-fact
for such persons may vote the  shareholder's  shares in person or by proxy.  Any
shareholder of the  Corporation may appoint a proxy to vote or otherwise act for
such  person  by  signing  an  appointment  form,  either  personally  or by his
attorney-in-fact.  An executed  telegram  or  cablegram  appearing  to have been
transmitted  by such  person,  or a  photographic,  photostatic,  or  equivalent
reproduction of an appointment  form,  shall be deemed a sufficient  appointment
form. An  appointment  of a proxy is effective when received by the Secretary of
the  Corporation  (the  "Secretary")  or such other  officer  or agent  which is
authorized to tabulate votes,  and shall be valid for up to 11 months,  unless a
longer  period is  expressly  provided  in the  appointment  form.  The death or
incapacity  of the  shareholder  appointing a proxy does not affect the right of
the  Corporation to accept the proxy's  authority  unless notice of the death or
incapacity is received by the Secretary or other officer or agent  authorized to
tabulate votes before the proxy authority under the appointment is exercised. An
appointment of a proxy is revocable by the  shareholder  unless the  appointment
form conspicuously  states that it is irrevocable and the appointment is coupled
with an interest.

     Section 11.  Shareholder  List. After fixing a record date for a meeting of
shareholders, the Corporation shall prepare an alphabetical list of the names of
all its  shareholders  who are  entitled to notice of the  meeting,  arranged by
voting  group with the address of, and the number and class and series,  if any,
of shares held by each. The shareholders'  list must be available for inspection
by any  shareholder  for a period of ten (10) days prior to the  meeting or such
shorter  time as exists  between the record date and the meeting and  continuing
through the meeting at the Corporation's principal office, at a place identified
in the  meeting  notice in the city where the  meeting  will be held,  or at the
office of the Corporation's transfer agent or registrar.  Any shareholder of the
Corporation  or such person's agent or attorney is entitled on written demand to
inspect the  shareholders'  list (subject to the  requirements  of law),  during
regular business hours and at his expense, during the period it is available for
inspection.  The Corporation shall make the shareholders'  list available at the
meeting  of  shareholders,  and any  shareholder  or agent or  attorney  of such
shareholder  is  entitled  to inspect the list at any time during the meeting or
any adjournment.  The shareholders' list is prima facie evidence of the identity
of  shareholders  entitled  to examine  the  shareholders'  list or to vote at a
meeting of shareholders.

     Section 12. Action Without Meeting. Any action required or permitted by law
to be taken at a meeting  of  shareholders  may be taken  without  a meeting  or
notice if a consent, or consents, in writing, setting forth the action so taken,
shall be dated and signed by the holders of  outstanding  stock  having not less
than the minimum  number of votes that would be  necessary  to authorize or take
such action at a meeting at which all voting groups and shares  entitled to vote
thereon were present and voted with respect to the subject matter  thereof,  and
such consent shall be delivered to the  Corporation,  within the period required
by Section 607.0704 of the Florida Business  Corporation Act, by delivery to its
principal office in the State of Florida,  its principal place of business,  the
Secretary or another officer or agent of the  Corporation  having custody of the
book in which  proceedings of meetings of shareholders are recorded.  Within ten
(10) days after obtaining such authorization by written consent,  notice must be
given to those  shareholders  who have not  consented  in writing or who are not
entitled to vote on the action,  in accordance with the  requirements of Section
607.0704 of the Florida Business Corporation Act.

     Section 13. Fixing Record Date. For the purpose of determining shareholders
entitled  to  notice  of or to  vote  at  any  meeting  of  shareholders  or any
adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order
to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purposes, the Board
of  Directors  may  fix in  advance  a date as the  record  date  for  any  such
determination of shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than seventy
(70) days,  and,  in case of a meeting of  shareholders,  not less than ten (10)
days, before the meeting or action requiring such determination of shareholders.
If no record date is fixed for the  determination  of  shareholders  entitled to
notice  of or to vote at a  meeting  of  shareholders  or the  determination  of
shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend,  the date before the day
on which the  first  notice  of the  meeting  is mailed or the date on which the
resolutions of the Board of Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the
case may be, shall be the record date for such  determination  of  shareholders.
When a  determination  of  shareholders  entitled  to  vote  at any  meeting  of
shareholders has been made as



                                       3


<PAGE>


provided in this  Section,  such  determination  shall apply to any  adjournment
thereof,  except  where the Board of  Directors  fixes a new record date for the
adjourned meeting.

     Section 14. Inspectors and Judges. The Board of Directors in advance of any
meeting may, but need not,  appoint one or more inspectors of election or judges
of the  vote,  as the  case may be,  to act at the  meeting  or any  adjournment
thereof. If any inspector or inspectors,  or judge or judges, are not appointed,
the person  presiding  at the  meeting  may,  but need not,  appoint one or more
inspectors or judges. In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector or
judge  fails to  appear  or act,  the  vacancy  may be  filled  by the  Board of
Directors in advance of the meeting,  or at the meeting by the person  presiding
thereat.  The inspectors or judges, if any, shall determine the number of shares
of  stock  outstanding  and the  voting  power  of  each,  the  shares  of stock
represented at the meeting,  the existence of a quorum,  the validity and effect
of proxies,  and shall receive votes,  ballots and consents,  hear and determine
all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count
and tabulate votes, ballots and consents, determine the result, and do such acts
as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.
On request of the person  presiding at the meeting,  the inspector or inspectors
or judge or judges,  if any,  shall  make a report in writing of any  challenge,
question or matter  determined by him or them,  and execute a certificate of any
fact found by him or them.

     Section 15. Voting for Directors. Unless otherwise provided in the Articles
of Incorporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by
the shares  entitled  to vote in the  election at a meeting at which a quorum is
present.


                                  ARTICLE THREE

                                    DIRECTORS

     Section 1. Number; Term; Election;  Qualification.  The number of directors
of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time, within the limits specified
by the  Articles of  Incorporation,  by  resolution  of the Board of  Directors.
Directors  shall  be  elected  in the  manner  and hold  office  for the term as
prescribed in the Articles of  Incorporation.  Directors must be natural persons
who are 18 years of age or older  but  need  not be  residents  of the  State of
Florida, shareholders of the Corporation or citizens of the United States.

     Section 2. Resignation;  Vacancies;  Removal.  A director may resign at any
time by giving  written  notice to the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the
Board.  Such resignation shall take effect at the date of receipt of such notice
or at any later time specified therein; and, unless otherwise specified therein,
the acceptance of such resignation  shall not be necessary to make it effective.
In the event the notice of  resignation  specifies a later  effective  date, the
Board of Directors may fill the pending  vacancy  (subject to the  provisions of
the Articles of  Incorporation)  before the effective  date if they provide that
the successor does not take office until the effective date.  Director vacancies
shall be filled,  and directors may be removed,  in the manner prescribed in the
Corporation's Articles of Incorporation.

     Section 3. Powers.  The business  and affairs of the  Corporation  shall be
managed by the Board of  Directors,  which may  exercise  all such powers of the
Corporation  and do all such  lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by
the  Articles of  Incorporation  or by these  Bylaws  directed or required to be
exercised and done by the shareholders.

     Section 4. Place of Meetings.  Meetings of the Board of Directors,  regular
or special, may be held either within or without the State of Florida.

     Section 5. Annual Meetings.  Unless scheduled for another time by the Board
of Directors,  the first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors  shall
be held,  without call or notice,  immediately  following each annual meeting of
shareholders.

     Section 6. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may
also be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to
time be determined by the Board of Directors.



                                       4


<PAGE>


     Section 7. Special  Meetings and Notice.  Special  meetings of the Board of
Directors  may be called by the  President or Chairman of the Board and shall be
called by the Secretary on the written  request of any two  directors.  At least
forty-eight  (48)  hours  prior  written  notice of the date,  time and place of
special  meetings  of the Board of  Directors  shall be given to each  director.
Except as required by law,  neither the  business to be  transacted  at, nor the
purpose of, any  regular or special  meeting of the Board of  Directors  need be
specified  in the  notice  or  waiver of  notice  of such  meeting.  Notices  to
directors  shall be in writing and delivered to the directors at their addresses
appearing on the books of the  Corporation by personal  delivery,  mail or other
legally sufficient means.  Subject to the provisions of the preceding  sentence,
notice to  directors  may also be given by  telegram,  teletype or other form of
electronic communication. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given at the time
when the same shall be received.  Whenever any notice is required to be given to
any  director,  a waiver  thereof  in  writing  signed by the  person or persons
entitled to such notice,  whether  before,  during or after the  meeting,  shall
constitute  an effective  waiver of such notice.  Attendance  of a director at a
meeting shall  constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting and a waiver of any
and all objections to the place of the meeting,  the time of the meeting and the
manner in which it has been called or convened,  except when a director  states,
at the  beginning of the meeting or promptly  upon  arrival at the meeting,  any
objection  to the  transaction  of business  because the meeting is not lawfully
called or convened. The Chairman may, in his discretion,  adjourn a meeting to a
later time or new location.

     Section 8. Quorum and Required Vote. One third of the prescribed  number of
directors  determined  as  provided  in  the  Articles  of  Incorporation  shall
constitute a quorum for the  transaction of business and the act of the majority
of the directors  present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the
act of the Board of  Directors,  unless a  greater  number  is  required  by the
Articles of  Incorporation.  Whenever,  for any reason,  a vacancy occurs in the
Board of  Directors,  a  quorum  shall  consist  of one  third of the  remaining
directors until the vacancy has been filled. If a quorum shall not be present at
any  meeting of the Board of  Directors,  a majority  of the  directors  present
thereat may adjourn the meeting to another time and place,  without notice other
than announcement at the time of adjournment. At such adjourned meeting at which
a quorum shall be present,  any business may be transacted  that might have been
transacted at the meeting as originally  notified and called.  In the event of a
tied vote, the Chairman shall be entitled to cast a second deciding vote.

     Section 9. Action Without  Meeting.  Any action required or permitted to be
taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors  or committee  thereof may be taken
without a meeting if a consent in writing,  setting forth the action  taken,  is
signed by all of the members of the Board of Directors or the committee,  as the
case may be,  and  such  consent  shall  have the same  force  and  effect  as a
unanimous vote at a meeting. Action taken under this Section 9 is effective when
the last director  signs the consent,  unless the consent  specifies a different
effective date. A consent signed under this Section 9 shall have the effect of a
meeting vote and may be described as such in any document.

     Section  10.  Conference  Telephone  or  Similar  Communications  Equipment
Meetings.  Directors and committee members may participate in and hold a meeting
by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of
which  all   persons   participating   in  the  meeting  can  hear  each  other.
Participation  in such a  meeting  shall  constitute  presence  in person at the
meeting,  except  where a person  participates  in the  meeting  for the express
purpose  of  objecting  to the  transaction  of any  business  on the ground the
meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

     Section 11. Committees.  The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a
majority of the whole Board of Directors,  may designate  from among its members
an executive  committee and one or more other committees,  each of which, to the
extent  provided  in such  resolution,  shall have and may  exercise  all of the
authority  of  the  Board  of  Directors  in the  business  and  affairs  of the
Corporation  except  where the action of the full Board of Directors is required
by applicable law. Each committee must have two or more members who serve at the
pleasure  of the Board of  Directors.  The  Board of  Directors,  by  resolution
adopted  in  accordance  with this  Article  Three,  may  designate  one or more
directors as alternate  members of any  committee,  who may act in the place and
stead  of any  absent  member  or  members  at any  meeting  of such  committee.
Vacancies in the  membership  of a committee  may be filled only by the Board of
Directors  at a  regular  or  special  meeting  of the Board of  Directors.  The
executive committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the
same to the  Board of  Directors  when  required.  The  designation  of any such
committee and the delegation  thereto of authority  shall not operate to relieve
the Board of Directors,  or any member thereof,  of any  responsibility  imposed
upon it or such member by law.




                                       5

<PAGE>

     Section 12.  Compensation  of  Directors.  The  directors may be paid their
expenses,  if any, of  attendance  at each meeting of the Board of Directors and
may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors
or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from
serving  the  Corporation  in any  other  capacity  and  receiving  compensation
therefor.  Similarly,  members of special or standing  committees may be allowed
compensation  for  attendance  at  committee  meetings  or a stated  salary as a
committee  member and  payment of expenses  for  attending  committee  meetings.
Directors may receive such other compensation as may be approved by the Board of
Directors.

                                  ARTICLE FOUR

                                    OFFICERS

     Section 1. Positions.  The officers of the  Corporation  shall consist of a
Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a President,  one or more Vice
Presidents  (any one or more of whom may be given the additional  designation of
rank of Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President), a Secretary, a Chief
Financial  Officer,  Chief Operating Officer,  and a Treasurer.  Any two or more
offices may be held by the same person.  Officers other than the Chairman of the
Board need not be members of the Board of  Directors.  The Chairman of the Board
must be a member of the Board of Directors.

     Section 2. Election of Specified  Officers by Board. The Board of Directors
at its first meeting  after each annual  meeting of  shareholders  shall elect a
Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a President,  one or more Vice
Presidents (including any Senior or Executive Vice Presidents),  a Secretary,  a
Chief Financial Officer and a Treasurer.

     Section 3. Election or Appointment of Other  Officers.  Such other officers
and assistant  officers and agents as may be deemed  necessary may be elected or
appointed by the Board of Directors,  or,  unless  otherwise  specified  herein,
appointed by the Chairman of the Board.  The Board of Directors shall be advised
of  appointments  by the  Chairman of the Board at or before the next  scheduled
Board of Directors meeting.

     Section 4.  Compensation.  The salaries,  bonuses and other compensation of
the Chairman of the Board and all officers of the  Corporation  to be elected by
the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 2 of this Article Four shall be fixed
from time to time by the Board of  Directors or pursuant to its  direction.  The
salaries of all other elected or appointed  officers of the Corporation shall be
fixed  from  time  to time by the  Chairman  of the  Board  or  pursuant  to his
direction.

     Section 5. Term;  Resignation;  Removal;  Vacancies.  The  officers  of the
Corporation  shall hold office until their  successors are chosen and qualified.
Any  officer or agent  elected or  appointed  by the Board of  Directors  or the
Chairman of the Board may be  removed,  with or without  cause,  by the Board of
Directors,  but such removal shall be without  prejudice to the contract rights,
if any, of the person so removed. Any officer or agent appointed by the Chairman
of the Board pursuant to Section 3 of this Article Four may also be removed from
such office or position by the Board of  Directors or the Chairman of the Board,
with or without cause. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by
death,  resignation,  removal  or  otherwise  shall be  filled  by the  Board of
Directors, or, in the case of an officer appointed by the Chairman of the Board,
by the  Chairman  of the Board or the Board of  Directors.  Any  officer  of the
Corporation  may resign from his  respective  office or  position by  delivering
notice to the  Corporation,  and such  resignation  shall be  effective  without
acceptance. Such resignation shall be effective when delivered unless the notice
specifies a later  effective date. If a resignation is made effective at a later
date and the  Corporation  accepts  the  future  effective  date,  the  Board of
Directors may fill the pending  vacancy  before the effective  date if the Board
provides that the successor does not take office until such effective date.

     Section 6.  Chairman of the Board.  The Chairman of the Board shall preside
at all meetings of the shareholders and the Board of Directors.  The Chairman of
the Board shall also serve as the chairman of any executive committee.

     Section 7. Chief Executive Officer.  Subject to the control of the Board of
Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, in conjunction with the President, shall
have general and active management of the business of the Corporation, shall see
that all orders and  resolutions  of the Board of  Directors  are  carried  into
effect and shall have such powers and perform  such duties as may be  prescribed
by the Board of Directors.



                                       6


<PAGE>


In the  absence  of the  Chairman  of the  Board or in the  event  the  Board of
Directors shall not have designated a Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive
Officer  shall  preside  at  meetings  of the  shareholders  and  the  Board  of
Directors.  The Chief Executive Officer shall also serve as the vice-chairman of
any executive committee.

     Section 8. President. Subject to the control of the Board of Directors, the
President,  in conjunction with the Chief Executive Officer,  shall have general
and active  management  of the business of the  Corporation  and shall have such
powers and perform such duties as may be  prescribed  by the Board of Directors.
In the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief  Executive  Officer or
in the event the Board of Directors  shall not have designated a Chairman of the
Board and a Chief Executive  Officer shall not have been elected,  the President
shall preside at meetings of the  shareholders  and the Board of Directors.  The
President shall also serve as the vice-chairman of any executive committee.

     Section  9. Vice  Presidents.  The Vice  Presidents,  in the order of their
seniority,  unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, shall, in the
absence or disability of the President and the Chief Executive Officer,  perform
the duties and exercise  the powers of the  President.  They shall  perform such
other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors,  the Chairman
of the Board or the Chief Executive  Officer shall prescribe or as the President
may from time to time  delegate.  Executive Vice  Presidents  shall be senior to
Senior Vice Presidents,  and Senior Vice Presidents shall be senior to all other
Vice Presidents.

     Section 10.  Secretary.  The  Secretary  shall  attend all  meetings of the
shareholders  and all  meetings  of the Board of  Directors  and  record all the
proceedings of the meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors in
a book to be kept for  that  purpose  and  shall  perform  like  duties  for the
standing  committees  when  required.  The Secretary  shall give, or cause to be
given,  notice of all meetings of the  shareholders  and special meetings of the
Board of Directors  and shall keep in safe  custody the seal of the  Corporation
and, when authorized by the Board of Directors, affix the same to any instrument
requiring it. The Secretary shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed
by the Board of  Directors,  the  Chairman  of the  Board,  the Chief  Executive
Officer or the President.

     Section 11. Chief Financial  Officer.  The Chief Financial Officer shall be
responsible for maintaining the financial  integrity of the  Corporation,  shall
prepare the financial  plans for the Corporation and shall monitor the financial
performance of the Corporation and its subsidiaries,  as well as performing such
other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the
Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.

     Section 12.  Treasurer.  The Treasurer  shall have the custody of corporate
funds and securities  and shall keep full and accurate  accounts of receipts and
disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys
and other valuable  effects in the name and to the credit of the  Corporation in
such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.  The Treasurer
shall  disburse the funds of the  Corporation  as may be ordered by the Board of
Directors,  taking proper vouchers for such  disbursements,  and shall render to
the Chairman of the Board and the Board of Directors at its regular  meetings or
when the Board of  Directors so requires an account of all his  transactions  as
Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall
perform such other duties as may be prescribed  by the Board of  Directors,  the
Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.

     Section 13.  Other  Officers;  Employees  and Agents.  Each and every other
officer,  employee and agent of the Corporation shall possess, and may exercise,
such power and  authority,  and shall  perform such duties,  as may from time to
time be  assigned  to such  person by the Board of  Directors,  the  officer  so
appointing  such person or such officer or officers who may from time to time be
designated by the Board of Directors to exercise such supervisory authority.






                                       7


<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE FIVE

                             CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

     Section 1. Issue of  Certificates.  The shares of the Corporation  shall be
represented  by  certificates,  provided  that  the  Board of  Directors  of the
Corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions  that some or all of any or
all  classes or series of its stock  shall be  uncertificated  shares.  Any such
resolution  shall not apply to shares  represented  by a certificate  until such
certificate is surrendered to the Corporation.  Notwithstanding  the adoption of
such a resolution by the Board of Directors,  every holder of stock  represented
by certificates (and upon request every holder of  uncertificated  shares) shall
be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the Corporation by
the  Chairman  of the  Board  or a Vice  Chairman  of the  Board,  or the  Chief
Executive  Officer,  President  or Vice  President,  and by the  Treasurer or an
Assistant  Treasurer,  or  the  Secretary  or  an  Assistant  Secretary  of  the
Corporation, representing the number of shares registered in certificate form.

     Section 2.  Legends for  Preferences  and  Restrictions  on  Transfer.  The
designations,  relative rights,  preferences and limitations  applicable to each
class of shares  and the  variations  in  rights,  preferences  and  limitations
determined  for each series  within a class (and the  authority  of the Board of
Directors to determine  variations for future series) shall be summarized on the
front or back of each  certificate.  Alternatively,  each  certificate may state
conspicuously  on its  front  or back  that the  Corporation  will  furnish  the
shareholder a full statement of this  information on request and without charge.
Every  certificate  representing  shares  that are  restricted  as to the  sale,
disposition, or transfer of such shares shall also indicate that such shares are
restricted  as to  transfer,  and there shall be set forth or fairly  summarized
upon the  certificate,  or the  certificate  shall indicate that the Corporation
will  furnish  to any  shareholder  upon  request  and  without  charge,  a full
statement of such  restrictions.  If the Corporation  issues any shares that are
not registered  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  or not registered
or qualified  under the applicable  state  securities  laws, the transfer of any
such shares shall be restricted  substantially  in accordance with the following
legend:

          "THESE SHARES HAVE NOT BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF
          1933 OR UNDER ANY  APPLICABLE  STATE LAW.  THEY MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR
          SALE, SOLD,  TRANSFERRED OR PLEDGED WITHOUT (1) REGISTRATION UNDER THE
          SECURITIES  ACT OF  1933  AND  ANY  APPLICABLE  STATE  LAW,  OR (2) AT
          HOLDER'S  EXPENSE,  AN OPINION  (SATISFACTORY  TO THE  CORPORATION) OF
          COUNSEL  (SATISFACTORY  TO THE CORPORATION)  THAT  REGISTRATION IS NOT
          REQUIRED."

     Section 3. Facsimile Signatures.  Any and all signatures on the certificate
may be a facsimile.  In case any officer,  transfer  agent or registrar  who has
signed or whose facsimile  signature has been placed upon such certificate shall
have  ceased  to be such  officer,  transfer  agent  or  registrar  before  such
certificate is issued,  it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect
as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

     Section  4. Lost  Certificates.  The Board of  Directors  may  direct a new
certificate  or  certificates  to be  issued  in  place  of any  certificate  or
certificates  theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost or
destroyed,  upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person  claiming
the certificate of stock to be lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of
a new certificate or certificates, the Corporation may, in its discretion and as
a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost or
destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise
the same in such manner as it shall  require  and/or to give the  Corporation  a
bond in such sum as it may  direct as  indemnity  against  any claim that may be
made against the  Corporation  with respect to the  certificate  alleged to have
been lost or destroyed.

     Section 5. Transfer of Shares.  Upon  surrender to the  Corporation  or the
transfer agent of the  Corporation of a certificate  for shares duly endorsed or
accompanied  by proper  evidence  of  succession,  assignment  or  authority  to
transfer,  it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to
the  person  entitled  thereto,  cancel  the  old  certificate  and  record  the
transaction upon its books.



                                       8


<PAGE>


     Section 6. Registered  Shareholders.  The Corporation  shall be entitled to
recognize the exclusive rights of a person  registered on its books as the owner
of shares to  receive  dividends,  and to vote as such  owner,  and shall not be
bound to recognize  any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or
shares on the part of any other person,  whether or not it shall have express or
other notice thereof,  except as otherwise  provided by the laws of the State of
Florida.

     Section 7.  Redemption  of  Control  Shares.  As  provided  by the  Florida
Business   Corporation  Act,  if  a  person  acquiring  control  shares  of  the
Corporation  does not file an acquiring  person  statement with the Corporation,
the  Corporation  may, at the  discretion of the Board of Directors,  redeem the
control  shares at the fair value  thereof at any time during the 60-day  period
after the last acquisition of such control shares. If a person acquiring control
shares  of  the  Corporation  files  an  acquiring  person  statement  with  the
Corporation,  the  control  shares may be redeemed  by the  Corporation,  at the
discretion of the Board of Directors,  only if such shares are not accorded full
voting rights by the shareholders as provided by law.


                                   ARTICLE SIX

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

     Section 1. Dividends. The Board of Directors may from time to time declare,
and the  Corporation  may pay,  dividends  on its  outstanding  shares  in cash,
property,  stock  (including  its own shares) or  otherwise  pursuant to law and
subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation.

     Section 2.  Reserves.  The Board of Directors  may by  resolution  create a
reserve or reserves  out of earned  surplus for any proper  purpose or purposes,
and may abolish any such reserve in the same manner.

     Section  3.  Checks.  All  checks  or  demands  for  money and notes of the
Corporation  shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or
persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

     Section 4. Fiscal  Year.  The fiscal year of the  Corporation  shall end on
December 31 of each year,  unless  otherwise fixed by resolution of the Board of
Directors.

     Section 5. Seal. The corporate  seal shall have inscribed  thereon the name
and state of incorporation  of the Corporation.  The seal may be used by causing
it or a  facsimile  thereof to be  impressed  or affixed or in any other  manner
reproduced.

     Section 6. Gender.  All words used in these Bylaws in the masculine  gender
shall extend to and shall include the feminine and neuter genders.


                                  ARTICLE SEVEN

                               AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

     Except as otherwise set forth herein, these Bylaws may be altered,  amended
or  repealed  or new  Bylaws  may be  adopted  at any  meeting  of the  Board of
Directors at which a quorum is present, by the affirmative vote of a majority of
the directors present at such meeting.


          SECRETARY'S   CERTIFICATE  OF  ADOPTION  OF  THE  BYLAWS  OF  SHOPPING
          SHERLOCK, INC.

          I hereby certify:

     That I am the duly elected Secretary of Shopping Sherlock,  Inc., a Florida
corporation;



                                       9


<PAGE>



     That the foregoing Bylaws comprising nine (9) pages,  constitute the Bylaws
of said corporation as duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation
on April 9, 1999.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I have  hereunder  subscribed my name this 9th day of
April, 1999.




                                       /s/ Patrick McGrath
                                       Patrick McGrath, Secretary




                                                                     Exhibit 4.1

                NOT VALID UNLESS COUNTERSIGNED BY TRANSFER AGENT
              INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF FLORIDA

                                                           CUSIP NO. 82509N 10 3

- ----------                                                        --------------
  NUMBER                            N/C TO:                            SHARES
- ----------                  SHOPPING SHERLOCK, INC.               --------------

                              AIDA INDUSTRIES, INC.

                   AUTHORIZED COMMON STOCK: 50,000,000 SHARES
                                PAR VALUE: $.001


THIS CERTIFIES THAT


IS THE RECORD HOLDER OF



          --- Shares of AIDA INDUSTRIES, INC. Common Stock ----

transferable  on the books of the  Corporation  in person or by duly  authorized
attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.  This Certificate
is not valid until  countersigned  by the Transfer  Agent and  registered by the
Registrar.

     Witness the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile  signatures
of its duly authorized officers.


Dated:


                             AIDA INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                 CORPORATE SEAL
                                    FLORIDA
- -------------------------                             --------------------------
                 Secretary                                             President



                           COUNTERSIGNED & REGISTERED

                               -------------------------------------------------
                               COUNTERSIGNED Transfer Agent-Authorized Signature



<PAGE>

NOTICE:   Signature  must  be  guaranteed  by a  firm  which  is a  member  of a
          registered national stock exchange,  or by a bank (other than a saving
          bank), or a trust company. The following  abbreviations,  when used in
          the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as
          though they were written out in full  according to applicable  laws or
          regulations:

          TEN COM -- as tenants in common
          TEN ENT -- as tenants by the entireties
          JT TEN -- as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as
                    tenants in common

          UNIF GIFT MIN ACT ............. Custodian .................
                               (Cust)                   (Minor)
                            under Uniform Gifts to Minors
                            Act .....................................
                                           (State)

       Additional abbreviations may be used though not in the above list.


  FOR VALUE RECEIVED, ----------------- hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

                     --------------------------------------
                     PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
                         IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
                     --------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPRWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- Shares

of the  capital  stock  represented  by the  within  certificate,  and do hereby
irrevocably constitute and appoint

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Attorney

to transfer  the said stock on the books of the within  named  Corporation  with
full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated -----------------------


- ---------------------------------------------------------

     NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME
             AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR
             WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER



                             SHOPPING SHERLOCK, INC.

                             1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN


         This 1999 Stock  Option  Plan (the  "Plan")  provides  for the grant of
options to  acquire  shares of common  stock,  no par value  (the  "Stock"),  of
Shopping Sherlock,  Inc., a Florida  corporation (the "Company").  Stock options
granted under this Plan that qualify  under Section 422 of the Internal  Revenue
Code of  1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code"),  are  referred  to in  this  Plan as
"Incentive Stock Options." Incentive Stock Options and stock options that do not
qualify under Section 422 of the Code  ("Non-Qualified  Stock Options")  granted
under this Plan are referred to collectively as "Options."

1.       PURPOSES.

         The  purposes  of this Plan are to retain  the  services  of valued key
employees  and  consultants  of the Company  and such other  persons as the Plan
Administrator  may select in accordance  with Section 3 below, to encourage such
persons  to  acquire a greater  proprietary  interest  in the  Company,  thereby
strengthening  their incentive to achieve the objectives of the  shareholders of
the  Company,  and to  serve  as an aid  and  inducement  in the  hiring  of new
employees and to provide an equity  incentive to  consultants  and other persons
selected by the Plan Administrator.

2.       ADMINISTRATION.

         This Plan will be  administered  initially by the Board of Directors of
the  Company  (the  "Board"),  except  that the Board  may,  in its  discretion,
establish  a committee  composed of two (2) or more  members of the Board or two
(2) or  more  other  persons  to  administer  the  Plan,  which  committee  (the
"Committee") may be an executive,  compensation or other committee,  including a
separate committee  especially created for this purpose. The Committee will have
the powers and authority vested in the Board hereunder  (including the power and
authority to interpret any provision of the Plan or of any Option).  The members
of any such Committee will serve at the pleasure of the Board. A majority of the
members  of the  Committee  will  constitute  a quorum,  and all  actions of the
Committee will be taken by a majority of the members present.  Any action may be
taken by a written  instrument signed by all of the members of the Committee and
any  action  so taken  will be  fully  effective  as if it had  been  taken at a
meeting. The Board or, if applicable,  the Committee is referred to in this Plan
as the "Plan Administrator."

         If and when the Company becomes  subject to the reporting  requirements
of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act"),  the
Plan  Administrator  will be either the full Board of  Directors  or a committee
composed  of  two  (2) or  more  members  of the  Board  who  are  "Non-Employee
Directors"  as  defined  under  Rule  16b-3  (as  amended  from  time  to  time)
promulgated  under  the  Exchange  Act  or  any  successor  rule  or  regulatory
requirement.  In addition,  if the Board decides to maintain eligibility for the
benefits of Section  162(m) of the Code, the Plan  Administrator  will be either
the full Board of  Directors  if each  director  is an  "Outside  Director,"  as
defined under Section  162(m) of the Code (as amended from time to time) and the
regulations  (or any successor  regulations)  promulgated  thereunder  ("Section
162(m) of the Code") or by the  Committee  which will be  composed of two (2) or
more members of the Board who are Outside Directors.

         Subject to the  provisions  of this Plan,  and with a view to effecting
its  purpose,  the  Plan  Administrator  has  sole  authority,  in its  absolute
discretion,  to (i) construe and interpret this Plan; (ii) define the terms used
in the Plan;  (iii)  prescribe,  amend  and  rescind  the rules and  regulations
relating to this Plan; (iv) correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile
any  inconsistency  in this  Plan;  (v) grant  Options  under  this  Plan;  (vi)
determine  the  individuals  to whom Options will be granted under this Plan and
whether the Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option;
(vii)  determine the time or times at which Options are granted under this Plan;
(viii)  determine  the  number of shares of Stock  subject to each  Option,  the
exercise  price of each  Option,  the  duration  of each Option and the times at
which each Option will become exercisable; (ix) determine all other terms





                                      -1-
<PAGE>




and  conditions  of the  Options;  and (x) make  all  other  determinations  and
interpretations  necessary and advisable for the administration of the Plan. All
decisions,  determinations  and  interpretations  made by the Plan Administrator
will be binding  and  conclusive  on all  participants  in the Plan and on their
legal representatives, heirs and beneficiaries.

         The Board or, if applicable,  the Committee may delegate to one or more
executive officers of the Company the authority to grant Options under this Plan
to  employees  of the  Company  who,  on the Date of Grant,  are not  subject to
Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to the Stock  ("Insiders"),  and are
not "covered  employees" as such term is defined for purposes of Section  162(m)
of the Code ("Covered Employees"),  and in connection therewith the authority to
determine:  (i) the number of shares of Stock subject to such Options;  (ii) the
duration of the Option;  (iii) the vesting schedule for determining the times at
which  such  Option  will  become  exercisable;  and (iv) all  other  terms  and
conditions of such Options.  The exercise price for any Option granted by action
of an executive  officer or officers  pursuant to such  delegation  of authority
will not be less than the fair  market  value per share of the Stock on the Date
of Grant.  Unless  expressly  approved in advance by the Board or the Committee,
such  delegation  of  authority  will not include the  authority  to  accelerate
vesting,  extend  the  period  for  exercise  or  otherwise  alter  the terms of
outstanding Options. The term "Plan Administrator" when used in any provision of
this Plan other than Sections 2, 5(f),  5(m),  and 11 refers to the Board or the
Committee,  as the case may be, and an executive officer who has been authorized
to grant Options pursuant thereto,  insofar as such provisions may be applied to
persons that are not Insiders and not Covered  Employees and Options  granted to
such persons.

3.       ELIGIBILITY.

         Incentive  Stock Options may be granted to any  individual  who, at the
time the  Option is  granted,  is an  employee  of the  Company  or any  Related
Corporation (as defined below) ("Employees"). Non-Qualified Stock Options may be
granted to Employees  and to such other  persons as the Plan  Administrator  may
select.  Options  may be  granted in  substitution  for  outstanding  Options of
another corporation in connection with the merger, consolidation, acquisition of
property or stock or other reorganization between such other corporation and the
Company  or any  subsidiary  of the  Company.  Options  also may be  granted  in
exchange for outstanding  Options. Any person to whom an Option is granted under
this Plan is  referred  to as an  "Optionee."  Any person who is the owner of an
Option is referred to as a "Holder."

         As used  in  this  Plan,  the  term  "Related  Corporation"  means  any
corporation  (other  than the  Company)  that is a "Parent  Corporation"  of the
Company or "Subsidiary  Corporation" of the Company,  as those terms are defined
in  Sections  424(e) and  424(f),  respectively,  of the Code (or any  successor
provisions) and the regulations thereunder (as amended from time to time).

4.       STOCK.

         The Plan  Administrator is authorized to grant Options to acquire up to
a total of one  million  (1,000,000)  shares  of the  Company's  authorized  but
unissued,  or  reacquired,  Stock.  The number of shares  with  respect to which
Options  may be  granted  hereunder  is subject  to  adjustment  as set forth in
Section 5(m) hereof. If any outstanding  Option expires or is terminated for any
reason, the shares of Stock allocable to the unexercised  portion of such Option
may again be subject to an Option granted to the same Optionee or to a different
person eligible under Section 3 of this Plan.

5.       TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

         Each  Option  granted  under this Plan will be  evidenced  by a written
agreement approved by the Plan  Administrator (the "Agreement").  Agreements may
contain  such  provisions,   not  inconsistent  with  this  Plan,  as  the  Plan
Administrator in its discretion may deem advisable. All Options must also comply
with the following requirements:





                                      -2-
<PAGE>


          (a)     Number of Shares and Type of Option.

                  Each  Agreement  must  state the  number of shares of Stock to
which it pertains  and whether the Option is intended to be an  Incentive  Stock
Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option. In the absence of action to the contrary
by the Plan Administrator in connection with the grant of an Option, all Options
will be Non-Qualified Stock Options. The aggregate fair market value (determined
at the Date of Grant,  as  defined  below) of the stock  with  respect  to which
Incentive  Stock  Options  are  exercisable  for the first time by the  Optionee
during any calendar year (granted under this Plan and all other  Incentive Stock
Option plans of the Company, a Related Corporation or a predecessor corporation)
must not exceed  $100,000,  or such other limit as may be prescribed by the Code
as it may be amended from time to time.  Any portion of an Option which  exceeds
the  annual  limit  will not be void but rather  will be a  Non-Qualified  Stock
Option.

          (b)     Date of Grant.

                  Each Agreement must state the date the Plan  Administrator has
deemed to be the  effective  date of the Option for  purposes  of this Plan (the
"Date of Grant").

          (c)     Option Price.

                  Each  Agreement  must  state  the  price per share of Stock at
which the Option is  exercisable.  The Plan  Administrator  may fix the exercise
price in its sole discretion;  provided that the per share exercise price for an
Incentive  Stock Option or (if the Company  decides to maintain  eligibility for
the  benefits  of Section  162(m) of the Code) any  Option  granted to a Covered
Employee  must not be less than the fair market  value per share of the Stock at
the  Date of Grant  as  determined  by the  Plan  Administrator  in good  faith;
provided  further,  that with  respect to  Incentive  Stock  Options  granted to
greater-than-ten percent (> 10%) shareholders of the Company (as determined with
reference to Section 424(d) of the Code),  the exercise price per share must not
be less than one hundred ten percent  (110%) of the fair market  value per share
of the Stock at the Date of Grant as  determined  by the Plan  Administrator  in
good faith;  and,  provided  further,  that Options granted in substitution  for
outstanding  options of  another  corporation  in  connection  with the  merger,
consolidation,   acquisition  of  property  or  stock  or  other  reorganization
involving  such  other  corporation  and the  Company or any  subsidiary  of the
Company may be granted with an exercise  price equal to the  exercise  price for
the  substituted  option of the other  corporation,  subject  to any  adjustment
consistent with the terms of the transaction  pursuant to which the substitution
is to occur.

          (d)     Duration of Options.

                  At the time of the grant of the Option, the Plan Administrator
will  designate,  subject to paragraph 5(g) below,  the  expiration  date of the
Option,  which date must not be later than ten (10) years from the Date of Grant
in the case of Incentive  Stock Options;  provided,  that the expiration date of
any  Incentive  Stock  Option  granted  to a  greater-than-ten  percent ( > 10%)
shareholder of the Company (as determined under Sections 422(b)(6) and 424(d) of
the Code) must not be later  than five (5) years from the Date of Grant.  In the
absence of action to the contrary by the Plan  Administrator  in connection with
the grant of a  particular  Option,  and except in the case of  Incentive  Stock
Options as described above, all Options granted under this Section 5 will expire
ten (10) years from the Date of Grant.

          (e)     Vesting Schedule.

                  No Option will be  exercisable  until it has vested.  The Plan
Administrator  will specify the vesting  schedule for each Option at the time of
grant of the Option  prior to the  provision  of services  with respect to which
such Option is granted;  provided,  that if no vesting  schedule is specified at
the time of grant, the Option will vest according to the following schedule:


          Number of Years                        Percentage of Total
      Following Date of Grant                       Option Vested
- -------------------------------------     ----------------------------------
                One                                     33.3%




                                      -3-
<PAGE>


          Number of Years                        Percentage of Total
      Following Date of Grant                       Option Vested
- -------------------------------------     ----------------------------------
               Two                                     66.6%
               Three                                    100%


                  The Plan  Administrator may specify a vesting schedule for all
or any portion of an Option based on the  achievement of performance  objectives
established in advance of the  commencement by the Optionee of services  related
to the achievement of the performance objectives. Performance objectives will be
expressed in terms of one or more of the following:  return on equity, return on
assets,  share  price,  market  share,  sales,  earnings per share,  costs,  net
earnings, net worth, inventories, cash and cash equivalents, gross margin or the
Company's  performance  relative  to its  internal  business  plan.  Performance
objectives  may be in  respect  of the  performance  of the  Company  as a whole
(whether on a consolidated or unconsolidated basis), a Related Corporation, or a
subdivision, operating unit, product or product line of either of the foregoing.
Performance objectives may be absolute or relative and may be expressed in terms
of a progression or a range.  An Option that is exercisable (in full or in part)
upon the achievement of one or more performance objectives may be exercised only
following   written  notice  to  the  Optionee  and  the  Company  by  the  Plan
Administrator that the performance objective has been achieved.

          (f)     Acceleration of Vesting.

                  The  vesting  of  one  or  more  outstanding  Options  may  be
accelerated  by the Plan  Administrator  at such times and in such amounts as it
determines  in its  sole  discretion.  The  vesting  of  Options  also  will  be
accelerated under the circumstances described in Section 5(m)(2).

          (g)     Term of Option.

                  Vested  Options will  terminate,  to the extent not previously
exercised,  upon the  occurrence of the first of the following  events:  (i) the
expiration of the Option, as designated by the Plan  Administrator in accordance
with  Section  5(d)  above;  (ii)  the  date  of an  Optionee's  termination  of
employment  or  contractual   relationship  with  the  Company  or  any  Related
Corporation  for cause (as in Section  5(n) in the sole  discretion  of the Plan
Administrator);  (iii) the  expiration  of ninety  (90) days from the date of an
Optionee's  termination  of  employment  or  contractual  relationship  with the
Company or any Related  Corporation for any reason  whatsoever other than cause,
death or Disability (as defined below)  unless,  in the case of a  Non-Qualified
Stock Option, the exercise period is extended by the Plan Administrator  until a
date not later than the expiration date of the Option; or (iv) the expiration of
one  year  from   termination   of  an  Optionee's   employment  or  contractual
relationship by reason of death or Disability (as defined below) unless,  in the
case of a  Non-Qualified  Stock Option,  the exercise  period is extended by the
Plan  Administrator  until a date  not  later  than the  expiration  date of the
Option.  Upon the death of an Optionee,  any vested Options held by the Optionee
will be exercisable only by the person or persons to whom such Optionee's rights
under such Option will pass by the Optionee's will or by the laws of descent and
distribution  of the state or county of the  Optionee's  domicile at the time of
death and only until such Options  terminate as provided above.  For purposes of
the  Plan,  unless  otherwise  defined  in  the  Agreement,  "Disability"  means
medically  determinable physical or mental impairment which has lasted or can be
expected to last for a continuous  period of not less than twelve (12) months or
that can be expected to result in death. The Plan  Administrator  will determine
whether an Optionee has incurred a Disability  on the basis of medical  evidence
acceptable to the Plan Administrator. Upon making a determination of Disability,
the Plan Administrator will, for purposes of the Plan,  determine the date of an
Optionee's termination of employment or contractual relationship.

Unless accelerated in accordance with Section 5(f) above,  unvested Options will
terminate  immediately  upon  termination  of  employment of the Optionee by the
Company for any reason  whatsoever,  including  death or Disability.  If, in the
case of an Incentive Stock Option,  an Optionee's  relationship with the Company
changes (e.g.,  from an Employee to a non-Employee,  such as a consultant)  such
change will  constitute  a  termination  of an  Optionee's  employment  with the
Company and the Optionee's  Incentive Stock Option shall terminate in accordance
with this subsection.  For purposes of this Plan, transfer of employment between
or among


                                      -4-
<PAGE>


the Company  and/or any Related  Corporation  will not be deemed to constitute a
termination  of  employment  with the  Company or any Related  Corporation.  For
purposes of this  subsection,  employment  will be deemed to continue  while the
Optionee  is on military  leave,  sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence
(as  determined  by the  Plan  Administrator).  The  foregoing  notwithstanding,
employment  will not be deemed to continue  beyond the first ninety (90) days of
such leave, unless the Optionee's re-employment rights are guaranteed by statute
or by contract.

          (h)     Exercise of Options.

                  Options will be  exercisable,  in full or in part, at any time
after vesting, until termination. If less than all of the shares included in the
vested  portion of any Option are  purchased,  the remainder may be purchased at
any  subsequent  time prior to the  expiration of the Option term. No portion of
any Option for less than fifty (50) shares (as adjusted pursuant to Section 5(m)
below) may be exercised;  provided,  that if the vested portion of any Option is
less than fifty (50) shares,  it may be exercised with respect to all shares for
which it is vested.  Only whole shares may be issued pursuant to an Option,  and
to  the  extent  that  an  Option  covers  less  than  one  (1)  share,   it  is
unexercisable.

                  Options or portions thereof may be exercised by giving written
notice to the  Company,  which  notice  will  specify the number of shares to be
purchased,  and be  accompanied  by  either:  (i)  payment  in the amount of the
aggregate  exercise  price for the Stock so purchased,  which payment must be in
the form specified in Section 5(i) below, or (ii) upon prior consent of the Plan
Administrator,  delivery of an irrevocable subscription agreement obligating the
Optionee to take and pay for the shares of Stock to be purchased within one year
of the date of such  exercise.  The  Company  will not be  obligated  to  issue,
transfer or deliver a  certificate  of Stock to the Holder of any Option,  until
provision has been made by the Holder,  to the satisfaction of the Company,  for
the payment of the aggregate  exercise price for all shares for which the Option
has been  exercised  and for  satisfaction  of any tax  withholding  obligations
associated with such exercise.  During the lifetime of an Optionee,  Options are
exercisable only by the Optionee or in the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option,
transferee who takes title to such Option in the manner  permitted by subsection
5(k) hereof.

          (i)     Payment upon Exercise of Option.

                  Upon the exercise of any Option,  the aggregate exercise price
will be paid to the  Company in cash or by  certified  or  cashier's  check.  In
addition, upon prior written approval of the Plan Administrator, an Optionee may
pay for all or any portion of the aggregate exercise price by complying with one
or more of the following alternatives:

                    (1) by delivering to the Company  shares of capital stock of
the Company  previously  held by such Optionee or by having shares withheld from
the  amount of shares of Stock to be  received  by the  Optionee.  The shares of
Stock  received  or  withheld  by the  Company  as  payment  for shares of Stock
purchased upon the exercise of Options will have a fair market value at the date
of exercise (as  determined  by the Plan  Administrator)  equal to the aggregate
exercise price to be paid by the Optionee upon such exercise;

                    (2) by complying with any other payment  mechanism  approved
by the Plan Administrator at the time of exercise.

          (j)     Rights as a Shareholder.

                  A Holder will have no rights as a shareholder  with respect to
any shares  covered by an Option  until such Holder  becomes a record  holder of
such shares,  irrespective  of whether such Holder has given notice of exercise.
Subject to the  provisions  of Section 5(m)  hereof,  no rights will accrue to a
Holder and no  adjustments  will be made on account of  dividends  (ordinary  or
extraordinary,  whether in cash,  securities or other property) or distributions
or other rights  declared on, or created in, the Stock for which the record date
is prior to the date the Holder  becomes a record  holder of the shares of Stock
covered by the Option,  irrespective  of whether such Holder has given notice of
exercise.





                                      -5-
<PAGE>


          (k)     Transfer of Option.

                  Options  granted under this Plan and the rights and privileges
conferred by this Plan may not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated
in any manner (whether by operation of law or otherwise)  other than by will, by
applicable  laws of  descent  and  distribution  or  (except  in the  case of an
Incentive Stock Option)  pursuant to a qualified  domestic  relations order, and
will not be subject  to  execution,  attachment  or  similar  process;  provided
however,  that any  Agreement  may  provide  or be  amended  to  provide  that a
Non-Qualified  Stock Option to which it relates is transferable  without payment
of  consideration  to immediate  family  members of the Optionee or to trusts or
partnerships  or limited  liability  companies  established  exclusively for the
benefit of the Optionee and the Optionee's  immediate  family members.  Upon any
attempt to transfer,  assign,  pledge,  hypothecate or otherwise  dispose of any
Option or of any right or  privilege  conferred  by this  Plan  contrary  to the
provisions  hereof,  or upon the sale, levy or any attachment or similar process
upon the  rights  and  privileges  conferred  by this  Plan,  such  Option  will
thereupon terminate and become null and void.

          (l)     Securities Regulation and Tax Withholding.
                    (1)  Shares  will not be issued  with  respect  to an Option
unless the  exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such shares
complies with all relevant  provisions of law,  including,  without  limitation,
Section 162(m) of the Code, any applicable state securities laws, the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations  thereunder
and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated  inter-dealer  quotation
system of a registered  national  securities  association upon which such shares
may then be listed, and such issuance will be further subject to the approval of
counsel  for  the  Company  with  respect  to  such  compliance,  including  the
availability of an exemption from registration for the issuance and sale of such
shares.  The  inability  of the Company to obtain from any  regulatory  body the
authority deemed by the Company to be necessary for the lawful issuance and sale
of any shares  under this  Plan,  or the  unavailability  of an  exemption  from
registration  for the  issuance  and sale of any shares  under  this Plan,  will
relieve the Company of any liability with respect to the non-issuance or sale of
such shares.

                  As a condition to the  exercise of an Option,  the Company may
require  the  Holder to  represent  and  warrant  in writing at the time of such
exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and without any
then-present  intention to sell or distribute such shares.  At the option of the
Company,  a  stop-transfer  order against such shares may be placed on the stock
books and records of the Company, and a legend indicating that the stock may not
be  pledged,  sold or  otherwise  transferred  unless an  opinion  of counsel is
provided stating that such transfer is not in violation of any applicable law or
regulation, may be stamped on the certificates representing such shares in order
to  assure an  exemption  from  registration.  The Plan  Administrator  also may
require such other documentation as may from time to time be necessary to comply
with  federal  and state  securities  laws.  THE COMPANY  HAS NO  OBLIGATION  TO
REGISTER  THE  OPTIONS  OR THE SHARES OF STOCK  ISSUABLE  UPON THE  EXERCISE  OF
OPTIONS.

                    (2) The  Holder  must pay to the  Company  by  certified  or
cashier's check, promptly upon exercise of an Option or, if later, the date that
the amount of such obligations  becomes  determinable,  all applicable  federal,
state, local and foreign withholding taxes that the Plan  Administrator,  in its
discretion,  determines  to result upon exercise of an Option or from a transfer
or other  disposition  of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of an Option or
otherwise related to an Option or shares of Stock acquired in connection with an
Option.  Upon  approval of the Plan  Administrator,  a Holder may  satisfy  such
obligation by complying with one or more of the following  alternatives selected
by the Plan Administrator:

                         (A)  by  delivering  to the  Company  shares  of  Stock
                    previously held by such Holder or by the Company withholding
                    shares  of  Stock  otherwise  deliverable  pursuant  to  the
                    exercise of the Option,  which  shares of Stock  received or
                    withheld  must  have a fair  market  value  at the  date  of
                    exercise (as determined by the Plan Administrator)  equal to
                    any withholding tax obligations  arising as a result of such
                    exercise, transfer or other disposition;





                                      -6-
<PAGE>


                         (B) by executing appropriate loan documents approved by
                    the Plan  Administrator  by which the Holder  borrows  funds
                    from the Company to pay any withholding taxes due under this
                    Paragraph  2,  with  such   repayment   terms  as  the  Plan
                    Administrator may select; or

                         (C) by  complying  with  any  other  payment  mechanism
                    approved by the Plan Administrator from time to time.

                    (3) The issuance,  transfer or delivery of  certificates  of
Stock  pursuant to the exercise of Options may be delayed,  at the discretion of
the Plan  Administrator,  until the Plan  Administrator  is  satisfied  that the
applicable  requirements  of the  federal  and  state  securities  laws  and the
withholding provisions of the Code have been met and that the Holder has paid or
otherwise satisfied any withholding tax obligation as described in (2) above.

          (m)      Stock Dividend or Reorganization.

                    (1)  If  (i)  the  Company  is at  any  time  involved  in a
transaction described in Section 424(a) of the Code (or any successor provision)
or any "corporate transaction" described in the regulations thereunder; (ii) the
Company declares a dividend payable in, or subdivides or combines,  its Stock or
(iii) any other  event  with  substantially  the same  effect  occurs,  the Plan
Administrator  will, subject to applicable law, with respect to each outstanding
Option,  proportionately  adjust the  number of shares of Stock  subject to such
Option  and/or the exercise  price per share so as to preserve the rights of the
Holder  substantially  proportionate  to the rights of the Holder  prior to such
event,  and to the extent that such  action  includes an increase or decrease in
the number of shares of Stock  subject  to  outstanding  Options,  the number of
shares available under Section 4 of this Plan will automatically be increased or
decreased,  as the case may be,  proportionately,  without further action on the
part of the Plan Administrator,  the Company, the Company's shareholders, or any
Holder.

                    (2) If the presently authorized capital stock of the Company
is changed into the same number of shares with a different par value, or without
par value,  the stock  resulting from any such change will be deemed to be Stock
within the meaning of the Plan, and each Option will apply to the same number of
shares of such new stock as it applied to old shares  immediately  prior to such
change.

                    (3) If the  Company at any time  declares  an  extraordinary
dividend with respect to the Stock,  whether  payable in cash or other property,
the Plan  Administrator  may,  subject to applicable law, in the exercise of its
sole  discretion and with respect to each  outstanding  Option,  proportionately
adjust the number of shares of Stock  subject to such Option  and/or  adjust the
exercise   price  per  share  so  as  to  preserve  the  rights  of  the  Holder
substantially proportionate to the rights of the Holder prior to such event, and
to the extent that such action includes an increase or decrease in the number of
shares of Stock subject to outstanding  Options,  the number of shares available
under Section 4 of this Plan will  automatically  be increased or decreased,  as
the case may be, proportionately, without further action on the part of the Plan
Administrator, the Company, the Company's shareholders, or any Holder.

                    (4) The  foregoing  adjustments  in the  shares  subject  to
Options  will  be  made  by  the  Plan   Administrator,   or  by  any  successor
administrator  of this Plan,  or by the  applicable  terms of any  assumption or
substitution document.

                    (5) The  grant of an Option  will not  affect in any way the
right  or  power  of  the  Company  to  make   adjustments,   reclassifications,
reorganizations  or changes  of its  capital or  business  structure,  to merge,
consolidate or dissolve,  to liquidate or to sell or transfer all or any part of
its business or assets.

          (n)       Redemption of Stock Upon Termination of Employment.

     If an Optionee has acquired shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of the
Option granted  pursuant to the Plan in  consideration of his or her services to
the Company or a Related  Corporation  as an employee  or  consultant,  the Plan
Administrator  may  require as a condition  to  exercise by the  Optionee of the
Option that the Optionee




                                      -7-
<PAGE>


execute and deliver to a Stock  Transfer  Agreement in the form  approved by the
Plan Administrator, which provides that:

               (1) if the  engagement  of the  Optionee  is  terminated  for any
reason other than for "cause" as defined herein, the Optionee will at the option
of the Plan  Administrator in its sole discretion and within thirty (30) days of
the  termination  of Optionee's  employment,  sell back to the  Corporation  the
shares  acquired  pursuant  to the  exercise of such Option at the higher of the
exercise price or the Fair Market Value of the Stock; or

               (2) if the employee is terminated for cause,  as defined  herein,
the  Optionee  shall,  at the  option  of the  Plan  Administrator  in its  sole
discretion and within thirty (30) days of Optionee's  termination of employment,
sell back such shares at the lower of the Fair Market  Value of the Stock or the
exercise price.

For purposes of the Plan,  fair market value will be determined in good faith by
the Plan  Administrator.  The foregoing provision applies to all shares acquired
pursuant to the exercise of Options  granted under the Plan prior to the initial
public  offering  of  shares  of the Stock of the  Corporation.  Solely  for the
purposes  of the Plan,  "cause"  has the  meaning  assigned  to that term in the
Optionee's  employment or consulting  agreement  with the Company or any Related
Corporation  or, if there is no such agreement or definition,  "cause" means (A)
the Optionee's  breach of the terms of his or her engagement with the Company or
any Related Corporation,  if not cured within ten (10) days of written notice of
such breach (provided cure is feasible); (B) the Optionee's failure to adhere to
any written policy of the Company or any Related Corporation if the Optionee has
been given a  reasonable  opportunity  to comply  with such  policy or cure such
failure to comply within ten (10) days of Optionee's  receipt of written  notice
(provided cure is feasible);  (C) the appropriation (or attempted appropriation)
of a material  business  opportunity of the Company or any Related  Corporation,
including  attempting  to secure or securing any personal  profit in  connection
with any  transaction  entered  into on behalf  of the  Company  or any  Related
Corporation;  (D) the  misappropriation  (or attempted  misappropriation) of any
funds or property of the Company or any Related Corporation;  (E) the commission
of any crime with respect to which imprisonment is a possible punishment; or (F)
any act or omission by the Optionee  involving  intentional  disloyalty,  fraud,
willful misconduct or gross negligence.

6.       EFFECTIVE DATE; TERM.

         Incentive Stock Options may be granted by the Plan  Administrator  from
time to time on or after the date on which this Plan is adopted (the  "Effective
Date")  through  the day  immediately  preceding  the tenth  anniversary  of the
Effective  Date.  Non-Qualified  Stock  Options  may  be  granted  by  the  Plan
Administrator  on or after the Effective  Date and until this Plan is terminated
by the Board in its sole discretion. Termination of this Plan will not terminate
any Option  granted  prior to such  termination.  Any  Incentive  Stock  Options
granted  by the Plan  Administrator  prior  to the  approval  of this  Plan by a
majority of the  shareholders  of the Company in accordance  with Section 422 of
the  Code  will  be  granted  subject  to  ratification  of  this  Plan  by  the
shareholders  of the  Company  within  twelve  (12)  months  before or after the
Effective Date. If such shareholder ratification is sought and not obtained, all
Options  granted prior thereto and thereafter  will be considered  Non-Qualified
Stock Options and any Options granted to Covered  Employees will not be eligible
for the  exclusion  set forth in Section  162(m) of the Code with respect to the
deductibility by the Company of certain compensation.

7.       NO OBLIGATIONS TO EXERCISE OPTION.

         The grant of an Option will impose no  obligation  upon the Optionee to
exercise such Option.

8.       NO RIGHT TO OPTIONS OR TO EMPLOYMENT.

         The Plan Administrator will determine whether or not any Options are to
be granted under this Plan in its sole discretion, and nothing contained in this
Plan will be construed as giving any person any right to participate  under this
Plan.  The grant of an Option will in no way constitute any form of agreement or
understanding binding





                                      -8-
<PAGE>


on the Company or any Related Company,  express or implied,  that the Company or
any Related  Company will employ or contract  with an Optionee for any length of
time, nor will it interfere in any way with the Company's or, where  applicable,
a Related Company's right to terminate Optionee's  employment at any time, which
right is hereby reserved.

9.       APPLICATION OF FUNDS.

         The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Stock issued upon
the  exercise of Options  will be used for general  corporate  purposes,  unless
otherwise directed by the Board.

10.      INDEMNIFICATION OF PLAN ADMINISTRATOR.

         In addition  to all other  rights of  indemnification  they may have as
members of the Board,  members of the Plan  Administrator will be indemnified by
the Company for all reasonable  expenses and  liabilities of any type or nature,
including  attorneys'  fees,  incurred in  connection  with any action,  suit or
proceeding  to  which  they  or any of them  are a party  by  reason  of,  or in
connection  with,  this Plan or any Option  granted under this Plan, and against
all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided that such settlement is
approved by independent  legal counsel  selected by the Company),  except to the
extent that such  expenses  relate to matters for which it is adjudged that such
Plan  Administrator  member is liable for  willful  misconduct;  provided,  that
within  fifteen  (15) days after the  institution  of any such  action,  suit or
proceeding,  the Plan  Administrator  member involved  therein will, in writing,
notify the Company of such action,  suit or proceeding,  so that the Company may
have the opportunity to make appropriate arrangements to prosecute or defend the
same.

11.      AMENDMENT OF PLAN.

         The Plan  Administrator  may, at any time,  modify,  amend or terminate
this Plan or modify or amend Options granted under this Plan, including, without
limitation,  such  modifications  or  amendments  as are  necessary  to maintain
compliance with applicable statutes, rules or regulations;  provided however, no
amendment with respect to an outstanding Option which has the effect of reducing
the benefits  afforded to the Holder  thereof will be made over the objection of
such  Holder;  further  provided,  that the events  triggering  acceleration  of
vesting of outstanding  Options may be modified,  expanded or eliminated without
the consent of Holders.  The Plan  Administrator may condition the effectiveness
of any such amendment on the receipt of shareholder approval at such time and in
such manner as the Plan  Administrator may consider necessary for the Company to
comply with or to avail the Company  and/or the Optionees of the benefits of any
securities,   tax,  market  listing  or  other   administrative   or  regulatory
requirement.  Without  limiting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  the  Plan
Administrator  may modify grants to persons who are eligible to receive  Options
under this Plan who are foreign  nationals or employed outside the United States
to recognize differences in local law, tax policy or custom.



Effective Date: May 26, 1999.



                                      -9-



                                                                    Exhibit 10.2



                             SHOPPING SHERLOCK, INC.
                             1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


     THIS  AGREEMENT is entered into as of the _____ day of June,  ______ ("Date
of  Grant")  between  Shopping  Sherlock,   Inc.,  a  Florida  corporation  (the
"Company"), and _______________ (the "Optionee").

     WHEREAS,  the Board of Directors of the Company (the  "Board") has approved
the 1999  Stock  Option  Plan  (the  "Plan"),  pursuant  to which  the  Board is
authorized  to grant to employees  and other  selected  persons stock options to
purchase common stock, no par value, of the Company (the "Stock");

     WHEREAS,  the Plan  provides for the granting of stock  options that either
(i) are intended to qualify as "Incentive  Stock Options"  within the meaning of
Section 422 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the  "Code"),  or
(ii)  do  not  qualify  under  Section  422 of the  Code  ("Non-Qualified  Stock
Options");

     WHEREAS, the Plan Administrator (the "Plan Administrator") appointed by the
Board has authorized the grant to the Optionee of options to purchase a total of
_________  shares of Stock (the  "Options"),  which  options are  intended to be
(select one):

          ______ Incentive Stock Options

          ______ Non-Qualified Stock Options

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  the Company agrees to offer to the Optionee the option to
purchase, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein,  ___________ shares of
Stock.  Capitalized  terms not otherwise  defined herein shall have the meanings
ascribed thereto in the Plan.

     1.  Exercise  Price.  The exercise  price of the Options shall be $5.00 per
share during the period 12 months from the date of this  Agreement and $6.00 per
share thereafter.

     2.  Limitation on the Number of Shares.  If the Options  granted hereby are
Incentive  Stock  Options,  the  number of shares  which  may be  acquired  upon
exercise  thereof is subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5(a) of the
Plan.

     3. Vesting  Schedule.  The Options are  exercisable in accordance  with the
following vesting schedule:

          (a)  33.3% of the Options may be exercised after May 10, 2000.

          (b)  66.6% of the Options may be exercised after May 10, 2001.

          (c)  100% of the Options may be exercised after May 10, 2002.

The vesting of one or more  outstanding  Options may be  accelerated by the Plan
Administrator  at such times and in such  amounts as it shall  determine  in its
sole  discretion.  The vesting of Options  also shall be  accelerated  under the
circumstances described in Sections 5(m) and 5(n) of the Plan.

     4.  Options not  Transferable.  This  Option and the rights and  privileges
conferred  by  this  Agreement  may not be  transferred,  assigned,  pledged  or
hypothecated in any manner (whether by operation of law or otherwise) other than
by will and by  applicable  laws of descent  and  distribution  and shall not be
subject  to  execution,  attachment  or  similar  process.  Upon any  attempt to
transfer,  assign, pledge,  hypothecate or otherwise dispose of any Option or of
any right or privilege  conferred by this  Agreement  contrary to the provisions
hereof,  or upon the sale,  levy or any  attachment or similar  process upon the
rights and privileges  conferred by this Agreement,  such Option shall thereupon
terminate and become null and void.




                                      -1-


<PAGE>


     5. Investment Intent. By accepting the Option, the Optionee  represents and
agrees that none of the shares of Stock  purchased  upon  exercise of the Option
will be  distributed  in  violation  of  applicable  federal  and state laws and
regulations.  In addition, the Company may require, as a condition of exercising
the Options,  that the Optionee  execute an  undertaking,  in such a form as the
Company shall  reasonably  specify,  that the Stock is being  purchased only for
investment  and without any  then-present  intention to sell or distribute  such
shares.

     6.  Termination of Employment and Options.  Vested Options shall terminate,
to the extent not previously exercised,  upon the occurrence of the first of the
following events:

          (i) Expiration:  May 10, 2005; except, that the expiration date of any
          Incentive  Stock Option  granted to a greater  than 10 percent  (>10%)
          shareholder of the Company shall not be later than five (5) years from
          the Date of Grant.

          (ii) Termination Due to Death or Disability: The expiration of one (1)
          year from the date of the death of the  Optionee  or  cessation  of an
          Optionee's  employment  or  contractual   relationship  by  reason  of
          Disability (as defined in Section 5(g) of the Plan).  If an Optionee's
          employment or  contractual  relationship  is terminated by death,  any
          Option held by the Optionee shall be exercisable only by the person or
          persons to whom such Optionee's rights under such Option shall pass by
          the Optionee's will or by the laws of descent and  distribution of the
          state or county of the Optionee's domicile at the time of death.

          (iii) Termination for Cause. The date of an Optionee's  termination of
          employment or contractual relationship with the Company or any Related
          Corporation for cause (as defined in Section 5(n) of the Plan.

          (iv)  Termination for Any Other Reason:  The expiration of ninety (90)
          days  from the date of an  Optionee's  termination  of  employment  or
          contractual  relationship  with the Company for any reason  whatsoever
          other than cause,  death or Disability  (as defined in Section 5(g) of
          the Plan).

Notwithstanding  the occurrence of one of the above events,  the exercise period
of a  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option may be  extended  by  resolution  of the Plan
Administrator  until a date not later than the  expiration  date of the  Option.
Each unvested Option granted  pursuant hereto shall terminate  immediately  upon
termination of the Optionee's  employment or contractual  relationship  with the
Company for any reason whatsoever,  including death or Disability unless vesting
is accelerated in accordance with Section 5(f) of the Plan.

     7. Stock. In the case of any stock split,  stock dividend or like change in
the nature of shares of Stock  covered by this  Agreement,  the number of shares
and exercise  price shall be  proportionately  adjusted as set forth in Sections
5(m) of the Plan.

     8. Change in Control.

     (a) Subject to earlier termination under the terms and conditions set forth
in this Agreement,  at the time of occurrence of any of the events (a "Change of
Control")  described in  Subparagraphs  (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) below, any and
all Options  outstanding  hereunder  (each an  "Eligible  Option")  shall become
immediately  vested and fully  exercisable for thirty (30) days beginning on the
applicable date specified below (the "Acceleration Window"):

          (i)  On the effective  date of a registration  statement  filed by the
               Company  under  the  Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended  (the
               "Securities  Act"),  with  respect  to  an  underwritten   public
               offering  of  Common  Stock in which the  total  proceeds  to the
               Company are at least $10,000,000;

          (ii) On the  date  on  which  any  "Person"  as  such  term is used in
               Sections  13(d)  and  14(d) of the  Exchange  Act  (other  than a
               shareholder  of the  Company on the date of this  Agreement,  the
               Company, any subsidiary or employee benefit plan of the Company



                                       -2-


<PAGE>


               including  any trustee of such plan  acting as trustee)  together
               with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, becomes, after
               the date of this Agreement,  the Beneficial  Owner (as defined in
               Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of fifty percent (50%) or more
               of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding;

          (iii)On the date that a tender or exchange  offer for Common  Stock by
               any  Person  (other  than  the  Company,  any  subsidiary  of the
               Company,  or  any  Person  or  entity  organized,   appointed  or
               established  by the  Company  for or pursuant to the terms of any
               employee benefit plan) is first published or sent or given within
               the meaning of Rule 14d-2 under the Exchange  Act and  continuing
               so long as such offer remains open  (including  any extensions or
               renewals  of such  offer),  unless by the terms of such offer the
               offeror, upon consummation thereof, would be the Beneficial Owner
               of less than fifty  percent  (50%) of the shares of Common  Stock
               then outstanding; or

          (iv) On the date on which the  shareholders of the Company approve any
               sale or exchange of Common Stock,  any sale or exchange of assets
               of the Company  (other than in the ordinary  course of business),
               or  any  merger,   statutory  share  exchange  or  other  similar
               transaction that results in a transfer of ownership or control of
               more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock,  voting power, assets
               or business of the Company.

     (b) The  exercisability  of any Eligible  Option that  remains  unexercised
following  expiration of an Acceleration Window shall be governed by the vesting
schedule and other terms of this Agreement.

     9. Exercise of Option. Options shall be exercisable, in full or in part, at
any time  after  vesting,  until  termination.  If less  than all of the  shares
included in the vested portion of any Option are purchased, the remainder may be
purchased at any subsequent  time prior to the expiration of the Option term. No
portion of any Option for less than fifty (50) shares (as  adjusted  pursuant to
Sections  5(m) and (n) of the  Plan)  may be  exercised;  provided,  that if the
vested portion of any Option is less than fifty (50) shares, it may be exercised
with  respect to all shares  for which it is  vested.  Only whole  shares may be
issued pursuant to an Option,  and to the extent that an Option covers less than
one (1) share, it is unexercisable.

     Options or portions  thereof may be exercised by giving  written  notice to
the Company (which may be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A) which notice
shall specify the number of shares to be purchased and be accompanied by either:

          (i) the aggregate  exercise price in cash or by certified or cashier's
          check.  In  addition,  upon  approval  of the Plan  Administrator,  an
          Optionee  may pay for all or any  portion  of the  aggregate  exercise
          price by delivering to the Company shares of Stock  previously held by
          such Optionee or, with the prior consent of the Plan Administrator, by
          having shares  withheld from the amount of Stock to be received by the
          Optionee.  The shares of Stock  received or withheld by the Company as
          payment for shares of Stock purchased on the exercise of Options shall
          have a fair market value at the date of exercise (as determined by the
          Plan Administrator)  equal to the aggregate exercise price (or portion
          thereof) to be paid by the Optionee upon such exercise; or

          (ii) upon prior  consent  of the Plan  Administrator,  delivery  of an
          irrevocable subscription agreement obligating the Optionee to take and
          pay for the  shares of Stock to be  purchased  within  one year of the
          date of such exercise.

     The  Company  shall  not be  obligated  to  issue,  transfer  or  deliver a
certificate of Stock to any Optionee, or to his personal  representative,  until
the aggregate  exercise  price has been paid for all shares for which the Option
shall have been  exercised and adequate  provision has been made by the Optionee
for  satisfaction  of any  tax  withholding  obligations  associated  with  such
exercise.  During the lifetime of the Optionee,  Options are exercisable only by
the Optionee



                                      -3-

<PAGE>


     It is a  condition  precedent  to the  issuance of shares of Stock that the
Optionee  execute and deliver to the Company a Stock  Transfer  Agreement,  in a
form  acceptable to the Company,  to the extent  required  pursuant to the terms
thereof.

     10. Holding Period for Incentive Stock Options.  In order to obtain the tax
treatment  provided for Incentive  Stock Options by Section 422 of the Code, the
shares of Stock received upon  exercising any Incentive  Stock Options  received
pursuant to this  Agreement must be sold, if at all, after a date which is later
of two (2) years from the date this  Agreement  is entered  into or one (1) year
from the date upon which the  Options  are  exercised.  The  Optionee  agrees to
report  sales of such shares prior to the above  determined  date to the Company
within one (1) business  day after such sale is  concluded.  The  Optionee  also
agrees to pay to the Company,  within five (5) business  days after such sale is
concluded,  the amount  necessary  for the  Company to satisfy  its  withholding
requirement  required by the Code in the manner  specified in Section 5(l)(2) of
the Plan.  Nothing in this Section 11 is intended as a  representation  that the
Stock may be sold without  registration  under federal and state securities laws
or an  exemption  therefrom,  or that such  registration  or  exemption  will be
available at any specified time.

     11.  Subject to the 1999 Stock  Option  Plan.  The terms of the Options are
subject to the  provisions  of the Plan, as the same may be amended from time to
time, and any  inconsistencies  between this Agreement and the Plan, as the same
may be amended  from time to time,  shall be governed by the  provisions  of the
Plan, a copy of which has been delivered to the Optionee, and which is available
for inspection at the principal offices of the Company.

     12.  Professional  Advice.  The  acceptance  of the Options and the sale of
Stock  issued  pursuant to the exercise of Options may have  consequences  under
federal  and state tax and  securities  laws which may vary  depending  upon the
individual circumstances of the Optionee. Accordingly, the Optionee acknowledges
that he or she has been  advised to consult  his or her  personal  legal and tax
advisor in connection  with this  Agreement and his or her dealings with respect
to Options for the Stock.  Without limiting other matters to be considered,  the
Optionee should consider whether upon the exercise of Options, the Optionee will
file an election with the Internal  Revenue Service pursuant to Section 83(b) of
the Code.

     13. No Rights as a  Shareholder.  The  Optionee  shall  have no rights as a
shareholder  with respect to any shares  covered by an Option until the Optionee
becomes a record holder of such shares, irrespective of whether the Optionee has
given  notice of exercise.  Subject to the  provisions  of Sections  5(m) of the
Plan, no rights shall accrue to the Optionee and no adjustments shall be made on
account of dividends (ordinary or extraordinary,  whether in cash, securities or
other property) or distributions or other rights declared on, or created in, the
Stock for  which the  record  date is prior to the date the  Optionee  becomes a
record  holder of the shares of Stock  covered by the  Option,  irrespective  of
whether the Optionee has given notice of exercise.

     14. No Rights to Employment.  Nothing  contained in this agreement shall be
construed as giving any person any right to  employment  with the  Company.  The
grant of Options  hereby  shall in no way  constitute  any form of  agreement or
understanding  binding on the Company or any Related  Corporation (as defined in
the Plan), express or implied,  that the Company or any Related Corporation will
employ or contract with an Optionee for any length of time.

     15. Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement is the only  agreement  between the
Optionee and the Company with respect to the Options, and this Agreement and the
Plan  supersede all prior and  contemporaneous  oral and written  statements and
representations  and contain  the entire  agreement  between  the  parties  with
respect to the Options.

     16.  Notices.  All notices and other  communications  required or permitted
under  this  Agreement  must be in  writing  and  will be  deemed  received  and
effective upon the earlier of: (i) hand delivery to the recipient;  (ii) one day
after  posting by  traceable  air courier;  (iii) two (2) days after  posting by
certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested; or (iv)
when  initially  transmitted by facsimile  transmission  (if confirmed by notice
complying with (i), (ii) or (iii) above):




                                      -4-


<PAGE>


               (i)  if to the Company:

                    Shopping Sherlock, Inc.
                    11201 S.E. 8th Street, Suite 152
                    Bellevue, WA 98004
                    Tel. (425) 372-3060
                    Fax (425) 372-3041
                    Attn: Patrick McGrath

               (ii) if to the Optionee:

                    ===========================
                    ===========================
                    ===========================


or to such  other  person or address as either of the  parties  will  furnish in
writing to the other party from time to time.

     17. Law and  Jurisdiction.  This Agreement is governed by the internal laws
of the  state  of  Washington,  U.S.A.,  without  giving  effect  to any laws or
principles  that would apply the laws of any other  jurisdiction.  Any action or
proceeding  seeking to enforce any  provision  of, or based on any right arising
out of,  this  Agreement  may be brought  against  either of the  parties in the
courts  of  King  County,  Washington,  U.S.A.,  or,  if it has  or can  acquire
jurisdiction,  in the United States  District Court for the Western  District of
Washington,  and each of the parties  irrevocably  consents to the non-exclusive
jurisdiction  of such courts (and of the  appropriate  appellate  courts) in any
such  action or  proceeding  and waives  any  objection  to venue laid  therein.
Process in any action or proceeding referred to in the preceding sentence may be
served on either party anywhere in the world.

     18.  Headings And Gender.  The  headings of the Sections of this  Agreement
have been included for convenience of reference purposes only and will in no way
be  interpreted  to restrict or modify the terms of this  Agreement.  The use of
pronouns  of any gender in this  Agreement  will  include  pronouns of all other
genders, as applicable.

     19.  Counterparts;  Delivery by Facsimile.  This Agreement may be signed in
counterparts,  either one of which will be deemed to be an original  and both of
which, when taken together, will constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery
of an executed  counterpart  of a signature  page to this Agreement by telephone
facsimile  transmission  will be  effective  as delivery of a manually  executed
counterpart of this Agreement.

     20. Severability.  Any term, condition or other provision of this Agreement
that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction will be ineffective,  as
to such  jurisdiction,  to the extent of such  prohibition  or  unenforceability
without  affecting  the validity or  enforceability  of such term,  condition or
provision  in any other  jurisdiction  and without  invalidating  the  remaining
terms, conditions and other provisions of this Agreement

     21.  Attorneys'  Fees.  In the  event of  litigation  arising  out of or in
connection with this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover
from the other party all of its attorneys'  fees and other expenses  incurred in
connection with such litigation.

     22. Parties in Interest. This Agreement may not be assigned or delegated by
either  party  without  the  consent of the other,  except  that this  Agreement
(without  the  necessity  of such  consent)  will be binding on and inure to the
benefit  of  any  successors,   and  assigns  of  the  Company  or  any  Related
Corporation, whether by merger, consolidation,  sale of assets or otherwise, and
reference  herein to the Company will be deemed to include any such successor or
successors.



                                      -5-


<PAGE>



SHOPPING SHERLOCK, INC., a
Florida corporation


By: ---------------------------                   -----------------------------
                                                                       Optionee
Its: --------------------------


     THERE  MAY NOT BE  PRESENTLY  AVAILABLE  EXEMPTIONS  FROM THE  REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF APPLICABLE FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS FOR THE ISSUANCE OF
SHARES OF STOCK UPON  EXERCISE  OF THESE  OPTIONS.  ACCORDINGLY,  THESE  OPTIONS
CANNOT BE EXERCISED  UNLESS  THESE  OPTIONS AND THE SHARES OF STOCK TO BE ISSUED
UPON  EXERCISE  OF THESE  OPTIONS  ARE  REGISTERED  OR AN  EXEMPTION  FROM  SUCH
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS IS AVAILABLE.

     THE SHARES OF STOCK  ISSUED  PURSUANT TO THE  EXERCISE  OF OPTIONS  WILL BE
"RESTRICTED  SECURITIES" AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
AND WILL BEAR A LEGEND RESTRICTING RESALE UNLESS THEY ARE REGISTERED UNDER STATE
AND FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.  THE
COMPANY IS NOT  OBLIGATED TO REGISTER  THE SHARES OF STOCK OR TO MAKE  AVAILABLE
ANY EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION.













                                      -6-

<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT A

                         Notice of Election to Exercise

     This Notice of Election to Exercise shall constitute proper notice pursuant
to Section  5(h) of the  Shopping  Sherlock,  Inc.  1999 Stock  Option Plan (the
"Plan") and Section 8 of that certain Stock Option  Agreement (the  "Agreement")
dated as of the ____ day of  __________  between  Shopping  Sherlock,  Inc. (the
"Company") and the undersigned.

     The  undersigned  hereby elects to exercise  Optionee's  option to purchase
__________  shares of the common stock of the Company at a price of  $__________
per share, for aggregate  consideration of $______,  on the terms and conditions
set forth in the Agreement and the Plan.  Such aggregate  consideration,  in the
form specified in Section 8 of the Agreement, accompanies this notice.

     The undersigned has executed this Notice this ____ day of __________, 19__.



                                   --------------------------------------------
                                   Signature

                                   --------------------------------------------
                                   Name (typed or printed)










                                      -7-




                                                                    Exhibit 10.3


                          STRATEGIC ALLIANCE AGREEMENT:
                       ECOMMERCE, MARKETING AND OPERATIONS


This  ecommerce,  marketing and operations  agreement (the  "Agreement") is made
this 4th day of  February,  1999  ("Effective  Date"),  by and between  Shopping
Sherlock,  Inc., a Delaware corporation,  having its principal place of business
at,  24254 San  Fernando  Road,  Newhall,  CA,  91321  ("Sherlock")  and Premier
Lifestyles  International  Corp.  (PLIC) a  California  corporation,  having its
principal place of business at 24254 San Fernando Road, Newhall, CA, 91321. Each
entity shall hereafter be referred to as a "Party" and jointly as the "Parties."

                                 R E C I T A L S

          I.   PLIC is a retail and  marketing  services  company with  numerous
               operations  in  market  segments  such  as  consumer  membership,
               discount and rebates,  point-of-sale  systems,  check  conversion
               processing,  and web site  development  and  hosting.  PLIC has a
               large  number of existing  customer,  merchant,  fulfillment  and
               marketing relationships.

          II.  Sherlock  is an  ecommerce  company  focused on  providing  value
               discounts and purchase rebates to its online customers.

          III. The Parties desire to allow each others  customers access to each
               others  shopping  malls that will consist of merchants  that both
               parties will enlist to be part of both parties malls.

          IV.  The Parties also desire to  cooperate in issuing  rebate cards to
               customers,  expanding services to existing customers,  increasing
               the  total  number  of  customers  and  adding  to the  number of
               merchants  marketing  goods and  services  through  each  party's
               ecommerce sites.

          Now, Therefore,  the  Parties  desire  to  set  forth  the  terms  and
               conditions  of their  agreement  with  respect to the matters set
               forth herein.

1.   DEFINITIONS

     1.1  "Advertisement"  shall mean any promotion or  sponsorship of a product
          or service on or in conjunction with the Joint Site including, but not
          limited to banner advertisements,  links, and notification emails, for
          which monetary consideration or its equivalent is received.

     1.2  "Advertising  Net  Revenues"  shall  mean all  monetary  consideration
          actually  received for  Advertisements,  less: (a) ad rep  commissions
          (not to exceed  15%);  (b) ad serving  fees,  and (c) any sales or use
          taxes (not  directly  paid by  advertisers  to the  applicable  taxing
          authority) attributable to such Advertisements.

     1.3  "Affiliates"  shall  mean any  entity on or after the  Effective  Date
          controlling,  controlled by or under common control with a Party.  The
          term  "control"  herein shall mean the legal,  beneficial or equitable
          ownership,  directly or indirectly of more than fifty percent (50%) of
          the aggregate of all voting equity in such entity.

     1.4  "Affinity Group" shall mean a particular group of commonly-denominated
          individuals  or  entities  marketed  to based on such  commonality  in
          connection  with  Rebate  cards or other  promotional  efforts  of the
          Parties.  Merchant  groups  shall be  included  in the  definition  of
          Affinity Groups.




                                      -1-
<PAGE>


     1.5  "Benefit"  shall mean i) prepaid and  rechargeable  telephone  calling
          cards;  ii) prepaid and  rechargeable  telephone  calling cards at the
          point of sale at the  Merchant;  iii) SCORE EFT  number/card,  benefit
          program, and reciprocal rebate card; iv) Interactive Voice Recognition
          Telephone  calling platform with Benefits  program;  and v) SCORE EFT,
          VISA, Master, and Rebate card.

     1.6  "Customer"  shall mean a purchaser of goods  through any site operated
          by Sherlock or PLIC.

     1.7  "Customer Data" shall mean customer names, addresses,  buying history,
          and other supplied or gathered information.

     1.8  "Derivative  Work"  shall  mean  any  work  that  would  be  deemed  a
          derivative work under the Copyright Act, Title 17 of the U.S. Code, as
          amended.

     1.9  "Helpdesk"  shall mean the Customer  support  services as described in
          Section in this agreement.

     1.10 "Intellectual  Property  Rights"  shall mean any and all rights in any
          jurisdiction in connection with any patents,  whether issued,  pending
          or  prospective,  copyrights,  trade secret rights,  database  rights,
          trademarks,  service  marks,  trade dress,  moral rights  and/or other
          proprietary rights.

     1.11 "ISO" shall mean Independent  Sales  Organization that is signed by an
          independent or company to market products and services of PLIC.

     1.12 "ISR" shall mean Independent  Sales  Representative,  which in turn is
          understood to be a trained sales person who works for an ISO.

     1.13 "IVR" shall mean the interactive voice  recognition  telephone product
          sales operation of PLIC.

     1.14 "Joint  Site" is a World  Wide Web site  that PLIC and  Sherlock  will
          jointly create,  operate, link to, and share as defined in section 5.3
          below.

     1.15 "Marks"  shall mean either  Party's  domain names,  logos,  trademarks
          and/or service marks, whether owned or licensed from a third party.

     1.16 "Internet  Merchant"  shall  mean a  merchant  that  offers  goods  or
          services  for  sale  through  either  of the  Parties,  only  via  the
          Internet.

     1.17 "Merchant  Account"  shall  mean an  account  that is set up to  clear
          credit card transactions originating on Sherlock's ecommerce site.

     1.18 "Most-Favored  Price"  shall mean that the price  offered to the Party
          receiving such treatment  shall be at least as low as the lowest price
          offered to any third party, or offered by PLIC itself, for the same or
          similar  goods or  services.  Most  Favored  Pricing  applies  only to
          merchandise  offered for sale on the Internet  shopping malls and does
          not apply to Point of Sale goods and  services,  which are governed by
          the ISO agreement.

     1.19 "PLIC" shall mean Premier Lifestyles International Corporation and any
          and all divisions and  subsidiaries  of which PLIC and Richard Stewart
          own more than 50%, or entities  that PLIC or Richard  Stewart  control
          through the Board of Directors  or as officers of the  company.  It is
          understood that Richard Stewart is free to join the board of directors
          of




                                      -2-
<PAGE>


          any entity he chooses and his presence does not constitute control. If
          Richard  Stewart is the Chairman of the Board or the CEO of the entity
          in question, this would constitute control.

     1.20 "PLIC Sites" shall mean PLIC's currently  existing  ecommerce sites at
          www.source4shopping.com and www.source4rebates.com,  and any future or
          successor sites thereto.

     1.21 "Product  Fulfillment"  shall mean the  processing of product  orders,
          placing such orders with the product supplier, shipping such products,
          tracking such shipments and handling any product returns.

     1.22 "Point of Sale"  shall  mean the cash  registers  located at brick and
          mortar  retail  merchants  and  Point of Sale  Goods and  Services  is
          understood  to mean  the  products  sold by these  merchants  at these
          establishments.

     1.23 "Rebate  Customer"  shall mean either Party's  Customer that is also a
          participant of such Party's Rebate Program.

     1.24 "Reciprocal  Rebate  Program"  or "Rebate  Program"  shall mean either
          Party's  rebate-card  based  program  whereby  the  Party's  Customers
          receive a portion of a product  purchase price back in connection with
          the Transaction  Clearance of the Customer's  purchase,  in accordance
          with the ISO agreement and the reciprocal rebate agreement.

     1.25 "Score"  shall mean  PLIC's  Score  division  responsible  for certain
          Rebate  Card  and  Transaction   Clearance  activities  SCORE  is  the
          reciprocal  logo put on all of the  ISO's  membership  cards  that are
          private  labeled as well as PLIC's own membership  card that is called
          the SOURCE card.

     1.25 "Separate  Operations" shall mean the services and operations provided
          to Sherlock by PLIC to support it's  ecommerce  mall.  These  services
          include,  but are not limited  to,  Rebate  Card  supply,  Rebate Card
          activation  and  tracking,  Rebate  clearing,  setting up of  merchant
          account, and ISP services if needed.

     1.26 "Sherlock Site" shall mean Sherlock's ecommerce site.

     1.27 "Sherlock  ISR"  shall  mean any and all ISRs  set up by  Sherlock  to
          participate and pursue the PLIC Reciprocal Rebate Program.  No ISO may
          set  up  another  ISO,  any  ISO  may  set  up  a  Independent   Sales
          Representative  "ISR" who may set up merchants  for various  levels of
          PLIC products and services. All ISR's must be certified by PLIC before
          they are allowed to set up a merchant for any service.

     1.28 "Source" shall mean PLIC's membership card that is used by any ISO who
          chooses not to create a private labeled membership program and chooses
          to use PLIC's generic program, called SOURCE.

     1.29 "Term" shall mean the valid term of the Agreement,  whether initial or
          renewal.

     1.30 "Transaction  Clearance"  shall  mean  financial  processing  and bank
          and/or credit card clearance of purchases made by Customers.

     1.31 "Reciprocal Rebate Program Agreement" is an agreement signed by a PLIC
          ISO that all merchants and card holders  established  by that ISO will
          be part of the rebate program.  This agreement also  acknowledges that
          that ISO agrees that other ISO's card holders




                                      -3-
<PAGE>


          are able to use that ISO's merchants as well as that ISO's cardholders
          my use other ISO's merchants.

     1.32 "Wholesale  Manufacturer"  this is a company that produces the product
          and  can  be  set  up  any  way  possible  by  Sherlock.  Sherlock  is
          responsible for any custom software that that  manufacture is required
          for linking, and purchase and rebate tracking.


2.   SCOPE AND LIMITATIONS OF AGREEMENT:

     2.1  The agreement  governs the terms and  conditions  under which PLIC and
          Sherlock  will  cooperate  to  sell  product  from  Sherlock's  online
          ecommerce site only. Any Relationships  between Sherlock and merchants
          with  regard to the  merchant's  point of sale will be governed by the
          standard PLIC ISO agreement and the reciprocal rebate agreement.

     2.2  This  agreement  shall not preclude  PLIC from  entering  into similar
          agreements with other entities.  In fact,  Sherlock is aware that PLIC
          owns and  supports  other  competing  ecommerce  sites  and that  this
          agreement is not exclusive between PLIC and Sherlock.

3.   RECIPROCAL REBATES:

     3.1  Sherlock's   Commitment:   Sherlock   agrees  to  participate  in  the
          Reciprocal  Rebate  program  with PLIC and sign an ISO  agreement  and
          recruit ISR's to market the PLIC  programs.  Sherlock  agrees that any
          Sherlock  ISR's will also be bound by this  agreement.  Sherlock ISR's
          agree that every card member and merchant that the ISR sets up will be
          set up with the SCORE rebate program as a Reciprocal  Rebate merchant.
          Sherlock  ISR's will also use the ISR's best  efforts to set up all of
          the merchants the ISR already has with the Reciprocal  Rebate Program.
          All Sherlock ISRs agree that as long as the ISR's are  marketing  card
          Members  and  Merchants  to  participate  in  rebates,   and  benefits
          programs, ISO will exclusively use PLIC as ISO's provider for packaged
          benefits,  and financial services minus any that have been excluded in
          a listing attached hereto or on the reciprocal rebate  agreement.  All
          Sherlock ISRs agree that all of the cards the ISRs sell will be rebate
          cards and have the SCORE rebate logo on it.

     3.2  Reciprocation:  Sherlock  as an ISO and all  Sherlock  ISRs  agree  to
          reciprocate  with all other card  providers and companies that provide
          cards to the  public  and set up  merchants,  and all other  marketing
          company's  Members and Merchants  that use the SCORE Logo.  Sherlock's
          ISRs agree to participate  and apply the cost and pricing  formulas as
          defined in the ISO agreement.

     3.3  Program Exclusivity:  Throughout the term of this agreement,  Sherlock
          as an ISO and all Sherlock ISR's agree to exclusively  sell and market
          PLIC  services.  Sherlock  and  Sherlock  ISR's  agree that no similar
          service,  products,  or programs may be offered by ISR during the term
          of this  agreement  and for a period  of 3  (three)  years  after  the
          termination  of  this  agreement.  It is  acknowledged  by  PLIC  that
          Sherlock  ISR's  could  be  currently  in the  business  of  marketing
          products  that are similar to one or more of the SOURCE  services  and
          these services,  products,  will be excluded from the exclusivity part
          of   this   agreement.    The   product   list   on   the   PLIC   web
          sitewww.soucreclub.com contains the products that are sold by PLIC and
          any exemption from the  exclusivity  must be approved by PLIC when the
          ISR signs the Reciprocal Rebate agreement.

     3.4  Rebate  and  Non-Rebate   Purchases:   Sherlock  will  pay  PLIC  it's
          percentage due as defined in the Pricing Section 10 when a rebate card
          holder  purchases  a  product  or  service  from  Shopping  Sherlock's
          ecommerce sites. If the buyer holds no rebate card,  Sherlock will pay
          PLIC an amount as defined in the Pricing Section 10.4.




                                      -4-
<PAGE>


4.   BENEFITS:  If Sherlock sells  Benefits,  it will sell only those offered by
     PLIC, or those that PLIC sells itself.

5.   SITE CREATION, MANAGEMENT AND HOSTING:

     5.1  Design and Content of Sherlock  Site:  Except as  specifically  agreed
          herein,  Sherlock  shall  have  sole and  exclusive  control  over the
          design, content, hosting and management of the Sherlock Site.

          (a)  Hosting by PLIC:  Sherlock  intends to use the service  providers
               and vendors  employed by PLIC in PLIC's  Sites,  but reserves the
               right to choose its own service providers and vendors.

          (b)  If Sherlock  chooses to become an ISP,  Sherlock will use PLIC to
               set up the  ISP  program  and  service  all of the  Sherlock  ISP
               members,  provided  that  PLIC's  ISP  services  and  prices  are
               competitive.  PLIC has the first rights to match any  competitors
               bid. Sherlock's mall operations are a completely separate matter.

     5.2  Design  and  Content  of PLIC  Sites:  Except as  specifically  agreed
          herein,  PLIC shall have sole and  exclusive  control over the design,
          content, hosting and management of the PLIC Sites.

     5.3  Joint Site: The Parties shall cooperate on a Joint Site as follows:

          (a)  Creation and Operation:  The Parties shall be jointly responsible
               for the design, content,  hosting and management of a Joint Site.
               The  Parties  anticipate  that the Joint  Site shall be hosted by
               PLIC.

          (b)  Promotion:  The Joint Site shall feature  information on both the
               Sherlock Site and PLIC Sites.

          (c)  Linking:  The Joint  Site  shall  feature  links to both the PLIC
               Sites and the Sherlock  Site.  The Parties  shall  receive  equal
               space on such Joint Site.

          (d)  Server Logs:  The Parties  shall jointly own the server logs from
               such site and there shall be no restriction on either Party's use
               of  such  data,   except  in  connection   with  deceptive  sales
               practices, misrepresentation, or unfair competition in any manner
               that would  violate any law or  regulation or result in a loss of
               either Party's Customer Goodwill. All restrictions that relate to
               client  protection of other ISO members are totally  protected by
               the non circumvention in this agreement and neither party has the
               right to use financial or other data  pertaining to those members
               or to  attempt  in any way to  induce  an ISO  member  to  change
               affinity group or ISO affiliation.

          (e)  Advertising  Net Revenues:  The Parties agree to share equally in
               the  Advertising  Net  Revenues  from such Joint Site.  Whichever
               Party shall assume  responsibility  for ad sales,  invoicing  and
               accounting  in  connection  with such Joint Sales  shall  provide
               quarterly  reports  to the other  Party,  with  payments  made as
               required therewith.

          (f)  Customers:  Any  customers  that come to the joint  site that are
               refered by another ISO or affinity  group must be  protected  and
               not in  any  way to  induced  to  change  affinity  group  or ISO
               affiliation.




                                      -5-
<PAGE>


6.   MERCHANTS:

     6.1  PLIC  Merchants:  PLIC shall provide  Sherlock with its entire list of
          Internet Merchants offering goods or services through PLIC. PLIC shall
          also provide Sherlock with all necessary  information that will enable
          Sherlock to offer the goods and services of such Merchants for sale on
          the Sherlock Site. This agreement  entitles Sherlock the rights to use
          any merchant's  products that PLIC  introduces to Sherlock.  PLIC will
          also provide to Sherlock the list of all POS merchants as they sign up
          from other ISO's.

          (a)  Merchant  Database:  PLIC shall  provide  Sherlock  with the best
               access and use rights possible to Merchant databases of goods and
               services.  The Parties anticipate that such access might occur by
               providing  Sherlock  with a  functioning  current  copy  of  such
               database,  an electronic and hard copy of the underlying contents
               of such database,  the ability to link into a database maintained
               by PLIC, and/or the ability to collocate an operational  database
               on PLIC's premises.

               (i)  Data  Agreements:  In connection with Sherlock's  access and
                    use of such  databases  and the contents  therein,  Sherlock
                    agrees to abide by any data agreements in place between PLIC
                    and its Merchants.

          (b)  New  Merchants:  If  PLIC  adds  any  Internet  Merchants  to its
               Merchant  list,  PLIC shall  promptly  notify  Sherlock and shall
               ensure that Sherlock  receives  access and use rights to such new
               Merchant's  database  that  are  equal  with  PLIC's  rights.  In
               addition,  PLIC shall use its best efforts to obtain for Sherlock
               rights  equal to the  rights  granted  to PLIC  with  respect  to
               selling,  product  and pricing  rights  from such new  Merchants.
               Sherlock  acknowledges and agrees that other ISO's may bring PLIC
               products and merchants that will only be available to that ISO or
               may only be  available  on another  mall and the only rights that
               PLIC may allow Sherlock is the  reciprocal  rights for all of the
               Sherlock card holders to shop on those malls or stores.

          (c)  Database Updates:  PLIC shall ensure that the Merchant  databases
               it provides to Sherlock shall be PLIC's most current  version and
               PLIC shall use its best  efforts to ensure that PLIC's  Merchants
               provide PLIC with the most current databases available.

          (d)  Lowest PLIC Price: PLIC guarantees that PLIC's Merchant prices to
               Sherlock shall be no greater than the  Merchant's  price to PLIC.
               If such pricing is  unavailable,  PLIC shall  disclose the reason
               for such  unavailability  to  Sherlock  and PLIC shall  guarantee
               Sherlock  its lowest  Merchant  prices to any third  party or the
               price for which  PLIC  itself  buys the  product,  which  ever is
               lower.  Such  lowest  price  shall  be  determined  on  a  strict
               dollar-for-dollar  basis,  with the  exact  commitments  that are
               required  by PLIC to  obtain  these  prices.  All  fees  that are
               required for holding  inventory by merchants  including  shipping
               and handling  will be paid for by Sherlock on  purchases  made by
               Sherlock  members or shoppers on the Sherlock mall provided these
               same fees apply to PLIC.

          (e)  Lowest Merchant Price:  PLIC shall use its best efforts to ensure
               that the Merchant  prices to PLIC shall be the Merchant's  lowest
               prices to any entity.  Sherlock also agrees and understands  that
               PLIC is in the business of gaining access to millions of products
               and PLIC  may  choose  to  market  a  product  that is not at the
               guaranteed  lowest  price.  Sherlock  has the rights to use those
               products if they are not restricted  from special ISO or merchant
               requirements.





                                      -6-
<PAGE>


          (f)  Collateral Materials:  In connection with Sherlock's Site, and if
               available  from  Merchant,   if  Sherlock  requests  any  product
               marketing material,  including graphics,  product descriptions or
               other  collateral,  PLIC shall provide such materials to Sherlock
               at cost.  PLIC is not  required to spend money and  resources  to
               gain access and organize  collateral  materials,  but if they are
               available  to PLIC,  PLIC will ensure they are also  available to
               Sherlock.  If PLIC is not in possession of such  materials,  PLIC
               shall make a limited  effort to obtain  such  materials  from its
               Merchants  and/or  authorize  Sherlock to contact such  Merchants
               directly.  Should PLIC  expend  significant  resources  obtaining
               collateral materials, Sherlock agrees to pay PLIC a modest fee to
               help  defray  PLIC's  cost,  and thereby  gain full and  complete
               access and usage rights to the collateral materials.

          (g)  Any fees or cost that may be  incurred by PLIC in  obtaining  any
               data or  updates  or copies or  needed  information  as a special
               request by  Sherlock  as  required  in this  section or any other
               section  of  this  agreement  will  be paid  for by  Sherlock  as
               required.

     6.2  Sherlock Merchants:

          (a)  New Merchants:  Sherlock shall be free to solicit and sign up any
               new Merchants it desires.  If Sherlock signs up any new Merchant,
               that  Merchant  shall  belong  to  Sherlock.  PLIC  agrees to not
               circumvent  Sherlock with respect to that Merchant by approaching
               such Merchant  directly  and/or  entering into any agreement with
               such  Merchant for  ecommerce.  PLIC is not  responsible  for the
               solicitations of other ISOs and Sherlock  acknowledges that other
               ISOs have the right to solicit Sherlock's merchants.


7.   PRODUCT FULFILLMENT AND TRANSACTION PROCESSING:

     7.1  Product Fulfillment Via Source:

          (a)  Sherlock  Commitment:  Subject to the  further  requirements  set
               forth below,  Source shall be Sherlock's sole product fulfillment
               service  provider  with  respect to products  sold on  Sherlock's
               Site.  However,  if a Merchant  forbids Sherlock from using PLIC,
               then Sherlock  reserves the right to accommodate such Merchant by
               notifying PLIC of the Merchant's  preferred  product  fulfillment
               method  and  then   proceeding  to  attempt  to  accommodate  the
               Merchant's requests.

          (b)  Product  Orders:  Sherlock and PLIC agree to notify and track all
               purchases  through a mutually  accessible  order tracking  system
               that is accessible to the Helpdesk.

          (c)  PLIC  Obligation:   PLIC  shall  exercise  its  best  efforts  in
               providing the highest quality services to Sherlock.

          (d)  PLIC's Cost: PLIC shall provide such services to Sherlock at PLIC
               cost for such services under its relationships with jobbers.

          (e)  Sherlock's Payment to PLIC:  Sherlock will pay PLIC in accordance
               with the pricing and rebate division parameters set fourth in the
               pricing  section  10 as  well  as in the  ISO  agreement  and the
               reciprocal rebate agreement.




                                      -7-
<PAGE>


          (f)  Performance  Levels:  PLIC has a variety of products and services
               that will be  delivered  to  Sherlock  members  which  fall under
               Separate  Operations.  If at any  time,  Sherlock  or  Sherlock's
               Customers  are not  satisfied  with the level of  responsiveness,
               accuracy  or  service  provided  by any one of the PLIC  Separate
               Operations,  Sherlock  will  notify  PLIC by  certified  mail and
               request that PLIC rectify the operation that is having  problems.
               If for any reason PLIC cannot rectify the performance problems of
               the  Separate  Operation  in trouble  within 60 days after notice
               through  certified mail, the following  procedure will be used to
               correct the deficiencies:

               i)   The value of the  Separate  Operation"  needing  to be fixed
                    will be valued.  If PLIC and  Sherlock  cannot  agree on the
                    value,  the average of three estimates from outside unbiased
                    consultants will be used as the fair value.

               ii)  Sherlock will then proceed to use its best business judgment
                    to rectify the  deficiencies and provide PLIC with the costs
                    in time and capital expended to fix the problem.

               iii) Upon  fixing  the  problem,   Sherlock's  ownership  of  the
                    Separate  Operation  will equal the total costs  expended by
                    Sherlock to fix the problem,  divided by the value agreed to
                    in Section 7.1(g)(I) above.  Sherlock will participate fully
                    in proportion to its ownership percentage in all profits and
                    losses of the operation.

               iv)  The  jointly  owned  Separate  Operation  may be  held  in a
                    separate  vehicle from PLIC and Sherlock's  other operations
                    and may need to support it's own  accounting  procedures and
                    reporting.

     7.2  Transaction Processing:

          (a)  Sherlock  Commitment:  Subject to the  further  requirements  set
               forth below, PLIC shall be Sherlock's sole Transaction Processing
               service  provider with respect to purchases on  Sherlock's  Site.
               Sherlock shall have no obligation to use PLIC in connection  with
               any Sherlock Merchants if Sherlock finds that PLIC is not the low
               cost provider of such services or if the Sherlock  Merchant has a
               preexisting  relationship with another Transaction  Processor and
               requires as a condition of doing  business  that Sherlock use the
               Merchants preferred processor.

          (b)  PLIC  Obligation:   PLIC  shall  exercise  its  best  efforts  in
               providing the highest quality services to Sherlock.

8.   HELPDESK:

In connection with the Sherlock Site, the PLIC Sites,  the Joint Site and as per
questions  from customers as per their rebates,  Sherlock and PLIC shall jointly
establish a Helpdesk to provide first-level support to the Parties' Customers in
connection with first-time  Customer orders,  shipping to Jobbers,  calculating,
changing and  tracking  orders.  The  Helpdesk  will service only PLIC owned and
controlled  ecommerce  sites such as  Source4Shopping,  and  Sherlock  owned and
operated  ecommerce sites such as Shopping  Sherlock.  Third-party  usage of the
helpdesk  will only  occur if PLIC and  Sherlock  agree to giving a third  party
access, the terms of which will be determined on a case-by-case basis.

     8.1  Start-Up  Cost:  The Parties shall jointly and equally be  responsible
          for all capital and startup costs in connection with the Helpdesk.

     8.2  Ongoing Cost: The Parties agree that the ongoing cost of operating the
          Helpdesk shall be billed each month to the Parties on a pro-rata basis
          according to the number of each




                                      -8-
<PAGE>


          Party's  Customers  separate  orders that are  serviced  through  such
          Helpdesk.  In dividing the Helpdesk costs, length of time spent on any
          order,  the number of calls or size of the Customer order shall not be
          included as factors.

     8.3  Operation:  The Parties  agree that they shall  jointly  manage and be
          jointly  responsible for the various operations of the Helpdesk.  Such
          responsibility shall include staffing, location,  equipment,  business
          processes  and other such  matters  involved  in the  operation  of an
          outsourced  support center.  The Parties shall each designate Helpdesk
          supervisors,  who each shall be responsible for that Party's  Helpdesk
          operations.

9.   REBATE CARDS:  The following  provisions  shall apply to the Parties use of
     Rebate Cards:

     9.1  Provision  of Sherlock  Rebate  Cards:  PLIC,  through its  Reciprocal
          rebate  program,   shall  sell  Sherlock  Rebate  Cards  for  Sherlock
          Customers  and/or  Affinity  Groups as Sherlock may  request,  per the
          terms and conditions of the ISO and reciprocal  rebate  agreement from
          PLIC. Sherlock shall have sole discretion and control as to the color,
          content  and  character  of  such  Rebate  Cards.  Sherlock  shall  be
          permitted to issue its own branded Rebate Card.

          (a)  At Cost or Most-Favored  Price:  PLIC shall provide Sherlock such
               Rebate Cards at PLIC's current pricing per the other ISO programs
               and give  Sherlock the option to market rebate cards per the best
               option that Sherlock  chooses after inspecting all other PLIC ISO
               pricing and rebate  programs.  PLIC must provide  Sherlock with a
               complete list of the various pricing options that PLIC's ISOs and
               Affinity Groups employ. PLIC does not have to provide to Sherlock
               its file of all ISO agreements, but PLIC must present all pricing
               options.

          (b)  Sherlock  Commitment:  Subject to the  further  requirements  set
               forth below,  PLIC's "SCORE" shall be Sherlock's sole Rebate Card
               program and provider.

          (c)  PLIC  Obligation:   PLIC  shall  exercise  its  best  efforts  in
               providing the highest quality Rebate Card services to Sherlock.

          (d)  Performance  Levels:  PLIC has a variety of products and services
               that will be  delivered  to  Sherlock  members  which  fall under
               Separate  Operations.  If at any  time,  Sherlock  or  Sherlock's
               Customers  are not  satisfied  with the level of  responsiveness,
               accuracy  or  service  provided  by any one of the PLIC  Separate
               Operations,  Sherlock  will  notify  PLIC  by  certified  mail to
               request that PLIC rectify the operation that is having  problems.
               If for any reason PLIC cannot rectify the performance problems of
               the  Separate  Operation  in trouble  within 60 days after notice
               through  certified mail, the following  procedure will be used to
               correct the deficiencies:

               i)   The value of the Separate Operation needing to be fixed will
                    be valued.  If PLIC and Sherlock  cannot agree on the value,
                    the  average  of  three  estimates  from  outside   unbiased
                    consultants  will be used as the fair  value.

               ii)  Sherlock will then proceed to use its best business judgment
                    to rectify the  deficiencies and provide PLIC with the costs
                    in time and capital  expended to fix the problem.

               iii) Upon  fixing  the  problem,   Sherlock's  ownership  of  the
                    Separate  Operation  will equal the total costs  expended by
                    Sherlock to fix the problem,  divided by the value agreed to
                    in Section 7.1(g)(I) above. Sherlock will participate




                                      -9-
<PAGE>




                    fully  in  proportion  to its  ownership  percentage  in all
                    profits and losses of the operation.

               iv)  The  jointly  owned  Separate  Operation  may be  held  in a
                    separate  vehicle from PLIC and Sherlock's  other operations
                    and may need to support it's own  accounting  procedures and
                    reporting.

     9.2  Rebate Card Services:  Score shall provide Rebate Card  administration
          services to Sherlock as follows:

          (a)  Equal Treatment:  PLIC shall treat Sherlock's Rebate Customers in
               a manner equal to the treatment  PLIC accords its most  preferred
               Rebate Card Customers.

          (b)  Unique  Number:  PLIC shall  assign  each  Rebate Card a separate
               number and keep track of each Rebate Card in a database.

          (c)  Credit Allocation: In connection with the Transaction Processing,
               PLIC shall  coordinate,  account  for and make any and all Rebate
               payments to Sherlock Rebate Card Customers.

          (d)  Validation: PLIC at some time in the future shall maintain a 24x7
               joint electronic  database on Sherlock Rebate Cardholders whereby
               Sherlock may  validate  any Rebate Card issued by Sherlock.  Such
               database shall also include all Sherlock Site sales.  Such system
               may be  located  on  PLIC  servers  but  Sherlock  shall  own the
               Customer Data for  Sherlock's  members only in such databases and
               have full and complete,  unrestricted  access to such  databases.
               Such  databases  shall  allow for the  creation  and  printing of
               purchase history reports.

          (e)  Statements:  PLIC shall generate monthly statements on all Rebate
               Card activity and provide such statements in a form acceptable to
               Sherlock on the 19th day of the previous  months  business.  This
               statement  will only  include  reports  from all  activities  and
               earnings from merchants and transactions  that have been received
               by the end of that previous month.  Any business that is not paid
               for or  collected  by the end of that  month  will go on the next
               months reports, provided it is collected from the merchants.

     9.3  Reciprocity:  On the  Sherlock  Site and the PLIC  Sites,  each  Party
          agrees to honor Rebate  Cards issued by the other Party in  accordance
          with the terms on this Agreement.

     9.4  Non-Restriction:  Nothing in this Agreement  shall  restrict  Sherlock
          from  providing  any other  discount  coupons,  certificates,  rewards
          and/or customer loyalty incentives to its Customers. However, Sherlock
          agrees that during the term of the Agreement, it shall not participate
          in any other reciprocal rebate programs.

10.  PRICING, REVENUE ALLOCATION AND REBATE SPLIT

     10.1 No Pricing  Restraint:  Sherlock can determine at its sole  discretion
          the pricing of all goods and services  sold through  Sherlock's  Site,
          however, no matter how the product is priced the following rules apply
          to  total  rebate  percentages  and to  the  division  of  the  rebate
          percentage among the interested parties:

          a)   If a  purchase  is  made  by  a  customer  holding  a  valid  and
               recognizable  Rebate Card, the rebate will be allocated according
               to the percentages in section 10.3 below.




                                      -10-
<PAGE>


          b)   If a  purchase  is made by a  customer  not  holding  a valid and
               recognizable Rebate Card the Rebate will be paid according to the
               percentages in section 10.4 below.

     10.2 Revenue  Allocation  for Purchase made with Rebate Cards:  The Parties
          agree that Sales Expenses (credit card costs,  Transaction  Processing
          costs and  Rebates)  shall be  allocated to the Parties as follows and
          are binding  and "b" for the rebate is always  figured per the formula
          below.

          (a)  Assumptions for Sales Expenses Formula:

               "X"  is the Cost of Goods from the  Merchant;  including any fees
                    or profits  that a  merchant  is  requiring  such as but not
                    limited to shipping and handling.

               "Y"  is the cost of Credit Card Clearing transactions, assumed to
                    be approximately 3.5 percent of the total sale.

                    "a"  is  the  Wholesale/retail   spread  after  credit  card
                         transaction costs and wholesale cost of goods expressed
                         as a percentage of the retail price;

                    "b"  is the Rebate costs  expressed  as a percentage  of the
                         retail price; and

                    "c"  is Wholesale/retail spread after Rebate costs expressed
                         as a percent of the retail price.

               "Z"  is Sherlock's retail price (comprised of X + Y + bZ+ cZ).


          (b)  Sales Expenses  Formula:  Under the assumptions in Section 9.2(a)
               above, Sales Expenses shall be calculated as follows:

                    "Y" equals 3.5% of Z

                    "a"  varies  depending  on how much  Sherlock  marks up it's
                    products.

                    "b" equals 50 percent of "a", but has a maximum  limit of 20
                    percent of the retail cost of the item sold.

                    "c" equals 50 percent  of "a" plus  whatever f remains  when
                    "b"  reaches it maximum of 20 percent of the retail  cost of
                    the item.


          (c)  Sherlock's Margin: After deducting X (Cost of Goods) and Y (Sales
               Expenses)  from  Z  (Retail  Price),  Sherlock  shall  split  the
               remaining   amount   into  its  retail   margin  and  its  Rebate
               percentage.

          (d)  Processing  and  Rebate  Allocation  for Rebate  Card  Purchases:
               Although nothing  restrains  Sherlock from setting its own retail
               price to  Customers,  Sherlock  agrees  that for any Rebate  Card
               sale,  PLIC and the  independent  sales  organization,  under the
               provisions and percentages of Sections 10.3 below,  shall receive
               their respective proportion of the rebate.

          (e)  Processing and Sales  Commission for Non-Rebate  Card  Purchases:
               Although nothing  restrains  Sherlock from setting its own retail
               price to Customers,  Sherlock agrees that for any Non-Rebate Card
               sale, PLIC and the independent sales




                                      -11-
<PAGE>


          organization,  under the provisions  and  percentages of Sections 10.4
          below, shall receive their respective  proportion of the rebate.  PLIC
          is responsible for paying the ISO's for a non-rebate purchase.


     10.3 Rebate Purchase  Formula:  One hundred percent of each Rebate,  "b" as
          defined above, shall be divided as follows:

          (a)  25% to the Rebate Customer;

          (b)  30% to PLIC for processing the Rebate;

          (c)  30% to Rebate Card issuer (either  Sherlock,  PLIC or an Affinity
               Group);

          (d)  10% to the ISO that signed up the Merchant and product; and

          (e)  5% to the Ecommerce Site operator (PLIC).

     10.4 Non-Rebate  Purchase Formula:  One hundred percent of each Rebate, "b"
          as defined above, shall be divided as follows:

          (a)  25% to Sherlock; and

          (b)  75% to PLIC.

     10.5 Exhibit 7.5 is attached and shows four  examples of how these  pricing
          formulas work when applied to products  that have a wholesale  cost of
          $100.  Examples 1 and 2 represent the purchase by a rebate card holder
          of the product  with a 50 percent  mark up and a 100 percent  mark up.
          Examples 3 and 4 represent the purchase by a non-rebate card holder of
          the product with a 50 percent, and a 100 percent, mark up.


11.  LINKING AND OTHER MARKETING

     11.1 Linking:

          (a)  Main Mall  "Source4Shopping":  PLIC shall  include a link to the
               Shopping  Sherlock site on the  Source4shopping  site.  Such link
               shall be on face page of the Source4Shopping site with all of the
               other many links.

          (b)  PLIC ISP  hosting:  PLIC  shall  include a link to the Joint Site
               from all ISP hosted sites unless the ISP disapproves. .

     11.2 Other Marketing:

          (a)  Affinity  Groups:  PLIC  shall  notify  all  Affinity  Groups and
               Affinity  Group  members of  Sherlock's  Site.  The Parties shall
               consider  whether to send email  announcements  or promotions via
               direct mail.

          (b)  Guardian:  In the event that PLIC  concludes  an  agreement  with
               Guardian,  PLIC shall market the Joint Site to Guardian  members.
               PLIC shall  include a link to the Joint Site on the Guardian face
               page.




                                      -12-
<PAGE>


          (d)  Seeding: Within a reasonably prompt time after the Effective Date
               or the  implementation  of the  Sherlock  Site,  PLIC shall place
               links to Sherlock's  Site on all search  engines and  directories
               wherever PLIC lists its own rebate site.

12.  OWNERSHIP

     12.1 Ownership  of  Sherlock  Marks:  As between  Sherlock  and PLIC,  PLIC
          acknowledges  that  Sherlock  is the sole and  exclusive  owner of all
          right, title and interest in and to the Sherlock Marks.

     12.2 Ownership  of PLIC  Marks:  As  between  Sherlock  and PLIC,  Sherlock
          acknowledges  that PLIC is the sole and exclusive  owner of all right,
          title and interest in and to the PLIC Marks.

     12.3 Ownership  of  Sherlock  Site:  As  between  Sherlock  and PLIC,  PLIC
          acknowledges  that  Sherlock  is the sole and  exclusive  owner of all
          right,  title and interest in and to all Intellectual  Property rights
          with  respect  to: (a) all  graphic,  textual,  audio and  audiovisual
          content on the Sherlock Site,  excluding only the PLIC Marks;  (b) all
          underlying   programming   and  coding  to  such  site;  and  (c)  any
          modifications to the foregoing or Derivative Works created therefrom.

     12.4 Ownership  of PLIC  Sites:  As  between  Sherlock  and PLIC,  Sherlock
          acknowledges  that PLIC is the sole and exclusive  owner of all right,
          title and  interest in and to all  Intellectual  Property  rights with
          respect to: (a) all graphic, textual, audio and audiovisual content on
          the PLIC Sites,  excluding only the Sherlock Marks; (b) all underlying
          programming and coding to such sites; and (c) any modifications to the
          foregoing or Derivative Works created therefrom.

     12.5 Ownership of Joint Site:  As between  Sherlock  and PLIC,  the Parties
          acknowledge that the Parties are joint owners of all right,  title and
          interest in and to all  Intellectual  Property rights with respect to:
          (a) all graphic,  textual,  audio and audiovisual content on the Joint
          Site,   excluding  only  each  Party's   Marks;   (b)  all  underlying
          programming and coding to the Joint Sites;  and (c) any  modifications
          to the foregoing or Derivative Works created therefrom.

     12.6 Ownership of Customer  Data: As between the Parties,  each Party shall
          own the Customer Data of its own Customers. Neither Party may disclose
          or sell such Customer Data to any third party.  This  ownership is the
          same on the joint site where data  pertaining to all  memberships  are
          owned and controlled by the ISO who owns the cardholder.  Sherlock can
          not use this data to market to any other ISO's members without special
          written consent.

     12.7 Ownership of Anonymous  Purchase and Rebate Card Data:  As between the
          Parties,  each Party shall own the anonymous  purchase and Rebate Card
          Customer  Data  it  gathers  from  the  other  Party's   Customers  in
          connection  with any  purchase  and/or  Rebate  Card  activity by such
          Customers.  There are  restrictions  on both Party's use of such data,
          per the terms and  conditions of the ISO agreement and the  reciprocal
          rebate agreement.

13.  LICENSES

     13.1 Trademark  License to Sherlock  Marks:  During the Term and subject to
          the terms and  conditions of this  Agreement,  Sherlock  grants PLIC a
          non-exclusive,  non-sublicenseable  license to use Sherlock's Marks in
          links to and  advertisements  and promotions for the Sherlock Site and
          Joint Site.




                                      -13-
<PAGE>


     13.2 Trademark  License to PLIC  Marks:  During the Term and subject to the
          terms  and  conditions  of this  Agreement,  PLIC  grants  Sherlock  a
          non-exclusive, non-sublicenseable license to use the PLIC Marks on the
          Sherlock Site and Joint Site.

     13.3 Trademark   Restrictions.   The  trademark  owner  may  terminate  the
          foregoing   trademark  licenses  if,  in  its  sole  discretion,   the
          licensee's  use of the marks  does not  substantially  conform  to the
          owner's  reasonable  standard of quality.  The licensee  shall use the
          marks exactly in the form provided,  in accordance  with any trademark
          usage policies. The licensee shall not form any combination marks with
          the other  Party's  marks.  The  licensee  shall  not take any  action
          inconsistent  with the owner's ownership of the marks and any benefits
          accruing from use of such trademarks shall  automatically  vest in the
          owner.

     13.4 License to Customer Data: During the Term and subject to the terms and
          conditions of this Agreement, each Party shall be permitted to use the
          other Party's  Customer Data on an internal  basis only in furtherance
          of  performance  of such  Party's  obligations  under this  Agreement.
          However,  upon  expiration or termination of this  Agreement,  neither
          Party   shall   retain   or   otherwise   use  such   Customer   Data.
          Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if any Customer  elects to transition
          from one Party to the other,  such  restriction  shall not  apply.  In
          addition,  if either  Party  defaults on any  compensation  obligation
          under this  Agreement,  there shall be no  restriction  on use of that
          Party's Customer Data, except to the extent otherwise required by law.


14.  REPORTS AND PAYMENTS

     14.1 Reports:  Within nineteen (19) days following the end of each calendar
          month,   commencing   with  the  first  calendar  month  during  which
          reportable  activity occurs, PLIC shall provide Sherlock with detailed
          transactional  reports  for  any  Sherlock  Site  or  Sherlock  Rebate
          Customer activity.  Such reports shall list each Sherlock Customer, as
          well as the value and status of each transaction processed.

     14.2 Payments:  In  connection  with  such  reports,  PLIC  shall  remit to
          Sherlock any monies due Sherlock in connection with Sherlock's margin,
          any Advertising Net Revenues  and/or Rebate  participation.  Royalties
          and all other payments due to Sherlock pursuant hereto will be paid by
          check tendered or wire transfer at the following address which will be
          supplied  as an  addendum to this  agreement  in the normal  course of
          business:

          Remittance Address                        Wire Transfer Account
          ------------------                        ---------------------


          or to such  other  payment  addressees  as  Sherlock  shall  hereafter
          designate in a notice to PLIC through registered mail.

     14.3 Records:  For so long as PLIC is obligated to make any payments  under
          this Agreement,  and for a period of three (3) years thereafter,  PLIC
          agrees to keep and  maintain  complete  and  accurate  records for the
          current year and the preceding (3) three years of all data  reasonably
          required for the  verification  and  computation  of the amounts to be
          paid  and  the  information  to  be  reported  under  or  relevant  to
          performance of this Agreement.

     14.4 Audit Rights: During the Term of this Agreement,  Sherlock may conduct
          an audit of  PLIC's  records  and seek a  written  certification  by a
          mutually acceptable  independent  Certified Public Accountant that the
          reports, payments and records are correct and/or that




                                      -14-
<PAGE>


          PLIC is performing in accordance with this Agreement. In the event the
          Parties  cannot in good faith  agree as to an auditor  within ten (10)
          days of the date of the audit request,  Sherlock may select any of the
          top five (5) CPA firms to conduct the audit.  Such auditor will report
          to  Sherlock  only  whether  the  amounts  due or payable to  Sherlock
          pursuant to this  Agreement  were correct,  any amount that is due and
          payable  to  Sherlock,   and  information  related  to  compliance  or
          noncompliance  with  this  Agreement.  Such  auditor  will  hold  such
          information  in confidence  and will not disclose such  information to
          any other  person or entity,  other than  Sherlock,  without the prior
          written consent of PLIC, unless required by law. Audits shall occur no
          more  frequently  than once per  calendar  year,  unless  Sherlock can
          present a  reasonable  basis for its belief  that an audit in a lesser
          time  period  is  needed.  The  cost of such  audits  will be borne by
          Sherlock unless a payment discrepancy  unfavorable to Sherlock greater
          than or  equal  to ten  percent  (10%)  of the  amounts  owed  for any
          reporting  period  covered by the audit is  discovered,  in which case
          PLIC  shall  pay  the  costs  of the  audit  as  well  as any  payment
          deficiency  and  interest  thereon.  A copy  of  any  audit  shall  be
          submitted to PLIC.

15.  CONFIDENTIALITY

     15.1 Confidentiality  Information: For purposes of this Agreement, the term
          "Confidential  Information" shall mean all non-public information that
          a  Party  designates  as  being  confidential,  or  which,  under  the
          circumstance  of  disclosure  ought  to be  treated  as  confidential.
          Confidential  Information  includes,  without limitation,  information
          that  relates  to  research,  development,  trade  secrets,  know-how,
          product  development  plans,  inventions,   technical  data,  software
          programming, concepts, designs, procedures,  manufacture,  purchasing,
          accounting,   engineering,   marketing,   merchandising  and  selling,
          business plans or strategies,  customers, and information entrusted to
          a Party or its  principal  officers and  employees  by third  parties.
          Confidential  Information shall not include information that was known
          to a Party prior to  disclosure by the other Party,  information  that
          was independently discovered by the other Party by an employee with no
          exposure to the Confidential Information,  or information that becomes
          publicly available through no fault of the recipient.

     15.2 Obligation: Each Party agrees that for a period of five (5) years from
          the Effective  Date, it shall hold in strictest  confidence,  and will
          not use the Confidential  Information,  except as necessary to perform
          its obligations or exercise its rights under the Agreement. Each Party
          shall  disclose  Confidential  Information  only to its  employees and
          independent  contractors who have a need to know such  information for
          purposes of  performance  under this  Agreement  and who have executed
          confidentiality  agreements  with such Party  sufficient  to  prohibit
          unauthorized  use  and  disclosure  of  the  Confidential  Information
          disclosed. A Party shall not disclose the Confidential  Information of
          the other Party to any third Party without the prior  written  consent
          of the other Party.  If this  agreement is  terminated  for any reason
          either  party may not for a period of 36 months deal with any business
          or  company  that  was  introduced  to  the  other  party.  This  is a
          non-circumvention  agreement  and both  parties  agree  that they have
          considerable  expense in the  creation of these  contacts and that the
          other party has no rights to these  customers  or  merchants.  If this
          non-circumvention  is  violated  the  violator  would be liable  for a
          considerable loss to the other party.

     15.3 Exceptions:  The  confidentiality  provisions of this Section 12 shall
          apply to prohibit  disclosure of the Confidential  Information  except
          (i)  as  required  by  applicable  disclosure  laws;  or  (ii)  or  in
          connection with a court order requiring disclosure,  in which case the
          Party under order must provide  immediate  notice and cooperate in any
          attempt to quash such order.




                                      -15-
<PAGE>


     15.4 Return of Materials: Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement,
          each Party shall return to the other all drawings, blue prints, notes,
          memoranda,  specifications,  designs, devices, documents and any other
          material  containing or disclosing  any  confidential  or  proprietary
          information.


16.  WARRANTY, WARRANTY DISCLAIMER, INDEMNITY AND LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY

     16.1 Warranty:   PLIC  hereby  makes  the  following   representations  and
          warranties:

          (a)  PLIC has  issued  at  least  seven  hundred  and  fifty  thousand
               (750,000)  Rebate  Cards and  numbers  through the PLIC ISO's and
               affinity groups.  Varcom has just completed an online sign up and
               registration  system for these cards to get activated  online and
               is now in the process on  gathering  the names that relate to the
               numbers while activating these numbers when they sign on

          (b)  PLIC has signed up twenty-one  (21) Affinity  Groups and ISO's to
               participate  in its programs and these  affinity  groups claim to
               have approximately 12 million members.

          (d)  In the  year  prior  to the  Effective  Date,  discount  shopping
               members from all Affinity Groups have purchased approximately one
               hundred million dollars  (US$100,000,000) in gross sales worth of
               products,  not counting  membership  fees,  through such Affinity
               Group programs.  It is acknowledged  that these figures are given
               to PLIC from the  merchants  or the  affinity  group itself as an
               estimate.  PLIC cannot guarantee  accuracy of the amounts sold by
               these groups.

          (e)  PLIC's  has   established   "Tier  1  Supply   Agreements"   with
               approximately  eighty  (80)  merchants,  of those,  approximately
               three or four guarantee PLIC lowest prices.

          (f)  Of the eighty (80)  merchants  referenced in Section 16(e) above,
               all are POS merchants which belong to a buying consortium.

          (g)  Through  these  suppliers  PLIC  has  approximately  one  million
               (1,000,000) items that can be put into a data base format and put
               on to the Internet. It is acknowledged at this time PLIC only has
               about 100,000 items in the proper data base format and only 1,000
               digital pictures.

     16.2 Warranty  Disclaimer:  THE PARTIES  HEREBY  SPECIFICALLY  DISCLAIM ALL
          WARRANTIES,  EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY: (I)
          WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY; (II) WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
          PURPOSE; (III) WARRANTY ARISING FROM COURSE OF PERFORMANCE,  COURSE OF
          DEALING  OR  USAGE  OF  TRADE;   AND/OR  (IV)  WARRANTY  OF  TITLE  OR
          NONINFRINGEMENT.

     16.3 Sherlock  Indemnification:  Sherlock  will defend,  indemnify and hold
          PLIC harmless from any and all claims, losses,  liabilities,  damages,
          expenses and costs  (including  attorneys' fees and court costs) which
          result from a claim that the Sherlock  Site,  excluding  PLIC's Marks,
          infringes any third party Intellectual  Property Right,  provided that
          PLIC gives Sherlock  written notice of any such claim and Sherlock has
          the  right to  participate  in the  defense  of any such  claim at its
          expense.

     16.4 PLIC  Indemnification:  PLIC will defend,  indemnify and hold Sherlock
          harmless  from  any  and all  claims,  losses,  liabilities,  damages,
          expenses and costs (including attorneys' fees




                                      -16-
<PAGE>


          and  court  costs)  which  result  from a claim  that the PLIC  Sites,
          excluding  Sherlock's  Marks,  infringe  any third party  Intellectual
          Property  Right,  provided that Sherlock  gives PLIC written notice of
          any such claim and PLIC has the right to participate in the defense of
          any such claim at its expense.

     16.5 Limitation of Liability: EXCEPT FOR A BREACH OF THE LICENSE PROVISIONS
          IN SECTION 10 ABOVE OR A VIOLATION OF THE  CONFIDENTIALITY  PROVISIONS
          IN SECTION 12 ABOVE,  LIABILITY  ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE
          LIMITED TO DIRECT,  OBJECTIVELY  MEASURABLE  DAMAGES AND NEITHER PARTY
          SHALL HAVE ANY  LIABILITY  FOR ANY  INDIRECT OR  SPECULATIVE  DAMAGES,
          INCLUDING,  BUT NOT LIMITED TO  CONSEQUENTIAL,  INCIDENTAL AND SPECIAL
          DAMAGES,  SUCH AS LOSS OF USE,  BUSINESS  INTERRUPTIONS,  AND  LOSS OF
          PROFITS,  IRRESPECTIVE  OF WHETHER THE PARTY HAS ADVANCE NOTICE OF THE
          POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES.  THE PARTIES  ACKNOWLEDGE  THAT THESE
          LIMITATIONS  ON POTENTIAL  LIABILITIES  WERE AN  ESSENTIAL  ELEMENT IN
          SETTING CONSIDERATION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

     16.6 Liability  Cap:  EXCEPT  FOR A BREACH  OF THE  LICENSE  PROVISIONS  IN
          SECTION 13 ABOVE OR A VIOLATION OF THE  CONFIDENTIALITY  PROVISIONS IN
          SECTION 15 ABOVE,  NEITHER  PARTY'S TOTAL  LIABILITY  SHALL EXCEED THE
          AMOUNT HAVING ACTUALLY BEEN PAID BY SUCH PARTY TO THE OTHER UNDER THIS
          AGREEMENT.


17.  TERM AND TERMINATION

     17.1 Term: The term of this Agreement shall be perpetual, commencing on the
          Effective Date.

     17.2 Termination:  Either Party may terminate  this  Agreement for cause if
          the  other  Party  materially   breaches  any  obligation   hereunder,
          including  but not limited to any  failure to pay any amounts  owed by
          such  Party to the  other  Party or to the  other  Party's  Customers,
          Rebate Customers or Merchants;  provided that the non-breaching  Party
          must give thirty (30) days  written  notice  with the  opportunity  to
          cure. If after such thirty (30) day period,  the  breaching  Party has
          not substantially  remedied such breach or made good faith attempts to
          do  so,  then  the  non-breaching   Party  may  terminate  for  cause.
          Additionally, either Party may terminate this Agreement immediately if
          the other  Party:  (a) files or has filed  against  it a  petition  in
          bankruptcy,  (b) has a  receiver  appointed  to handle  its  assets or
          affairs,  (c) makes or attempts to make an  assignment  for benefit of
          creditors;  or (d) violates  the  confidentiality  provisions  of this
          Agreement.

     17.3 Continued  Marketing:  Upon expiration of the Agreement or termination
          for breach, the breaching Party agrees to provide to the non-breaching
          Party all  information,  authorization  and records  necessary for the
          non-breaching  Party to continue any joint  marketing  efforts,  under
          Section 8 above, that it desires to pursue.


18.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

     18.1 Notices:  All notices and requests in connection  with this  Agreement
          shall  be  deemed  given as of the day they  are  received  either  by
          messenger,   delivery  service,  or  in  the  mail,  postage  prepaid,
          certified or registered,  return receipt  requested,  and addressed as
          set forth above.




                                      -17-
<PAGE>


     18.2 Survival:  All of the  provisions in Sections 12 and 13, and any other
          provisions  that  expressly  survive,   shall  survive  expiration  or
          termination of this Agreement.  In addition,  upon  termination of the
          Agreement, the following provisions shall apply and survive:

          (a)  If  termination  occurs due to Sherlock  breach:  For a period of
               five (5) years  following  termination,  Sherlock  agrees that it
               shall  not  influence  or  approach  PLIC  employees,  suppliers,
               business partners,  Merchants,  Affinity Groups or Customers, or,
               start a competing rebate shopping club.

          (b)  If termination occurs due to PLIC breach:  PLIC agrees that for a
               period of five (5) years  following  termination,  PLIC shall not
               influence or approach  Sherlock  employees,  suppliers,  business
               partners, Merchants, Affinity Groups or Customers.

     18.3 Assignment: This agreement may not be assigned by either Party without
          requiring the prior written  consent of the other Party.  PLIC will be
          paid $150,000 upon the signing of this agreement for an ISO agreement.

     18.4 Force Majeure:  Neither Party shall be liable for any failure or delay
          in fulfilling  the terms of this Agreement due to fire,  strike,  war,
          civil unrest, terrorist action, government regulations, acts of Nature
          or other  causes  which are  unavoidable  in  nature  and  beyond  the
          reasonable control of the Party claiming force majeure. This provision
          shall not be construed as relieving  either Party from its  obligation
          to pay any sum due the other Party.

     18.5 Relationship:  In all matters relating to this Agreement, Sherlock and
          PLIC have  acted and shall  act as  independent  contractors.  Neither
          Party will represent that it has any authority to assume or create any
          obligation,  expressed or implied, on behalf of the other Party, or to
          represent  the  other  Party  as  agent,  employee,  or in  any  other
          capacity.  Neither  Party  shall  have any  obligation,  expressed  or
          implied, except as expressly set forth herein.

     18.6 Entire  Agreement:  This  Agreement  sets forth the  entire  Agreement
          between the Parties as it relates to the Shopping Sherlock mall. It is
          acknowledged  that an ISO agreement and a reciprocal  rebate agreement
          will also be signed to deal with the issuing of  membership  cards and
          setting up of the merchants.  This agreement  supersedes all prior and
          contemporaneous  proposals,  agreements,  and  representations  as  it
          relates to the mall whether  written or oral,  relating to the subject
          matter contained herein.  This Agreement may be changed only if agreed
          to in writing and signed by an authorized signatory of each Party.

     18.7 Severability: All rights and remedies, whether conferred hereunder, or
          by any other instrument or law will be cumulative and may be exercised
          singularly or concurrently. The failure of any Party to enforce any of
          the  provisions  hereof  shall not be  construed to be a waiver of the
          right of such Party thereafter to enforce such  provisions.  The terms
          and  conditions  stated  herein are declared to be  severable.  If any
          provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid,
          illegal or unenforceable, they shall be enforced to the maximum amount
          possible.  The validity,  legality and enforceability of the remaining
          provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

     18.8 Counterparts:  This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts,
          each of which shall be deemed an original,  but all of which  together
          shall constitute one and the same instrument.

     18.9 Governing  Law: Any claims arising under or relating to this Agreement
          shall be governed  by the  internal  substantive  laws of the State of
          Washington or federal courts




                                      -18-
<PAGE>


                  located  in  King  County,   Washington,   without  regard  to
                  principles  of  conflict  of  laws.  The  Parties  consent  to
                  jurisdiction  and venue in the state  and the  federal  courts
                  sitting in King County, Washington.


AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:


PLIC, INC.                                     SHOPPING SHERLOCK, INC.
By:  "Richard Stewart"                         By: "Richard Stewart"
Printed Name:  Richard Stewart                 Printed Name:  Richard Stewart
Title:  President                              Title:  Shareholder
Date:  February 4, 1999                        Date:  February 4, 1999


                                               SHOPPING SHERLOCK, INC.
                                               By: "Gary Becker"
                                               Printed Name:  Gary Becker
                                               Title:  Shareholder
                                               Date: February 4, 1999




                                      -19-






                                       Contractor Name: ------------------------
                          Effective Date: -------------, 19-- ("Effective Date")


                    INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR SERVICES AGREEMENT


THIS AGREEMENT is between SHOPPING  SHERLOCK INC., a Washington  corporation and
its  successors  or  assignees   ("Shopping  Sherlock  ")  and  the  undersigned
______________________________ (the "Contractor").

1. ENGAGEMENT OF SERVICES. Shopping Sherlock may from time to time issue Project
Assignment(s)  in the form  attached to this  Agreement as Exhibit A. Subject to
the terms of this Agreement, Contractor will, to the best of its ability, render
the  services set forth in Project  Assignment(s)  accepted by  Contractor  (the
"Project(s)") by the completion dates set forth therein. The manner and means by
which  Contractor  chooses to complete  the Projects  are in  Contractor's  sole
discretion  and control.  Contractor  agrees to exercise  the highest  degree of
professionalism, and to utilize its expertise and creative talents in completing
such Projects. In completing the Projects,  Contractor agrees to provide its own
equipment,  tools and other materials at its own expense. Shopping Sherlock will
make its  facilities  and  equipment  available to  Contractor  when  necessary.
Contractor  shall  perform the services  necessary to complete the Projects in a
timely and  professional  manner  consistent with industry  standards,  and at a
location, place and time which the Contractor deems appropriate.  Contractor may
not  subcontract  or otherwise  delegate its  obligations  under this  Agreement
without  Shopping  Sherlock 's prior written  consent.  [If  Contractor is not a
natural  person,  then before any  Contractor  employee or  consultant  performs
services in  connection  with this  Agreement,  the employee or  consultant  and
Contractor must have entered into a written agreement  expressly for the benefit
of Shopping Sherlock and containing provisions  substantially equivalent to this
section and to Section 4 below.]

2.  COMPENSATION.  Shopping  Sherlock  will pay  Contractor  a fee for  services
rendered  under  this  Agreement  as  set  forth  in the  Project  Assignment(s)
undertaken by  Contractor.  [Contractor  shall be  responsible  for all expenses
incurred in performing  services under this  Agreement.] or [Contractor  will be
reimbursed  for  any  reasonable   expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  the
performance  of  services  under  this  Agreement  provided  Contractor  submits
verification   of  such  expenses  as  Shopping   Sherlock  may  require.]  Upon
termination of this Agreement for any reason,  Contractor  will be paid fees and
expenses on a proportional basis as stated in the Project Assignment(s) for work
which  is  then  in  progress,  to and  including  the  effective  date  of such
termination.  Unless other terms are set forth in the Project  Assignment(s) for
work  which  is in  progress,  Shopping  Sherlock  will pay the  Contractor  for
services and will  reimburse the Contractor  for  previously  approved  expenses
within thirty (30) days of the date of Contractor's invoice.

3. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIP.  Contractor's relationship with Shopping
Sherlock will be that of an independent contractor and nothing in this Agreement
should be construed to create a partnership, joint venture, or employer-employee
relationship.  Contractor  is not the  agent  of  Shopping  Sherlock  and is not
authorized  to make any  representation,  contract,  or  commitment on behalf of
Shopping Sherlock . Contractor will not be entitled to any of the benefits which
Shopping Sherlock may make available to its employees,  such as group insurance,
profit-sharing or retirement benefits. Contractor will be solely responsible for
all tax returns and  payments  required to be filed with or made to any federal,
state,   provincial  or  local  tax  authority  with  respect  to   Contractor's
performance  of  services  and  receipt of fees under this  Agreement.  Shopping
Sherlock  will  regularly  report  amounts  paid to  Contractor  by filing  Form
1099-MISC  with the  Internal  Revenue  Service  and the  equivalent  forms with
Revenue  Canada  as  required  by  law.  Because  Contractor  is an  independent
contractor,  Shopping  Sherlock  will not  withhold or make  payments for social
security; make unemployment insurance or disability insurance contributions;  or
obtain worker's compensation insurance on Contractor's behalf. Contractor agrees
to accept  exclusive  liability  for  complying  with all  applicable  state and
federal laws governing self-employed individuals,  including obligations such as
payment  of taxes,  social  security,  disability  and other  contributions  and
similar taxes based on fees paid to  Contractor,  its agents or employees  under
this  Agreement.  Contractor  hereby  agrees to  indemnify  and defend  Shopping
Sherlock against any and all such taxes or  contributions,  including  penalties
and interest.  [Contractor is free to enter any contract to provide  services to
other business  entities,  except any contract which would induce  Contractor to
violate this Agreement.]

4.   TRADE SECRETS - INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.

     4.1  Proprietary  Information.  Contractor  agrees  during the term of this
Agreement and  thereafter  that it will take all steps  reasonably  necessary to
hold Shopping Sherlock 's Proprietary Information in trust and confidence,  will
not use  Proprietary  Information in any manner or for any purpose not expressly
set  forth  in


                                       1.

<PAGE>


this Agreement,  and will not disclose any such  Proprietary  Information to any
third party without first obtaining Shopping Sherlock 's express written consent
on a case-by-case basis. By way of illustration but not limitation  "Proprietary
Information"  includes  (a)  trade  secrets,   inventions,  mask  works,  ideas,
processes,  formulas,  source and object codes, data,  programs,  other works of
authorship,  know-how,  improvements,  discoveries,  developments,  designs  and
techniques  (hereinafter  collectively  referred  to as  "Inventions");  and (b)
information regarding plans for research,  development,  new products, marketing
and selling,  business  plans,  budgets and  unpublished  financial  statements,
licenses,  prices  and  costs,  suppliers  and  customers;  and (c)  information
regarding the skills and compensation of other employees of Shopping  Sherlock .
Notwithstanding  the other  provisions of this  Agreement,  nothing  received by
Contractor will be considered to be Shopping Sherlock Proprietary Information if
(1) it has been published or is otherwise  readily available to the public other
than by a breach  of this  Agreement;  (2) it has been  rightfully  received  by
Contractor from a third party without confidential limitations;  (3) it has been
independently  developed for  Contractor by personnel or agents having no access
to Shopping Sherlock Proprietary Information;  or (4) it was known to Contractor
prior to its first receipt from Shopping Sherlock .

     4.2 Third Party Information.  Contractor understands that Shopping Sherlock
has received and will in the future receive from third parties  confidential  or
proprietary  information  ("Third  Party  Information")  subject  to a  duty  on
Shopping  Sherlock 's part to maintain the  confidentiality  of such information
and use it only for certain limited  purposes.  Contractor  agrees to hold Third
Party  Information  in  confidence  and not to  disclose  to anyone  (other than
Shopping Sherlock personnel who need to know such information in connection with
their  work  for  Shopping  Sherlock  ) or to use,  except  in  connection  with
Contractor's  work for  Shopping  Sherlock  ,  Third  Party  Information  unless
expressly authorized in writing by an officer of Shopping Sherlock .

     4.3 No  Conflict of  Interest.  Contractor  agrees  during the term of this
Agreement  not to accept work or enter into a contract or accept an  obligation,
inconsistent or incompatible with Contractor's  obligations under this Agreement
or the scope of services  rendered for Shopping  Sherlock . Contractor  warrants
that to the best of its knowledge,  there is no other existing  contract or duty
on Contractor's  part  inconsistent  with this Agreement,  unless a copy of such
contract or a description  of such duty is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit
B.  Contractor  further  agrees not to disclose to Shopping  Sherlock , or bring
onto  Shopping  Sherlock 's  premises,  or induce  Shopping  Sherlock to use any
confidential  information that belongs to anyone other than Shopping Sherlock or
Contractor.

     4.4 Disclosure of Work Product.  As used in this Agreement,  the term "Work
Product"  means  any  Invention,  whether  or not  patentable,  and all  related
know-how, designs, mask works, trademarks,  formulae,  processes,  manufacturing
techniques,  trade secrets,  ideas, artwork,  software or other copyrightable or
patentable works.  Contractor agrees to disclose promptly in writing to Shopping
Sherlock , or any person  designated  by  Shopping  Sherlock , all Work  Product
which is solely or jointly conceived,  made, reduced to practice,  or learned by
Contractor in the course of any work performed for Shopping Sherlock  ("Shopping
Sherlock Work Product"). Contractor represents that any Work Product relating to
Shopping  Sherlock  's  business  or any  Project  which  Contractor  has  made,
conceived or reduced to practice at the time of signing this  Agreement  ("Prior
Work Product") has been  disclosed in writing to Shopping  Sherlock and attached
to this  Agreement  as Exhibit C. If  disclosure  of any such Prior Work Product
would  cause  Contractor  to  violate  any  prior   confidentiality   agreement,
Contractor understands that it is not to list such Prior Work Product in Exhibit
C but it will disclose a cursory name for each such invention,  a listing of the
party(ies)  to whom it  belongs,  and the fact that full  disclosure  as to such
Prior Work  Product  has not been made for that  reason.  A space is provided in
Exhibit C for such purpose.

     4.5 Ownership of Work Product.  Contractor shall specifically  describe and
identify  in Exhibit C all  technology  which (a)  Contractor  intends to use in
performing  under this  Agreement,  (b) is either owned solely by  Contractor or
licensed to Contractor with a right to sublicense and (c) is in existence in the
form of a writing or working  prototype prior to the Effective Date ("Background
Technology").  Contractor agrees that any and all Inventions conceived, written,
created  or first  reduced to  practice  in the  performance  of work under this
Agreement shall be the sole and exclusive property of Shopping Sherlock .

     4.6 Assignment of Shopping  Sherlock Work Product.  Except for Contractor's
rights in the Background Technology,  Contractor irrevocably assigns to Shopping
Sherlock all right, title and interest worldwide in and to the Shopping Sherlock
Work Product and all  applicable  intellectual  property  rights  related to the
Shopping  Sherlock  Work  Product,  including  without  limitation,  copyrights,
trademarks,  trade secrets, patents, moral rights, contract and licensing



                                       2.

<PAGE>


rights (the "Proprietary Rights"). Except as set forth below, Contractor retains
no rights to use the Shopping  Sherlock Work Product and agrees not to challenge
the validity of Shopping  Sherlock 's ownership  in the Shopping  Sherlock  Work
Product.   Contractor  hereby  grants  to  Shopping  Sherlock  a  non-exclusive,
royalty-free,  irrevocable  and  world-wide  right,  with  rights to  sublicense
through multiple tiers of sublicensees,  to reproduce, make derivative works of,
publicly perform, and publicly display in any form or medium,  whether now known
or later developed, distribute, make, use and sell Background Technology and any
Prior Work Product  incorporated  or used in the Shopping  Sherlock Work Product
for the purpose of developing and marketing  Shopping Sherlock products [but not
for the  purpose of  marketing  Background  Technology  or Prior  Work  Products
separate from Shopping Sherlock products].

     4.7 Waiver or Assignment of Other Rights.  If Contractor  has any rights to
the Shopping Sherlock Work Product that cannot be assigned to Shopping Sherlock,
Contractor  unconditionally  and  irrevocably  waives  the  enforcement  of such
rights,  and all  claims  and  causes  of action  of any kind  against  Shopping
Sherlock  with  respect to such  rights,  and agrees,  at  Shopping  Sherlock 's
request  and  expense,  to consent  to and join in any  action to  enforce  such
rights.  If Contractor has any right to the Shopping  Sherlock Work Product that
cannot be  assigned to Shopping  Sherlock  or waived by  Contractor,  Contractor
unconditionally  and irrevocably  grants to Shopping Sherlock during the term of
such rights, an exclusive,  irrevocable,  perpetual,  worldwide,  fully paid and
royalty-free  license,  with rights to  sublicense  through  multiple  levels of
sublicensees,  to reproduce,  create derivative works of,  distribute,  publicly
perform and  publicly  display by all means now known or later  developed,  such
rights.

     4.8 Assistance.  Contractor  agrees to cooperate with Shopping  Sherlock or
its  designee(s),  both  during  and  after the term of this  Agreement,  in the
procurement and maintenance of Shopping  Sherlock 's rights in Shopping Sherlock
Work  Product  and to  execute,  when  requested,  any  other  documents  deemed
necessary  by  Shopping  Sherlock  to carry out the  purpose of this  Agreement.
Contractor agrees to execute upon Shopping Sherlock 's request a signed transfer
of  copyright  to Shopping  Sherlock in the form  attached to this  Agreement as
Exhibit  D  for  all  Shopping   Sherlock  Work  Product  subject  to  copyright
protection,  including, without limitation,  computer programs, notes, sketches,
drawings and reports.

     4.9  Enforcement of Proprietary  Rights.  Contractor  will assist  Shopping
Sherlock in every proper way to obtain,  and from time to time  enforce,  United
States and foreign Proprietary Rights relating to Shopping Sherlock Work Product
in any and all  countries.  To that end  Contractor  will  execute,  verify  and
deliver such documents and perform such other acts  (including  appearances as a
witness) as Shopping  Sherlock may  reasonably  request for use in applying for,
obtaining,  perfecting,  evidencing,  sustaining and enforcing such  Proprietary
Rights and the assignment thereof. In addition,  Contractor will execute, verify
and deliver  assignments of such Proprietary  Rights to Shopping Sherlock or its
designee.  Contractor's  obligation to assist Shopping  Sherlock with respect to
Proprietary  Rights  relating to such Shopping  Sherlock Work Product in any and
all countries  shall  continue  beyond the  termination of this  Agreement,  but
Shopping  Sherlock shall  compensate  Contractor at a reasonable rate after such
termination  for the time actually  spent by Contractor at Shopping  Sherlock 's
request on such assistance.

     4.10 Execution of Documents.  In the event Shopping  Sherlock is unable for
any reason,  after reasonable  effort, to secure  Contractor's  signature on any
document  needed in  connection  with the  actions  specified  in the  preceding
sections 4.8 and 4.9,  Contractor  hereby  irrevocably  designates  and appoints
Shopping  Sherlock and its duly authorized  officers and agents as its agent and
attorney in fact, which appointment is coupled with an interest,  to act for and
in its behalf to execute, verify and file any such documents and to do all other
lawfully permitted acts to further the purposes of the preceding  paragraph with
the same legal force and effect as if executed by Contractor.  Contractor hereby
waives and  quitclaims  to Shopping  Sherlock any and all claims,  of any nature
whatsoever,  which  Contractor now or may hereafter have for infringement of any
Proprietary Rights assigned hereunder to Shopping Sherlock .

5. CONTRACTOR  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Contractor hereby represents and
warrants that (a) the Shopping Sherlock Work Product will be an original work of
Contractor  and any  third  parties  will  have  executed  assignment  of rights
reasonably  acceptable to Shopping  Sherlock ; (b) neither the Shopping Sherlock
Work Product nor any element thereof will infringe the Proprietary Rights of any
third  party;  (c) neither the  Shopping  Sherlock  Work Product nor any element
thereof will be subject to any restrictions or to any mortgages, liens, pledges,
security  interests,  encumbrances  or  encroachments;  (d) Contractor  will not
grant, directly or indirectly, any rights or interest whatsoever in the Shopping
Sherlock



                                       3.

<PAGE>


Work Product to third parties;  (e) Contractor has full right and power to enter
into and perform  this  Agreement  without the consent of any third  party;  (f)
Contractor will take all necessary  precautions to prevent injury to any persons
(including  employees  of Shopping  Sherlock ) or damage to property  (including
Shopping Sherlock 's property) during the term of this Agreement; and (g) should
Shopping  Sherlock  permit  Contractor  to  use  any  of  Shopping  Sherlock  's
equipment,  tools,  or  facilities  during  the  term  of this  Agreement,  such
permission  shall be gratuitous  and  Contractor  shall be  responsible  for any
injury to any person (including death) or damage to property (including Shopping
Sherlock 's property) arising out of use of such equipment, tools or facilities,
whether  or not such  claim  is  based  upon  its  condition  or on the  alleged
negligence of Shopping Sherlock in permitting its use.

6.  INDEMNIFICATION.  Contractor  will  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  Shopping
Sherlock , its  officers,  directors,  employees,  sublicensees,  customers  and
agents from any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, expenses and costs
(including  attorneys'  fees and  court  costs)  which  result  from a breach or
alleged breach of any  representation  or warranty of Contractor (a "Claim") set
forth in Section 5 of this  Agreement,  provided  that Shopping  Sherlock  gives
Contractor  written  notice of any such  Claim and  Contractor  has the right to
participate  in the defense of any such Claim at its  expense.  From the date of
written notice from Shopping Sherlock to Contractor of any such Claim,  Shopping
Sherlock shall have the right to withhold from any payments due Contractor under
this  Agreement  the amount of any defense  costs,  plus  additional  reasonable
amounts as security for Contractor's obligations under this Section 6.

Contractor,  at its sole cost and expense,  shall maintain appropriate insurance
with Commercial  General  Liability Broad Form Coverage,  including  Contractual
Liability, Contractor's Protective Liability and Personal Injury/Property Damage
Coverage in a combined single limit of not less than  $3,000,000.  A Certificate
of Insurance  indicating  such coverage shall be delivered to Shopping  Sherlock
upon request. The Certificate shall indicate that the policy will not be changed
or terminated  without at least ten (10) days' prior notice to Shopping Sherlock
, shall name  Shopping  Sherlock as an  additional  named insured and shall also
indicate that the insurer has waived its  subrogation  rights  against  Shopping
Sherlock .


7.   TERMINATION.

     7.1 Termination by Shopping Sherlock . Shopping Sherlock may terminate this
Agreement at its convenience for any reason and without any breach by Contractor
upon Ten (10) days' prior written  notice to Contractor.  Shopping  Sherlock may
also terminate this Agreement  immediately  and without prior notice in its sole
discretion upon Contractor's material breach of Section 4 and/or Section 7.3.

     7.2  Termination by Contractor.  Contractor may terminate this Agreement at
any time that there is no uncompleted  Project Assignment in effect upon fifteen
(15) days' prior written notice to Shopping Sherlock .

     7.3 Noninterference with Business. During and for a period of two (2) years
immediately following termination of this Agreement by either party,  Contractor
agrees not to  solicit  or induce any  employee  or  independent  contractor  to
terminate  or breach  an  employment,  contractual  or other  relationship  with
Shopping Sherlock .

     7.4 Return of Shopping Sherlock Property. Upon termination of the Agreement
or earlier as  requested  by  Shopping  Sherlock ,  Contractor  will  deliver to
Shopping  Sherlock  any  and all  drawings,  notes,  memoranda,  specifications,
devices,  formulas,  and documents,  together with all copies  thereof,  and any
other  material  containing  or disclosing  any Shopping  Sherlock Work Product,
Third Party  Information  or  Proprietary  Information  of  Shopping  Sherlock .
Contractor  further  agrees that any property  situated on Shopping  Sherlock 's
premises  and owned by Shopping  Sherlock ,  including  disks and other  storage
media, filing cabinets or other work areas, is subject to inspection by Shopping
Sherlock personnel at any time with or without notice.

8.   GOVERNMENT OR THIRD PARTY CONTRACTS.

     8.1  Government  Contracts.  In the event  that  Contractor  shall  perform
services  under this  Agreement in connection  with any  Government  contract in
which Shopping Sherlock may be the prime contractor or subcontractor, Contractor
agrees to abide by all laws,  rules and  regulations  relating  thereto.  To the
extent that any such law, rule or regulation requires that a provision or clause
be included in this Agreement,  Contractor  agrees that such provision or clause
shall be added to this  Agreement  and the same shall then become a part of this
Agreement.

     8.2 Security.  In the event the services of the  Contractor  should require
Contractor  to have  access to  Department  of Defense  (United  States)  and/or



                                       4.

<PAGE>


Ministry of Defence (Canada) classified  material,  or other classified material
in the possession of Shopping  Sherlock 's facility,  such material shall not be
removed  from  Shopping  Sherlock 's facility.  Contractor  agrees that all work
performed  under  this  Agreement  by  Contractor  which  involves  the  use  of
classified  material  mentioned  above shall be  performed  in a secure  fashion
(consistent  with  applicable law and regulations for the handling of classified
material) and only at Shopping Sherlock 's facility.

     8.3 Ownership. Contractor also agrees to assign all of its right, title and
interest  in and  to any  Work  Product  to a  Third  Party,  including  without
limitation the United States or Canada, as directed by Shopping Sherlock .


9.   GENERAL PROVISIONS.

     9.1  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  will be governed  and  construed  in
accordance with the laws of the State of Washington. Contractor hereby expressly
consents to the exclusive personal  jurisdiction of the state and federal courts
located  in  King  County,  Washington  for  any  lawsuit  filed  there  against
Contractor by Shopping Sherlock arising from or related to this Agreement.

     9.2  Severability.  In case any one or more of the provisions  contained in
this  Agreement  shall,  for  any  reason,  be held to be  invalid,  illegal  or
unenforceable in any respect,  such invalidity,  illegality or  unenforceability
shall not affect the other  provisions  of this  Agreement,  and this  Agreement
shall be construed as if such invalid,  illegal or  unenforceable  provision had
never been  contained  herein.  If moreover,  any one or more of the  provisions
contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad
as to duration,  geographical scope,  activity or subject, it shall be construed
by limiting and reducing it, so as to be  enforceable  to the extent  compatible
with the applicable law as it shall then appear.

     9.3 No Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by Contractor without
Shopping  Sherlock 's consent,  and any such attempted  assignment shall be void
and of no effect.

     9.4 Notices.  All notices,  requests  and other  communications  under this
Agreement  must be in writing,  and must be mailed by  registered  or  certified
mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested,  or delivered by hand to the
party to whom such notice is required or permitted to be given.  If mailed,  any
such notice will be  considered  to have been given five (5) business days after
it was mailed,  as evidenced  by the  postmark.  If delivered by hand,  any such
notice will be  considered to have been given when received by the party to whom
notice is given,  as  evidenced  by written and dated  receipt of the  receiving
party.  The mailing address for notice to either party will be the address shown
on the  signature  page of this  Agreement.  Either party may change its mailing
address by notice as provided by this section.

     9.5 [Legal Fees. If any dispute  arises between the parties with respect to
the matters  covered by this  Agreement  which leads to a proceeding  to resolve
such  dispute,  the  prevailing  party in such  proceeding  shall be entitled to
receive its reasonable  attorneys' fees,  expert witness fees and  out-of-pocket
costs  incurred in  connection  with such  proceeding,  in addition to any other
relief it may be awarded.]

     9.6  Injunctive  Relief.  A breach  of any of the  promises  or  agreements
contained in this Agreement may result in irreparable  and continuing  damage to
Shopping Sherlock for which there may be no adequate remedy at law, and Shopping
Sherlock is therefore  entitled to seek injunctive  relief as well as such other
and further relief as may be appropriate.

     9.7 Survival.  The following  provisions shall survive  termination of this
Agreement: Section 4, Section 5, Section 6 and Section 7.3.

     9.8 Export.  Contractor agrees not to export,  directly or indirectly,  any
United States or Canadian source technical data acquired from Shopping  Sherlock
or any products  utilizing  such data to countries  outside the United States or
Canada,  which export may be in violation  of United  States or Canadian  export
laws or regulations.

     9.9 Waiver.  No waiver by Shopping Sherlock of any breach of this Agreement
shall be a waiver of any preceding or succeeding  breach.  No waiver by Shopping
Sherlock of any right under this Agreement shall be construed as a waiver of any
other right.  Shopping  Sherlock shall not be required to give notice to enforce
strict adherence to all terms of this Agreement.

     9.10 Entire Agreement.  This Agreement is the final, complete and exclusive
agreement  of  the  parties  with  respect  to the  subject  matter  hereof  and
supersedes  and merges  all prior  discussions  between  Shopping  Sherlock  and
Contractor. No modification of



                                       5.

<PAGE>


or  amendment  to this  Agreement,  nor any  waiver  of any  rights  under  this
Agreement,  will be  effective  unless in writing  and signed by the party to be
charged.  The terms of this  Agreement will govern all Project  Assignments  and
services  undertaken by Contractor  for Shopping  Sherlock . In the event of any
conflict between this Agreement and a Project Assignment, the Project Assignment
shall control, but only with respect to the services set forth therein.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have caused this  Independent  Contractor
Services Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representative.


SHOPPING SHERLOCK INC.                  CONTRACTOR:


- ---------------------------             ---------------------------
(Printed Name)                          (Printed Name)


By: ---------------------------         By:  ---------------------------


Title: ---------------------------      Title: ---------------------------

Address: ---------------------------    Address: ---------------------------

- ------------------------------------    ------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------    ------------------------------------




                                       For copyright registration purposes only,
                                       Contractor must provide the following
                                       information:

                                       Date of Birth: --------------------

                             Nationality or Domicile: --------------------





                                       6.



<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT A

                               PROJECT ASSIGNMENT


              Services                               Milestones



Payment of Fees.  Fee will be: (cross out inapplicable provisions)

a fixed price for completion of $-------------

based on a rate per hour of $-------------

other, as follows: --------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------

     If this Project Assignment or the Independent Contractor Services Agreement
which  governs  it is  terminated  for any  reason,  fees will be paid based on:
(cross out inapplicable provisions)

contractor time spent:

the  proportion  of  the  deliverables  furnished  Shopping  Sherlock  Inc.,  as
determined by Shopping Sherlock Inc.:

other, as follows: --------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------

Expenses.  Shopping Sherlock Inc. will reimburse Contractor for the following
expenses:


- ---------------------------------------------------------------


NOTE:This  Project  Assignment  is  governed  by  the  terms  of an  Independent
     Contractor  Services Agreement in effect between Shopping Sherlock Inc. and
     Contractor.  In the  event  that any  item in this  Project  Assignment  is
     inconsistent  with that  Agreement,  the terms of this  Project  Assignment
     shall  govern,  but only with  respect  to the  services  set forth in this
     Project Assignment.


Signed: -----------------------------        Signed:----------------------------
        SHOPPING SHERLOCK INC.                      Contractor

Dated:  -----------------------------        Dated: ----------------------------




                                      A-1.


<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT B

                         CONFLICT OF INTEREST DISCLOSURE





















                                      B-1.


<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT C

                          PRIOR WORK PRODUCT DISCLOSURE

     1. Except as listed in Section 2 below, the following is a complete list of
all Prior Work  Products  that have been made or conceived  or first  reduced to
practice by Contractor  alone or jointly with others prior to its  engagement by
Shopping Sherlock Inc.:

     [ ]  No inventions or improvements.

     [ ]  See below:

          ----------------------------------------------------------------------

          ----------------------------------------------------------------------

          ----------------------------------------------------------------------

     [ ]  Additional sheets attached.

     2. Due to a prior confidentiality agreement, Contractor cannot complete the
disclosure  under  Section 1 above with respect to  inventions  or  improvements
generally listed below, the proprietary rights and duty of confidentiality  with
respect to which Contractor owes to the following party(ies):

<TABLE>

      Invention or Improvement               Party(ies)                    Relationship
<S>                                        <C>                             <C>

1.    ------------------------             -------------                   ------------

2.    ------------------------             -------------                   ------------

3.    ------------------------             -------------                   ------------
</TABLE>

     [ ]  Additional sheets attached.


                        BACKGROUND TECHNOLOGY DISCLOSURE

     The  following  is a list of all  Background  Technology  which  Contractor
intends to use in performing under this Agreement:

     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                      C-1.


<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT D

                             ASSIGNMENT OF COPYRIGHT



     For  good  and  valuable   consideration  which  has  been  received,   the
undersigned sells, assigns and transfers to Shopping Sherlock Inc., a Washington
corporation,  and  its  successors  and  assigns,  the  copyright  in and to the
following work, which was created by the following indicated author(s):

Title:  ---------------------------------

Author(s): ------------------------------

Copyright Office Identification No. (if any):  -----------------

and  all of the  right,  title  and  interest  of the  undersigned,  vested  and
contingent, therein and thereto.

     Executed this ----- day of ----------------------, 199--.

                                   Signature: ----------------------------------

                                   Printed Name: -------------------------------




                                                                    Exhibit 10.5



                 CONSULTING AGREEMENT FOR NON-TECHNICAL SERVICES

                        EFFECTIVE DATE: February 15, 1999


     THIS CONSULTING  AGREEMENT FOR NON-TECHNICAL  SERVICES (the "Agreement") is
made by and between  SHOPPING  SHERLOCK INC.  ("Shopping  Sherlock"),  a Florida
corporation,  and John C. Jones, an individual,  hereinafter  referred to as the
"Consultant".

     1.  Engagement  of Services.  Shopping  Sherlock may issue  Assignments  to
Consultant  ("Project  Assignment").  Subject  to the  terms of this  Agreement,
Consultant  will render the services  accepted by  Consultant  as defined in the
Project Assignment ( Exhibit A ) by the completion dates set forth therein.

     2. Compensation.  Shopping Sherlock will pay Consultant the fee of US$5,000
per month  commencing  on February 15th 1999 for services  rendered  pursuant to
this  Agreement.  Consultant  will be  reimbursed  only for  expenses  which are
expressly  provided for in a Project  Assignment  or which have been approved in
advance in writing by Shopping Sherlock,  provided Consultant has furnished such
documentation  for  authorized  expenses as  Shopping  Sherlock  may  reasonably
request.  Payment of Consultant's fees and expenses will be within 3 days of the
approval by the Chief Financial  Officer of such expenses and at the end of each
month for the fees, until the termination of such  Assignment.  Upon termination
of this  Agreement  for any  reason,  Consultant  will be paid fees on the basis
stated for work which has been completed.

     3.  Ownership  of Work  Product.  Consultant  hereby  agrees  to  assign to
Shopping  Sherlock  all right,  title and  interest  in and to any work  product
created by  Consultant,  or to which  Consultant  contributes,  pursuant to this
Agreement (the "Work Product"),  including all copyrights,  trademarks and other
intellectual property rights contained therein. Consultant agrees to execute, at
Shopping  Sherlock's  request and expense,  all documents and other  instruments
necessary to effectuate such assignment.  In the event that Consultant does not,
for any reason,  execute such  documents  within a  reasonable  time of Shopping
Sherlock's request,  Consultant hereby irrevocably appoints Shopping Sherlock as
Consultant's  attorney-in-fact  for the purpose of executing  such  documents on
Consultant's behalf, which appointment is coupled with an interest.

     4.  Artist's and Moral  Rights.  If  Consultant  has any rights,  including
without  limitation  "artist's  rights" or "moral  rights," in the Work  Product
which cannot be assigned,  Consultant agrees to waive  enforcement  worldwide of
such rights against Shopping Sherlock.

     5. Representations and Warranties. Consultant represents and warrants that:
(a) Consultant has the right and  unrestricted  ability to carry out the project
for  Shopping  Sherlock as set forth , and (b)  Consultant  agrees to  indemnify
Shopping  Sherlock from any and all damages,  costs,  claims,  expenses or other
liability (including reasonable attorneys' fees) arising from or relating to the
breach or alleged breach by Consultant of the representations and warranties set
forth in this Section 5.

     6. Independent  Contractor  Relationship.  Consultant's  relationship  with
Shopping  Sherlock  is that of an  independent  contractor,  and nothing in this
Agreement  is intended  to, or should be  construed  to,  create a  partnership,
agency,  joint  venture  or  employment  relationship.  Consultant  will  not be
entitled to any of the benefits  which  Shopping  Sherlock may make available to
its employees,  including,  but not limited to, group health or life  insurance,
profit-sharing or retirement benefits.  Consultant is not authorized to make any
representation,




<PAGE>


contract  or  commitment  on behalf of  Shopping  Sherlock  unless  specifically
requested or  authorized in writing to do so by a Shopping  Sherlock  authorised
person.  Consultant is solely responsible for, and will file, on a timely basis,
all tax returns and payments required to be filed with, or made to, any federal,
state or local tax  authority  with respect to the  performance  of services and
receipt of fees under this Agreement.  Consultant is solely responsible for, and
must maintain adequate records of, expenses incurred in the course of performing
services under this  Agreement.  No part of  Consultant's  compensation  will be
subject  to  withholding  by  Shopping  Sherlock  for the  payment of any social
security, federal, state or any other employee payroll taxes.

     7. Confidential Information.  Consultant agrees to hold Shopping Sherlock's
Confidential   Information  in  strict  confidence  and  not  to  disclose  such
Confidential  Information to any third parties.  "Confidential  Information"  as
used in this Agreement shall mean all information disclosed by Shopping Sherlock
to Consultant  that is not generally known in the Shopping  Sherlock's  trade or
industry and shall include, without limitation,  (a) concepts and ideas relating
to the development and  distribution of content in any medium or to the current,
future  and  proposed   products  or  services  of  Shopping   Sherlock  or  its
subsidiaries or affiliates; (b) trade secrets, drawings,  inventions,  know-how,
software  programs,  and software source  documents;  (c) information  regarding
plans for research,  development,  new service offerings or products,  marketing
and  selling,  business  plans,  business  forecasts,  budgets  and  unpublished
financial statements, licenses and distribution arrangements,  prices and costs,
suppliers and customers; (d) existence of any business discussions, negotiations
or agreements between the parties; and (e) any information  regarding the skills
and  compensation  of  employees,  contractors  or other  agents of the Shopping
Sherlock  or its  subsidiaries  or  affiliates.  Confidential  Information  also
includes  proprietary  or  confidential  information  of any third party who may
disclose such  information  to Shopping  Sherlock or Consultant in the course of
Shopping Sherlock's business. Consultant's obligations set forth in this Section
7 shall not apply with  respect to any portion of the  Confidential  Information
that  Consultant can document by competent  proof that such portion:  (a) was in
the public  domain at the time it was  communicated  to  Consultant  by Shopping
Sherlock;  (b)  entered  the  public  domain  through  no fault  of  Consultant,
subsequent to the time it was  communicated to Consultant by Shopping  Sherlock;
(c) was in  Consultant's  possession free of any obligation of confidence at the
time it was communicated to Consultant by Shopping Sherlock;  (d) was rightfully
communicated  to Consultant  free of any obligation of confidence  subsequent to
the  time it was  communicated  to  Consultant  by  Shopping  Sherlock;  (e) was
developed  by  employees or agents of  Consultant  independently  of and without
reference to any information communicated to Consultant by Shopping Sherlock; or
(f) was communicated by Shopping Sherlock to an unaffiliated third party free of
any obligation of  confidence.  In addition,  Consultant  may disclose  Shopping
Sherlock's  Confidential  Information in response to a valid order by a court or
other  governmental  body,  as  otherwise  required  by  law.  All  Confidential
Information  furnished  to  Consultant  by  Shopping  Sherlock  is the  sole and
exclusive  property of Shopping  Sherlock or its  suppliers or  customers.  Upon
request by Shopping Sherlock,  Consultant agrees to promptly deliver to Shopping
Sherlock, the original and any copies of such Confidential Information.

     8. No Conflict of Interest.  During the term of this Agreement,  Consultant
will not accept work,  enter into a contract,  or accept an obligation  from any
third party, inconsistent or incompatible with Consultant's obligations,  or the
scope  of  services  rendered  for  Shopping  Sherlock,  under  this  Agreement.
Consultant  warrants  that  there  is no  other  contract  or duty  on its  part
inconsistent  with  this  Agreement.  Consultant  agrees to  indemnify  Shopping
Sherlock  from any and all loss or  liability  incurred by reason of the alleged
breach by Consultant of any services agreement with any third party.




<PAGE>


     9. Term and Termination.

          9.1 Term.  The initial  term of this  Agreement is for six months from
the Effective  Date set forth above,  unless  earlier  terminated as provided in
this Agreement.  Thereafter,  this Agreement will  automatically  renew, for one
month terms,  unless Shopping Sherlock provides fifteen (15) days written notice
that the Agreement shall not renew.

          9.2  Termination  by Shopping  Sherlock.  Except  during the term of a
Project  Assignment,  Shopping  Sherlock may terminate  this  Agreement  with or
without  cause,  at any time upon  fifteen  (15) days  prior  written  notice to
Consultant.  Shopping  Sherlock also may terminate this Agreement or any Project
Assignment:  (i) upon thirty (30) days written notice in the event of a material
breach by Consultant of this Agreement or any Project Assignment, provided that,
such breach  remains  uncured at the end of such  thirty  (30) day period;  (ii)
immediately in its sole discretion upon Consultant's material breach of Sections
7 ("Confidential Information") or 10 ("Noninterference with Business"); or (iii)
upon sixty (60) days written notice.

          9.3  Survival.  The rights and  obligations  contained  in  Sections 3
("Ownership   of  Work   Product"),   4  ("Artist's   and  Moral   Rights"),   5
("Representations  and  Warranties"),  7  ("Confidential  Information")  and  10
("Noninterference  with Business") will survive any termination or expiration of
this Agreement.

     10. Noninterference with Business.  During this Agreement, and for a period
of two (2) years immediately following its termination, Consultant agrees not to
interfere  with the  business  of Shopping  Sherlock  in any  manner.  By way of
example and not of  limitation,  Consultant  agrees not to solicit or induce any
employee  or  independent  contractor  to  terminate  or breach  an  employment,
contractual or other relationship with Shopping Sherlock.

     11.  Successors and Assigns.  Consultant  may not  subcontract or otherwise
delegate its obligations under this Agreement without Shopping  Sherlock's prior
written  consent.  Subject  to the  foregoing,  this  Agreement  will be for the
benefit of Shopping  Sherlock's  successors and assigns,  and will be binding on
Consultant's assignees.

     12. Notices. Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in
writing and shall be delivered as follows with notice deemed given as indicated:
(i) by personal  delivery when delivered  personally;  (ii) by overnight courier
upon  written   verification   of  receipt;   (iii)  by  telecopy  or  facsimile
transmission upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission;  or (iv)
by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested,  upon verification of
receipt.  Notice  shall be sent to the  addresses  set forth below or such other
address as either party may specify in writing.

     13.  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the
laws of the United States of America and by the laws of the State of Washington,
as such laws are applied to agreements entered into and to be performed entirely
within Washington between Washington residents.

     14.  Severability.  Should any  provisions  of this  Agreement be held by a
court of law to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and
enforceability  of the  remaining  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall  not be
affected or impaired thereby.

     15. Waiver. The waiver by Shopping Sherlock of a breach of any provision of
this  Agreement by  Consultant  shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of
any other or subsequent breach by Consultant.

     16.  Injunctive  Relief for  Breach.  Consultant's  obligations  under this
Agreement are of a unique character that gives them particular value;  breach of
any of such  obligations  will result in irreparable  and  continuing  damage to
Shopping Sherlock for which there will be no adequate remedy at law; and, in the
event of such breach,  Shopping  Sherlock will be entitled to injunctive  relief
and/or a decree for specific  performance,  and such other and further relief as
may be proper (including monetary damages if appropriate).


<PAGE>


     17. Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  constitutes  the entire  agreement
between the parties  relating to this subject matter and supersedes all prior or
contemporaneous  oral or written agreements  concerning such subject matter. The
terms of this  Agreement  will govern all services  undertaken by Consultant for
Shopping Sherlock;  provided, however, that in the event of any conflict between
the  terms  of this  Agreement  and any  Project  Assignment,  the  terms of the
applicable Project Assignment will control but only with respect to the services
set forth  therein.  This  Agreement may only be changed by mutual  agreement of
authorized representatives of the parties in writing.


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date
first written above.

/s/ Richard Stewart                          "CONSULTANT"

Shopping Sherlock Inc.                        /s/ John Jones

Address: ---------------------------         Address: --------------------------

         ---------------------------                  --------------------------

Tel:     ---------------------------         Tel:     --------------------------

Fax:     ---------------------------         Fax:     --------------------------

By:      ---------------------------         By:      --------------------------

Name:    ---------------------------         Name:    --------------------------

Title:   ---------------------------         Title:   --------------------------



<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT A

                             PROJECT ASSIGNMENT # 1
              UNDER CONSULTING AGREEMENT FOR NON-TECHNICAL SERVICES

                             DATED: MARCH 12TH 1999

PROJECT:

Consultant shall render such services as Shopping Sherlock may from time to time
request  in  connection   with  the  general   administrative   activities   and
specifically the office of President, including, without limiting the generality
of the foregoing:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



SCHEDULE OF WORK:
The work will commence on February  15th 1999,  and shall be completed by August
31st 1999.

FEES AND REIMBURSEMENT:

A.   Fee: $US30,000.

B.   Reimbursement  for the  following,  as  approved  in  advance  by  Shopping
     Sherlock:

     1. Outside services at cost:

     2. Direct charges at cost:

     3. Travel and subsistence at cost:

     Consultant  shall  invoice  Shopping  Sherlock  monthly  for  services  and
     expenses and shall provide such reasonable  receipts or other documentation
     of expenses as Shopping  Sherlock might request,  including  copies of time
     records.

     Payment terms: net ten (10) days from receipt of invoice. Shopping Sherlock
     will be  invoiced  on the  twenty  first  day of each  month  for  services
     rendered and expenses incurred during the previous month.

C.   Maximum chargeable by Consultant on this Project Assignment,  including all
     items in paragraphs A and B above, is $33,000.





                                      B-1.

<PAGE>



IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Project Assignment as of the
date first written above.

"SHOPPING SHERLOCK"                           "CONSULTANT"

Shopping Sherlock Inc.                        ----------------------------------


By:      ---------------------------         By:      --------------------------

Name:    ---------------------------         Name:    --------------------------

Title:   ---------------------------         Title:   --------------------------

                                       3.



                                                                    Exhibit 10.6

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Technical University of BC

Telephone:  (604) 586-5225                            Facsimile:  (604) 586-5237

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              CONSULTANT AGREEMENT

This AGREEMENT effective and entered into as of the 1st day of April, 1999.

BETWEEN:
                  Technical University of British Columbia
                  a corporation duly continued under the Technical University of
                  British  Columbia  Act,  having an office at Suite 301 - 10334
                  152A Street,  Surrey,  British Columbia,  V3R 7P8 (hereinafter
                  referred to as "TechBC")

AND:
                  Shopping Sherlock Inc.
                  a company incorporated under the Florida Business Corporations
                  Act  and  having  an  office  at  5837  Pleasure  Point  Lane,
                  Bellevue,   WA  98006,   USA   (hereinafter   referred  to  as
                  "Sherlock"):

WHEREAS:

A.   Sherlock  wishes TechBC to perform  certain  consulting  duties outlined in
     Schedule A; and

B.   TechBC  is  willing  to  perform  such  consulting  duties on the terms and
     conditions set forth herein.

NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the promises and mutual covenants herein
contained, TechBC and Sherlock hereby agree to the following:

Article 1 - Consulting Work

In  consideration  for the payment  made  pursuant  to Article 3 herein,  TechBC
hereby covenants and agrees to provide a maximum of 520 hours of consulting work
to Sherlock, as described in Schedule A.

Article 2 - Principal Investigator

The Work shall be carried out by Dr. Jasbir  Dhaliwal  (herein after referred to
as "Principal  Investigator"),  Associate Professor at TechBC, or such alternate
as may be acceptable to Sherlock.

Article 3 - Payment and Records

Upon the signing of this Agreement,  Sherlock shall pay twelve (12) installments
of  CAN$5,113.33  on the  last day of each  consecutive  calendar  month  period
beginning on the date of the signing of this  Agreement  and ending  twelve (12)
months thereafter. These payments


<PAGE>


shall be paid in full whether or not the maximum of 520 hours of consulting work
to be provided by TechBC is fully exhausted by Sherlock.

Payments made by Sherlock are in consideration  for services  provided by TechBC
as  outlined in Schedule A  attached,  and  include  costs  relating to overhead
incurred by TechBC in  performing  the  services as well as local  travel of the
Principal Investigator in and around the premises of TechBC. The payments do not
cover  travel  and  living  expenses  relating  to  the  Principal  Investigator
performing services for Sherlock outside the Greater Vancouver region of British
Columbia.

TechBC will keep full, clear and accurate records in respect of hours worked and
will permit such records to be examined from time to time by Sherlock.

Article 4 - Method of Payment

The payments  stipulated in Article 3 hereof shall be paid by Sherlock by cheque
made payable to: Technical Universityof British Columbia.

Article 5 - Term

The present  Agreement  shall have an effective date of April 1, 1999, and shall
terminate on March 31,  2000.  This  Agreement  may be  terminated  prior to its
expiry by either party upon sixty (60) days written notice to the other party.

Article 6 - Amendments to Agreement

The terms  herein  stipulated  may not be modified in any way without the mutual
consent of the parties in writing.

Article 7 - Assignment

No right or  obligation  related to this  Agreement  shall be assigned by either
party without the prior written  permission of the other, such permission not to
be unreasonably withheld.  TechBC shall not subcontract any work to be performed
except as specifically set forth in this Agreement.

Article 8 - Confidentiality

Sherlock and TechBC may disclose  confidential  information  one to the other to
facilitate work unter this Agreement.  TechBC, the Principal  Investigator,  and
Sherlock  agree to keep  confidential  and not  disclose  to others  information
designated  as  "confidential"  and  supplied  by them for the  purpose  of this
Agreement.  The  parties  agree  to  advise  and  notify  the  other as to which
inormation disclosed, if any, constitutes confidential information.  All written
materials  disclosed shall be clearly marked as  "confidential",  while any oral
disclosures shall be followed by a written memorandum  outlining the information
disclosed and its confidential nature within ten (10) days of disclosure.


<PAGE>


Confidential  information  shall be  safeguarded  and not  disclosed  to  anyone
without a "need to know"  within  Sherlock or TechBC.  Each party shall  protect
such information from disclosure to third parties.

The obligation to keep confidential shall not apply to information which:

     (a)  is already known to the party to which it is disclosed;

     (b)  is or  becomes  part  of the  public  domain  without  breach  of this
          Agreement; and

     (c)  is  obtained  from  third  parties  which have no  obligation  to keep
          confidential such information to the contracting parties.

Unless  otherwise  agreed  to in  writing,  the  terms  and  conditions  of this
Agreement are confidential.  The obligation of confidentiality shall survive for
a period of five (5) years after the termination of this Agrement.

Article 9. - Warranty

TechBC  agrees  to  carry  out the  consulting  work  in  accordance  with  high
scientific and profeessional standards but does not promise success in achieving
any desired result. TechBC gives no warranty, express or implied, on the results
of the consulting work,  including without  limtation all implied  warranties or
conditions of merchantable  quality and fitness for a particular purpose and all
warranties arising from course of dealing and trade usage. TechBC, its employees
or agents  shall not be liable for any direct,  indirect,  special,  incidental,
consequential, or any other damage suffered by Sherlock or others resulting from
the advice or technical  knowledge  provided to Sherlock  under this  Agreement,
including without limitation damages for lost data or economic loss,  regardless
of the legal theory (including any negligence theory,  except in connection with
personal  injury or  property  damage),  even if TechBC has been  advised of the
possibility of such damage and even if arising from a fundamental breach.

Article 10 - Breach

No condoning,  excusing or overlooking by any party of any default,  breach,  or
non-observance  by another  at any time or times in  respect  of any  covenants,
provisos  or  conditions  of this  Agreement  shall  operate as a waiver of such
party's  rights under this  Agreement in respect of any continuing or subsequent
default, breach or non-observance, so as to defeat in any way the rights of such
party in respect of any such  continuing or subsequent  default or breach and no
waiver  shall be inferred  from or implied by  anything  done or omitted by such
party, save only an express waiver in writing.

No  exercise  of a specific  right or remedy by any party  precludes  it from or
prejudices  it in  exercising  another  right  or  pursuing  another  remedy  or
maintaining any action to which it may otherwise be entitled either at law or in
equity.

Article 11 - Notices

Notices under this Agreement  shall be sent by registered  mail,  return receipt
requested or  delivered  by hand,  return  receipt  requested  to the  following
address of either party unless



<PAGE>


changed by written notice. Notice may also be sent by facsimile. Any notice sent
by  facsimile  will  be  deemed  to have  been  received  one  clear  day  after
transmittal.

TechBC             Dr. Tom Calvert
                   Vice President Research & External Affairs
                   Technical University of British Columbia
                   Suite 301 - 10334 152A Street
                   Surrey, BC, V3R 7P8
                   Fax:  (604) 586-5237

Sherlock:          Ms. Raeanne Steele
                   Business Development & Marketing
                   Shopping Sherlock Inc.
                   5837 - Pleasure Point Lane
                   Bellevue, WA   98006, USA

Article 12 - Force Majeure

Neither party to this Agreement  shall be liable to the other for any failure or
delay in performance caused by circumstances  beyond its control,  including but
not limited to, acts of God, fire, labor difficulties, unusually severe weather,
or governmental action.

Article 13 - Entire Agreement

This  Agreement  shall  supersede  all prior  documents or  agreements,  whether
written or verbal, in respect of the subject matter thereof.

Article 14 - Choice of Law

This Agreement  shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws
of the Province of British Columbia.

Article 15 - Arbitration

It is the  intention  of the  parties to settle  any  dispute  relating  to this
Agreement  among  themselves,  but  if at any  time  during  the  term  of  this
Agreement,  or after its  termination,  any dispute  arises  between the parties
respecting  any matter  which they  cannot  settle  among  themselves,  then the
dispute will be settled by a single  arbitrator  appointed by agreement  between
both parties,  under the provisions of the Commercial  Arbitration  Act (British
Columbia)  and  the  rules  of the  British  Columbia  International  Commercial
Arbitration Center, as from time to time amended or substituted.  If the parties
cannot  agree on an  arbitrator  within 10 days  after  referral  of a matter to
arbitration,  then the  single  arbitrator  shall be  appointed  by the  British
Columbia  International  Commercial  Arbitration  Center.  The  decision  of the
arbitrator  will  be  final  and  binding  on  the  parties.  The  costs  of the
arbitration will be apportioned  between the parties, or against any one or more
of the parties, as the arbitrator may decide.



<PAGE>


Article 16 - Relationship of Parties

The relationship of TechBC and the Principle Investigator to Sherlock is that of
an independent  contractor  and nothing in this Agreement  shall be construed as
establishing  an agency,  partnership,  or employment  relationship  between the
parties.  Both TechBC and the  Principal  Investigator  are permitted to provide
services to others,  provided that these additional services are not in a direct
conflict of interest with Sherlock.

Article 17 - Severability

In the  event  that  any  part,  section,  paragraph  or  sub-paragraph  of this
Agreement shall be held to be indefinite, invalid, illegal or otherwise voidable
or  unenforceable,  the entire Agreement shall not fail on account thereof,  and
the balance of the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

Article 18 - Survival of Articles

The payment  obligations  of Sherlock  under Article 3, and the  obligations  of
Sherlock under Article 8 (Confidentiality),  9 (Warranty),  and 15 (Arbitration)
shall survive the  termination  of this  Agreement for any reason in addition to
those articles surviving by operation of Law.

IN WITNESS THEREOF, duly authorized officers of the Parties hereto have executed
duplicate copies of this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

SIGNED FOR AND ON BEHALF OF                 SIGNED FOR AND ON BEHALF OF
TECHBC by:                                  Sherlock by:
/s/ Dr. Tom Calvert                         /s/ Raeanne Steele
- ---------------------------------           ------------------------------------
Dr. Tom Calvert                             Ms. Raeanne Steele
Vice-President Research & External          Business Development & Marketing
Affairs                                     Date:  March 31, 1999

/s/ Dr. B. Sheeham
- ---------------------------------
Dr. B. Sheeham
President
Date:  31 March 1999


Acknowledged by Principal Investigator:

/s/ Dr. Jasbir Dhaliwal
- ---------------------------------
Dr. Jasbir Dhaliwal
Date:  31/3/99



<PAGE>


                                   Schedule A

The scope of work performed by TechBC is as follows:

1.   To provide strategic project management services designed to ensure clarity
     and integration in the business planning of Shopping Sherlock;

2.   to work with Shopping  Sherlock's  management  and  technical  personnel to
     ensure a  high-level  of  alignment  between  its  business  processes  and
     technology infrastructure;

3.   to   inject   independent   third-party   expertise   pertaining   to   the
     technological,  market and supply chain aspects of electronic commerce into
     the day-to-day evolution of the managerial thinking at Shopping Sherlock;

4.   to provide  proactive  leadership  and on-going  support to the  day-to-day
     management  function  at Shopping  Sherlock to ensure that it  successfully
     achieves its short-term  goals  focusing on developing  its  technological,
     marketing and operational capabilities in a timely manner; and

5.   to work with Shopping Sherlock  management to jointly prepare and implement
     a strategic  development plan that establishes short, medium, and long-term
     priorities  and  managerial  actions  that will be  required  for  Shopping
     Sherlock to move towards its organizational and operational vision.

It is  envisaged  that the  scope of work will  involve  Dr.  Jasbir  Dhaliwal's
participation in working with the Sherlock management team on:

1.   flushing out in great depth the details of the electronic business model;
2.   developing an action plan for developing the technology architecture;
3.   developing an appropriate set of processes for the business;
4.   undertaking technology evaluation and selection;
5.   developing data models and implementing systems specifications;
6.   developing service performance measures;
7.   establishing an appropriate supply changing strategy;
8.   project management of the systems development and roll-out effort;
9.   resource identification and organizational development; and
10.  developing an appropriate migration strategy that is scalable for growth.




                                                                   Exhibit 10.7


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     THIS  EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT  is made  this  24th  day of June,  1999  (this
"Agreement"),   between   Shopping   Sherlock,   Inc.  a  Delaware   corporation
("Employer"), and Philip Garratt ("Employee").

6                                    RECITALS

A.  Employer  desires to hire  Employee  and  Employee  wishes to be employed by
Employer.  In such  employment,  Employee  will be given access to  information,
which is  confidential  and proprietary to Employer and its Affiliates and vital
to their  business  operations.  For the  purposes  of the  Agreement,  the term
"Affiliate"  means any entity  currently  existing or subsequently  organized or
formed that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common
control with Employer,  whether through the ownership of voting  securities,  by
contract or otherwise.

B. Employee will receive  adequate  consideration  for executing and  delivering
this Agreement, including employment by Employer. Entry into this Agreement is a
condition of Employee's employment with Employer.

                                    AGREEMENT

     Based upon the consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained,  and
other good and valuable consideration,  the sufficiency and receipt of which are
hereby acknowledged, and in order to induce the Employer to employ Employee, the
parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment. Employer hereby agrees to employ Employee, and Employee agrees to
be employed by Employer in the capacity  identified  in Exhibit A. Employee will
report to the person identified at Exhibit A. Employee's basic  responsibilities
are set forth in Exhibit A,  although  Employee may be required to perform other
responsibilities  in addition to those  identified at Exhibit A. Employee's base
of operations shall be the Employer's  offices  identified at Exhibit A. Changes
may be made  from  time to time by  Employer,  in its  sole  discretion,  to the
duties, reporting relationship and title of Employee.  Employee shall devote all
of Employee's  work efforts to Employer.  Employee  shall comply with all rules,
policies  and  procedures  of Employer as modified  from time to time.  Employee
shall  perform all of Employee's  responsibilities  in a way that is in complete
compliance with all applicable laws.

2. Term of  Employment.  The employment is "at will," and the term of employment
shall be for no specific period of time and may be terminated by the Employer or
Employee at any time for any reason,  with or without cause,  in accordance with
the terms and conditions herein.

3. Compensation.  For the duration of Employee's employment,  the Employee shall
be paid an annual base salary ("Base Salary"),  as identified in Exhibit A. Base
Salary  shall be prorated  for the actual  period of  employment  and payable in
equal installments in accordance with Employer's normal payroll  practices,  and
shall be subject to appropriate deductions and withholding.
                                       1

<PAGE>


4. Other Benefits. Employee shall be entitled to participate in employee benefit
programs established by Employer, such as medical, pension,  disability and life
insurance  plans,  to the extent that  Employee is eligible for such benefits in
accordance with Employer's  policies,  as they may be changed from time to time.
Nothing in this  Agreement  requires  the  adoption or  maintenance  of any such
arrangements  or plans.  For the duration of  Employee's  employment  under this
Agreement,  Employee  shall  accrue  and  utilize  sick  leave and  vacation  in
accordance with the policies and procedures of Employer, as they may be modified
from time to time.  Employer shall  reimburse  Employee for reasonable  expenses
necessarily  incurred in the performance of Employee's duties in accordance with
Employer policies.  All expenses in excess of the amount identified at Exhibit A
must be approved in advance by Employee's supervisor.

5. Termination or Discharge by Employer.

5.1.1  For  Cause.  Employer  shall  have  the  right to  immediately  terminate
Employee's  services and this Agreement for cause.  "Cause" means:  any material
breach of this Agreement by Employee,  including, without limitation,  breach of
Employee's covenants in Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10; any failure to perform assigned
job  responsibilities  that continues without remedy for a period of thirty (30)
days after  written  notice to Employee by Employer;  conviction of a felony (or
its legal equivalent in any jurisdiction) or failure to contest  prosecution for
a  felony  (or its  legal  equivalent  in any  jurisdiction);  violation  of any
statute, rule or regulation, any of which in the judgment of Employer is harmful
to  Employer's  Business  (as  defined  herein)  or  to  Employer's  reputation;
unethical practices; dishonesty; disloyalty; or any reason that would constitute
cause under the laws of the State of  Washington  or any other  jurisdiction  in
which the Employee performs services hereunder.

5.1.2 Upon termination of Employee's  employment hereunder for cause or upon the
death or  disability  of Employee,  Employee will have no rights to any unvested
benefits or any other compensation or payments after the termination date or the
last day of the month in which  Employee's  death or  disability  occurred.  For
purposes of this  Agreement,  "disability"  means the incapacity or inability of
Employee,  whether due to accident,  sickness or  otherwise,  as determined by a
medical doctor acceptable to the Board of Directors of Employer and confirmed in
writing by such  doctor,  to  perform  the  essential  functions  of  Employee's
position  under  this  Agreement,   with  or  without  reasonable  accommodation
(provided that no accommodation  that imposes undue hardship on Employer will be
required)  for an aggregate of ninety (90) days during any period of one hundred
eighty (180) consecutive days.

5.2 Without Cause. If Employer terminates  Employee's  employment without cause,
Employer  shall provide  Employee with the amount of advance notice set forth as
minimum notice in Exhibit A ("Minimum Notice").  Alternatively,  and in the sole
discretion of Employer,  Employer may terminate  Employee's  employment  without
notice or with  notice less than the Minimum  Notice,  but in such a  situation,
Employer shall pay Employee the amount of Base Salary Employee would have earned
had Employee  remained  employed through the Minimum Notice period (based on the
Base  Salary  rate on the  termination  date),  less the  amount of Base  Salary
actually earned during the Minimum Notice period. Such payments shall be sent to
Employee in amounts  allocated  per pay period by mail on  Employer's  usual and
customary  paydays  and  shall be less  required  withholdings  and  deductions.
Employee  shall  have  no  rights  to  any  unvested  benefits  at the  time  of
termination or any other payments except as stated in this paragraph.



                                       2

<PAGE>


6. Termination by Employee.  Employee may terminate Employee's  employment under
this  Agreement for any reason  provided that Employee gives Employer the amount
of notice set forth as Minimum Notice in Exhibit A. In the event of such Notice,
Employee's  compensation  and benefits  hereunder  shall cease as of the date of
Employee's designated  termination date, except that Employer may accelerate the
termination  date to any date  determined  by Employer  after  which  Employee's
services would not be required.  In the event of termination by Employee,  there
shall be no further compensation beyond the termination date.

7. Covenant Not To Compete.  During the Restricted  Period defined in Exhibit A,
Employee covenants and agrees that Employee shall not:

     a. Directly, indirectly, or otherwise, own, manage, operate, control, serve
     as a consultant to, be employed by, participate in, or be connected, in any
     manner, with the ownership management, operation or control of any business
     which is competitive with any type of business which Employer is engaged in
     or  planned  to engage in at any time  during  Employee's  employment  with
     Employer up to and  including  the time of the  termination  of  employment
     ("Employer's Business");

     b. Hire,  offer to hire,  entice  away or in any other  manner  persuade or
     attempt to persuade any officer,  employee or agent of Employer to alter or
     discontinue his or her relationship with Employer;

     c. Directly or indirectly solicit,  divert, or attempt to solicit or divert
     any customers or business of Employer; or

     d. Directly or indirectly solicit,  divert, or in any other manner persuade
     or attempt to persuade any supplier or Employee to alter or discontinue its
     relationship with Employer.

7.1 For the purposes of this Section 7, Employer's  Business  includes,  without
limitation,  the  development  and operation of multiple  commerce  sites on the
Internet for the sale of products,  services,  and privileges over the Internet,
participating  and building a reciprocal  rebate program,  providing  e-commerce
services  to direct and  multi-level  marketing  companies  as well as  discount
warehouse companies,  and inventing or adapting any e-commerce systems necessary
to the operation of such sites.  Notwithstanding  Employee's  obligations  under
this Section 7, Employee shall be entitled to own, as a passive investor,  up to
five  percent  (5%)  of  any  publicly-traded  company  without  violating  this
provision.

7.2  Employer and Employee  agree that this  provision  does not impose an undue
hardship on Employee and is not injurious to the public;  that this provision is
necessary  to protect the valuable  goodwill and the business of Employer;  that
the nature of Employee's  responsibilities  with Employer  under this  Agreement
require  Employee to have access to confidential  information  which is valuable
and  confidential  to Employer's  Business;  that the scope of this Section 7 is
reasonable in terms of length of time; and that adequate  consideration supports
this Section 7.

7.3  Employee  recognizes  that  Employer has entered  into  strategic  alliance
agreements   with   partners,   vendors  and  clients   that   include   various
non-competition,  nondisclosure, and non-circumvention requirements and employee
agrees to uphold and abide by these agreements.



                                       3

<PAGE>


8. Confidential  Information.  Employee  recognizes that Employer's Business and
continued  success  depend  upon  the use and  protection  of  confidential  and
proprietary business information, including, without limitation, the information
and technology developed by or available through licenses to Employer related to
Employer's  Business,  to which Employee has access (all such information  being
"Confidential  Information").   For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  the  phrase
"Confidential  Information"  includes  for  Employer  and its  current or future
subsidiaries and affiliates, without limitation, and whether or not specifically
designated as  confidential  or  proprietary:  all business  plans and marketing
strategies;   information   concerning  existing  and  prospective  markets  and
customers; financial information;  information concerning the development of new
products and services;  and technical and non-technical data related to software
programs,  designs,  specifications,   compilations,  inventions,  improvements,
methods,  processes,  procedures and  techniques;  provided,  however,  that the
phrase does not include information that;

     (a) was  lawfully in  Employee's  possession  prior to  disclosure  of such
     information by Employer;
     (b) was, or at any time becomes,  available in the public domain other than
     through a violation of this Agreement;
     (c) is documented by Employee as having been developed by Employee  outside
     the scope of Employee's employment and independently; or
     (d) is  furnished to Employee by a third party not under an  obligation  of
     confidentiality  to  Employer.   Employee  agrees  that  during  Employee's
     employment  and after  termination  of  employment  irrespective  of cause,
     Employee will use Confidential Information only for the benefit of Employer
     and will not directly or indirectly use or divulge, or permit others to use
     or  divulge,  any  Confidential  Information  for  any  reason,  except  as
     authorized by Employer.
     (e)  Employee's  obligation  under this  Agreement  is in  addition  to any
     obligations Employee has under state, provincial or federal law.

8.1  Employee  agrees to deliver to Employer  immediately  upon  termination  of
Employee's  employment,  or at any time Employer so requests, all tangible items
containing any Confidential  Information  (including,  without  limitation,  all
memoranda,   photographs,   records,  reports,  manuals,  drawings,  blueprints,
prototypes,  notes taken by or provided to Employee,  and any other documents or
items of a confidential belonging to Employer), together with all copies of such
material in Employee's possession or control.

8.2 Employee  agrees that in the course of Employee's  employment with Employer,
Employee  will not violate in any way the rights that any entity has with regard
to  trade  secrets  or  proprietary  or  confidential  information.   Employee's
obligations  under this Section 8 are  indefinite  in term and shall survive the
termination of this Agreement.

9. Work  Product  and  Copyrights.  Employee  agrees  that all right,  title and
interest in and to all  products,  materials and  documents  resulting  from the
performance of Employee's  duties at Employer and all copies thereof,  including
works in  progress,  in  whatever  media,  (the  "Work"),  will be and remain in
Employer  upon  their  creation.  Employee  will mark all Work  with  Employer's
copyright or other proprietary notice as directed by Employer.  Employee further
agrees:

9.1 To the extent  that any  portion of the Work  constitutes  a work able to be
protected under the copyright laws of the United States (the  "Copyright  Law"),
that all such Work  will be  considered  a "work  made for hire" as such term is
used and defined in the Copyright Law and that Employer will be


                                       4

<PAGE>


considered  the "author" of such portion of the Work and the sole and  exclusive
owner throughout the world of copyright therein; and

9.2 If any  portion  of the Work does not  qualify  as a "work made for hire" as
such term is used and defined in the Copyright Law, that Employee hereby assigns
and agrees to assign to  Employer,  without  further  consideration,  all right,
title and interest in and to such Work or in any such portion thereof  including
without limitation any copyright,  trade secret, trademark, trade dress, service
mark or other  proprietary  interest  therein and further  agrees to execute and
deliver to Employer,  upon  request,  appropriate  assignments  of such Work and
copyright and other rights therein and such other  documents and  instruments as
Employer may request to fully and completely  assign such Work and copyright and
other rights therein to Employer,  its successors or nominees, and that Employee
hereby  appoints  Employer as  attorney-in-fact  to execute and deliver any such
documents on Employee's behalf in the event Employee should fail or refuse to do
so within a reasonable period following Employer's request.

10.  Inventions  and  Patents.  For  purposes  of this  Agreement,  "Inventions"
includes,   without   limitation,   information,   inventions,    contributions,
improvements,  ideas,  or  discoveries,  whether they are able to be patented or
not,  and whether or not  conceived or made during work hours.  Employee  agrees
that  all  Inventions  conceived  or made  by  Employee  during  the  period  of
employment  with Employer  belong to Employer,  provided they relate directly to
the business of the Employer, or relate to the employer's actual or demonstrably
anticipated research and development, or result from work performed by Employer.
Accordingly, Employee will:

10.1 Make adequate  written  records of such  Inventions,  which records will be
Employer's property; and

10.2 Assign to Employer,  at its request,  any rights  Employee may have to such
Inventions for the U.S. and all foreign countries;

10.3 Waive and agree not to assert any moral rights Employee may have or acquire
in any  Inventions  and agree to provide  written  waivers  from time to time as
requested by Employer;  and assist Employer (at Employer's expense) in obtaining
and  maintaining  patents  or  copyright  registrations  with  respect  to  such
Inventions.

10.4  Employee  understands  and  agrees  that  Employer  or its  designee  will
determine,  in its sole and  absolute  discretion,  whether an  application  for
patent  will be  filed  on any  Invention  that  is the  exclusive  property  of
Employer,  as set forth above, and whether such an application will be abandoned
prior to issuance of a patent.  Employer will pay to Employee,  either during or
after the term of this  Agreement,  the  following  amounts if  Employee is sole
inventor, or Employee's  proportionate share if Employee is joint inventor: $750
upon filing of the initial application for patent on such Invention;  and $1,500
upon  issuance  of a patent  resulting  from such  initial  patent  application,
provided Employee is named as an inventor in the patent.

10.5 Employee further agrees that Employee will promptly  disclose in writing to
Employer  during  the  term of  Employee's  employment  and  for  one  (1)  year
thereafter,  all Inventions whether developed during the time of such employment
or thereafter  (whether or not Employer has rights in such  Inventions)  so that
Employee's  rights and Employer's  rights in such  Inventions can be determined.
Except  as set  forth on the  initialed  Exhibit  B to this  Agreement,  if any,
Employee  represents  and warrants  that Employee has no  Inventions,  software,
writings or other works of authorship useful to Employer in the normal course


                                       5

<PAGE>


of Employer's Business, which were conceived,  made or written prior to the date
of this Agreement and which are excluded from the operation of this Agreement.

     NOTICE:  In accordance  with Washington law, this Section 10 does not apply
     to Inventions for which no equipment,  supplies,  facility, or trade secret
     information  of  Employer  was used and which  was  developed  entirely  on
     Employee's own time,  unless: (a) the Invention relates (i) directly to the
     business  of  Employer  or  (ii)  to  Employer's   actual  or  demonstrably
     anticipated research or development,  or (b) the Invention results from any
     work performed by Employee for Employer.

11.  Remedies.  Notwithstanding  other  provisions of this  Agreement  regarding
dispute resolution, Employee agrees that Employee's violation of any of Sections
7,  8,  9 or 10 of  this  Agreement  would  cause  Employer  or  its  Affiliates
irreparable harm which would not be adequately  compensated by monetary damages,
and  that  an  injunction   may  be  granted  by  any  court  or  courts  having
jurisdiction,   restraining  Employee  from  violation  of  the  terms  of  this
Agreement,  upon any breach or threatened  breach of Employee of obligations set
forth in any of  Sections  7, 8, 9 or 10. The  preceding  sentence  shall not be
construed to limit Employer or its  Affiliates  from any other relief or damages
to which  it may be  entitled  to as a result  of  Employee's  violation  of any
obligation owed Employer under law or provision of this Agreement, including any
of Sections 7, 8, 9 or 10.

12. Dispute Resolution.  Except with regard to the right of Employer or Employee
to commence any judicial action or proceeding to obtain injunctive  relief,  and
to the greatest extent  permitted by law, any  controversy,  claim or dispute of
whatever  nature  arising  out of or relating to this  Agreement,  whether  such
controversy,  claim or dispute is based upon statute, contract, tort, common law
or otherwise, and whether such controversy, claim or dispute existed prior to or
arises after the date of this Agreement (any such controversy,  claim or dispute
being a "Dispute"),  shall be resolved in  accordance  with the  procedures  set
forth in this  Section  12,  which  procedures  will be the  sole and  exclusive
procedures  for the  resolution  of any Disputes.  Matters to be resolved  under
these  procedures also include claims and disputes  arising out of statutes such
as Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, the Age  Discrimination in Employment Act,
and  the  Washington   Law  against   Discrimination   or  similar   statues  in
jurisdictions  in which the Employee  performs  services  under this  agreement.
Nothing in this provision is intended to restrict  Employee from  submitting any
matter to an administrative agency with jurisdiction over such matter.

12.1  Compliance  with Employer  Policy.  Employee and Employer will make a good
faith attempt to resolve all disputes in accordance with any dispute  resolution
policy  adopted by Employer  before  resorting to any other  dispute  resolution
procedure.

12.2 Mediation.  Employer and Employee will make a good faith attempt to resolve
any and all claims and disputes not resolved in accordance  with Section 12.1 by
submitting  them  to  mediation  in  Seattle,  Washington  before  resorting  to
arbitration  or any other  dispute  resolution  procedure.  The mediation of any
claim or dispute must be conducted in accordance with the then-current  American
Arbitration  Association ("AAA") national rules for the resolution of employment
disputes by mediation, by a mediator who has had both training and experience as
a mediator of general employment and commercial  matters. If the parties to this
agreement cannot agree on a mediator,  then the mediator will be selected by the
AAA in accordance with the criteria  described in this provision.  Within thirty
(30) days after the selection of the  mediator,  Employer and Employee and their
respective attorneys will meet with the mediator for one mediation session of at
least four hours. If the claim or dispute cannot be



                                       6


<PAGE>


settled during such mediation  session or mutually  agreed  continuation  of the
session,  either  Employer or Employee may give the mediator and the other party
to the  claim or  dispute  written  notice  declaring  the end of the  mediation
process.  All  discussions  connected  with  this  mediation  provision  will be
confidential  and treated as  compromise  and  settlement  discussions.  Nothing
disclosed in such discussions,  which is not independently discoverable,  may be
used for any purpose in any later proceeding.

12.3  Arbitration.  If any claim or dispute has not been  resolved in accordance
with Section 12.1 and Section 12.2, then the claim or dispute will be determined
by arbitration in Seattle,  Washington,  in accordance with the then-current AAA
national rules for the resolution of employment disputes by arbitration,  except
as  modified  herein.  The  arbitration  will  be  conducted  by a sole  neutral
arbitrator  who has had both training and experience as an arbitrator of general
employment and commercial matters and who is and for at least ten (10) years has
been,  a partner,  a  shareholder,  or a member in a law firm.  If Employer  and
Employee cannot agree on an arbitrator,  then the arbitrator will be selected by
the AAA applying the criteria in this  provision.  No person who has served as a
mediator  under  the  mediation  provision,  however,  may  be  selected  as the
arbitrator for the same claim or dispute. Reasonable discovery will be permitted
and the  arbitrator  may decide any issue as to discovery.  The  arbitrator  may
decide  any issue as to whether  or as to the  extent to which,  any  dispute is
subject to the dispute  resolution  provisions in Section 12 and the  arbitrator
may award any relief  permitted by law. The arbitrator must base the arbitration
award on the  provisions  of Section 12 and  applicable  law and must render the
award in writing,  including an  explanation  of the reasons for the award.  Any
court having  jurisdiction of the matter may enter judgment upon the award,  and
the  decision  of the  arbitrator  will be final and  binding.  The  statute  of
limitations  applicable  to the  commencement  of a  lawsuit  will  apply to the
commencement of arbitration under Section 12.3.

12.4  Reasonable  attorneys'  fees  incurred  in  any  Dispute  relating  to the
interpretation   or  enforcement  of  this  Agreement   shall  be  paid  by  the
non-prevailing party to such Dispute.

13.  Insider  Trading  Compliance.  Employee  agrees to abide by the  employer's
insider trading compliance program as set forth in Exhibit C.

14.  Disclosure.  Employee  agrees to reveal the terms of this  Agreement to any
future employer or potential  employer of Employee and authorizes  Employer,  at
its election, to make such disclosure.

15.  Representation  of Employee.  Employee  represents and warrants to Employer
that  Employee  is free to enter  into  this  Agreement  and has no  commitment,
arrangement  or  understanding  to or with any party  which  restrains  or is in
conflict  with  Employee's  performance  of the  covenants,  services and duties
provided for in this  Agreement.  Employee shall not violate any obligation owed
to any other party, including former employees, and shall not violate any rights
that any  third  party  has with  regard  to  proprietary  information  or trade
secrets.  Employee agrees to indemnify  Employer and to hold it harmless against
any and all  liabilities or claims arising out of breach of this  representation
and warranty.

16. Assignability.  During Employee's  employment hereunder,  this Agreement may
not be  assigned  by either  party  without  the  written  consent of the other;
provided,  however,  that Employer may assign its rights and  obligations  under
this Agreement to a successor by sale, merger or liquidation,  if such successor
carries on Employer's  business  substantially  in the form in which it is being
conducted at the time of the sale, merger or liquidation.



                                       7

<PAGE>


17.  Right of Set-off.  By  accepting  this  Agreement,  Employee  consents to a
deduction from any amounts  Employer owes Employee from time to time  (including
amounts  owed to Employee as wages or other  compensation,  or vacation  pay, as
well as any other  amounts owed to Employee by  Employer),  to the extent of the
amounts  Employee  owes  Employer.  Whether or not  Employer  elects to make any
set-off in whole or in part,  if  Employer  does not recover by means of set-off
the full amount Employee owes it, calculated as set forth above, Employee agrees
to pay immediately the unpaid balance to Employer.

18.  Notices.  Any notice  required or permitted to be given  hereunder shall be
sufficient if in writing,  by  registered or certified  mail, to Employee at the
address  set forth at Exhibit A, or to the  President  of  Employer  at Shopping
Sherlock,  Inc., 11201 S.E. 8th Street,  Suite 152, Bellevue,  WA, 98004. Notice
shall be deemed to have been given on the third day after deposit into the mail.
Notices to the Employee,  may, at the discretion of Employer,  alternatively  be
hand delivered to Employee.

19.  Severability.  In the  event  that  any  provision  of  this  Agreement  or
compliance  by any of the parties  with any  provision of this  Agreement  shall
constitute a violation of any law,  unenforceable  or void, then such provision,
to the extent only that it is in violation of law, void or unenforceable,  shall
be  deemed   modified  to  the  extent   necessary  so  that  it  is  no  longer
unenforceable,  void  or in  violation  of  law.  If  such  modification  is not
possible,  said provision, to the extent that it is in violation of law, void or
unenforceable,  shall be deemed severable from the remaining  provisions of this
Agreement, which provisions shall remain binding on the parties.

20.  Entire  Agreement.  This  instrument  contains the entire  agreement of the
parties,  and it may be changed only by an  agreement  in writing  signed by the
party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, extension or
discharge is sought,  and any such  modification will be signed by the President
of Employer.

21. Governing Law. The validity,  construction and performance of this Agreement
shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington  without  regard to the
conflicts of law provisions of such laws.

22. Other. The waiver by Employer of a breach of any provision of this Agreement
by Employee  shall not  operate or be  construed  as a waiver of any  subsequent
breach  by  Employee.  Affiliates  of  Employer  are and  shall  be  third-party
beneficiaries of this Agreement.



EMPLOYER                                   EMPLOYEE



- ----------------------------               ----------------------------------
By: Patrick McGrath                        Philip Garratt
Its: CFO
Date:  June 24, 1999                       Date: -----------------




                                       8


<PAGE>


                        Exhibit A to Employment Agreement


Name of Employee:  Philip Garratt

Position:  CEO

Title of position to whom employee reports: Board of Directors

Basic responsibilities.

Minimum Hours:  40 Hours per week.


Base salary:            U.S. $10,000

Options:                The company plans to grant 150,000 options to individual

Expense limit without
 prior approval:        U.S. $3,000

Minimum Notice:         One month

Restricted Period:      The Restricted Period shall be the period of one year
following the termination of Employee's employment with Employer for any reason.

Place of notice to Employee.

- ----------------------------

- ----------------------------

EMPLOYER                                   EMPLOYEE



- ----------------------------               ----------------------------------
By: Patrick McGrath                        Philip Garratt
Its: CFO
Date:  June 24, 1999                       Date: -----------------





                                       9

<PAGE>


                        Exhibit B to Employment Agreement


Employee  represents  and warrants  that Employee has no  Inventions,  software,
writings,  artistic works, audiovisual works or other works of authorship useful
to Employer in the normal course of Employer's  Business,  which were conceived,
made or written prior to the date of this  Agreement and which are excluded from
the operation of this Agreement.

List exemptions:













Initials of Employee: -----------






                                       10

<PAGE>


                        Exhibit C to Employment Agreement


                           INSIDER TRADING COMPLIANCE


SHOPPING SHERLOCK INC.
UPDATED INSIDER TRADING COMPLIANCE - PROGRAM
As at June 22nd 1999


Adopted: June 22, 1999
Exhibits Updated: June 22, 1999

In order to continue its active role in the prevention of any question regarding
insider trading violations by its officers, directors,  employees,  shareholders
and other related  individuals,  to alter that role as necessary and appropriate
in light of the Company's  increased  size and publicly  traded  status,  and to
ensure  that  its  policies  continue  to  be  in  accordance  with  the  latest
developments  in the law, the Company has adopted the  policies  and  procedures
described in this  Memorandum  Effective  as of the date set forth above.  These
policies  and  procedures  are  regularly  updated  and  posted to the  Shopping
Sherlock Intranet under "Legal".

I.   Adoption of Insider Trading Policy.

The Company has adopted the Shopping Sherlock Insider Trading Policy attached as
Exhibit  A (the  "Policy"),  which  prohibits  trading  while in  possession  of
Material  Nonpublic   Information  regarding  the  Company.  The  Policy  covers
officers, directors,  shareholders and all other employees of, or consultants or
contractors  to, the Company,  as well as family  members of such  persons,  and
other persons who have or may have access to Material Nonpublic Information. The
Policy  (and/or a summary  thereof is to be delivered to all new  employees  and
consultants upon the commencement of their  relationships with the Company,  and
is to be circulated to all personnel at least annually.

II.  Designation of Certain Persons.

A. Section 16 Individuals.  The Company has determined that those persons listed
on Exhibit B attached hereto are the persons  currently subject to the reporting
and liability  provisions of Section 16 of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended  (the  "Exchange  Act"),  and the rules and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder  ("Section 16  Individuals").  Exhibit B will be amended and -updated
from time to time as  appropriate  to include an updated list of  directors  and
officers and  shareholders  who  beneficially own more than 10% of the Company's
common stock.

B. Other  Restricted  Persons.  The Company has  determined  that those  persons
listed on Exhibit C attached  hereto,  together with the Section 16  Individuals
listed  on  Exhibit  are  currently  subject  to the pre  clearance  requirement
described in Section IV below.  The Company believes that those persons have, or
are likely to have, regular access to Material Nonpublic Information.  Exhibit C
may be amended from time to time. Under special  circumstances,  certain persons
not listed on Exhibit-C may have access to Material Nonpublic  Information for a
period of time.  During such  period,  such  persons are also subject to the pre
clearance procedure described in Section IV.


                                       11


<PAGE>


III. Appointment of Compliance Officer.

The Company  designates  its CFO as the  Company's  Insider  Trading  Compliance
Officer.

IV.  Duties of Compliance Officer.

The  duties of the  Compliance  Officer  include,  but are not  limited  to, the
following:

A. Pre  clear all  transactions  involving  the  Company's  securities  by those
individuals  listed on Exhibits B and C in order to define  compliance  with the
Policy,  insider  trading  laws,  Section  16 of the  Exchange  Act and Rule 144
promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

B.  Coordinate  preparation  and filing of Section 16 reports (Forms 3, 4 and 5)
for all Section 16 Individuals.

C. Serve as the  designated  recipient at the Company of copies of reports filed
with the SEC by Section 16 Individuals under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

D. Perform periodic  cross-checks of available materials which may include Forms
3, 4 and 5, Form 144,  officers'  and  directors'  questionnaires,  and  reports
received from the Company's stock administrator and transfer agent, to determine
trading  activity  by  officers,  directors  and others  who access to  Material
Nonpublic Information.

E. Circulate the Policy (and/or a summary  thereof) to all employees,  including
Section 16  Individuals,  on an annual  basis,  and provide the Policy and other
appropriate  materials to new  officers,  directors  and others who have, or may
have, access to Material Nonpublic Information.

F. Assist the Company's Board of Directors with implementation of the Policy and
Sections I and II of this memorandum.

G. Coordinate with Company counsel regarding compliance with Rule 144 sales.

Attachments:

Exhibit "A" - Insider Trading Policy
Exhibit "B" - List of Section 16 insiders







                                       12


<PAGE>


EXHIBIT "A"


SHOPPING SHERLOCK INC.

INSIDER  TRADING POLICY and Guidelines  with Respect to Certain  Transactions in
Company Securities

This Policy  provides  guidelines to  employees,  officers and directors of, and
consultants  and  contractors  to,  SHOPPING  SHERLOCK INC. (the "Company") with
respect to transactions' in the Company's securities.

APPLICABILITY OF POLICY

This policy applies to all transactions in the Company's  securities,  including
Common Stock,  options for Common Stock and any other securities the Company may
issue from time to time,  such as  preferred  stock,  warrants  and  convertible
debentures, as well as to derivative securities relating to the Company's stock,
whether  or not  issued by the  Company,  such as  exchange-traded  options.  It
applies to all officers of the Company,  all members of the  Company's  Board of
Directors, and all employees of, and consultants and contractors to, the Company
and its  subsidiaries.  This group of people when in receipt of or having access
to Material  Nonpublic  Information  (as defined  below)  regarding the Company,
along with members of their immediate  families and members of their households,
are sometimes referred to in this Policy as "Insiders". This Policy also applies
to any person who receives Material Nonpublic Information from any insider.

Any person who possesses Material Nonpublic Information regarding the Company is
an Insider for so long as the  information is not publicly  known.  Any employee
can be an Insider from time to time, and would at those times be subject to this
Policy.

GENERAL POLICY

It is the policy of the  Company to oppose the  unauthorized  disclosure  of any
Material Nonpublic  Information  regarding the Company acquired in the workplace
or otherwise  and the misuse of Material  Nonpublic  Information  in  securities
trading.

SPECIFIC POLICIES

1. Trading on Material Nonpublic Information.  No director,  officer or employee
of, or consultant or contractor to, the Company,  and no member of the immediate
family  or  household  of any  such  person,  shall  engage  in any  transaction
involving a purchase or sale of the Company's securities, including any offer to
purchase or offer to sell, during any period commencing with the date that he or
she possesses Material Nonpublic Information  concerning the Company, and ending
at the close of business on the second  Trading Day following the date of public
disclosure of that information, or at such time as such nonpublic information is
no longer material.  As used herein,  the term "Trading Day" shall mean a day on
which national stock exchanges and the NASDAQ Stock Market are open for trading.

2. Tipping. No Insider shall disclose ("tip") Material Nonpublic  Information to
any other person  (including  family members) where such information may be used
by such person to his or her profit by


                                       13

<PAGE>


trading in the securities of companies to which such  information  relates,  nor
shall such Insider or related person make recommendations or express opinions on
the basis of  Materials  Nonpublic  Information  as to trading in the  Company's
securities.

3. Confidential of Nonpublic Information.  Nonpublic information relating to the
Company is the property of the Company and the  unauthorized  disclosure of such
information is forbidden.


POTENTIAL CRIMINAL AND CIVIL LIABILITY AND/OR DISCIPLINARY ACTION

1. Liability for Insider  Trading.  Insiders may be subject to  disgorgement  of
profits  (or  losses  avoided)  (trebled  in  some  cases),  penalties  of up to
$1,000,000  and up to ten  years in jail for  engaging  in  transactions  in the
Company's  securities at a time when they have  knowledge of Material  Nonpublic
Information regarding the Company.

2. Liability for Tipping.  Insiders may also be liable for improper transactions
by any person  (commonly  referred to as a "tippee") to whom they have disclosed
nonpublic   information  regarding  the  Company  or  to  whom  they  have  made
recommended or expressed opinions on the basis of such information as to trading
in the Company's securities.  The Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC")
has imposed large penalties even when the disclosing  person did not profit from
the  trading.  The SEC, the stock  exchanges  and the  National  Association  of
Securities Dealers, Inc. use sophisticated electronic surveillance techniques to
uncover insider trading.

3.  Possible  Disciplinary  Actions.  Employees  of the Company who violate this
policy shall also be subject to  disciplinary  action by the  Company,  which my
include ineligibility for future participation in the Company's equity incentive
plan or immediate termination of employment.

GUIDELINES

1.  Recommended  Trading  Window-  To ensure  compliance  with this  Policy  and
applicable  federal and state  securities  laws,  the Company  requires that all
directors, officers, employees, consultants and contractors having access to the
Company's internal financial statements or other Material Nonpublic  Information
refrain  from  conducting  transactions  involving  the  purchase or sale of the
Company's  securities  other than  during the  following  period  (the  "Trading
Window"):

Trading  Window:  The period in any fiscal  quarter  commencing  at the close of
business two full Trading Days  following  the date of public  disclosure of the
financial  results for the prior fine quarter or year and ending on the last day
of the second fiscal month of the fiscal quarter.

The safest period for trading in the Company's securities,  assuming the absence
of  Material  Nonpublic  Information,  is  generally  the  first ten days of the
Trading Window.  Periods other than the Trading Window are more highly sensitive
for  transactions in the Company's stock from the perspective of compliance with
applicable securities laws. This is due to the fact that officers, directors and
certain other employees will, as any quarter progresses,  be increasingly likely
to possess Material  Nonpublic  Information about the expected financial results
for the quarter.

The  purpose  behind  the  recommended  Trading  Window is to help  establish  a
diligent effort to avoid any improper transaction.  An Insider may choose not to
follow this suggestion, but he or she should be


                                       14

<PAGE>


particularly  careful with respect to trading outside the Trading Window,  since
the Insider  may,  at such time,  have access to (or later be deemed to have had
access to) Material  Nonpublic  Information  regarding,  among other things, the
Company's anticipated financial performance for the quarter.

It should be noted that even  during the  Trading  Window any person  possessing
Material Nonpublic  Information  concerning the Company should not engage in any
transactions in the Company's  securities  until such information has been known
publicly  for at least two Trading  Days.  Although the Company may from time to
time  recommend  during a Trading  Window  that  directors,  officers,  selected
employees  and  others  suspend  trading  because of  developments  known to the
Company and not yet disclosed to the public,

each person is  individually  responsible at all times for  compliance  with the
prohibitions against insider trading. Trading in the Company's securities during
the Trading  Window should not be considered a "safe harbor," and all directors,
officers and other persons should use good judgment at all times.


2. Pre  clearance of Trades.  The Company has  determined  that all officers and
directors  of  the  Company   should  refrain  from  trading  in  the  Company's
securities,  even during the Trading  Window,  without first  complying with the
Company's "Pre clearance" process.  Each officer and director should contact the
Company's  Insider Trading  Compliance  officer prior to commencing any trade in
the Company's securities.

The Company may also find it necessary, from time to time, to require compliance
with  the  pre  clearance  process  from  certain  employees,   consultants  and
contractors other than and in addition to officers and directors.

3. No Short Sales or Options  Trading.  The Company  requires that all officers,
directors,  employees,  consultants and contractors refrain from engaging in any
short sale of the  Company's  securities  or any purchase or sale of put or call
options involving the Company's securities.

4. Trading in Stock of Customers and  Suppliers.  The Company  requires that all
officers, directors, employees, consultants and contractors refrain from trading
in the  securities  of customers,  suppliers or other third party  entities with
whom the  Company has a business  relationship  at a time that such person is in
possession  of material  non public  information  concerning  the issuer of such
securities obtained through the Company's relationship with such other entity.

5.  Individual  Responsibility.  Every  officer,  director  and employee has the
individual  responsibility  to comply with this Policy against insider  trading,
regardless  of whether  the  Company has  recommended  a trading  window to that
Insider or any other  Insiders of the Company.  The guidelines set forth in this
Policy are guidelines  only,  and  appropriate  judgment  should be exercised in
connection with any trade in the Company's securities.

An Insider may, from time to time, have to forego, a proposed transaction in the
Company's  securities even if he or she planned to make the  transaction  before
learning  of the  Material  Nonpublic  Information  and even  though the Insider
believes he or she may suffer an economic loss or forego  anticipated  profit by
waiting.


                                       15

<PAGE>


APPLICABILITY OF POLICY TO INSIDE INFORMATION
REGARDING OTHER COMPANIES

This policy and the guidelines described herein also apply to Material Nonpublic
Information  relating to other  companies,  including the  Company's  customers,
vendors,  suppliers or acquisition candidates ("business  partners"),  when that
information  is obtained in the course of  employment  with,  or other  services
performed on behalf of, the Company.  Civil and  penalties,  and  termination of
employment,  may  result  from  trading  on  inside  information  regarding  the
Company's business partners.

All employees should treat Material  Nonpublic  information  about the company's
business  partners  with the same care  required  with  respect  to  information
related directly to the Company.

DEFINITION OF MATERIAL N0N PUBLIC INFORMATION

It is not possible to define all  categories of material  information.  However,
information  should be regarded as material if there is a reasonable  likelihood
that it would be  considered  important  to an investor in making an  investment
decision regarding the purchase or sale of the Company's securities.

While it may be difficult  under this standard to determine  whether  particular
information  is material there are various  categories of  information  that are
particularly  sensitive  and, as a general  rule,  should  always be  considered
material.
Examples of such information may include:

Financial results
Projections of future earnings or losses
News of a pending or proposed merger
News of a pending or proposed significant acquisition
News of the disposition of a subsidiary
Impending bankruptcy or financial liquidity problems
Gain or loss of a substantial customer or supplier
Changes in dividend policy
New product announcements of a significant nature
Significant product defects or modifications Significant pricing changes
Stock  splits
New equity or debt offerings
Major acquisitions
Significant litigation exposure due to actual or threatened litigation
Major changes in senior management
Either positive or negative information may be material.
Non public information is information that has not been previously  disclosed to
the general public and is otherwise not readily available to the general public.

CERTAIN EXPECTATIONS

For purposes of this Policy,  the Company considers that the exercise of a stock
option for cash under the Company's stock option plans or the purchase of shares
under the Company's employee stock purchase


                                       16

<PAGE>


plan (but not the sale of any such shares) is exempt from this Policy, since the
other party to the transaction is the Company itself and the price does not vary
with the market but is fixed by the terms of the option agreement or the plan.

Further,  the Company  does not believe  that  employees,  officers or directors
should  ordinarily  be  prohibited  from making  bonafide  gifts and  charitable
donations  outside the Trading  Window in  situations  where there is no unusual
activity or other reason to believe  that a  transaction  would be  particularly
risky.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION - DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Directors  and  officers  of the Company  must also  comply  with the  reporting
obligations and limitations on short-swing  transactions set forth in Section 16
of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  The  practical  effect of
these  provisions  is that  officers  and  directors  who  purchase and sell the
Company's  securities within a six-month period must disgorge all profits to the
Company whether or not they bad knowledge of any Material Nonpublic Information.
Under these  provisions,  and so long as certain other criteria are met, neither
the receipt of an option trader the Company's  option plan,  nor the exercise of
that option nor the receipt of stock under the Company's employee stock purchase
plan is deemed a purchase under Section 16; however, the sale of any such shares
is a sale under Section 16.

Moreover,  no officer or  director  may ever make a short sale of the  Company's
stock. The Company has provided,  or will provide,  separate memoranda and other
appropriate  materials to its officers and directors  regarding  compliance with
Section 16 and its related rules.

INQUIRIES
Please direct your  questions as to any of the matters  discussed in this Policy
to the Company's Insider Trading Compliance officer.



                                       17

<PAGE>


EXHIBIT "B"

DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND SHAREHOLDERS SUBJECT TO SECTION 16
         As of June 22, 1999


Directors:

Richard Stewart
Jasbir Dhaliwal
Philip Garratt
Raeanne Steele
Mitchell Eggers

Officers:

      TITLE                                                  NAME
      -----                                                  ----

1.    President and Chief Executive Officer                  Philip Garratt

2.    Chief Financial Officer/Secretary                      Patrick McGrath

3.    Chief Technology Officer                               Jan Walter

4.    Chief Operating Officer                                Mitchell Eggers

5.    Executive Vice President of Sales and Marketing        Raeanne Steele

Shareholders:

Premier Lifestyles International Corporation (PLIC)

                                       18





                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     THIS  EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT  is made  this  24th  day of June,  1999  (this
"Agreement"),   between   Shopping   Sherlock,   Inc.  a  Delaware   corporation
("Employer"), and Mitchell Eggers ("Employee").

                                    RECITALS

A.  Employer  desires to hire  Employee  and  Employee  wishes to be employed by
Employer.  In such  employment,  Employee  will be given access to  information,
which is  confidential  and proprietary to Employer and its Affiliates and vital
to their  business  operations.  For the  purposes  of the  Agreement,  the term
"Affiliate"  means any entity  currently  existing or subsequently  organized or
formed that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common
control with Employer,  whether through the ownership of voting  securities,  by
contract or otherwise.

B. Employee will receive  adequate  consideration  for executing and  delivering
this Agreement, including employment by Employer. Entry into this Agreement is a
condition of Employee's employment with Employer.

                                    AGREEMENT

     Based upon the consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained,  and
other good and valuable consideration,  the sufficiency and receipt of which are
hereby acknowledged, and in order to induce the Employer to employ Employee, the
parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment. Employer hereby agrees to employ Employee, and Employee agrees to
be employed by Employer in the capacity  identified  in Exhibit A. Employee will
report to the person identified at Exhibit A. Employee's basic  responsibilities
are set forth in Exhibit A,  although  Employee may be required to perform other
responsibilities  in addition to those  identified at Exhibit A. Employee's base
of operations shall be the Employer's  offices  identified at Exhibit A. Changes
may be made  from  time to time by  Employer,  in its  sole  discretion,  to the
duties, reporting relationship and title of Employee.  Employee shall devote all
of Employee's  work efforts to Employer.  Employee  shall comply with all rules,
policies  and  procedures  of Employer as modified  from time to time.  Employee
shall  perform all of Employee's  responsibilities  in a way that is in complete
compliance with all applicable laws.

2. Term of  Employment.  The employment is "at will," and the term of employment
shall be for no specific period of time and may be terminated by the Employer or
Employee at any time for any reason,  with or without cause,  in accordance with
the terms and conditions herein.

3. Compensation.  For the duration of Employee's employment,  the Employee shall
be paid an annual base salary ("Base Salary"),  as identified in Exhibit A. Base
Salary  shall be prorated  for the actual  period of  employment  and payable in
equal installments in accordance with Employer's normal payroll  practices,  and
shall be subject to appropriate deductions and withholding.


4. Other Benefits. Employee shall be entitled to participate in employee benefit
programs established by Employer, such as medical, pension,  disability and life
insurance plans, to the extent that



                                       1


<PAGE>


Employee is eligible for such benefits in accordance with  Employer's  policies,
as they may be changed from time to time. Nothing in this Agreement requires the
adoption or maintenance of any such  arrangements or plans.  For the duration of
Employee's  employment  under this Agreement,  Employee shall accrue and utilize
sick leave and  vacation in  accordance  with the  policies  and  procedures  of
Employer,  as they may be modified from time to time.  Employer shall  reimburse
Employee for  reasonable  expenses  necessarily  incurred in the  performance of
Employee's duties in accordance with Employer  policies.  All expenses in excess
of the amount  identified at Exhibit A must be approved in advance by Employee's
supervisor.

5.   Termination or Discharge by Employer.

5.1.1  For  Cause.  Employer  shall  have  the  right to  immediately  terminate
Employee's  services and this Agreement for cause.  "Cause" means:  any material
breach of this Agreement by Employee,  including, without limitation,  breach of
Employee's covenants in Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10; any failure to perform assigned
job  responsibilities  that continues without remedy for a period of thirty (30)
days after  written  notice to Employee by Employer;  conviction of a felony (or
its legal equivalent in any jurisdiction) or failure to contest  prosecution for
a  felony  (or its  legal  equivalent  in any  jurisdiction);  violation  of any
statute, rule or regulation, any of which in the judgment of Employer is harmful
to  Employer's  Business  (as  defined  herein)  or  to  Employer's  reputation;
unethical practices; dishonesty; disloyalty; or any reason that would constitute
cause under the laws of the State of  Washington  or any other  jurisdiction  in
which the Employee performs services hereunder.

5.1.2 Upon termination of Employee's  employment hereunder for cause or upon the
death or  disability  of Employee,  Employee will have no rights to any unvested
benefits or any other compensation or payments after the termination date or the
last day of the month in which  Employee's  death or  disability  occurred.  For
purposes of this  Agreement,  "disability"  means the incapacity or inability of
Employee,  whether due to accident,  sickness or  otherwise,  as determined by a
medical doctor acceptable to the Board of Directors of Employer and confirmed in
writing by such  doctor,  to  perform  the  essential  functions  of  Employee's
position  under  this  Agreement,   with  or  without  reasonable  accommodation
(provided that no accommodation  that imposes undue hardship on Employer will be
required)  for an aggregate of ninety (90) days during any period of one hundred
eighty (180) consecutive days.

5.2 Without Cause. If Employer terminates  Employee's  employment without cause,
Employer  shall provide  Employee with the amount of advance notice set forth as
minimum notice in Exhibit A ("Minimum Notice").  Alternatively,  and in the sole
discretion of Employer,  Employer may terminate  Employee's  employment  without
notice or with  notice less than the Minimum  Notice,  but in such a  situation,
Employer shall pay Employee the amount of Base Salary Employee would have earned
had Employee  remained  employed through the Minimum Notice period (based on the
Base  Salary  rate on the  termination  date),  less the  amount of Base  Salary
actually earned during the Minimum Notice period. Such payments shall be sent to
Employee in amounts  allocated  per pay period by mail on  Employer's  usual and
customary  paydays  and  shall be less  required  withholdings  and  deductions.
Employee  shall  have  no  rights  to  any  unvested  benefits  at the  time  of
termination or any other payments except as stated in this paragraph.



                                       2


<PAGE>


6. Termination by Employee.  Employee may terminate Employee's  employment under
this  Agreement for any reason  provided that Employee gives Employer the amount
of notice set forth as Minimum Notice in Exhibit A. In the event of such Notice,
Employee's  compensation  and benefits  hereunder  shall cease as of the date of
Employee's designated  termination date, except that Employer may accelerate the
termination  date to any date  determined  by Employer  after  which  Employee's
services would not be required.  In the event of termination by Employee,  there
shall be no further compensation beyond the termination date.

7. Covenant Not To Compete.  During the Restricted  Period defined in Exhibit A,
Employee covenants and agrees that Employee shall not:

     a. Directly, indirectly, or otherwise, own, manage, operate, control, serve
     as a consultant to, be employed by, participate in, or be connected, in any
     manner, with the ownership management, operation or control of any business
     which is competitive with any type of business which Employer is engaged in
     or  planned  to engage in at any time  during  Employee's  employment  with
     Employer up to and  including  the time of the  termination  of  employment
     ("Employer's Business");

     b. Hire,  offer to hire,  entice  away or in any other  manner  persuade or
     attempt to persuade any officer,  employee or agent of Employer to alter or
     discontinue his or her relationship with Employer;

     c. Directly or indirectly solicit,  divert, or attempt to solicit or divert
     any customers or business of Employer; or

     d. Directly or indirectly solicit,  divert, or in any other manner persuade
     or attempt to persuade any supplier or Employee to alter or discontinue its
     relationship with Employer.

7.1 For the purposes of this Section 7, Employer's  Business  includes,  without
limitation,  the  development  and operation of multiple  commerce  sites on the
Internet for the sale of products,  services,  and privileges over the Internet,
participating  and building a reciprocal  rebate program,  providing  e-commerce
services  to direct and  multi-level  marketing  companies  as well as  discount
warehouse companies,  and inventing or adapting any e-commerce systems necessary
to the operation of such sites.  Notwithstanding  Employee's  obligations  under
this Section 7, Employee shall be entitled to own, as a passive investor,  up to
five  percent  (5%)  of  any  publicly-traded  company  without  violating  this
provision.

7.2  Employer and Employee  agree that this  provision  does not impose an undue
hardship on Employee and is not injurious to the public;  that this provision is
necessary  to protect the valuable  goodwill and the business of Employer;  that
the nature of Employee's  responsibilities  with Employer  under this  Agreement
require  Employee to have access to confidential  information  which is valuable
and  confidential  to Employer's  Business;  that the scope of this Section 7 is
reasonable in terms of length of time; and that adequate  consideration supports
this Section 7.

7.3  Employee  recognizes  that  Employer has entered  into  strategic  alliance
agreements   with   partners,   vendors  and  clients   that   include   various
non-competition,  nondisclosure, and non-circumvention requirements and employee
agrees to uphold and abide by these agreements.



                                       3


<PAGE>


8. Confidential  Information.  Employee  recognizes that Employer's Business and
continued  success  depend  upon  the use and  protection  of  confidential  and
proprietary business information, including, without limitation, the information
and technology developed by or available through licenses to Employer related to
Employer's  Business,  to which Employee has access (all such information  being
"Confidential  Information").   For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  the  phrase
"Confidential  Information"  includes  for  Employer  and its  current or future
subsidiaries and affiliates, without limitation, and whether or not specifically
designated as  confidential  or  proprietary:  all business  plans and marketing
strategies;   information   concerning  existing  and  prospective  markets  and
customers; financial information;  information concerning the development of new
products and services;  and technical and non-technical data related to software
programs,  designs,  specifications,   compilations,  inventions,  improvements,
methods,  processes,  procedures and  techniques;  provided,  however,  that the
phrase does not include information that;

     (a) was  lawfully in  Employee's  possession  prior to  disclosure  of such
     information by Employer;

     (b) was, or at any time becomes,  available in the public domain other than
     through a violation of this Agreement;

     (c) is documented by Employee as having been developed by Employee  outside
     the scope of Employee's employment and independently; or

     (d) is  furnished to Employee by a third party not under an  obligation  of
     confidentiality  to  Employer.   Employee  agrees  that  during  Employee's
     employment  and after  termination  of  employment  irrespective  of cause,
     Employee will use Confidential Information only for the benefit of Employer
     and will not directly or indirectly use or divulge, or permit others to use
     or  divulge,  any  Confidential  Information  for  any  reason,  except  as
     authorized by Employer.

     (e)  Employee's  obligation  under this  Agreement  is in  addition  to any
     obligations Employee has under state, provincial or federal law.

8.1  Employee  agrees to deliver to Employer  immediately  upon  termination  of
Employee's  employment,  or at any time Employer so requests, all tangible items
containing any Confidential  Information  (including,  without  limitation,  all
memoranda,   photographs,   records,  reports,  manuals,  drawings,  blueprints,
prototypes,  notes taken by or provided to Employee,  and any other documents or
items of a confidential belonging to Employer), together with all copies of such
material in Employee's possession or control.

8.2 Employee  agrees that in the course of Employee's  employment with Employer,
Employee  will not violate in any way the rights that any entity has with regard
to  trade  secrets  or  proprietary  or  confidential  information.   Employee's
obligations  under this Section 8 are  indefinite  in term and shall survive the
termination of this Agreement.

9. Work  Product  and  Copyrights.  Employee  agrees  that all right,  title and
interest in and to all  products,  materials and  documents  resulting  from the
performance of Employee's  duties at Employer and all copies thereof,  including
works in  progress,  in  whatever  media,  (the  "Work"),  will be and remain in
Employer  upon  their  creation.  Employee  will mark all Work  with  Employer's
copyright or other proprietary notice as directed by Employer.  Employee further
agrees:

9.1 To the extent  that any  portion of the Work  constitutes  a work able to be
protected under the copyright laws of the United States (the  "Copyright  Law"),
that all such Work  will be  considered  a "work  made for hire" as such term is
used and defined in the Copyright Law and that Employer will be



                                       4


<PAGE>


considered  the "author" of such portion of the Work and the sole and  exclusive
owner throughout the world of copyright therein; and

9.2 If any  portion  of the Work does not  qualify  as a "work made for hire" as
such term is used and defined in the Copyright Law, that Employee hereby assigns
and agrees to assign to  Employer,  without  further  consideration,  all right,
title and interest in and to such Work or in any such portion thereof  including
without limitation any copyright,  trade secret, trademark, trade dress, service
mark or other  proprietary  interest  therein and further  agrees to execute and
deliver to Employer,  upon  request,  appropriate  assignments  of such Work and
copyright and other rights therein and such other  documents and  instruments as
Employer may request to fully and completely  assign such Work and copyright and
other rights therein to Employer,  its successors or nominees, and that Employee
hereby  appoints  Employer as  attorney-in-fact  to execute and deliver any such
documents on Employee's behalf in the event Employee should fail or refuse to do
so within a reasonable period following Employer's request.

10.  Inventions  and  Patents.  For  purposes  of this  Agreement,  "Inventions"
includes,   without   limitation,   information,   inventions,    contributions,
improvements,  ideas,  or  discoveries,  whether they are able to be patented or
not,  and whether or not  conceived or made during work hours.  Employee  agrees
that  all  Inventions  conceived  or made  by  Employee  during  the  period  of
employment  with Employer  belong to Employer,  provided they relate directly to
the business of the Employer, or relate to the employer's actual or demonstrably
anticipated research and development, or result from work performed by Employer.
Accordingly, Employee will:

10.1 Make adequate  written  records of such  Inventions,  which records will be
Employer's property; and

10.2 Assign to Employer,  at its request,  any rights  Employee may have to such
Inventions for the U.S. and all foreign countries;

10.3 Waive and agree not to assert any moral rights Employee may have or acquire
in any  Inventions  and agree to provide  written  waivers  from time to time as
requested by Employer;  and assist Employer (at Employer's expense) in obtaining
and  maintaining  patents  or  copyright  registrations  with  respect  to  such
Inventions.

10.4  Employee  understands  and  agrees  that  Employer  or its  designee  will
determine,  in its sole and  absolute  discretion,  whether an  application  for
patent  will be  filed  on any  Invention  that  is the  exclusive  property  of
Employer,  as set forth above, and whether such an application will be abandoned
prior to issuance of a patent.  Employer will pay to Employee,  either during or
after the term of this  Agreement,  the  following  amounts if  Employee is sole
inventor, or Employee's  proportionate share if Employee is joint inventor: $750
upon filing of the initial application for patent on such Invention;  and $1,500
upon  issuance  of a patent  resulting  from such  initial  patent  application,
provided Employee is named as an inventor in the patent.

10.5 Employee further agrees that Employee will promptly  disclose in writing to
Employer  during  the  term of  Employee's  employment  and  for  one  (1)  year
thereafter,  all Inventions whether developed during the time of such employment
or thereafter  (whether or not Employer has rights in such  Inventions)  so that
Employee's  rights and Employer's  rights in such  Inventions can be determined.
Except  as set  forth on the  initialed  Exhibit  B to this  Agreement,  if any,
Employee  represents  and warrants  that Employee has no  Inventions,  software,
writings or other works of authorship useful to Employer in the normal course of



                                       5


<PAGE>


Employer's Business, which were conceived,  made or written prior to the date of
this Agreement and which are excluded from the operation of this Agreement.

     NOTICE:  In accordance  with Washington law, this Section 10 does not apply
     to Inventions for which no equipment,  supplies,  facility, or trade secret
     information  of  Employer  was used and which  was  developed  entirely  on
     Employee's own time,  unless: (a) the Invention relates (i) directly to the
     business  of  Employer  or  (ii)  to  Employer's   actual  or  demonstrably
     anticipated research or development,  or (b) the Invention results from any
     work performed by Employee for Employer.

11.  Remedies.  Notwithstanding  other  provisions of this  Agreement  regarding
dispute resolution, Employee agrees that Employee's violation of any of Sections
7,  8,  9 or 10 of  this  Agreement  would  cause  Employer  or  its  Affiliates
irreparable harm which would not be adequately  compensated by monetary damages,
and  that  an  injunction   may  be  granted  by  any  court  or  courts  having
jurisdiction,   restraining  Employee  from  violation  of  the  terms  of  this
Agreement,  upon any breach or threatened  breach of Employee of obligations set
forth in any of  Sections  7, 8, 9 or 10. The  preceding  sentence  shall not be
construed to limit Employer or its  Affiliates  from any other relief or damages
to which  it may be  entitled  to as a result  of  Employee's  violation  of any
obligation owed Employer under law or provision of this Agreement, including any
of Sections 7, 8, 9 or 10.

12. Dispute Resolution.  Except with regard to the right of Employer or Employee
to commence any judicial action or proceeding to obtain injunctive  relief,  and
to the greatest extent  permitted by law, any  controversy,  claim or dispute of
whatever  nature  arising  out of or relating to this  Agreement,  whether  such
controversy,  claim or dispute is based upon statute, contract, tort, common law
or otherwise, and whether such controversy, claim or dispute existed prior to or
arises after the date of this Agreement (any such controversy,  claim or dispute
being a "Dispute"),  shall be resolved in  accordance  with the  procedures  set
forth in this  Section  12,  which  procedures  will be the  sole and  exclusive
procedures  for the  resolution  of any Disputes.  Matters to be resolved  under
these  procedures also include claims and disputes  arising out of statutes such
as Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, the Age  Discrimination in Employment Act,
and  the  Washington   Law  against   Discrimination   or  similar   statues  in
jurisdictions  in which the Employee  performs  services  under this  agreement.
Nothing in this provision is intended to restrict  Employee from  submitting any
matter to an administrative agency with jurisdiction over such matter.

12.1  Compliance  with Employer  Policy.  Employee and Employer will make a good
faith attempt to resolve all disputes in accordance with any dispute  resolution
policy  adopted by Employer  before  resorting to any other  dispute  resolution
procedure.

12.2 Mediation.  Employer and Employee will make a good faith attempt to resolve
any and all claims and disputes not resolved in accordance  with Section 12.1 by
submitting  them  to  mediation  in  Seattle,  Washington  before  resorting  to
arbitration  or any other  dispute  resolution  procedure.  The mediation of any
claim or dispute must be conducted in accordance with the then-current  American
Arbitration  Association ("AAA") national rules for the resolution of employment
disputes by mediation, by a mediator who has had both training and experience as
a mediator of general employment and commercial  matters. If the parties to this
agreement cannot agree on a mediator,  then the mediator will be selected by the
AAA in accordance with the criteria  described in this provision.  Within thirty
(30) days after the selection of the  mediator,  Employer and Employee and their
respective attorneys will meet with the mediator for one mediation session of at
least four hours. If the claim or dispute cannot be settled



                                       6


<PAGE>


during such mediation  session or mutually  agreed  continuation of the session,
either  Employer or Employee  may give the  mediator  and the other party to the
claim or dispute written notice declaring the end of the mediation process.  All
discussions  connected with this mediation  provision will be  confidential  and
treated as compromise  and  settlement  discussions.  Nothing  disclosed in such
discussions,  which  is not  independently  discoverable,  may be  used  for any
purpose in any later proceeding.

12.3  Arbitration.  If any claim or dispute has not been  resolved in accordance
with Section 12.1 and Section 12.2, then the claim or dispute will be determined
by arbitration in Seattle,  Washington,  in accordance with the then-current AAA
national rules for the resolution of employment disputes by arbitration,  except
as  modified  herein.  The  arbitration  will  be  conducted  by a sole  neutral
arbitrator  who has had both training and experience as an arbitrator of general
employment and commercial matters and who is and for at least ten (10) years has
been,  a partner,  a  shareholder,  or a member in a law firm.  If Employer  and
Employee cannot agree on an arbitrator,  then the arbitrator will be selected by
the AAA applying the criteria in this  provision.  No person who has served as a
mediator  under  the  mediation  provision,  however,  may  be  selected  as the
arbitrator for the same claim or dispute. Reasonable discovery will be permitted
and the  arbitrator  may decide any issue as to discovery.  The  arbitrator  may
decide  any issue as to whether  or as to the  extent to which,  any  dispute is
subject to the dispute  resolution  provisions in Section 12 and the  arbitrator
may award any relief  permitted by law. The arbitrator must base the arbitration
award on the  provisions  of Section 12 and  applicable  law and must render the
award in writing,  including an  explanation  of the reasons for the award.  Any
court having  jurisdiction of the matter may enter judgment upon the award,  and
the  decision  of the  arbitrator  will be final and  binding.  The  statute  of
limitations  applicable  to the  commencement  of a  lawsuit  will  apply to the
commencement of arbitration under Section 12.3.

12.4  Reasonable  attorneys'  fees  incurred  in  any  Dispute  relating  to the
interpretation   or  enforcement  of  this  Agreement   shall  be  paid  by  the
non-prevailing party to such Dispute.

13.  Insider  Trading  Compliance.  Employee  agrees to abide by the  employer's
insider trading compliance program as set forth in Exhibit C.

14.  Disclosure.  Employee  agrees to reveal the terms of this  Agreement to any
future employer or potential  employer of Employee and authorizes  Employer,  at
its election, to make such disclosure.

15.  Representation  of Employee.  Employee  represents and warrants to Employer
that  Employee  is free to enter  into  this  Agreement  and has no  commitment,
arrangement  or  understanding  to or with any party  which  restrains  or is in
conflict  with  Employee's  performance  of the  covenants,  services and duties
provided for in this  Agreement.  Employee shall not violate any obligation owed
to any other party, including former employees, and shall not violate any rights
that any  third  party  has with  regard  to  proprietary  information  or trade
secrets.  Employee agrees to indemnify  Employer and to hold it harmless against
any and all  liabilities or claims arising out of breach of this  representation
and warranty.

16. Assignability.  During Employee's  employment hereunder,  this Agreement may
not be  assigned  by either  party  without  the  written  consent of the other;
provided,  however,  that Employer may assign its rights and  obligations  under
this Agreement to a successor by sale, merger or liquidation,  if such successor
carries on Employer's  business  substantially  in the form in which it is being
conducted at the time of the sale, merger or liquidation.



                                       7


<PAGE>


17.  Right of Set-off.  By  accepting  this  Agreement,  Employee  consents to a
deduction from any amounts  Employer owes Employee from time to time  (including
amounts  owed to Employee as wages or other  compensation,  or vacation  pay, as
well as any other  amounts owed to Employee by  Employer),  to the extent of the
amounts  Employee  owes  Employer.  Whether or not  Employer  elects to make any
set-off in whole or in part,  if  Employer  does not recover by means of set-off
the full amount Employee owes it, calculated as set forth above, Employee agrees
to pay immediately the unpaid balance to Employer.

18.  Notices.  Any notice  required or permitted to be given  hereunder shall be
sufficient if in writing,  by  registered or certified  mail, to Employee at the
address  set forth at Exhibit A, or to the  President  of  Employer  at Shopping
Sherlock,  Inc., 11201 S.E. 8th Street,  Suite 152, Bellevue,  WA, 98004. Notice
shall be deemed to have been given on the third day after deposit into the mail.
Notices to the Employee,  may, at the discretion of Employer,  alternatively  be
hand delivered to Employee.

19.  Severability.  In the  event  that  any  provision  of  this  Agreement  or
compliance  by any of the parties  with any  provision of this  Agreement  shall
constitute a violation of any law,  unenforceable  or void, then such provision,
to the extent only that it is in violation of law, void or unenforceable,  shall
be  deemed   modified  to  the  extent   necessary  so  that  it  is  no  longer
unenforceable,  void  or in  violation  of  law.  If  such  modification  is not
possible,  said provision, to the extent that it is in violation of law, void or
unenforceable,  shall be deemed severable from the remaining  provisions of this
Agreement, which provisions shall remain binding on the parties.

20.  Entire  Agreement.  This  instrument  contains the entire  agreement of the
parties,  and it may be changed only by an  agreement  in writing  signed by the
party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, extension or
discharge is sought,  and any such  modification will be signed by the President
of Employer.

21. Governing Law. The validity,  construction and performance of this Agreement
shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington  without  regard to the
conflicts of law provisions of such laws.

22. Other. The waiver by Employer of a breach of any provision of this Agreement
by Employee  shall not  operate or be  construed  as a waiver of any  subsequent
breach  by  Employee.  Affiliates  of  Employer  are and  shall  be  third-party
beneficiaries of this Agreement.



EMPLOYER                                      EMPLOYEE



- ----------------------------                  ----------------------------------
By: Philip Garratt                            Mitchell Eggers
Its: CEO
Date:  June 24, 1999                          Date: --------------------





                                       8


<PAGE>


                        Exhibit A to Employment Agreement


Name of Employee:  Mitchell Eggers

Position:  COO

Title of position to whom employee reports: President (Philip Garratt)

Basic responsibilities.

Minimum Hours:         40 hours per week.


Base salary:           U.S. $10,000 per month


Options:               The company plans to grant 165,000 options to individual

Expense limit without
prior approval:        U.S. $3,000

Minimum Notice:        One month

Restricted Period:     The Restricted Period shall be the period of one year
following the termination of Employee's employment with Employer for any reason.

Place of notice to Employee.

- ----------------------------

- ----------------------------


EMPLOYER                                      EMPLOYEE



- ----------------------------                  ----------------------------------
By: Philip Garratt                            Mitchell Eggers
Its: CEO
Date:  June 24, 1999                          Date: --------------------








                                       9


<PAGE>


                        Exhibit B to Employment Agreement



Employee  represents  and warrants  that Employee has no  Inventions,  software,
writings,  artistic works, audiovisual works or other works of authorship useful
to Employer in the normal course of Employer's  Business,  which were conceived,
made or written prior to the date of this  Agreement and which are excluded from
the operation of this Agreement.

List exemptions:


















Initials of Employee: -------------





                                       10

<PAGE>


                        Exhibit C to Employment Agreement


                           INSIDER TRADING COMPLIANCE


SHOPPING SHERLOCK INC.
UPDATED INSIDER TRADING COMPLIANCE - PROGRAM
As at June 22nd 1999


Adopted: June 22, 1999
Exhibits Updated: June 22, 1999

In order to continue its active role in the prevention of any question regarding
insider trading violations by its officers, directors,  employees,  shareholders
and other related  individuals,  to alter that role as necessary and appropriate
in light of the Company's  increased  size and publicly  traded  status,  and to
ensure  that  its  policies  continue  to  be  in  accordance  with  the  latest
developments  in the law, the Company has adopted the  policies  and  procedures
described in this  Memorandum  Effective  as of the date set forth above.  These
policies  and  procedures  are  regularly  updated  and  posted to the  Shopping
Sherlock Intranet under "Legal".

I.   Adoption of Insider Trading Policy.

The Company has adopted the Shopping Sherlock Insider Trading Policy attached as
Exhibit  A (the  "Policy"),  which  prohibits  trading  while in  possession  of
Material  Nonpublic   Information  regarding  the  Company.  The  Policy  covers
officers, directors,  shareholders and all other employees of, or consultants or
contractors  to, the Company,  as well as family  members of such  persons,  and
other persons who have or may have access to Material Nonpublic Information. The
Policy  (and/or a summary  thereof is to be delivered to all new  employees  and
consultants upon the commencement of their  relationships with the Company,  and
is to be circulated to all personnel at least annually.

II.  Designation of Certain Persons.

A. Section 16 Individuals.  The Company has determined that those persons listed
on Exhibit B attached hereto are the persons  currently subject to the reporting
and liability  provisions of Section 16 of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended  (the  "Exchange  Act"),  and the rules and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder  ("Section 16  Individuals").  Exhibit B will be amended and -updated
from time to time as  appropriate  to include an updated list of  directors  and
officers and  shareholders  who  beneficially own more than 10% of the Company's
common stock.

B. Other  Restricted  Persons.  The Company has  determined  that those  persons
listed on Exhibit C attached  hereto,  together with the Section 16  Individuals
listed  on  Exhibit  are  currently  subject  to the pre  clearance  requirement
described in Section IV below.  The Company believes that those persons have, or
are likely to have, regular access to Material Nonpublic Information.  Exhibit C
may be amended from time to time. Under special  circumstances,  certain persons
not listed on Exhibit-C may have access to Material Nonpublic  Information for a
period of time.  During such  period,  such  persons are also subject to the pre
clearance procedure described in Section IV.



                                       11


<PAGE>


III. Appointment of Compliance Officer.

The Company  designates  its CFO as the  Company's  Insider  Trading  Compliance
Officer.

IV.  Duties of Compliance Officer.

The  duties of the  Compliance  Officer  include,  but are not  limited  to, the
following:

A. Pre  clear all  transactions  involving  the  Company's  securities  by those
individuals  listed on Exhibits B and C in order to define  compliance  with the
Policy,  insider  trading  laws,  Section  16 of the  Exchange  Act and Rule 144
promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

B.  Coordinate  preparation  and filing of Section 16 reports (Forms 3, 4 and 5)
for all Section 16 Individuals.

C. Serve as the  designated  recipient at the Company of copies of reports filed
with the SEC by Section 16 Individuals under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

D. Perform periodic  cross-checks of available materials which may include Forms
3, 4 and 5, Form 144,  officers'  and  directors'  questionnaires,  and  reports
received from the Company's stock administrator and transfer agent, to determine
trading  activity  by  officers,  directors  and others  who access to  Material
Nonpublic Information.

E. Circulate the Policy (and/or a summary  thereof) to all employees,  including
Section 16  Individuals,  on an annual  basis,  and provide the Policy and other
appropriate  materials to new  officers,  directors  and others who have, or may
have, access to Material Nonpublic Information.

F. Assist the Company's Board of Directors with implementation of the Policy and
Sections I and II of this memorandum.

G. Coordinate with Company counsel regarding compliance with Rule 144 sales.

Attachments:

Exhibit "A" - Insider Trading Policy
Exhibit "B" - List of Section 16 insiders








                                       12


<PAGE>


EXHIBIT "A"


SHOPPING SHERLOCK INC.

INSIDER  TRADING POLICY and Guidelines  with Respect to Certain  Transactions in
Company Securities

This Policy  provides  guidelines to  employees,  officers and directors of, and
consultants  and  contractors  to,  SHOPPING  SHERLOCK INC. (the "Company") with
respect to transactions' in the Company's securities.

APPLICABILITY OF POLICY

This policy applies to all transactions in the Company's  securities,  including
Common Stock,  options for Common Stock and any other securities the Company may
issue from time to time,  such as  preferred  stock,  warrants  and  convertible
debentures, as well as to derivative securities relating to the Company's stock,
whether  or not  issued by the  Company,  such as  exchange-traded  options.  It
applies to all officers of the Company,  all members of the  Company's  Board of
Directors, and all employees of, and consultants and contractors to, the Company
and its  subsidiaries.  This group of people when in receipt of or having access
to Material  Nonpublic  Information  (as defined  below)  regarding the Company,
along with members of their immediate  families and members of their households,
are sometimes referred to in this Policy as "Insiders". This Policy also applies
to any person who receives Material Nonpublic Information from any insider.

Any person who possesses Material Nonpublic Information regarding the Company is
an Insider for so long as the  information is not publicly  known.  Any employee
can be an Insider from time to time, and would at those times be subject to this
Policy.

GENERAL POLICY

It is the policy of the  Company to oppose the  unauthorized  disclosure  of any
Material Nonpublic  Information  regarding the Company acquired in the workplace
or otherwise  and the misuse of Material  Nonpublic  Information  in  securities
trading.

SPECIFIC POLICIES

1. Trading on Material Nonpublic Information.  No director,  officer or employee
of, or consultant or contractor to, the Company,  and no member of the immediate
family  or  household  of any  such  person,  shall  engage  in any  transaction
involving a purchase or sale of the Company's securities, including any offer to
purchase or offer to sell, during any period commencing with the date that he or
she possesses Material Nonpublic Information  concerning the Company, and ending
at the close of business on the second  Trading Day following the date of public
disclosure of that information, or at such time as such nonpublic information is
no longer material.  As used herein,  the term "Trading Day" shall mean a day on
which national stock exchanges and the NASDAQ Stock Market are open for trading.

2. Tipping. No Insider shall disclose ("tip") Material Nonpublic  Information to
any other person  (including  family members) where such information may be used
by such person to his or her profit by


                                       13


<PAGE>


trading in the securities of companies to which such  information  relates,  nor
shall such Insider or related person make recommendations or express opinions on
the basis of  Materials  Nonpublic  Information  as to trading in the  Company's
securities.

3. Confidential of Nonpublic Information.  Nonpublic information relating to the
Company is the property of the Company and the  unauthorized  disclosure of such
information is forbidden.


POTENTIAL CRIMINAL AND CIVIL LIABILITY AND/OR DISCIPLINARY ACTION

1. Liability for Insider  Trading.  Insiders may be subject to  disgorgement  of
profits  (or  losses  avoided)  (trebled  in  some  cases),  penalties  of up to
$1,000,000  and up to ten  years in jail for  engaging  in  transactions  in the
Company's  securities at a time when they have  knowledge of Material  Nonpublic
Information regarding the Company.

2. Liability for Tipping.  Insiders may also be liable for improper transactions
by any person  (commonly  referred to as a "tippee") to whom they have disclosed
nonpublic   information  regarding  the  Company  or  to  whom  they  have  made
recommended or expressed opinions on the basis of such information as to trading
in the Company's securities.  The Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC")
has imposed large penalties even when the disclosing  person did not profit from
the  trading.  The SEC, the stock  exchanges  and the  National  Association  of
Securities Dealers, Inc. use sophisticated electronic surveillance techniques to
uncover insider trading.

3.  Possible  Disciplinary  Actions.  Employees  of the Company who violate this
policy shall also be subject to  disciplinary  action by the  Company,  which my
include ineligibility for future participation in the Company's equity incentive
plan or immediate termination of employment.

GUIDELINES

1.  Recommended  Trading  Window-  To ensure  compliance  with this  Policy  and
applicable  federal and state  securities  laws,  the Company  requires that all
directors, officers, employees, consultants and contractors having access to the
Company's internal financial statements or other Material Nonpublic  Information
refrain  from  conducting  transactions  involving  the  purchase or sale of the
Company's  securities  other than  during the  following  period  (the  "Trading
Window"):

Trading  Window:  The period in any fiscal  quarter  commencing  at the close of
business two full Trading Days  following  the date of public  disclosure of the
financial  results for the prior fine quarter or year and ending on the last day
of the second fiscal month of the fiscal quarter.

The safest period for trading in the Company's securities,  assuming the absence
of  Material  Nonpublic  Information,  is  generally  the  first ten days of the
Trading Window.  Periods other than the Trading Window are more highly sensitive
for  transactions in the Company's stock from the perspective of compliance with
applicable securities laws. This is due to the fact that officers, directors and
certain other employees will, as any quarter progresses,  be increasingly likely
to possess Material  Nonpublic  Information about the expected financial results
for the quarter.

The  purpose  behind  the  recommended  Trading  Window is to help  establish  a
diligent effort to avoid any improper transaction.  An Insider may choose not to
follow this suggestion, but he or she should be


                                       14


<PAGE>


particularly  careful with respect to trading outside the Trading Window,  since
the Insider  may,  at such time,  have access to (or later be deemed to have had
access to) Material  Nonpublic  Information  regarding,  among other things, the
Company's anticipated financial performance for the quarter.

It should be noted that even  during the  Trading  Window any person  possessing
Material Nonpublic  Information  concerning the Company should not engage in any
transactions in the Company's  securities  until such information has been known
publicly  for at least two Trading  Days.  Although the Company may from time to
time  recommend  during a Trading  Window  that  directors,  officers,  selected
employees  and  others  suspend  trading  because of  developments  known to the
Company and not yet disclosed to the public,

each person is  individually  responsible at all times for  compliance  with the
prohibitions against insider trading. Trading in the Company's securities during
the Trading  Window should not be considered a "safe harbor," and all directors,
officers and other persons should use good judgment at all times.


2. Pre  clearance of Trades.  The Company has  determined  that all officers and
directors  of  the  Company   should  refrain  from  trading  in  the  Company's
securities,  even during the Trading  Window,  without first  complying with the
Company's "Pre clearance" process.  Each officer and director should contact the
Company's  Insider Trading  Compliance  officer prior to commencing any trade in
the Company's securities.

The Company may also find it necessary, from time to time, to require compliance
with  the  pre  clearance  process  from  certain  employees,   consultants  and
contractors other than and in addition to officers and directors.

3. No Short Sales or Options  Trading.  The Company  requires that all officers,
directors,  employees,  consultants and contractors refrain from engaging in any
short sale of the  Company's  securities  or any purchase or sale of put or call
options involving the Company's securities.

4. Trading in Stock of Customers and  Suppliers.  The Company  requires that all
officers, directors, employees, consultants and contractors refrain from trading
in the  securities  of customers,  suppliers or other third party  entities with
whom the  Company has a business  relationship  at a time that such person is in
possession  of material  non public  information  concerning  the issuer of such
securities obtained through the Company's relationship with such other entity.

5.  Individual  Responsibility.  Every  officer,  director  and employee has the
individual  responsibility  to comply with this Policy against insider  trading,
regardless  of whether  the  Company has  recommended  a trading  window to that
Insider or any other  Insiders of the Company.  The guidelines set forth in this
Policy are guidelines  only,  and  appropriate  judgment  should be exercised in
connection with any trade in the Company's securities.

An Insider may, from time to time, have to forego, a proposed transaction in the
Company's  securities even if he or she planned to make the  transaction  before
learning  of the  Material  Nonpublic  Information  and even  though the Insider
believes he or she may suffer an economic loss or forego  anticipated  profit by
waiting.


                                       15


<PAGE>



APPLICABILITY OF POLICY TO INSIDE INFORMATION
REGARDING OTHER COMPANIES

This policy and the guidelines described herein also apply to Material Nonpublic
Information  relating to other  companies,  including the  Company's  customers,
vendors,  suppliers or acquisition candidates ("business  partners"),  when that
information  is obtained in the course of  employment  with,  or other  services
performed on behalf of, the Company.  Civil and  penalties,  and  termination of
employment,  may  result  from  trading  on  inside  information  regarding  the
Company's business partners.

All employees should treat Material  Nonpublic  information  about the company's
business  partners  with the same care  required  with  respect  to  information
related directly to the Company.

DEFINITION OF MATERIAL N0N PUBLIC INFORMATION

It is not possible to define all  categories of material  information.  However,
information  should be regarded as material if there is a reasonable  likelihood
that it would be  considered  important  to an investor in making an  investment
decision regarding the purchase or sale of the Company's securities.


While it may be difficult  under this standard to determine  whether  particular
information  is material there are various  categories of  information  that are
particularly  sensitive  and, as a general  rule,  should  always be  considered
material. Examples of such information may include:

Financial results
Projections of future earnings or losses
News of a pending or proposed merger
News of a pending or proposed significant acquisition
News of the disposition of a subsidiary
Impending bankruptcy or financial liquidity problems
Gain or loss of a substantial customer or supplier
Changes in dividend policy
New product announcements of a significant nature
Significant product defects or modifications Significant pricing changes
Stock  splits
New equity or debt offerings
Major acquisitions
Significant litigation exposure due to actual or threatened litigation
Major changes in senior management
Either positive or negative information may be material.
Non public information is information that has not been previously  disclosed to
the general public and is otherwise not readily available to the general public.

CERTAIN EXPECTATIONS

For purposes of this Policy,  the Company considers that the exercise of a stock
option for cash under the Company's stock option plans or the purchase of shares
under the Company's employee stock purchase


                                       16


<PAGE>


plan (but not the sale of any such shares) is exempt from this Policy, since the
other party to the transaction is the Company itself and the price does not vary
with the market but is fixed by the terms of the option agreement or the plan.

Further,  the Company  does not believe  that  employees,  officers or directors
should  ordinarily  be  prohibited  from making  bonafide  gifts and  charitable
donations  outside the Trading  Window in  situations  where there is no unusual
activity or other reason to believe  that a  transaction  would be  particularly
risky.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION - DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Directors  and  officers  of the Company  must also  comply  with the  reporting
obligations and limitations on short-swing  transactions set forth in Section 16
of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  The  practical  effect of
these  provisions  is that  officers  and  directors  who  purchase and sell the
Company's  securities within a six-month period must disgorge all profits to the
Company whether or not they bad knowledge of any Material Nonpublic Information.
Under these  provisions,  and so long as certain other criteria are met, neither
the receipt of an option trader the Company's  option plan,  nor the exercise of
that option nor the receipt of stock under the Company's employee stock purchase
plan is deemed a purchase under Section 16; however, the sale of any such shares
is a sale under Section 16.

Moreover,  no officer or  director  may ever make a short sale of the  Company's
stock. The Company has provided,  or will provide,  separate memoranda and other
appropriate  materials to its officers and directors  regarding  compliance with
Section 16 and its related rules.

INQUIRIES
Please direct your  questions as to any of the matters  discussed in this Policy
to the Company's Insider Trading Compliance officer.






                                       17


<PAGE>


EXHIBIT "B"

DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND SHAREHOLDERS SUBJECT TO SECTION 16
         As of June 22, 1999


Directors:

Richard Stewart
Jasbir Dhaliwal
Philip Garratt
Raeanne Steele
Mitchell Eggers

Officers:

     TITLE                                                   NAME

1.   President and Chief Executive Officer                   Philip Garratt

2.   Chief Financial Officer/Secretary                       Patrick McGrath

3.   Chief Technology Officer                                Jan Walter

4.   Chief Operating Officer                                 Mitchell Eggers

5.   Executive Vice President of Sales and Marketing         Raeanne Steele

Shareholders:

Premier Lifestyles International Corporation (PLIC)


                                       18





                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     THIS  EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT  is made  this  24th  day of June,  1999  (this
"Agreement"),   between   Shopping   Sherlock,   Inc.  a  Delaware   corporation
("Employer"), and Raeanne Steele ("Employee").

                                    RECITALS

A.  Employer  desires to hire  Employee  and  Employee  wishes to be employed by
Employer.  In such  employment,  Employee  will be given access to  information,
which is  confidential  and proprietary to Employer and its Affiliates and vital
to their  business  operations.  For the  purposes  of the  Agreement,  the term
"Affiliate"  means any entity  currently  existing or subsequently  organized or
formed that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common
control with Employer,  whether through the ownership of voting  securities,  by
contract or otherwise.

B. Employee will receive  adequate  consideration  for executing and  delivering
this Agreement, including employment by Employer. Entry into this Agreement is a
condition of Employee's employment with Employer.

                                    AGREEMENT

     Based upon the consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained,  and
other good and valuable consideration,  the sufficiency and receipt of which are
hereby acknowledged, and in order to induce the Employer to employ Employee, the
parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment. Employer hereby agrees to employ Employee, and Employee agrees to
be employed by Employer in the capacity  identified  in Exhibit A. Employee will
report to the person identified at Exhibit A. Employee's basic  responsibilities
are set forth in Exhibit A,  although  Employee may be required to perform other
responsibilities  in addition to those  identified at Exhibit A. Employee's base
of operations shall be the Employer's  offices  identified at Exhibit A. Changes
may be made  from  time to time by  Employer,  in its  sole  discretion,  to the
duties, reporting relationship and title of Employee.  Employee shall devote all
of Employee's  work efforts to Employer.  Employee  shall comply with all rules,
policies  and  procedures  of Employer as modified  from time to time.  Employee
shall  perform all of Employee's  responsibilities  in a way that is in complete
compliance with all applicable laws.

2. Term of  Employment.  The employment is "at will," and the term of employment
shall be for no specific period of time and may be terminated by the Employer or
Employee at any time for any reason,  with or without cause,  in accordance with
the terms and conditions herein.

3. Compensation.  For the duration of Employee's employment,  the Employee shall
be paid an annual base salary ("Base Salary"),  as identified in Exhibit A. Base
Salary  shall be prorated  for the actual  period of  employment  and payable in
equal installments in accordance with Employer's normal payroll  practices,  and
shall be subject to appropriate deductions and withholding.


                                       1

<PAGE>


4. Other Benefits. Employee shall be entitled to participate in employee benefit
programs established by Employer, such as medical, pension,  disability and life
insurance  plans,  to the extent that  Employee is eligible for such benefits in
accordance with Employer's  policies,  as they may be changed from time to time.
Nothing in this  Agreement  requires  the  adoption or  maintenance  of any such
arrangements  or plans.  For the duration of  Employee's  employment  under this
Agreement,  Employee  shall  accrue  and  utilize  sick  leave and  vacation  in
accordance with the policies and procedures of Employer, as they may be modified
from time to time.  Employer shall  reimburse  Employee for reasonable  expenses
necessarily  incurred in the performance of Employee's duties in accordance with
Employer policies.  All expenses in excess of the amount identified at Exhibit A
must be approved in advance by Employee's supervisor.

5. Termination or Discharge by Employer.

5.1.1  For  Cause.  Employer  shall  have  the  right to  immediately  terminate
Employee's  services and this Agreement for cause.  "Cause" means:  any material
breach of this Agreement by Employee,  including, without limitation,  breach of
Employee's covenants in Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10; any failure to perform assigned
job  responsibilities  that continues without remedy for a period of thirty (30)
days after  written  notice to Employee by Employer;  conviction of a felony (or
its legal equivalent in any jurisdiction) or failure to contest  prosecution for
a  felony  (or its  legal  equivalent  in any  jurisdiction);  violation  of any
statute, rule or regulation, any of which in the judgment of Employer is harmful
to  Employer's  Business  (as  defined  herein)  or  to  Employer's  reputation;
unethical practices; dishonesty; disloyalty; or any reason that would constitute
cause under the laws of the State of  Washington  or any other  jurisdiction  in
which the Employee performs services hereunder.

5.1.2 Upon termination of Employee's  employment hereunder for cause or upon the
death or  disability  of Employee,  Employee will have no rights to any unvested
benefits or any other compensation or payments after the termination date or the
last day of the month in which  Employee's  death or  disability  occurred.  For
purposes of this  Agreement,  "disability"  means the incapacity or inability of
Employee,  whether due to accident,  sickness or  otherwise,  as determined by a
medical doctor acceptable to the Board of Directors of Employer and confirmed in
writing by such  doctor,  to  perform  the  essential  functions  of  Employee's
position  under  this  Agreement,   with  or  without  reasonable  accommodation
(provided that no accommodation  that imposes undue hardship on Employer will be
required)  for an aggregate of ninety (90) days during any period of one hundred
eighty (180) consecutive days.

5.2 Without Cause. If Employer terminates  Employee's  employment without cause,
Employer  shall provide  Employee with the amount of advance notice set forth as
minimum notice in Exhibit A ("Minimum Notice").  Alternatively,  and in the sole
discretion of Employer,  Employer may terminate  Employee's  employment  without
notice or with  notice less than the Minimum  Notice,  but in such a  situation,
Employer shall pay Employee the amount of Base Salary Employee would have earned
had Employee  remained  employed through the Minimum Notice period (based on the
Base  Salary  rate on the  termination  date),  less the  amount of Base  Salary
actually earned during the Minimum Notice period. Such payments shall be sent to
Employee in amounts  allocated  per pay period by mail on  Employer's  usual and
customary  paydays  and  shall be less  required  withholdings  and  deductions.
Employee  shall  have  no  rights  to  any  unvested  benefits  at the  time  of
termination or any other payments except as stated in this paragraph.


                                       2

<PAGE>


6. Termination by Employee.  Employee may terminate Employee's  employment under
this  Agreement for any reason  provided that Employee gives Employer the amount
of notice set forth as Minimum Notice in Exhibit A. In the event of such Notice,
Employee's  compensation  and benefits  hereunder  shall cease as of the date of
Employee's designated  termination date, except that Employer may accelerate the
termination  date to any date  determined  by Employer  after  which  Employee's
services would not be required.  In the event of termination by Employee,  there
shall be no further compensation beyond the termination date.

7. Covenant Not To Compete.  During the Restricted  Period defined in Exhibit A,
Employee covenants and agrees that Employee shall not:

     a. Directly, indirectly, or otherwise, own, manage, operate, control, serve
     as a consultant to, be employed by, participate in, or be connected, in any
     manner, with the ownership management, operation or control of any business
     which is competitive with any type of business which Employer is engaged in
     or  planned  to engage in at any time  during  Employee's  employment  with
     Employer up to and  including  the time of the  termination  of  employment
     ("Employer's Business");

     b. Hire,  offer to hire,  entice  away or in any other  manner  persuade or
     attempt to persuade any officer,  employee or agent of Employer to alter or
     discontinue his or her relationship with Employer;

     c. Directly or indirectly solicit,  divert, or attempt to solicit or divert
     any customers or business of Employer; or

     d. Directly or indirectly solicit,  divert, or in any other manner persuade
     or attempt to persuade any supplier or Employee to alter or discontinue its
     relationship with Employer.

7.1 For the purposes of this Section 7, Employer's  Business  includes,  without
limitation,  the  development  and operation of multiple  commerce  sites on the
Internet for the sale of products,  services,  and privileges over the Internet,
participating  and building a reciprocal  rebate program,  providing  e-commerce
services  to direct and  multi-level  marketing  companies  as well as  discount
warehouse companies,  and inventing or adapting any e-commerce systems necessary
to the operation of such sites.  Notwithstanding  Employee's  obligations  under
this Section 7, Employee shall be entitled to own, as a passive investor,  up to
five  percent  (5%)  of  any  publicly-traded  company  without  violating  this
provision.

7.2  Employer and Employee  agree that this  provision  does not impose an undue
hardship on Employee and is not injurious to the public;  that this provision is
necessary  to protect the valuable  goodwill and the business of Employer;  that
the nature of Employee's  responsibilities  with Employer  under this  Agreement
require  Employee to have access to confidential  information  which is valuable
and  confidential  to Employer's  Business;  that the scope of this Section 7 is
reasonable in terms of length of time; and that adequate  consideration supports
this Section 7.

7.3  Employee  recognizes  that  Employer has entered  into  strategic  alliance
agreements   with   partners,   vendors  and  clients   that   include   various
non-competition,  nondisclosure, and non-circumvention requirements and employee
agrees to uphold and abide by these agreements.


                                       3


<PAGE>



8. Confidential  Information.  Employee  recognizes that Employer's Business and
continued  success  depend  upon  the use and  protection  of  confidential  and
proprietary business information, including, without limitation, the information
and technology developed by or available through licenses to Employer related to
Employer's  Business,  to which Employee has access (all such information  being
"Confidential  Information").   For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  the  phrase
"Confidential  Information"  includes  for  Employer  and its  current or future
subsidiaries and affiliates, without limitation, and whether or not specifically
designated as  confidential  or  proprietary:  all business  plans and marketing
strategies;   information   concerning  existing  and  prospective  markets  and
customers; financial information;  information concerning the development of new
products and services;  and technical and non-technical data related to software
programs,  designs,  specifications,   compilations,  inventions,  improvements,
methods,  processes,  procedures and  techniques;  provided,  however,  that the
phrase does not include information that;

     (a) was  lawfully in  Employee's  possession  prior to  disclosure  of such
     information by Employer;

     (b) was, or at any time becomes,  available in the public domain other than
     through a violation of this Agreement;

     (c) is documented by Employee as having been developed by Employee  outside
     the scope of Employee's employment and independently; or

     (d) is  furnished to Employee by a third party not under an  obligation  of
     confidentiality  to  Employer.   Employee  agrees  that  during  Employee's
     employment  and after  termination  of  employment  irrespective  of cause,
     Employee will use Confidential Information only for the benefit of Employer
     and will not directly or indirectly use or divulge, or permit others to use
     or  divulge,  any  Confidential  Information  for  any  reason,  except  as
     authorized by Employer.

     (e)  Employee's  obligation  under this  Agreement  is in  addition  to any
     obligations Employee has under state, provincial or federal law.

8.1  Employee  agrees to deliver to Employer  immediately  upon  termination  of
Employee's  employment,  or at any time Employer so requests, all tangible items
containing any Confidential  Information  (including,  without  limitation,  all
memoranda,   photographs,   records,  reports,  manuals,  drawings,  blueprints,
prototypes,  notes taken by or provided to Employee,  and any other documents or
items of a confidential belonging to Employer), together with all copies of such
material in Employee's possession or control.

8.2 Employee  agrees that in the course of Employee's  employment with Employer,
Employee  will not violate in any way the rights that any entity has with regard
to  trade  secrets  or  proprietary  or  confidential  information.   Employee's
obligations  under this Section 8 are  indefinite  in term and shall survive the
termination of this Agreement.

9. Work  Product  and  Copyrights.  Employee  agrees  that all right,  title and
interest in and to all  products,  materials and  documents  resulting  from the
performance of Employee's  duties at Employer and all copies thereof,  including
works in  progress,  in  whatever  media,  (the  "Work"),  will be and remain in
Employer  upon  their  creation.  Employee  will mark all Work  with  Employer's
copyright or other proprietary notice as directed by Employer.  Employee further
agrees:

9.1 To the extent  that any  portion of the Work  constitutes  a work able to be
protected under the copyright laws of the United States (the  "Copyright  Law"),
that all such Work  will be  considered  a "work  made for hire" as such term is
used and defined in the Copyright Law and that Employer will be


                                       4

<PAGE>


considered  the "author" of such portion of the Work and the sole and  exclusive
owner throughout the world of copyright therein; and

9.2 If any  portion  of the Work does not  qualify  as a "work made for hire" as
such term is used and defined in the Copyright Law, that Employee hereby assigns
and agrees to assign to  Employer,  without  further  consideration,  all right,
title and interest in and to such Work or in any such portion thereof  including
without limitation any copyright,  trade secret, trademark, trade dress, service
mark or other  proprietary  interest  therein and further  agrees to execute and
deliver to Employer,  upon  request,  appropriate  assignments  of such Work and
copyright and other rights therein and such other  documents and  instruments as
Employer may request to fully and completely  assign such Work and copyright and
other rights therein to Employer,  its successors or nominees, and that Employee
hereby  appoints  Employer as  attorney-in-fact  to execute and deliver any such
documents on Employee's behalf in the event Employee should fail or refuse to do
so within a reasonable period following Employer's request.

10.  Inventions  and  Patents.  For  purposes  of this  Agreement,  "Inventions"
includes,   without   limitation,   information,   inventions,    contributions,
improvements,  ideas,  or  discoveries,  whether they are able to be patented or
not,  and whether or not  conceived or made during work hours.  Employee  agrees
that  all  Inventions  conceived  or made  by  Employee  during  the  period  of
employment  with Employer  belong to Employer,  provided they relate directly to
the business of the Employer, or relate to the employer's actual or demonstrably
anticipated research and development, or result from work performed by Employer.
Accordingly, Employee will:

10.1 Make adequate  written  records of such  Inventions,  which records will be
Employer's property; and

10.2 Assign to Employer,  at its request,  any rights  Employee may have to such
Inventions for the U.S. and all foreign countries;

10.3 Waive and agree not to assert any moral rights Employee may have or acquire
in any  Inventions  and agree to provide  written  waivers  from time to time as
requested by Employer;  and assist Employer (at Employer's expense) in obtaining
and  maintaining  patents  or  copyright  registrations  with  respect  to  such
Inventions.

10.4  Employee  understands  and  agrees  that  Employer  or its  designee  will
determine,  in its sole and  absolute  discretion,  whether an  application  for
patent  will be  filed  on any  Invention  that  is the  exclusive  property  of
Employer,  as set forth above, and whether such an application will be abandoned
prior to issuance of a patent.  Employer will pay to Employee,  either during or
after the term of this  Agreement,  the  following  amounts if  Employee is sole
inventor, or Employee's  proportionate share if Employee is joint inventor: $750
upon filing of the initial application for patent on such Invention;  and $1,500
upon  issuance  of a patent  resulting  from such  initial  patent  application,
provided Employee is named as an inventor in the patent.

10.5 Employee further agrees that Employee will promptly  disclose in writing to
Employer  during  the  term of  Employee's  employment  and  for  one  (1)  year
thereafter,  all Inventions whether developed during the time of such employment
or thereafter  (whether or not Employer has rights in such  Inventions)  so that
Employee's  rights and Employer's  rights in such  Inventions can be determined.
Except  as set  forth on the  initialed  Exhibit  B to this  Agreement,  if any,
Employee  represents  and warrants  that Employee has no  Inventions,  software,
writings or other works of authorship useful to Employer in the normal course


                                       5

<PAGE>


of Employer's Business, which were conceived,  made or written prior to the date
of this Agreement and which are excluded from the operation of this Agreement.

     NOTICE:  In accordance  with Washington law, this Section 10 does not apply
     to Inventions for which no equipment,  supplies,  facility, or trade secret
     information  of  Employer  was used and which  was  developed  entirely  on
     Employee's own time,  unless: (a) the Invention relates (i) directly to the
     business  of  Employer  or  (ii)  to  Employer's   actual  or  demonstrably
     anticipated research or development,  or (b) the Invention results from any
     work performed by Employee for Employer.

11.  Remedies.  Notwithstanding  other  provisions of this  Agreement  regarding
dispute resolution, Employee agrees that Employee's violation of any of Sections
7,  8,  9 or 10 of  this  Agreement  would  cause  Employer  or  its  Affiliates
irreparable harm which would not be adequately  compensated by monetary damages,
and  that  an  injunction   may  be  granted  by  any  court  or  courts  having
jurisdiction,   restraining  Employee  from  violation  of  the  terms  of  this
Agreement,  upon any breach or threatened  breach of Employee of obligations set
forth in any of  Sections  7, 8, 9 or 10. The  preceding  sentence  shall not be
construed to limit Employer or its  Affiliates  from any other relief or damages
to which  it may be  entitled  to as a result  of  Employee's  violation  of any
obligation owed Employer under law or provision of this Agreement, including any
of Sections 7, 8, 9 or 10.

12. Dispute Resolution.  Except with regard to the right of Employer or Employee
to commence any judicial action or proceeding to obtain injunctive  relief,  and
to the greatest extent  permitted by law, any  controversy,  claim or dispute of
whatever  nature  arising  out of or relating to this  Agreement,  whether  such
controversy,  claim or dispute is based upon statute, contract, tort, common law
or otherwise, and whether such controversy, claim or dispute existed prior to or
arises after the date of this Agreement (any such controversy,  claim or dispute
being a "Dispute"),  shall be resolved in  accordance  with the  procedures  set
forth in this  Section  12,  which  procedures  will be the  sole and  exclusive
procedures  for the  resolution  of any Disputes.  Matters to be resolved  under
these  procedures also include claims and disputes  arising out of statutes such
as Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, the Age  Discrimination in Employment Act,
and  the  Washington   Law  against   Discrimination   or  similar   statues  in
jurisdictions  in which the Employee  performs  services  under this  agreement.
Nothing in this provision is intended to restrict  Employee from  submitting any
matter to an administrative agency with jurisdiction over such matter.

12.1  Compliance  with Employer  Policy.  Employee and Employer will make a good
faith attempt to resolve all disputes in accordance with any dispute  resolution
policy  adopted by Employer  before  resorting to any other  dispute  resolution
procedure.

12.2 Mediation.  Employer and Employee will make a good faith attempt to resolve
any and all claims and disputes not resolved in accordance  with Section 12.1 by
submitting  them  to  mediation  in  Seattle,  Washington  before  resorting  to
arbitration  or any other  dispute  resolution  procedure.  The mediation of any
claim or dispute must be conducted in accordance with the then-current  American
Arbitration  Association ("AAA") national rules for the resolution of employment
disputes by mediation, by a mediator who has had both training and experience as
a mediator of general employment and commercial  matters. If the parties to this
agreement cannot agree on a mediator,  then the mediator will be selected by the
AAA in accordance with the criteria  described in this provision.  Within thirty
(30) days after the selection of the  mediator,  Employer and Employee and their
respective attorneys will meet with the mediator for one mediation session of at
least four hours. If the claim or dispute cannot be


                                       6

<PAGE>


settled during such mediation  session or mutually  agreed  continuation  of the
session,  either  Employer or Employee may give the mediator and the other party
to the  claim or  dispute  written  notice  declaring  the end of the  mediation
process.  All  discussions  connected  with  this  mediation  provision  will be
confidential  and treated as  compromise  and  settlement  discussions.  Nothing
disclosed in such discussions,  which is not independently discoverable,  may be
used for any purpose in any later proceeding.

12.3  Arbitration.  If any claim or dispute has not been  resolved in accordance
with Section 12.1 and Section 12.2, then the claim or dispute will be determined
by arbitration in Seattle,  Washington,  in accordance with the then-current AAA
national rules for the resolution of employment disputes by arbitration,  except
as  modified  herein.  The  arbitration  will  be  conducted  by a sole  neutral
arbitrator  who has had both training and experience as an arbitrator of general
employment and commercial matters and who is and for at least ten (10) years has
been,  a partner,  a  shareholder,  or a member in a law firm.  If Employer  and
Employee cannot agree on an arbitrator,  then the arbitrator will be selected by
the AAA applying the criteria in this  provision.  No person who has served as a
mediator  under  the  mediation  provision,  however,  may  be  selected  as the
arbitrator for the same claim or dispute. Reasonable discovery will be permitted
and the  arbitrator  may decide any issue as to discovery.  The  arbitrator  may
decide  any issue as to whether  or as to the  extent to which,  any  dispute is
subject to the dispute  resolution  provisions in Section 12 and the  arbitrator
may award any relief  permitted by law. The arbitrator must base the arbitration
award on the  provisions  of Section 12 and  applicable  law and must render the
award in writing,  including an  explanation  of the reasons for the award.  Any
court having  jurisdiction of the matter may enter judgment upon the award,  and
the  decision  of the  arbitrator  will be final and  binding.  The  statute  of
limitations  applicable  to the  commencement  of a  lawsuit  will  apply to the
commencement of arbitration under Section 12.3.

12.4  Reasonable  attorneys'  fees  incurred  in  any  Dispute  relating  to the
interpretation   or  enforcement  of  this  Agreement   shall  be  paid  by  the
non-prevailing party to such Dispute.

13.  Insider  Trading  Compliance.  Employee  agrees to abide by the  employer's
insider trading compliance program as set forth in Exhibit C.

14.  Disclosure.  Employee  agrees to reveal the terms of this  Agreement to any
future employer or potential  employer of Employee and authorizes  Employer,  at
its election, to make such disclosure.

15.  Representation  of Employee.  Employee  represents and warrants to Employer
that  Employee  is free to enter  into  this  Agreement  and has no  commitment,
arrangement  or  understanding  to or with any party  which  restrains  or is in
conflict  with  Employee's  performance  of the  covenants,  services and duties
provided for in this  Agreement.  Employee shall not violate any obligation owed
to any other party, including former employees, and shall not violate any rights
that any  third  party  has with  regard  to  proprietary  information  or trade
secrets.  Employee agrees to indemnify  Employer and to hold it harmless against
any and all  liabilities or claims arising out of breach of this  representation
and warranty.

16. Assignability.  During Employee's  employment hereunder,  this Agreement may
not be  assigned  by either  party  without  the  written  consent of the other;
provided,  however,  that Employer may assign its rights and  obligations  under
this Agreement to a successor by sale, merger or liquidation,  if such successor
carries on Employer's  business  substantially  in the form in which it is being
conducted at the time of the sale, merger or liquidation.


                                       7

<PAGE>


17.  Right of Set-off.  By  accepting  this  Agreement,  Employee  consents to a
deduction from any amounts  Employer owes Employee from time to time  (including
amounts  owed to Employee as wages or other  compensation,  or vacation  pay, as
well as any other  amounts owed to Employee by  Employer),  to the extent of the
amounts  Employee  owes  Employer.  Whether or not  Employer  elects to make any
set-off in whole or in part,  if  Employer  does not recover by means of set-off
the full amount Employee owes it, calculated as set forth above, Employee agrees
to pay immediately the unpaid balance to Employer.

18.  Notices.  Any notice  required or permitted to be given  hereunder shall be
sufficient if in writing,  by  registered or certified  mail, to Employee at the
address  set forth at Exhibit A, or to the  President  of  Employer  at Shopping
Sherlock,  Inc., 11201 S.E. 8th Street,  Suite 152, Bellevue,  WA, 98004. Notice
shall be deemed to have been given on the third day after deposit into the mail.
Notices to the Employee,  may, at the discretion of Employer,  alternatively  be
hand delivered to Employee.

19.  Severability.  In the  event  that  any  provision  of  this  Agreement  or
compliance  by any of the parties  with any  provision of this  Agreement  shall
constitute a violation of any law,  unenforceable  or void, then such provision,
to the extent only that it is in violation of law, void or unenforceable,  shall
be  deemed   modified  to  the  extent   necessary  so  that  it  is  no  longer
unenforceable,  void  or in  violation  of  law.  If  such  modification  is not
possible,  said provision, to the extent that it is in violation of law, void or
unenforceable,  shall be deemed severable from the remaining  provisions of this
Agreement, which provisions shall remain binding on the parties.

20.  Entire  Agreement.  This  instrument  contains the entire  agreement of the
parties,  and it may be changed only by an  agreement  in writing  signed by the
party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, extension or
discharge is sought,  and any such  modification will be signed by the President
of Employer.

21. Governing Law. The validity,  construction and performance of this Agreement
shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington  without  regard to the
conflicts of law provisions of such laws.

22. Other. The waiver by Employer of a breach of any provision of this Agreement
by Employee  shall not  operate or be  construed  as a waiver of any  subsequent
breach  by  Employee.  Affiliates  of  Employer  are and  shall  be  third-party
beneficiaries of this Agreement.



EMPLOYER                                      EMPLOYEE



- ----------------------------                  ----------------------------------
By: Philip Garratt                            Raeanne Steele
Its: CEO
Date:  June 24, 1999                          Date: --------------




                                       8


<PAGE>


                        Exhibit A to Employment Agreement


Name of Employee:  Raeanne Steele

Position:  Executive Vice President of Marketing and Sales

Title of position to whom employee reports: President (Philip Garratt)

Basic responsibilities.

Minimum Hours:          Normal business hours of 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday
                        through Friday.


Base salary:            Canadian $10,000 per month


Options:                The company plans to grant 100,000 options to individual

Expense limit without
prior approval:         U.S. $3,000

Minimum Notice:         One month

Restricted Period:      The Restricted Period shall be the period of one year
following the termination of Employee's employment with Employer for any reason.

Place of notice to Employee.

- ----------------------------

- ----------------------------

EMPLOYER                                      EMPLOYEE



- ----------------------------                  ----------------------------------
By: Philip Garratt                            Raeanne Steele
Its: CEO
Date:  June 24, 1999                          Date: --------------







                                       9

<PAGE>


                        Exhibit B to Employment Agreement



Employee  represents  and warrants  that Employee has no  Inventions,  software,
writings,  artistic works, audiovisual works or other works of authorship useful
to Employer in the normal course of Employer's  Business,  which were conceived,
made or written prior to the date of this  Agreement and which are excluded from
the operation of this Agreement.

List exemptions:















Initials of Employee: -----------





                                       10

<PAGE>


                        Exhibit C to Employment Agreement


                           INSIDER TRADING COMPLIANCE


SHOPPING SHERLOCK INC.
UPDATED INSIDER TRADING COMPLIANCE - PROGRAM
As at June 22nd 1999


Adopted: June 22, 1999
Exhibits Updated: June 22, 1999

In order to continue its active role in the prevention of any question regarding
insider trading violations by its officers, directors,  employees,  shareholders
and other related  individuals,  to alter that role as necessary and appropriate
in light of the Company's  increased  size and publicly  traded  status,  and to
ensure  that  its  policies  continue  to  be  in  accordance  with  the  latest
developments  in the law, the Company has adopted the  policies  and  procedures
described in this  Memorandum  Effective  as of the date set forth above.  These
policies  and  procedures  are  regularly  updated  and  posted to the  Shopping
Sherlock Intranet under "Legal".

I.   Adoption of Insider Trading Policy.

The Company has adopted the Shopping Sherlock Insider Trading Policy attached as
Exhibit  A (the  "Policy"),  which  prohibits  trading  while in  possession  of
Material  Nonpublic   Information  regarding  the  Company.  The  Policy  covers
officers, directors,  shareholders and all other employees of, or consultants or
contractors  to, the Company,  as well as family  members of such  persons,  and
other persons who have or may have access to Material Nonpublic Information. The
Policy  (and/or a summary  thereof is to be delivered to all new  employees  and
consultants upon the commencement of their  relationships with the Company,  and
is to be circulated to all personnel at least annually.

II.  Designation of Certain Persons.

A. Section 16 Individuals.  The Company has determined that those persons listed
on Exhibit B attached hereto are the persons  currently subject to the reporting
and liability  provisions of Section 16 of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended  (the  "Exchange  Act"),  and the rules and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder  ("Section 16  Individuals").  Exhibit B will be amended and -updated
from time to time as  appropriate  to include an updated list of  directors  and
officers and  shareholders  who  beneficially own more than 10% of the Company's
common stock.

B. Other  Restricted  Persons.  The Company has  determined  that those  persons
listed on Exhibit C attached  hereto,  together with the Section 16  Individuals
listed  on  Exhibit  are  currently  subject  to the pre  clearance  requirement
described in Section IV below.  The Company believes that those persons have, or
are likely to have, regular access to Material Nonpublic Information.  Exhibit C
may be amended from time to time. Under special  circumstances,  certain persons
not listed on Exhibit-C may have access to Material Nonpublic  Information for a
period of time.  During such  period,  such  persons are also subject to the pre
clearance procedure described in Section IV.


                                       11

<PAGE>



III. Appointment of Compliance Officer.

The Company  designates  its CFO as the  Company's  Insider  Trading  Compliance
Officer.

IV.  Duties of Compliance Officer.

The  duties of the  Compliance  Officer  include,  but are not  limited  to, the
following:

A. Pre  clear all  transactions  involving  the  Company's  securities  by those
individuals  listed on Exhibits B and C in order to define  compliance  with the
Policy,  insider  trading  laws,  Section  16 of the  Exchange  Act and Rule 144
promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

B.  Coordinate  preparation  and filing of Section 16 reports (Forms 3, 4 and 5)
for all Section 16 Individuals.

C. Serve as the  designated  recipient at the Company of copies of reports filed
with the SEC by Section 16 Individuals under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

D. Perform periodic  cross-checks of available materials which may include Forms
3, 4 and 5, Form 144,  officers'  and  directors'  questionnaires,  and  reports
received from the Company's stock administrator and transfer agent, to determine
trading  activity  by  officers,  directors  and others  who access to  Material
Nonpublic Information.

E. Circulate the Policy (and/or a summary  thereof) to all employees,  including
Section 16  Individuals,  on an annual  basis,  and provide the Policy and other
appropriate  materials to new  officers,  directors  and others who have, or may
have, access to Material Nonpublic Information.

F. Assist the Company's Board of Directors with implementation of the Policy and
Sections I and II of this memorandum.

G. Coordinate with Company counsel regarding compliance with Rule 144 sales.

Attachments:

Exhibit "A" - Insider Trading Policy
Exhibit "B" - List of Section 16 insiders








                                       12

<PAGE>


EXHIBIT "A"


SHOPPING SHERLOCK INC.

INSIDER  TRADING POLICY and Guidelines  with Respect to Certain  Transactions in
Company Securities

This Policy  provides  guidelines to  employees,  officers and directors of, and
consultants  and  contractors  to,  SHOPPING  SHERLOCK INC. (the "Company") with
respect to transactions' in the Company's securities.

APPLICABILITY OF POLICY

This policy applies to all transactions in the Company's  securities,  including
Common Stock,  options for Common Stock and any other securities the Company may
issue from time to time,  such as  preferred  stock,  warrants  and  convertible
debentures, as well as to derivative securities relating to the Company's stock,
whether  or not  issued by the  Company,  such as  exchange-traded  options.  It
applies to all officers of the Company,  all members of the  Company's  Board of
Directors, and all employees of, and consultants and contractors to, the Company
and its  subsidiaries.  This group of people when in receipt of or having access
to Material  Nonpublic  Information  (as defined  below)  regarding the Company,
along with members of their immediate  families and members of their households,
are sometimes referred to in this Policy as "Insiders". This Policy also applies
to any person who receives Material Nonpublic Information from any insider.

Any person who possesses Material Nonpublic Information regarding the Company is
an Insider for so long as the  information is not publicly  known.  Any employee
can be an Insider from time to time, and would at those times be subject to this
Policy.

GENERAL POLICY

It is the policy of the  Company to oppose the  unauthorized  disclosure  of any
Material Nonpublic  Information  regarding the Company acquired in the workplace
or otherwise  and the misuse of Material  Nonpublic  Information  in  securities
trading.

SPECIFIC POLICIES

1. Trading on Material Nonpublic Information.  No director,  officer or employee
of, or consultant or contractor to, the Company,  and no member of the immediate
family  or  household  of any  such  person,  shall  engage  in any  transaction
involving a purchase or sale of the Company's securities, including any offer to
purchase or offer to sell, during any period commencing with the date that he or
she possesses Material Nonpublic Information  concerning the Company, and ending
at the close of business on the second  Trading Day following the date of public
disclosure of that information, or at such time as such nonpublic information is
no longer material.  As used herein,  the term "Trading Day" shall mean a day on
which national stock exchanges and the NASDAQ Stock Market are open for trading.

2. Tipping. No Insider shall disclose ("tip") Material Nonpublic  Information to
any other person  (including  family members) where such information may be used
by such person to his or her profit by


                                       13

<PAGE>


trading in the securities of companies to which such  information  relates,  nor
shall such Insider or related person make recommendations or express opinions on
the basis of  Materials  Nonpublic  Information  as to trading in the  Company's
securities.

3. Confidential of Nonpublic Information.  Nonpublic information relating to the
Company is the property of the Company and the  unauthorized  disclosure of such
information is forbidden.


POTENTIAL CRIMINAL AND CIVIL LIABILITY AND/OR DISCIPLINARY ACTION

1. Liability for Insider  Trading.  Insiders may be subject to  disgorgement  of
profits  (or  losses  avoided)  (trebled  in  some  cases),  penalties  of up to
$1,000,000  and up to ten  years in jail for  engaging  in  transactions  in the
Company's  securities at a time when they have  knowledge of Material  Nonpublic
Information regarding the Company.

2. Liability for Tipping.  Insiders may also be liable for improper transactions
by any person  (commonly  referred to as a "tippee") to whom they have disclosed
nonpublic   information  regarding  the  Company  or  to  whom  they  have  made
recommended or expressed opinions on the basis of such information as to trading
in the Company's securities.  The Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC")
has imposed large penalties even when the disclosing  person did not profit from
the  trading.  The SEC, the stock  exchanges  and the  National  Association  of
Securities Dealers, Inc. use sophisticated electronic surveillance techniques to
uncover insider trading.

3.  Possible  Disciplinary  Actions.  Employees  of the Company who violate this
policy shall also be subject to  disciplinary  action by the  Company,  which my
include ineligibility for future participation in the Company's equity incentive
plan or immediate termination of employment.

GUIDELINES

1.  Recommended  Trading  Window-  To ensure  compliance  with this  Policy  and
applicable  federal and state  securities  laws,  the Company  requires that all
directors, officers, employees, consultants and contractors having access to the
Company's internal financial statements or other Material Nonpublic  Information
refrain  from  conducting  transactions  involving  the  purchase or sale of the
Company's  securities  other than  during the  following  period  (the  "Trading
Window"):

Trading  Window:  The period in any fiscal  quarter  commencing  at the close of
business two full Trading Days  following  the date of public  disclosure of the
financial  results for the prior fine quarter or year and ending on the last day
of the second fiscal month of the fiscal quarter.

The safest period for trading in the Company's securities,  assuming the absence
of  Material  Nonpublic  Information,  is  generally  the  first ten days of the
Trading Window.  Periods other than the Trading Window are more highly sensitive
for  transactions in the Company's stock from the perspective of compliance with
applicable securities laws. This is due to the fact that officers, directors and
certain other employees will, as any quarter progresses,  be increasingly likely
to possess Material  Nonpublic  Information about the expected financial results
for the quarter.

The  purpose  behind  the  recommended  Trading  Window is to help  establish  a
diligent effort to avoid any improper transaction.  An Insider may choose not to
follow this suggestion, but he or she should be


                                       14

<PAGE>


particularly  careful with respect to trading outside the Trading Window,  since
the Insider  may,  at such time,  have access to (or later be deemed to have had
access to) Material  Nonpublic  Information  regarding,  among other things, the
Company's anticipated financial performance for the quarter.

It should be noted that even  during the  Trading  Window any person  possessing
Material Nonpublic  Information  concerning the Company should not engage in any
transactions in the Company's  securities  until such information has been known
publicly  for at least two Trading  Days.  Although the Company may from time to
time  recommend  during a Trading  Window  that  directors,  officers,  selected
employees  and  others  suspend  trading  because of  developments  known to the
Company and not yet disclosed to the public,

each person is  individually  responsible at all times for  compliance  with the
prohibitions against insider trading. Trading in the Company's securities during
the Trading  Window should not be considered a "safe harbor," and all directors,
officers and other persons should use good judgment at all times.


2. Pre  clearance of Trades.  The Company has  determined  that all officers and
directors  of  the  Company   should  refrain  from  trading  in  the  Company's
securities,  even during the Trading  Window,  without first  complying with the
Company's "Pre clearance" process.  Each officer and director should contact the
Company's  Insider Trading  Compliance  officer prior to commencing any trade in
the Company's securities.

The Company may also find it necessary, from time to time, to require compliance
with  the  pre  clearance  process  from  certain  employees,   consultants  and
contractors other than and in addition to officers and directors.

3. No Short Sales or Options  Trading.  The Company  requires that all officers,
directors,  employees,  consultants and contractors refrain from engaging in any
short sale of the  Company's  securities  or any purchase or sale of put or call
options involving the Company's securities.

4. Trading in Stock of Customers and  Suppliers.  The Company  requires that all
officers, directors, employees, consultants and contractors refrain from trading
in the  securities  of customers,  suppliers or other third party  entities with
whom the  Company has a business  relationship  at a time that such person is in
possession  of material  non public  information  concerning  the issuer of such
securities obtained through the Company's relationship with such other entity.

5.  Individual  Responsibility.  Every  officer,  director  and employee has the
individual  responsibility  to comply with this Policy against insider  trading,
regardless  of whether  the  Company has  recommended  a trading  window to that
Insider or any other  Insiders of the Company.  The guidelines set forth in this
Policy are guidelines  only,  and  appropriate  judgment  should be exercised in
connection with any trade in the Company's securities.

An Insider may, from time to time, have to forego, a proposed transaction in the
Company's  securities even if he or she planned to make the  transaction  before
learning  of the  Material  Nonpublic  Information  and even  though the Insider
believes he or she may suffer an economic loss or forego  anticipated  profit by
waiting.


                                       15

<PAGE>


APPLICABILITY OF POLICY TO INSIDE INFORMATION
REGARDING OTHER COMPANIES

This policy and the guidelines described herein also apply to Material Nonpublic
Information  relating to other  companies,  including the  Company's  customers,
vendors,  suppliers or acquisition candidates ("business  partners"),  when that
information  is obtained in the course of  employment  with,  or other  services
performed on behalf of, the Company.  Civil and  penalties,  and  termination of
employment,  may  result  from  trading  on  inside  information  regarding  the
Company's business partners.

All employees should treat Material  Nonpublic  information  about the company's
business  partners  with the same care  required  with  respect  to  information
related directly to the Company.

DEFINITION OF MATERIAL N0N PUBLIC INFORMATION

It is not possible to define all  categories of material  information.  However,
information  should be regarded as material if there is a reasonable  likelihood
that it would be  considered  important  to an investor in making an  investment
decision regarding the purchase or sale of the Company's securities.


While it may be difficult  under this standard to determine  whether  particular
information  is material there are various  categories of  information  that are
particularly  sensitive  and, as a general  rule,  should  always be  considered
material. Examples of such information may include:

Financial results
Projections of future earnings or losses
News of a pending or proposed merger
News of a pending or proposed significant acquisition
News of the disposition of a subsidiary
Impending bankruptcy or financial liquidity problems
Gain or loss of a substantial customer or supplier
Changes in dividend policy
New product announcements of a significant nature
Significant product defects or modifications Significant pricing changes
Stock  splits
New equity or debt offerings
Major acquisitions
Significant litigation exposure due to actual or threatened litigation
Major changes in senior management
Either positive or negative information may be material.
Non public information is information that has not been previously  disclosed to
the general public and is otherwise not readily available to the general public.

CERTAIN EXPECTATIONS

For purposes of this Policy,  the Company considers that the exercise of a stock
option for cash under the Company's stock option plans or the purchase of shares
under the Company's employee stock purchase


                                       16

<PAGE>


plan (but not the sale of any such shares) is exempt from this Policy, since the
other party to the transaction is the Company itself and the price does not vary
with the market but is fixed by the terms of the option agreement or the plan.

Further,  the Company  does not believe  that  employees,  officers or directors
should  ordinarily  be  prohibited  from making  bonafide  gifts and  charitable
donations  outside the Trading  Window in  situations  where there is no unusual
activity or other reason to believe  that a  transaction  would be  particularly
risky.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION - DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Directors  and  officers  of the Company  must also  comply  with the  reporting
obligations and limitations on short-swing  transactions set forth in Section 16
of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  The  practical  effect of
these  provisions  is that  officers  and  directors  who  purchase and sell the
Company's  securities within a six-month period must disgorge all profits to the
Company whether or not they bad knowledge of any Material Nonpublic Information.
Under these  provisions,  and so long as certain other criteria are met, neither
the receipt of an option trader the Company's  option plan,  nor the exercise of
that option nor the receipt of stock under the Company's employee stock purchase
plan is deemed a purchase under Section 16; however, the sale of any such shares
is a sale under Section 16.

Moreover,  no officer or  director  may ever make a short sale of the  Company's
stock. The Company has provided,  or will provide,  separate memoranda and other
appropriate  materials to its officers and directors  regarding  compliance with
Section 16 and its related rules.

INQUIRIES
Please direct your  questions as to any of the matters  discussed in this Policy
to the Company's Insider Trading Compliance officer.



                                       17

<PAGE>


EXHIBIT "B"

DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND SHAREHOLDERS SUBJECT TO SECTION 16
         As of June 22, 1999


Directors:

Richard Stewart
Jasbir Dhaliwal
Philip Garratt
Raeanne Steele
Mitchell Eggers

Officers:

     TITLE                                                   NAME
     -----                                                   ----
1.   President and Chief Executive Officer                   Philip Garratt

2.   Chief Financial Officer/Secretary                       Patrick McGrath

3.   Chief Technology Officer                                Jan Walter

4.   Chief Operating Officer                                 Mitchell Eggers

5.   Executive Vice President of Sales and Marketing         Raeanne Steele

Shareholders:

Premier Lifestyles International Corporation (PLIC)






                                       18





                                                                  Exhibit 10.10

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     THIS  EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT  is made  this  24th  day of June,  1999  (this
"Agreement"),   between   Shopping   Sherlock,   Inc.  a  Delaware   corporation
("Employer"), and Jan Walter ("Employee").

                                    RECITALS

A.  Employer  desires to hire  Employee  and  Employee  wishes to be employed by
Employer.  In such  employment,  Employee  will be given access to  information,
which is  confidential  and proprietary to Employer and its Affiliates and vital
to their  business  operations.  For the  purposes  of the  Agreement,  the term
"Affiliate"  means any entity  currently  existing or subsequently  organized or
formed that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common
control with Employer,  whether through the ownership of voting  securities,  by
contract or otherwise.

B. Employee will receive  adequate  consideration  for executing and  delivering
this Agreement, including employment by Employer. Entry into this Agreement is a
condition of Employee's employment with Employer.

                                    AGREEMENT

         Based upon the  consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained,
and other good and valuable consideration,  the sufficiency and receipt of which
are hereby acknowledged, and in order to induce the Employer to employ Employee,
the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment. Employer hereby agrees to employ Employee, and Employee agrees to
be employed by Employer in the capacity  identified  in Exhibit A. Employee will
report to the person identified at Exhibit A. Employee's basic  responsibilities
are set forth in Exhibit A,  although  Employee may be required to perform other
responsibilities  in addition to those  identified at Exhibit A. Employee's base
of operations shall be the Employer's  offices  identified at Exhibit A. Changes
may be made  from  time to time by  Employer,  in its  sole  discretion,  to the
duties, reporting relationship and title of Employee.  Employee shall devote all
of Employee's  work efforts to Employer.  Employee  shall comply with all rules,
policies  and  procedures  of Employer as modified  from time to time.  Employee
shall  perform all of Employee's  responsibilities  in a way that is in complete
compliance with all applicable laws.

2. Term of  Employment.  The employment is "at will," and the term of employment
shall be for no specific period of time and may be terminated by the Employer or
Employee at any time for any reason,  with or without cause,  in accordance with
the terms and conditions herein.

3. Compensation.  For the duration of Employee's employment,  the Employee shall
be paid an annual base salary ("Base Salary"),  as identified in Exhibit A. Base
Salary  shall be prorated  for the actual  period of  employment  and payable in
equal installments in accordance with Employer's normal payroll  practices,  and
shall be subject to appropriate deductions and withholding.


                                       1

<PAGE>


4. Other Benefits. Employee shall be entitled to participate in employee benefit
programs established by Employer, such as medical, pension,  disability and life
insurance  plans,  to the extent that  Employee is eligible for such benefits in
accordance with Employer's  policies,  as they may be changed from time to time.
Nothing in this  Agreement  requires  the  adoption or  maintenance  of any such
arrangements  or plans.  For the duration of  Employee's  employment  under this
Agreement,  Employee  shall  accrue  and  utilize  sick  leave and  vacation  in
accordance with the policies and procedures of Employer, as they may be modified
from time to time.  Employer shall  reimburse  Employee for reasonable  expenses
necessarily  incurred in the performance of Employee's duties in accordance with
Employer policies.  All expenses in excess of the amount identified at Exhibit A
must be approved in advance by Employee's supervisor.

5. Termination or Discharge by Employer.

5.1.1  For  Cause.  Employer  shall  have  the  right to  immediately  terminate
Employee's  services and this Agreement for cause.  "Cause" means:  any material
breach of this Agreement by Employee,  including, without limitation,  breach of
Employee's covenants in Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10; any failure to perform assigned
job  responsibilities  that continues without remedy for a period of thirty (30)
days after  written  notice to Employee by Employer;  conviction of a felony (or
its legal equivalent in any jurisdiction) or failure to contest  prosecution for
a  felony  (or its  legal  equivalent  in any  jurisdiction);  violation  of any
statute, rule or regulation, any of which in the judgment of Employer is harmful
to  Employer's  Business  (as  defined  herein)  or  to  Employer's  reputation;
unethical practices; dishonesty; disloyalty; or any reason that would constitute
cause under the laws of the State of  Washington  or any other  jurisdiction  in
which the Employee performs services hereunder.

5.1.2 Upon termination of Employee's  employment hereunder for cause or upon the
death or  disability  of Employee,  Employee will have no rights to any unvested
benefits or any other compensation or payments after the termination date or the
last day of the month in which  Employee's  death or  disability  occurred.  For
purposes of this  Agreement,  "disability"  means the incapacity or inability of
Employee,  whether due to accident,  sickness or  otherwise,  as determined by a
medical doctor acceptable to the Board of Directors of Employer and confirmed in
writing by such  doctor,  to  perform  the  essential  functions  of  Employee's
position  under  this  Agreement,   with  or  without  reasonable  accommodation
(provided that no accommodation  that imposes undue hardship on Employer will be
required)  for an aggregate of ninety (90) days during any period of one hundred
eighty (180) consecutive days.

5.2 Without Cause. If Employer terminates  Employee's  employment without cause,
Employer  shall provide  Employee with the amount of advance notice set forth as
minimum notice in Exhibit A ("Minimum Notice").  Alternatively,  and in the sole
discretion of Employer,  Employer may terminate  Employee's  employment  without
notice or with  notice less than the Minimum  Notice,  but in such a  situation,
Employer shall pay Employee the amount of Base Salary Employee would have earned
had Employee  remained  employed through the Minimum Notice period (based on the
Base  Salary  rate on the  termination  date),  less the  amount of Base  Salary
actually earned during the Minimum Notice period. Such payments shall be sent to
Employee in amounts  allocated  per pay period by mail on  Employer's  usual and
customary  paydays  and  shall be less  required  withholdings  and  deductions.
Employee  shall  have  no  rights  to  any  unvested  benefits  at the  time  of
termination or any other payments except as stated in this paragraph.


                                       2

<PAGE>


6. Termination by Employee.  Employee may terminate Employee's  employment under
this  Agreement for any reason  provided that Employee gives Employer the amount
of notice set forth as Minimum Notice in Exhibit A. In the event of such Notice,
Employee's  compensation  and benefits  hereunder  shall cease as of the date of
Employee's designated  termination date, except that Employer may accelerate the
termination  date to any date  determined  by Employer  after  which  Employee's
services would not be required.  In the event of termination by Employee,  there
shall be no further compensation beyond the termination date.

7. Covenant Not To Compete.  During the Restricted  Period defined in Exhibit A,
Employee covenants and agrees that Employee shall not:

     a. Directly, indirectly, or otherwise, own, manage, operate, control, serve
     as a consultant to, be employed by, participate in, or be connected, in any
     manner, with the ownership management, operation or control of any business
     which is competitive with any type of business which Employer is engaged in
     or  planned  to engage in at any time  during  Employee's  employment  with
     Employer up to and  including  the time of the  termination  of  employment
     ("Employer's Business");

     b. Hire,  offer to hire,  entice  away or in any other  manner  persuade or
     attempt to persuade any officer,  employee or agent of Employer to alter or
     discontinue his or her relationship with Employer;

     c. Directly or indirectly solicit,  divert, or attempt to solicit or divert
     any customers or business of Employer; or

     d. Directly or indirectly solicit,  divert, or in any other manner persuade
     or attempt to persuade any supplier or Employee to alter or discontinue its
     relationship with Employer.

7.1 For the purposes of this Section 7, Employer's  Business  includes,  without
limitation,  the  development  and operation of multiple  commerce  sites on the
Internet for the sale of products,  services,  and privileges over the Internet,
participating  and building a reciprocal  rebate program,  providing  e-commerce
services  to direct and  multi-level  marketing  companies  as well as  discount
warehouse companies,  and inventing or adapting any e-commerce systems necessary
to the operation of such sites.  Notwithstanding  Employee's  obligations  under
this Section 7, Employee shall be entitled to own, as a passive investor,  up to
five  percent  (5%)  of  any  publicly-traded  company  without  violating  this
provision.

7.2  Employer and Employee  agree that this  provision  does not impose an undue
hardship on Employee and is not injurious to the public;  that this provision is
necessary  to protect the valuable  goodwill and the business of Employer;  that
the nature of Employee's  responsibilities  with Employer  under this  Agreement
require  Employee to have access to confidential  information  which is valuable
and  confidential  to Employer's  Business;  that the scope of this Section 7 is
reasonable in terms of length of time; and that adequate  consideration supports
this Section 7.

7.3  Employee  recognizes  that  Employer has entered  into  strategic  alliance
agreements   with   partners,   vendors  and  clients   that   include   various
non-competition,  nondisclosure, and non-circumvention requirements and employee
agrees to uphold and abide by these agreements.


                                       3

<PAGE>


8. Confidential  Information.  Employee  recognizes that Employer's Business and
continued  success  depend  upon  the use and  protection  of  confidential  and
proprietary business information, including, without limitation, the information
and technology developed by or available through licenses to Employer related to
Employer's  Business,  to which Employee has access (all such information  being
"Confidential  Information").   For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  the  phrase
"Confidential  Information"  includes  for  Employer  and its  current or future
subsidiaries and affiliates, without limitation, and whether or not specifically
designated as  confidential  or  proprietary:  all business  plans and marketing
strategies;   information   concerning  existing  and  prospective  markets  and
customers; financial information;  information concerning the development of new
products and services;  and technical and non-technical data related to software
programs,  designs,  specifications,   compilations,  inventions,  improvements,
methods,  processes,  procedures and  techniques;  provided,  however,  that the
phrase does not include information that;

     (a) was  lawfully in  Employee's  possession  prior to  disclosure  of such
     information by Employer;

     (b) was, or at any time becomes,  available in the public domain other than
     through a violation of this Agreement;

     (c) is documented by Employee as having been developed by Employee  outside
     the scope of Employee's employment and independently; or

     (d) is  furnished to Employee by a third party not under an  obligation  of
     confidentiality  to  Employer.   Employee  agrees  that  during  Employee's
     employment  and after  termination  of  employment  irrespective  of cause,
     Employee will use Confidential Information only for the benefit of Employer
     and will not directly or indirectly use or divulge, or permit others to use
     or  divulge,  any  Confidential  Information  for  any  reason,  except  as
     authorized by Employer.  (e) Employee's  obligation under this Agreement is
     in addition to any  obligations  Employee  has under state,  provincial  or
     federal law.

8.1  Employee  agrees to deliver to Employer  immediately  upon  termination  of
Employee's  employment,  or at any time Employer so requests, all tangible items
containing any Confidential  Information  (including,  without  limitation,  all
memoranda,   photographs,   records,  reports,  manuals,  drawings,  blueprints,
prototypes,  notes taken by or provided to Employee,  and any other documents or
items of a confidential belonging to Employer), together with all copies of such
material in Employee's possession or control.

8.2 Employee  agrees that in the course of Employee's  employment with Employer,
Employee  will not violate in any way the rights that any entity has with regard
to  trade  secrets  or  proprietary  or  confidential  information.   Employee's
obligations  under this Section 8 are  indefinite  in term and shall survive the
termination of this Agreement.

9. Work  Product  and  Copyrights.  Employee  agrees  that all right,  title and
interest in and to all  products,  materials and  documents  resulting  from the
performance of Employee's  duties at Employer and all copies thereof,  including
works in  progress,  in  whatever  media,  (the  "Work"),  will be and remain in
Employer  upon  their  creation.  Employee  will mark all Work  with  Employer's
copyright or other proprietary notice as directed by Employer.  Employee further
agrees:

9.1 To the extent  that any  portion of the Work  constitutes  a work able to be
protected under the copyright laws of the United States (the  "Copyright  Law"),
that all such Work  will be  considered  a "work  made for hire" as such term is
used and defined in the Copyright Law and that Employer will be


                                       4

<PAGE>


considered  the "author" of such portion of the Work and the sole and  exclusive
owner throughout the world of copyright therein; and

9.2 If any  portion  of the Work does not  qualify  as a "work made for hire" as
such term is used and defined in the Copyright Law, that Employee hereby assigns
and agrees to assign to  Employer,  without  further  consideration,  all right,
title and interest in and to such Work or in any such portion thereof  including
without limitation any copyright,  trade secret, trademark, trade dress, service
mark or other  proprietary  interest  therein and further  agrees to execute and
deliver to Employer,  upon  request,  appropriate  assignments  of such Work and
copyright and other rights therein and such other  documents and  instruments as
Employer may request to fully and completely  assign such Work and copyright and
other rights therein to Employer,  its successors or nominees, and that Employee
hereby  appoints  Employer as  attorney-in-fact  to execute and deliver any such
documents on Employee's behalf in the event Employee should fail or refuse to do
so within a reasonable period following Employer's request.

10.  Inventions  and  Patents.  For  purposes  of this  Agreement,  "Inventions"
includes,   without   limitation,   information,   inventions,    contributions,
improvements,  ideas,  or  discoveries,  whether they are able to be patented or
not,  and whether or not  conceived or made during work hours.  Employee  agrees
that  all  Inventions  conceived  or made  by  Employee  during  the  period  of
employment  with Employer  belong to Employer,  provided they relate directly to
the business of the Employer, or relate to the employer's actual or demonstrably
anticipated research and development, or result from work performed by Employer.
Accordingly, Employee will:

10.1 Make adequate  written  records of such  Inventions,  which records will be
Employer's property; and

10.2 Assign to Employer,  at its request,  any rights  Employee may have to such
Inventions for the U.S. and all foreign countries;

10.3 Waive and agree not to assert any moral rights Employee may have or acquire
in any  Inventions  and agree to provide  written  waivers  from time to time as
requested by Employer;  and assist Employer (at Employer's expense) in obtaining
and  maintaining  patents  or  copyright  registrations  with  respect  to  such
Inventions.

10.4  Employee  understands  and  agrees  that  Employer  or its  designee  will
determine,  in its sole and  absolute  discretion,  whether an  application  for
patent  will be  filed  on any  Invention  that  is the  exclusive  property  of
Employer,  as set forth above, and whether such an application will be abandoned
prior to issuance of a patent.  Employer will pay to Employee,  either during or
after the term of this  Agreement,  the  following  amounts if  Employee is sole
inventor, or Employee's  proportionate share if Employee is joint inventor: $750
upon filing of the initial application for patent on such Invention;  and $1,500
upon  issuance  of a patent  resulting  from such  initial  patent  application,
provided Employee is named as an inventor in the patent.

10.5 Employee further agrees that Employee will promptly  disclose in writing to
Employer  during  the  term of  Employee's  employment  and  for  one  (1)  year
thereafter,  all Inventions whether developed during the time of such employment
or thereafter  (whether or not Employer has rights in such  Inventions)  so that
Employee's  rights and Employer's  rights in such  Inventions can be determined.
Except  as set  forth on the  initialed  Exhibit  B to this  Agreement,  if any,
Employee  represents  and warrants  that Employee has no  Inventions,  software,
writings or other works of authorship useful to Employer in the normal course of


                                       5

<PAGE>


Employer's Business, which were conceived,  made or written prior to the date of
this Agreement and which are excluded from the operation of this Agreement.

     NOTICE:  In accordance  with Washington law, this Section 10 does not apply
     to Inventions for which no equipment,  supplies,  facility, or trade secret
     information  of  Employer  was used and which  was  developed  entirely  on
     Employee's own time,  unless: (a) the Invention relates (i) directly to the
     business  of  Employer  or  (ii)  to  Employer's   actual  or  demonstrably
     anticipated research or development,  or (b) the Invention results from any
     work performed by Employee for Employer.

11.  Remedies.  Notwithstanding  other  provisions of this  Agreement  regarding
dispute resolution, Employee agrees that Employee's violation of any of Sections
7,  8,  9 or 10 of  this  Agreement  would  cause  Employer  or  its  Affiliates
irreparable harm which would not be adequately  compensated by monetary damages,
and  that  an  injunction   may  be  granted  by  any  court  or  courts  having
jurisdiction,   restraining  Employee  from  violation  of  the  terms  of  this
Agreement,  upon any breach or threatened  breach of Employee of obligations set
forth in any of  Sections  7, 8, 9 or 10. The  preceding  sentence  shall not be
construed to limit Employer or its  Affiliates  from any other relief or damages
to which  it may be  entitled  to as a result  of  Employee's  violation  of any
obligation owed Employer under law or provision of this Agreement, including any
of Sections 7, 8, 9 or 10.

12. Dispute Resolution.  Except with regard to the right of Employer or Employee
to commence any judicial action or proceeding to obtain injunctive  relief,  and
to the greatest extent  permitted by law, any  controversy,  claim or dispute of
whatever  nature  arising  out of or relating to this  Agreement,  whether  such
controversy,  claim or dispute is based upon statute, contract, tort, common law
or otherwise, and whether such controversy, claim or dispute existed prior to or
arises after the date of this Agreement (any such controversy,  claim or dispute
being a "Dispute"),  shall be resolved in  accordance  with the  procedures  set
forth in this  Section  12,  which  procedures  will be the  sole and  exclusive
procedures  for the  resolution  of any Disputes.  Matters to be resolved  under
these  procedures also include claims and disputes  arising out of statutes such
as Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, the Age  Discrimination in Employment Act,
and  the  Washington   Law  against   Discrimination   or  similar   statues  in
jurisdictions  in which the Employee  performs  services  under this  agreement.
Nothing in this provision is intended to restrict  Employee from  submitting any
matter to an administrative agency with jurisdiction over such matter.

12.1  Compliance  with Employer  Policy.  Employee and Employer will make a good
faith attempt to resolve all disputes in accordance with any dispute  resolution
policy  adopted by Employer  before  resorting to any other  dispute  resolution
procedure.

12.2 Mediation.  Employer and Employee will make a good faith attempt to resolve
any and all claims and disputes not resolved in accordance  with Section 12.1 by
submitting  them  to  mediation  in  Seattle,  Washington  before  resorting  to
arbitration  or any other  dispute  resolution  procedure.  The mediation of any
claim or dispute must be conducted in accordance with the then-current  American
Arbitration  Association ("AAA") national rules for the resolution of employment
disputes by mediation, by a mediator who has had both training and experience as
a mediator of general employment and commercial  matters. If the parties to this
agreement cannot agree on a mediator,  then the mediator will be selected by the
AAA in accordance with the criteria  described in this provision.  Within thirty
(30) days after the selection of the  mediator,  Employer and Employee and their
respective attorneys will meet with the mediator for one mediation session of at
least four hours. If the claim or dispute cannot be


                                       6

<PAGE>


settled during such mediation  session or mutually  agreed  continuation  of the
session,  either  Employer or Employee may give the mediator and the other party
to the  claim or  dispute  written  notice  declaring  the end of the  mediation
process.  All  discussions  connected  with  this  mediation  provision  will be
confidential  and treated as  compromise  and  settlement  discussions.  Nothing
disclosed in such discussions,  which is not independently discoverable,  may be
used for any purpose in any later proceeding.

12.3  Arbitration.  If any claim or dispute has not been  resolved in accordance
with Section 12.1 and Section 12.2, then the claim or dispute will be determined
by arbitration in Seattle,  Washington,  in accordance with the then-current AAA
national rules for the resolution of employment disputes by arbitration,  except
as  modified  herein.  The  arbitration  will  be  conducted  by a sole  neutral
arbitrator  who has had both training and experience as an arbitrator of general
employment and commercial matters and who is and for at least ten (10) years has
been,  a partner,  a  shareholder,  or a member in a law firm.  If Employer  and
Employee cannot agree on an arbitrator,  then the arbitrator will be selected by
the AAA applying the criteria in this  provision.  No person who has served as a
mediator  under  the  mediation  provision,  however,  may  be  selected  as the
arbitrator for the same claim or dispute. Reasonable discovery will be permitted
and the  arbitrator  may decide any issue as to discovery.  The  arbitrator  may
decide  any issue as to whether  or as to the  extent to which,  any  dispute is
subject to the dispute  resolution  provisions in Section 12 and the  arbitrator
may award any relief  permitted by law. The arbitrator must base the arbitration
award on the  provisions  of Section 12 and  applicable  law and must render the
award in writing,  including an  explanation  of the reasons for the award.  Any
court having  jurisdiction of the matter may enter judgment upon the award,  and
the  decision  of the  arbitrator  will be final and  binding.  The  statute  of
limitations  applicable  to the  commencement  of a  lawsuit  will  apply to the
commencement of arbitration under Section 12.3.

12.4  Reasonable  attorneys'  fees  incurred  in  any  Dispute  relating  to the
interpretation   or  enforcement  of  this  Agreement   shall  be  paid  by  the
non-prevailing party to such Dispute.

13.  Insider  Trading  Compliance.  Employee  agrees to abide by the  employer's
insider trading compliance program as set forth in Exhibit C.

14.  Disclosure.  Employee  agrees to reveal the terms of this  Agreement to any
future employer or potential  employer of Employee and authorizes  Employer,  at
its election, to make such disclosure.

15.  Representation  of Employee.  Employee  represents and warrants to Employer
that  Employee  is free to enter  into  this  Agreement  and has no  commitment,
arrangement  or  understanding  to or with any party  which  restrains  or is in
conflict  with  Employee's  performance  of the  covenants,  services and duties
provided for in this  Agreement.  Employee shall not violate any obligation owed
to any other party, including former employees, and shall not violate any rights
that any  third  party  has with  regard  to  proprietary  information  or trade
secrets.  Employee agrees to indemnify  Employer and to hold it harmless against
any and all  liabilities or claims arising out of breach of this  representation
and warranty.

16. Assignability.  During Employee's  employment hereunder,  this Agreement may
not be  assigned  by either  party  without  the  written  consent of the other;
provided,  however,  that Employer may assign its rights and  obligations  under
this Agreement to a successor by sale, merger or liquidation,  if such successor
carries on Employer's  business  substantially  in the form in which it is being
conducted at the time of the sale, merger or liquidation.


                                       7

<PAGE>


17.  Right of Set-off.  By  accepting  this  Agreement,  Employee  consents to a
deduction from any amounts  Employer owes Employee from time to time  (including
amounts  owed to Employee as wages or other  compensation,  or vacation  pay, as
well as any other  amounts owed to Employee by  Employer),  to the extent of the
amounts  Employee  owes  Employer.  Whether or not  Employer  elects to make any
set-off in whole or in part,  if  Employer  does not recover by means of set-off
the full amount Employee owes it, calculated as set forth above, Employee agrees
to pay immediately the unpaid balance to Employer.

18.  Notices.  Any notice  required or permitted to be given  hereunder shall be
sufficient if in writing,  by  registered or certified  mail, to Employee at the
address  set forth at Exhibit A, or to the  President  of  Employer  at Shopping
Sherlock,  Inc., 11201 S.E. 8th Street,  Suite 152, Bellevue,  WA, 98004. Notice
shall be deemed to have been given on the third day after deposit into the mail.
Notices to the Employee,  may, at the discretion of Employer,  alternatively  be
hand delivered to Employee.

19.  Severability.  In the  event  that  any  provision  of  this  Agreement  or
compliance  by any of the parties  with any  provision of this  Agreement  shall
constitute a violation of any law,  unenforceable  or void, then such provision,
to the extent only that it is in violation of law, void or unenforceable,  shall
be  deemed   modified  to  the  extent   necessary  so  that  it  is  no  longer
unenforceable,  void  or in  violation  of  law.  If  such  modification  is not
possible,  said provision, to the extent that it is in violation of law, void or
unenforceable,  shall be deemed severable from the remaining  provisions of this
Agreement, which provisions shall remain binding on the parties.

20.  Entire  Agreement.  This  instrument  contains the entire  agreement of the
parties,  and it may be changed only by an  agreement  in writing  signed by the
party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, extension or
discharge is sought,  and any such  modification will be signed by the President
of Employer.

21. Governing Law. The validity,  construction and performance of this Agreement
shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington  without  regard to the
conflicts of law provisions of such laws.

22. Other. The waiver by Employer of a breach of any provision of this Agreement
by Employee  shall not  operate or be  construed  as a waiver of any  subsequent
breach  by  Employee.  Affiliates  of  Employer  are and  shall  be  third-party
beneficiaries of this Agreement.



EMPLOYER                               EMPLOYEE



- ----------------------------           ----------------------------------
By: Philip Garratt                     Jan Walter
Its: CEO
Date:  June 24, 1999                   Date: ------------






                                       8


<PAGE>


                        Exhibit A to Employment Agreement


Name of Employee:  Jan Walter

Position:  CTO

Title of position to whom employee reports: COO (Mitch Eggers)

Basic responsibilities.

Minimum Hours:              Normal business hours of 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
                            Monday through Friday.


Base salary:                U.S. $5,000 per month


Options:                    The company plans to grant 75,000 options to the
                            individual

Expense limit without
 prior approval:            U.S. $1,000

Minimum Notice:             One month

Restricted Period:          The Restricted Period shall be the period of one
year following the  termination of Employee's  employment  with Employer for any
reason.

Place of notice to Employee.

- ----------------------------

- ----------------------------

EMPLOYER                               EMPLOYEE



- ----------------------------           ----------------------------------
By: Philip Garratt                     Jan Walter
Its: CEO
Date:  June 24, 1999                   Date: ------------







                                       9

<PAGE>


                        Exhibit B to Employment Agreement


Employee  represents  and warrants  that Employee has no  Inventions,  software,
writings,  artistic works, audiovisual works or other works of authorship useful
to Employer in the normal course of Employer's  Business,  which were conceived,
made or written prior to the date of this  Agreement and which are excluded from
the operation of this Agreement.

List exemptions:














Initials of Employee:  -----------




                                       10

<PAGE>


                        Exhibit C to Employment Agreement


                           INSIDER TRADING COMPLIANCE


SHOPPING SHERLOCK INC.
UPDATED INSIDER TRADING COMPLIANCE - PROGRAM
As at June 22nd 1999


Adopted: June 22, 1999
Exhibits Updated: June 22, 1999

In order to continue its active role in the prevention of any question regarding
insider trading violations by its officers, directors,  employees,  shareholders
and other related  individuals,  to alter that role as necessary and appropriate
in light of the Company's  increased  size and publicly  traded  status,  and to
ensure  that  its  policies  continue  to  be  in  accordance  with  the  latest
developments  in the law, the Company has adopted the  policies  and  procedures
described in this  Memorandum  Effective  as of the date set forth above.  These
policies  and  procedures  are  regularly  updated  and  posted to the  Shopping
Sherlock Intranet under "Legal".

I.   Adoption of Insider Trading Policy.

The Company has adopted the Shopping Sherlock Insider Trading Policy attached as
Exhibit  A (the  "Policy"),  which  prohibits  trading  while in  possession  of
Material  Nonpublic   Information  regarding  the  Company.  The  Policy  covers
officers, directors,  shareholders and all other employees of, or consultants or
contractors  to, the Company,  as well as family  members of such  persons,  and
other persons who have or may have access to Material Nonpublic Information. The
Policy  (and/or a summary  thereof is to be delivered to all new  employees  and
consultants upon the commencement of their  relationships with the Company,  and
is to be circulated to all personnel at least annually.

II.  Designation of Certain Persons.

A. Section 16 Individuals.  The Company has determined that those persons listed
on Exhibit B attached hereto are the persons  currently subject to the reporting
and liability  provisions of Section 16 of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended  (the  "Exchange  Act"),  and the rules and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder  ("Section 16  Individuals").  Exhibit B will be amended and -updated
from time to time as  appropriate  to include an updated list of  directors  and
officers and  shareholders  who  beneficially own more than 10% of the Company's
common stock.

B. Other  Restricted  Persons.  The Company has  determined  that those  persons
listed on Exhibit C attached  hereto,  together with the Section 16  Individuals
listed  on  Exhibit  are  currently  subject  to the pre  clearance  requirement
described in Section IV below.  The Company believes that those persons have, or
are likely to have, regular access to Material Nonpublic Information.  Exhibit C
may be amended from time to time. Under special  circumstances,  certain persons
not listed on Exhibit-C may have access to Material Nonpublic  Information for a
period of time.  During such  period,  such  persons are also subject to the pre
clearance procedure described in Section IV.


                                       11

<PAGE>


III. Appointment of Compliance Officer.

The Company  designates  its CFO as the  Company's  Insider  Trading  Compliance
Officer.

IV.  Duties of Compliance Officer.

The  duties of the  Compliance  Officer  include,  but are not  limited  to, the
following:

A. Pre  clear all  transactions  involving  the  Company's  securities  by those
individuals  listed on Exhibits B and C in order to define  compliance  with the
Policy,  insider  trading  laws,  Section  16 of the  Exchange  Act and Rule 144
promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

B.  Coordinate  preparation  and filing of Section 16 reports (Forms 3, 4 and 5)
for all Section 16 Individuals.

C. Serve as the  designated  recipient at the Company of copies of reports filed
with the SEC by Section 16 Individuals under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

D. Perform periodic  cross-checks of available materials which may include Forms
3, 4 and 5, Form 144,  officers'  and  directors'  questionnaires,  and  reports
received from the Company's stock administrator and transfer agent, to determine
trading  activity  by  officers,  directors  and others  who access to  Material
Nonpublic Information.

E. Circulate the Policy (and/or a summary  thereof) to all employees,  including
Section 16  Individuals,  on an annual  basis,  and provide the Policy and other
appropriate  materials to new  officers,  directors  and others who have, or may
have, access to Material Nonpublic Information.

F. Assist the Company's Board of Directors with implementation of the Policy and
Sections I and II of this memorandum.

G. Coordinate with Company counsel regarding compliance with Rule 144 sales.

Attachments:

Exhibit "A" - Insider Trading Policy
Exhibit "B" - List of Section 16 insiders








                                       12

<PAGE>


EXHIBIT "A"


SHOPPING SHERLOCK INC.

INSIDER  TRADING POLICY and Guidelines  with Respect to Certain  Transactions in
Company Securities

This Policy  provides  guidelines to  employees,  officers and directors of, and
consultants  and  contractors  to,  SHOPPING  SHERLOCK INC. (the "Company") with
respect to transactions' in the Company's securities.

APPLICABILITY OF POLICY

This policy applies to all transactions in the Company's  securities,  including
Common Stock,  options for Common Stock and any other securities the Company may
issue from time to time,  such as  preferred  stock,  warrants  and  convertible
debentures, as well as to derivative securities relating to the Company's stock,
whether  or not  issued by the  Company,  such as  exchange-traded  options.  It
applies to all officers of the Company,  all members of the  Company's  Board of
Directors, and all employees of, and consultants and contractors to, the Company
and its  subsidiaries.  This group of people when in receipt of or having access
to Material  Nonpublic  Information  (as defined  below)  regarding the Company,
along with members of their immediate  families and members of their households,
are sometimes referred to in this Policy as "Insiders". This Policy also applies
to any person who receives Material Nonpublic Information from any insider.

Any person who possesses Material Nonpublic Information regarding the Company is
an Insider for so long as the  information is not publicly  known.  Any employee
can be an Insider from time to time, and would at those times be subject to this
Policy.

GENERAL POLICY

It is the policy of the  Company to oppose the  unauthorized  disclosure  of any
Material Nonpublic  Information  regarding the Company acquired in the workplace
or otherwise  and the misuse of Material  Nonpublic  Information  in  securities
trading.

SPECIFIC POLICIES

1. Trading on Material Nonpublic Information.  No director,  officer or employee
of, or consultant or contractor to, the Company,  and no member of the immediate
family  or  household  of any  such  person,  shall  engage  in any  transaction
involving a purchase or sale of the Company's securities, including any offer to
purchase or offer to sell, during any period commencing with the date that he or
she possesses Material Nonpublic Information  concerning the Company, and ending
at the close of business on the second  Trading Day following the date of public
disclosure of that information, or at such time as such nonpublic information is
no longer material.  As used herein,  the term "Trading Day" shall mean a day on
which national stock exchanges and the NASDAQ Stock Market are open for trading.

2. Tipping. No Insider shall disclose ("tip") Material Nonpublic  Information to
any other person  (including  family members) where such information may be used
by such person to his or her profit by


                                       13

<PAGE>


trading in the securities of companies to which such  information  relates,  nor
shall such Insider or related person make recommendations or express opinions on
the basis of  Materials  Nonpublic  Information  as to trading in the  Company's
securities.

3. Confidential of Nonpublic Information.  Nonpublic information relating to the
Company is the property of the Company and the  unauthorized  disclosure of such
information is forbidden.


POTENTIAL CRIMINAL AND CIVIL LIABILITY AND/OR DISCIPLINARY ACTION

1. Liability for Insider  Trading.  Insiders may be subject to  disgorgement  of
profits  (or  losses  avoided)  (trebled  in  some  cases),  penalties  of up to
$1,000,000  and up to ten  years in jail for  engaging  in  transactions  in the
Company's  securities at a time when they have  knowledge of Material  Nonpublic
Information regarding the Company.

2. Liability for Tipping.  Insiders may also be liable for improper transactions
by any person  (commonly  referred to as a "tippee") to whom they have disclosed
nonpublic   information  regarding  the  Company  or  to  whom  they  have  made
recommended or expressed opinions on the basis of such information as to trading
in the Company's securities.  The Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC")
has imposed large penalties even when the disclosing  person did not profit from
the  trading.  The SEC, the stock  exchanges  and the  National  Association  of
Securities Dealers, Inc. use sophisticated electronic surveillance techniques to
uncover insider trading.

3.  Possible  Disciplinary  Actions.  Employees  of the Company who violate this
policy shall also be subject to  disciplinary  action by the  Company,  which my
include ineligibility for future participation in the Company's equity incentive
plan or immediate termination of employment.

GUIDELINES

1.  Recommended  Trading  Window-  To ensure  compliance  with this  Policy  and
applicable  federal and state  securities  laws,  the Company  requires that all
directors, officers, employees, consultants and contractors having access to the
Company's internal financial statements or other Material Nonpublic  Information
refrain  from  conducting  transactions  involving  the  purchase or sale of the
Company's  securities  other than  during the  following  period  (the  "Trading
Window"):

Trading  Window:  The period in any fiscal  quarter  commencing  at the close of
business two full Trading Days  following  the date of public  disclosure of the
financial  results for the prior fine quarter or year and ending on the last day
of the second fiscal month of the fiscal quarter.

The safest period for trading in the Company's securities,  assuming the absence
of  Material  Nonpublic  Information,  is  generally  the  first ten days of the
Trading Window.  Periods other than the Trading Window are more highly sensitive
for  transactions in the Company's stock from the perspective of compliance with
applicable securities laws. This is due to the fact that officers, directors and
certain other employees will, as any quarter progresses,  be increasingly likely
to possess Material  Nonpublic  Information about the expected financial results
for the quarter.

The  purpose  behind  the  recommended  Trading  Window is to help  establish  a
diligent effort to avoid any improper transaction.  An Insider may choose not to
follow this suggestion, but he or she should be


                                       14

<PAGE>


particularly  careful with respect to trading outside the Trading Window,  since
the Insider  may,  at such time,  have access to (or later be deemed to have had
access to) Material  Nonpublic  Information  regarding,  among other things, the
Company's anticipated financial performance for the quarter.

It should be noted that even  during the  Trading  Window any person  possessing
Material Nonpublic  Information  concerning the Company should not engage in any
transactions in the Company's  securities  until such information has been known
publicly  for at least two Trading  Days.  Although the Company may from time to
time  recommend  during a Trading  Window  that  directors,  officers,  selected
employees  and  others  suspend  trading  because of  developments  known to the
Company and not yet disclosed to the public,

each person is  individually  responsible at all times for  compliance  with the
prohibitions against insider trading. Trading in the Company's securities during
the Trading  Window should not be considered a "safe harbor," and all directors,
officers and other persons should use good judgment at all times.


2. Pre  clearance of Trades.  The Company has  determined  that all officers and
directors  of  the  Company   should  refrain  from  trading  in  the  Company's
securities,  even during the Trading  Window,  without first  complying with the
Company's "Pre clearance" process.  Each officer and director should contact the
Company's  Insider Trading  Compliance  officer prior to commencing any trade in
the Company's securities.

The Company may also find it necessary, from time to time, to require compliance
with  the  pre  clearance  process  from  certain  employees,   consultants  and
contractors other than and in addition to officers and directors.

3. No Short Sales or Options  Trading.  The Company  requires that all officers,
directors,  employees,  consultants and contractors refrain from engaging in any
short sale of the  Company's  securities  or any purchase or sale of put or call
options involving the Company's securities.

4. Trading in Stock of Customers and  Suppliers.  The Company  requires that all
officers, directors, employees, consultants and contractors refrain from trading
in the  securities  of customers,  suppliers or other third party  entities with
whom the  Company has a business  relationship  at a time that such person is in
possession  of material  non public  information  concerning  the issuer of such
securities obtained through the Company's relationship with such other entity.

5.  Individual  Responsibility.  Every  officer,  director  and employee has the
individual  responsibility  to comply with this Policy against insider  trading,
regardless  of whether  the  Company has  recommended  a trading  window to that
Insider or any other  Insiders of the Company.  The guidelines set forth in this
Policy are guidelines  only,  and  appropriate  judgment  should be exercised in
connection with any trade in the Company's securities.

An Insider may, from time to time, have to forego, a proposed transaction in the
Company's  securities even if he or she planned to make the  transaction  before
learning  of the  Material  Nonpublic  Information  and even  though the Insider
believes he or she may suffer an economic loss or forego  anticipated  profit by
waiting.


                                       15

<PAGE>



APPLICABILITY OF POLICY TO INSIDE INFORMATION
REGARDING OTHER COMPANIES

This policy and the guidelines described herein also apply to Material Nonpublic
Information  relating to other  companies,  including the  Company's  customers,
vendors,  suppliers or acquisition candidates ("business  partners"),  when that
information  is obtained in the course of  employment  with,  or other  services
performed on behalf of, the Company.  Civil and  penalties,  and  termination of
employment,  may  result  from  trading  on  inside  information  regarding  the
Company's business partners.

All employees should treat Material  Nonpublic  information  about the company's
business  partners  with the same care  required  with  respect  to  information
related directly to the Company.

DEFINITION OF MATERIAL N0N PUBLIC INFORMATION

It is not possible to define all  categories of material  information.  However,
information  should be regarded as material if there is a reasonable  likelihood
that it would be  considered  important  to an investor in making an  investment
decision regarding the purchase or sale of the Company's securities.


While it may be difficult  under this standard to determine  whether  particular
information  is material there are various  categories of  information  that are
particularly  sensitive  and, as a general  rule,  should  always be  considered
material. Examples of such information may include:

Financial results
Projections of future earnings or losses
News of a pending or proposed merger
News of a pending or proposed significant acquisition
News of the disposition of a subsidiary
Impending bankruptcy or financial liquidity problems
Gain or loss of a substantial customer or supplier
Changes in dividend policy
New product announcements of a significant nature
Significant product defects or modifications Significant pricing changes
Stock  splits
New equity or debt offerings
Major acquisitions
Significant litigation exposure due to actual or threatened litigation
Major changes in senior management
Either positive or negative information may be material.
Non public information is information that has not been previously  disclosed to
the general public and is otherwise not readily available to the general public.

CERTAIN EXPECTATIONS

For purposes of this Policy,  the Company considers that the exercise of a stock
option for cash under the Company's stock option plans or the purchase of shares
under the Company's employee stock purchase


                                       16

<PAGE>


plan (but not the sale of any such shares) is exempt from this Policy, since the
other party to the transaction is the Company itself and the price does not vary
with the market but is fixed by the terms of the option agreement or the plan.

Further,  the Company  does not believe  that  employees,  officers or directors
should  ordinarily  be  prohibited  from making  bonafide  gifts and  charitable
donations  outside the Trading  Window in  situations  where there is no unusual
activity or other reason to believe  that a  transaction  would be  particularly
risky.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION - DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Directors  and  officers  of the Company  must also  comply  with the  reporting
obligations and limitations on short-swing  transactions set forth in Section 16
of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  The  practical  effect of
these  provisions  is that  officers  and  directors  who  purchase and sell the
Company's  securities within a six-month period must disgorge all profits to the
Company whether or not they bad knowledge of any Material Nonpublic Information.
Under these  provisions,  and so long as certain other criteria are met, neither
the receipt of an option trader the Company's  option plan,  nor the exercise of
that option nor the receipt of stock under the Company's employee stock purchase
plan is deemed a purchase under Section 16; however, the sale of any such shares
is a sale under Section 16.

Moreover,  no officer or  director  may ever make a short sale of the  Company's
stock. The Company has provided,  or will provide,  separate memoranda and other
appropriate  materials to its officers and directors  regarding  compliance with
Section 16 and its related rules.

INQUIRIES
Please direct your  questions as to any of the matters  discussed in this Policy
to the Company's Insider Trading Compliance officer.



                                       17

<PAGE>


EXHIBIT "B"

DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND SHAREHOLDERS SUBJECT TO SECTION 16
         As of June 22, 1999


Directors:

Richard Stewart
Jasbir Dhaliwal
Philip Garratt
Raeanne Steele
Mitchell Eggers

Officers:

     TITLE                                                   NAME
     -----                                                   ----
1.   President and Chief Executive Officer                   Philip Garratt

2.   Chief Financial Officer/Secretary                       Patrick McGrath

3.   Chief Technology Officer                                Jan Walter

4.   Chief Operating Officer                                 Mitchell Eggers

5.   Executive Vice President of Sales and Marketing         Raeanne Steele

Shareholders:

Premier Lifestyles International Corporation (PLIC)







                                       18



                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     THIS  EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT  is made  this  24th  day of June,  1999  (this
"Agreement"),   between   Shopping   Sherlock,   Inc.  a  Delaware   corporation
("Employer"), and Patrick McGrath ("Employee").

                                    RECITALS

A.  Employer  desires to hire  Employee  and  Employee  wishes to be employed by
Employer.  In such  employment,  Employee  will be given access to  information,
which is  confidential  and proprietary to Employer and its Affiliates and vital
to their  business  operations.  For the  purposes  of the  Agreement,  the term
"Affiliate"  means any entity  currently  existing or subsequently  organized or
formed that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common
control with Employer,  whether through the ownership of voting  securities,  by
contract or otherwise.

B. Employee will receive  adequate  consideration  for executing and  delivering
this Agreement, including employment by Employer. Entry into this Agreement is a
condition of Employee's employment with Employer.

                                    AGREEMENT

     Based upon the consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained,  and
other good and valuable consideration,  the sufficiency and receipt of which are
hereby acknowledged, and in order to induce the Employer to employ Employee, the
parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment. Employer hereby agrees to employ Employee, and Employee agrees to
be employed by Employer in the capacity  identified  in Exhibit A. Employee will
report to the person identified at Exhibit A. Employee's basic  responsibilities
are set forth in Exhibit A,  although  Employee may be required to perform other
responsibilities  in addition to those  identified at Exhibit A. Employee's base
of operations shall be the Employer's  offices  identified at Exhibit A. Changes
may be made  from  time to time by  Employer,  in its  sole  discretion,  to the
duties, reporting relationship and title of Employee.  Employee shall devote all
of Employee's  work efforts to Employer.  Employee  shall comply with all rules,
policies  and  procedures  of Employer as modified  from time to time.  Employee
shall  perform all of Employee's  responsibilities  in a way that is in complete
compliance with all applicable laws.

2. Term of  Employment.  The employment is "at will," and the term of employment
shall be for no specific period of time and may be terminated by the Employer or
Employee at any time for any reason,  with or without cause,  in accordance with
the terms and conditions herein.

3. Compensation.  For the duration of Employee's employment,  the Employee shall
be paid an annual base salary ("Base Salary"),  as identified in Exhibit A. Base
Salary  shall be prorated  for the actual  period of  employment  and payable in
equal installments in accordance with Employer's normal payroll  practices,  and
shall be subject to appropriate deductions and withholding.



                                       1

<PAGE>


4. Other Benefits. Employee shall be entitled to participate in employee benefit
programs established by Employer, such as medical, pension,  disability and life
insurance  plans,  to the extent that  Employee is eligible for such benefits in
accordance with Employer's  policies,  as they may be changed from time to time.
Nothing in this  Agreement  requires  the  adoption or  maintenance  of any such
arrangements  or plans.  For the duration of  Employee's  employment  under this
Agreement,  Employee  shall  accrue  and  utilize  sick  leave and  vacation  in
accordance with the policies and procedures of Employer, as they may be modified
from time to time.  Employer shall  reimburse  Employee for reasonable  expenses
necessarily  incurred in the performance of Employee's duties in accordance with
Employer policies.  All expenses in excess of the amount identified at Exhibit A
must be approved in advance by Employee's supervisor.

5. Termination or Discharge by Employer.

5.1.1  For  Cause.  Employer  shall  have  the  right to  immediately  terminate
Employee's  services and this Agreement for cause.  "Cause" means:  any material
breach of this Agreement by Employee,  including, without limitation,  breach of
Employee's covenants in Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10; any failure to perform assigned
job  responsibilities  that continues without remedy for a period of thirty (30)
days after  written  notice to Employee by Employer;  conviction of a felony (or
its legal equivalent in any jurisdiction) or failure to contest  prosecution for
a  felony  (or its  legal  equivalent  in any  jurisdiction);  violation  of any
statute, rule or regulation, any of which in the judgment of Employer is harmful
to  Employer's  Business  (as  defined  herein)  or  to  Employer's  reputation;
unethical practices; dishonesty; disloyalty; or any reason that would constitute
cause under the laws of the State of  Washington  or any other  jurisdiction  in
which the Employee performs services hereunder.

5.1.2 Upon termination of Employee's  employment hereunder for cause or upon the
death or  disability  of Employee,  Employee will have no rights to any unvested
benefits or any other compensation or payments after the termination date or the
last day of the month in which  Employee's  death or  disability  occurred.  For
purposes of this  Agreement,  "disability"  means the incapacity or inability of
Employee,  whether due to accident,  sickness or  otherwise,  as determined by a
medical doctor acceptable to the Board of Directors of Employer and confirmed in
writing by such  doctor,  to  perform  the  essential  functions  of  Employee's
position  under  this  Agreement,   with  or  without  reasonable  accommodation
(provided that no accommodation  that imposes undue hardship on Employer will be
required)  for an aggregate of ninety (90) days during any period of one hundred
eighty (180) consecutive days.

5.2 Without Cause. If Employer terminates  Employee's  employment without cause,
Employer  shall provide  Employee with the amount of advance notice set forth as
minimum notice in Exhibit A ("Minimum Notice").  Alternatively,  and in the sole
discretion of Employer,  Employer may terminate  Employee's  employment  without
notice or with  notice less than the Minimum  Notice,  but in such a  situation,
Employer shall pay Employee the amount of Base Salary Employee would have earned
had Employee  remained  employed through the Minimum Notice period (based on the
Base  Salary  rate on the  termination  date),  less the  amount of Base  Salary
actually earned during the Minimum Notice period. Such payments shall be sent to
Employee in amounts  allocated  per pay period by mail on  Employer's  usual and
customary  paydays  and  shall be less  required  withholdings  and  deductions.
Employee  shall  have  no  rights  to  any  unvested  benefits  at the  time  of
termination or any other payments except as stated in this paragraph.


                                       2

<PAGE>


6. Termination by Employee.  Employee may terminate Employee's  employment under
this  Agreement for any reason  provided that Employee gives Employer the amount
of notice set forth as Minimum Notice in Exhibit A. In the event of such Notice,
Employee's  compensation  and benefits  hereunder  shall cease as of the date of
Employee's designated  termination date, except that Employer may accelerate the
termination  date to any date  determined  by Employer  after  which  Employee's
services would not be required.  In the event of termination by Employee,  there
shall be no further compensation beyond the termination date.

7. Covenant Not To Compete.  During the Restricted  Period defined in Exhibit A,
Employee covenants and agrees that Employee shall not:

     a. Directly, indirectly, or otherwise, own, manage, operate, control, serve
     as a consultant to, be employed by, participate in, or be connected, in any
     manner, with the ownership management, operation or control of any business
     which is competitive with any type of business which Employer is engaged in
     or  planned  to engage in at any time  during  Employee's  employment  with
     Employer up to and  including  the time of the  termination  of  employment
     ("Employer's Business");

     b. Hire,  offer to hire,  entice  away or in any other  manner  persuade or
     attempt to persuade any officer,  employee or agent of Employer to alter or
     discontinue his or her relationship with Employer;

     c. Directly or indirectly solicit,  divert, or attempt to solicit or divert
     any customers or business of Employer; or

     d. Directly or indirectly solicit,  divert, or in any other manner persuade
     or attempt to persuade any supplier or Employee to alter or discontinue its
     relationship with Employer.

7.1 For the purposes of this Section 7, Employer's  Business  includes,  without
limitation,  the  development  and operation of multiple  commerce  sites on the
Internet for the sale of products,  services,  and privileges over the Internet,
participating  and building a reciprocal  rebate program,  providing  e-commerce
services  to direct and  multi-level  marketing  companies  as well as  discount
warehouse companies,  and inventing or adapting any e-commerce systems necessary
to the operation of such sites.  Notwithstanding  Employee's  obligations  under
this Section 7, Employee shall be entitled to own, as a passive investor,  up to
five  percent  (5%)  of  any  publicly-traded  company  without  violating  this
provision.

7.2  Employer and Employee  agree that this  provision  does not impose an undue
hardship on Employee and is not injurious to the public;  that this provision is
necessary  to protect the valuable  goodwill and the business of Employer;  that
the nature of Employee's  responsibilities  with Employer  under this  Agreement
require  Employee to have access to confidential  information  which is valuable
and  confidential  to Employer's  Business;  that the scope of this Section 7 is
reasonable in terms of length of time; and that adequate  consideration supports
this Section 7.

7.3  Employee  recognizes  that  Employer has entered  into  strategic  alliance
agreements   with   partners,   vendors  and  clients   that   include   various
non-competition,  nondisclosure, and non-circumvention requirements and employee
agrees to uphold and abide by these agreements.


                                       3

<PAGE>


8. Confidential  Information.  Employee  recognizes that Employer's Business and
continued  success  depend  upon  the use and  protection  of  confidential  and
proprietary business information, including, without limitation, the information
and technology developed by or available through licenses to Employer related to
Employer's  Business,  to which Employee has access (all such information  being
"Confidential  Information").   For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  the  phrase
"Confidential  Information"  includes  for  Employer  and its  current or future
subsidiaries and affiliates, without limitation, and whether or not specifically
designated as  confidential  or  proprietary:  all business  plans and marketing
strategies;   information   concerning  existing  and  prospective  markets  and
customers; financial information;  information concerning the development of new
products and services;  and technical and non-technical data related to software
programs,  designs,  specifications,   compilations,  inventions,  improvements,
methods,  processes,  procedures and  techniques;  provided,  however,  that the
phrase does not include information that;

     (a) was  lawfully in  Employee's  possession  prior to  disclosure  of such
     information by Employer;

     (b) was, or at any time becomes,  available in the public domain other than
     through a violation of this Agreement;

     (c) is documented by Employee as having been developed by Employee  outside
     the scope of Employee's employment and independently; or

     (d) is  furnished to Employee by a third party not under an  obligation  of
     confidentiality  to  Employer.   Employee  agrees  that  during  Employee's
     employment  and after  termination  of  employment  irrespective  of cause,
     Employee will use Confidential Information only for the benefit of Employer
     and will not directly or indirectly use or divulge, or permit others to use
     or  divulge,  any  Confidential  Information  for  any  reason,  except  as
     authorized by Employer.

     (e)  Employee's  obligation  under this  Agreement  is in  addition  to any
     obligations Employee has under state, provincial or federal law.

8.1  Employee  agrees to deliver to Employer  immediately  upon  termination  of
Employee's  employment,  or at any time Employer so requests, all tangible items
containing any Confidential  Information  (including,  without  limitation,  all
memoranda,   photographs,   records,  reports,  manuals,  drawings,  blueprints,
prototypes,  notes taken by or provided to Employee,  and any other documents or
items of a confidential belonging to Employer), together with all copies of such
material in Employee's possession or control.

8.2 Employee  agrees that in the course of Employee's  employment with Employer,
Employee  will not violate in any way the rights that any entity has with regard
to  trade  secrets  or  proprietary  or  confidential  information.   Employee's
obligations  under this Section 8 are  indefinite  in term and shall survive the
termination of this Agreement.

9. Work  Product  and  Copyrights.  Employee  agrees  that all right,  title and
interest in and to all  products,  materials and  documents  resulting  from the
performance of Employee's  duties at Employer and all copies thereof,  including
works in  progress,  in  whatever  media,  (the  "Work"),  will be and remain in
Employer  upon  their  creation.  Employee  will mark all Work  with  Employer's
copyright or other proprietary notice as directed by Employer.  Employee further
agrees:

9.1 To the extent  that any  portion of the Work  constitutes  a work able to be
protected under the copyright laws of the United States (the  "Copyright  Law"),
that all such Work  will be  considered  a "work  made for hire" as such term is
used and defined in the Copyright Law and that Employer will be


                                       4

<PAGE>


considered  the "author" of such portion of the Work and the sole and  exclusive
owner throughout the world of copyright therein; and

9.2 If any  portion  of the Work does not  qualify  as a "work made for hire" as
such term is used and defined in the Copyright Law, that Employee hereby assigns
and agrees to assign to  Employer,  without  further  consideration,  all right,
title and interest in and to such Work or in any such portion thereof  including
without limitation any copyright,  trade secret, trademark, trade dress, service
mark or other  proprietary  interest  therein and further  agrees to execute and
deliver to Employer,  upon  request,  appropriate  assignments  of such Work and
copyright and other rights therein and such other  documents and  instruments as
Employer may request to fully and completely  assign such Work and copyright and
other rights therein to Employer,  its successors or nominees, and that Employee
hereby  appoints  Employer as  attorney-in-fact  to execute and deliver any such
documents on Employee's behalf in the event Employee should fail or refuse to do
so within a reasonable period following Employer's request.

10.  Inventions  and  Patents.  For  purposes  of this  Agreement,  "Inventions"
includes,   without   limitation,   information,   inventions,    contributions,
improvements,  ideas,  or  discoveries,  whether they are able to be patented or
not,  and whether or not  conceived or made during work hours.  Employee  agrees
that  all  Inventions  conceived  or made  by  Employee  during  the  period  of
employment  with Employer  belong to Employer,  provided they relate directly to
the business of the Employer, or relate to the employer's actual or demonstrably
anticipated research and development, or result from work performed by Employer.
Accordingly, Employee will:

10.1 Make adequate  written  records of such  Inventions,  which records will be
Employer's property; and

10.2 Assign to Employer,  at its request,  any rights  Employee may have to such
Inventions for the U.S. and all foreign countries;

10.3 Waive and agree not to assert any moral rights Employee may have or acquire
in any  Inventions  and agree to provide  written  waivers  from time to time as
requested by Employer;  and assist Employer (at Employer's expense) in obtaining
and  maintaining  patents  or  copyright  registrations  with  respect  to  such
Inventions.

10.4  Employee  understands  and  agrees  that  Employer  or its  designee  will
determine,  in its sole and  absolute  discretion,  whether an  application  for
patent  will be  filed  on any  Invention  that  is the  exclusive  property  of
Employer,  as set forth above, and whether such an application will be abandoned
prior to issuance of a patent.  Employer will pay to Employee,  either during or
after the term of this  Agreement,  the  following  amounts if  Employee is sole
inventor, or Employee's  proportionate share if Employee is joint inventor: $750
upon filing of the initial application for patent on such Invention;  and $1,500
upon  issuance  of a patent  resulting  from such  initial  patent  application,
provided Employee is named as an inventor in the patent.

10.5 Employee further agrees that Employee will promptly  disclose in writing to
Employer  during  the  term of  Employee's  employment  and  for  one  (1)  year
thereafter,  all Inventions whether developed during the time of such employment
or thereafter  (whether or not Employer has rights in such  Inventions)  so that
Employee's  rights and Employer's  rights in such  Inventions can be determined.
Except  as set  forth on the  initialed  Exhibit  B to this  Agreement,  if any,
Employee  represents  and warrants  that Employee has no  Inventions,  software,
writings or other works of authorship useful to Employer in the normal course


                                       5

<PAGE>


of Employer's Business, which were conceived,  made or written prior to the date
of this Agreement and which are excluded from the operation of this Agreement.

     NOTICE:  In accordance  with Washington law, this Section 10 does not apply
     to Inventions for which no equipment,  supplies,  facility, or trade secret
     information  of  Employer  was used and which  was  developed  entirely  on
     Employee's own time,  unless: (a) the Invention relates (i) directly to the
     business  of  Employer  or  (ii)  to  Employer's   actual  or  demonstrably
     anticipated research or development,  or (b) the Invention results from any
     work performed by Employee for Employer.

11.  Remedies.  Notwithstanding  other  provisions of this  Agreement  regarding
dispute resolution, Employee agrees that Employee's violation of any of Sections
7,  8,  9 or 10 of  this  Agreement  would  cause  Employer  or  its  Affiliates
irreparable harm which would not be adequately  compensated by monetary damages,
and  that  an  injunction   may  be  granted  by  any  court  or  courts  having
jurisdiction,   restraining  Employee  from  violation  of  the  terms  of  this
Agreement,  upon any breach or threatened  breach of Employee of obligations set
forth in any of  Sections  7, 8, 9 or 10. The  preceding  sentence  shall not be
construed to limit Employer or its  Affiliates  from any other relief or damages
to which  it may be  entitled  to as a result  of  Employee's  violation  of any
obligation owed Employer under law or provision of this Agreement, including any
of Sections 7, 8, 9 or 10.

12. Dispute Resolution.  Except with regard to the right of Employer or Employee
to commence any judicial action or proceeding to obtain injunctive  relief,  and
to the greatest extent  permitted by law, any  controversy,  claim or dispute of
whatever  nature  arising  out of or relating to this  Agreement,  whether  such
controversy,  claim or dispute is based upon statute, contract, tort, common law
or otherwise, and whether such controversy, claim or dispute existed prior to or
arises after the date of this Agreement (any such controversy,  claim or dispute
being a "Dispute"),  shall be resolved in  accordance  with the  procedures  set
forth in this  Section  12,  which  procedures  will be the  sole and  exclusive
procedures  for the  resolution  of any Disputes.  Matters to be resolved  under
these  procedures also include claims and disputes  arising out of statutes such
as Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, the Age  Discrimination in Employment Act,
and  the  Washington   Law  against   Discrimination   or  similar   statues  in
jurisdictions  in which the Employee  performs  services  under this  agreement.
Nothing in this provision is intended to restrict  Employee from  submitting any
matter to an administrative agency with jurisdiction over such matter.

12.1  Compliance  with Employer  Policy.  Employee and Employer will make a good
faith attempt to resolve all disputes in accordance with any dispute  resolution
policy  adopted by Employer  before  resorting to any other  dispute  resolution
procedure.

12.2 Mediation.  Employer and Employee will make a good faith attempt to resolve
any and all claims and disputes not resolved in accordance  with Section 12.1 by
submitting  them  to  mediation  in  Seattle,  Washington  before  resorting  to
arbitration  or any other  dispute  resolution  procedure.  The mediation of any
claim or dispute must be conducted in accordance with the then-current  American
Arbitration  Association ("AAA") national rules for the resolution of employment
disputes by mediation, by a mediator who has had both training and experience as
a mediator of general employment and commercial  matters. If the parties to this
agreement cannot agree on a mediator,  then the mediator will be selected by the
AAA in accordance with the criteria  described in this provision.  Within thirty
(30) days after the selection of the  mediator,  Employer and Employee and their
respective attorneys will meet with the mediator for one mediation session of at
least four hours. If the claim or dispute cannot be


                                       6

<PAGE>


settled during such mediation  session or mutually  agreed  continuation  of the
session,  either  Employer or Employee may give the mediator and the other party
to the  claim or  dispute  written  notice  declaring  the end of the  mediation
process.  All  discussions  connected  with  this  mediation  provision  will be
confidential  and treated as  compromise  and  settlement  discussions.  Nothing
disclosed in such discussions,  which is not independently discoverable,  may be
used for any purpose in any later proceeding.

12.3  Arbitration.  If any claim or dispute has not been  resolved in accordance
with Section 12.1 and Section 12.2, then the claim or dispute will be determined
by arbitration in Seattle,  Washington,  in accordance with the then-current AAA
national rules for the resolution of employment disputes by arbitration,  except
as  modified  herein.  The  arbitration  will  be  conducted  by a sole  neutral
arbitrator  who has had both training and experience as an arbitrator of general
employment and commercial matters and who is and for at least ten (10) years has
been,  a partner,  a  shareholder,  or a member in a law firm.  If Employer  and
Employee cannot agree on an arbitrator,  then the arbitrator will be selected by
the AAA applying the criteria in this  provision.  No person who has served as a
mediator  under  the  mediation  provision,  however,  may  be  selected  as the
arbitrator for the same claim or dispute. Reasonable discovery will be permitted
and the  arbitrator  may decide any issue as to discovery.  The  arbitrator  may
decide  any issue as to whether  or as to the  extent to which,  any  dispute is
subject to the dispute  resolution  provisions in Section 12 and the  arbitrator
may award any relief  permitted by law. The arbitrator must base the arbitration
award on the  provisions  of Section 12 and  applicable  law and must render the
award in writing,  including an  explanation  of the reasons for the award.  Any
court having  jurisdiction of the matter may enter judgment upon the award,  and
the  decision  of the  arbitrator  will be final and  binding.  The  statute  of
limitations  applicable  to the  commencement  of a  lawsuit  will  apply to the
commencement of arbitration under Section 12.3.

12.4  Reasonable  attorneys'  fees  incurred  in  any  Dispute  relating  to the
interpretation   or  enforcement  of  this  Agreement   shall  be  paid  by  the
non-prevailing party to such Dispute.

13.  Insider  Trading  Compliance.  Employee  agrees to abide by the  employer's
insider trading compliance program as set forth in Exhibit C.

14.  Disclosure.  Employee  agrees to reveal the terms of this  Agreement to any
future employer or potential  employer of Employee and authorizes  Employer,  at
its election, to make such disclosure.

15.  Representation  of Employee.  Employee  represents and warrants to Employer
that  Employee  is free to enter  into  this  Agreement  and has no  commitment,
arrangement  or  understanding  to or with any party  which  restrains  or is in
conflict  with  Employee's  performance  of the  covenants,  services and duties
provided for in this  Agreement.  Employee shall not violate any obligation owed
to any other party, including former employees, and shall not violate any rights
that any  third  party  has with  regard  to  proprietary  information  or trade
secrets.  Employee agrees to indemnify  Employer and to hold it harmless against
any and all  liabilities or claims arising out of breach of this  representation
and warranty.

16. Assignability.  During Employee's  employment hereunder,  this Agreement may
not be  assigned  by either  party  without  the  written  consent of the other;
provided,  however,  that Employer may assign its rights and  obligations  under
this Agreement to a successor by sale, merger or liquidation,  if such successor
carries on Employer's  business  substantially  in the form in which it is being
conducted at the time of the sale, merger or liquidation.


                                       7

<PAGE>


17.  Right of Set-off.  By  accepting  this  Agreement,  Employee  consents to a
deduction from any amounts  Employer owes Employee from time to time  (including
amounts  owed to Employee as wages or other  compensation,  or vacation  pay, as
well as any other  amounts owed to Employee by  Employer),  to the extent of the
amounts  Employee  owes  Employer.  Whether or not  Employer  elects to make any
set-off in whole or in part,  if  Employer  does not recover by means of set-off
the full amount Employee owes it, calculated as set forth above, Employee agrees
to pay immediately the unpaid balance to Employer.

18.  Notices.  Any notice  required or permitted to be given  hereunder shall be
sufficient if in writing,  by  registered or certified  mail, to Employee at the
address  set forth at Exhibit A, or to the  President  of  Employer  at Shopping
Sherlock,  Inc., 11201 S.E. 8th Street,  Suite 152, Bellevue,  WA, 98004. Notice
shall be deemed to have been given on the third day after deposit into the mail.
Notices to the Employee,  may, at the discretion of Employer,  alternatively  be
hand delivered to Employee.

19.  Severability.  In the  event  that  any  provision  of  this  Agreement  or
compliance  by any of the parties  with any  provision of this  Agreement  shall
constitute a violation of any law,  unenforceable  or void, then such provision,
to the extent only that it is in violation of law, void or unenforceable,  shall
be  deemed   modified  to  the  extent   necessary  so  that  it  is  no  longer
unenforceable,  void  or in  violation  of  law.  If  such  modification  is not
possible,  said provision, to the extent that it is in violation of law, void or
unenforceable,  shall be deemed severable from the remaining  provisions of this
Agreement, which provisions shall remain binding on the parties.

20.  Entire  Agreement.  This  instrument  contains the entire  agreement of the
parties,  and it may be changed only by an  agreement  in writing  signed by the
party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, extension or
discharge is sought,  and any such  modification will be signed by the President
of Employer.

21. Governing Law. The validity,  construction and performance of this Agreement
shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington  without  regard to the
conflicts of law provisions of such laws.

22. Other. The waiver by Employer of a breach of any provision of this Agreement
by Employee  shall not  operate or be  construed  as a waiver of any  subsequent
breach  by  Employee.  Affiliates  of  Employer  are and  shall  be  third-party
beneficiaries of this Agreement.



EMPLOYER                                    EMPLOYEE



- ----------------------------                ----------------------------------
By: Philip Garratt                          Patrick McGrath
Its: CEO
Date:  June 24, 1999                        Date: -----------------





                                       8

<PAGE>


                        Exhibit A to Employment Agreement


Name of Employee:  Patrick McGrath

Position:  CFO

Title of position to whom employee reports: President (Philip Garratt)

Basic responsibilities.

Minimum Hours:        40 hours per week.


Base salary:          U.S. $3,400 per month


Options:              The company plans to grant 80,000 options to individuals

Expense limit without
prior approval:       U.S. $1,000

Minimum Notice:       One month

Restricted Period:   The Restricted Period shall be the period of one year
following the termination of Employee's employment with Employer for any reason.

Place of notice to Employee.

- ----------------------------

- ----------------------------

EMPLOYER                                    EMPLOYEE



- ----------------------------                ----------------------------------
By: Philip Garratt                          Patrick McGrath
Its: CEO
Date:  June 24, 1999                        Date: -----------------






                                       9

<PAGE>


                        Exhibit B to Employment Agreement



Employee  represents  and warrants  that Employee has no  Inventions,  software,
writings,  artistic works, audiovisual works or other works of authorship useful
to Employer in the normal course of Employer's  Business,  which were conceived,
made or written prior to the date of this  Agreement and which are excluded from
the operation of this Agreement.

List exemptions:















Initials of Employee: ------------



                                       10


<PAGE>


                        Exhibit C to Employment Agreement


                           INSIDER TRADING COMPLIANCE


SHOPPING SHERLOCK INC.
UPDATED INSIDER TRADING COMPLIANCE - PROGRAM
As at June 22nd 1999


Adopted: June 22, 1999
Exhibits Updated: June 22, 1999

In order to continue its active role in the prevention of any question regarding
insider trading violations by its officers, directors,  employees,  shareholders
and other related  individuals,  to alter that role as necessary and appropriate
in light of the Company's  increased  size and publicly  traded  status,  and to
ensure  that  its  policies  continue  to  be  in  accordance  with  the  latest
developments  in the law, the Company has adopted the  policies  and  procedures
described in this  Memorandum  Effective  as of the date set forth above.  These
policies  and  procedures  are  regularly  updated  and  posted to the  Shopping
Sherlock Intranet under "Legal".

I.   Adoption of Insider Trading Policy.

The Company has adopted the Shopping Sherlock Insider Trading Policy attached as
Exhibit  A (the  "Policy"),  which  prohibits  trading  while in  possession  of
Material  Nonpublic   Information  regarding  the  Company.  The  Policy  covers
officers, directors,  shareholders and all other employees of, or consultants or
contractors  to, the Company,  as well as family  members of such  persons,  and
other persons who have or may have access to Material Nonpublic Information. The
Policy  (and/or a summary  thereof is to be delivered to all new  employees  and
consultants upon the commencement of their  relationships with the Company,  and
is to be circulated to all personnel at least annually.

II.  Designation of Certain Persons.

A. Section 16 Individuals.  The Company has determined that those persons listed
on Exhibit B attached hereto are the persons  currently subject to the reporting
and liability  provisions of Section 16 of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended  (the  "Exchange  Act"),  and the rules and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder  ("Section 16  Individuals").  Exhibit B will be amended and -updated
from time to time as  appropriate  to include an updated list of  directors  and
officers and  shareholders  who  beneficially own more than 10% of the Company's
common stock.

B. Other  Restricted  Persons.  The Company has  determined  that those  persons
listed on Exhibit C attached  hereto,  together with the Section 16  Individuals
listed  on  Exhibit  are  currently  subject  to the pre  clearance  requirement
described in Section IV below.  The Company believes that those persons have, or
are likely to have, regular access to Material Nonpublic Information.  Exhibit C
may be amended from time to time. Under special  circumstances,  certain persons
not listed on Exhibit-C may have access to Material Nonpublic  Information for a
period of time.  During such  period,  such  persons are also subject to the pre
clearance procedure described in Section IV.


                                       11

<PAGE>


III. Appointment of Compliance Officer.

The Company  designates  its CFO as the  Company's  Insider  Trading  Compliance
Officer.

IV.  Duties of Compliance Officer.

The  duties of the  Compliance  Officer  include,  but are not  limited  to, the
following:

A. Pre  clear all  transactions  involving  the  Company's  securities  by those
individuals  listed on Exhibits B and C in order to define  compliance  with the
Policy,  insider  trading  laws,  Section  16 of the  Exchange  Act and Rule 144
promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

B.  Coordinate  preparation  and filing of Section 16 reports (Forms 3, 4 and 5)
for all Section 16 Individuals.

C. Serve as the  designated  recipient at the Company of copies of reports filed
with the SEC by Section 16 Individuals under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

D. Perform periodic  cross-checks of available materials which may include Forms
3, 4 and 5, Form 144,  officers'  and  directors'  questionnaires,  and  reports
received from the Company's stock administrator and transfer agent, to determine
trading  activity  by  officers,  directors  and others  who access to  Material
Nonpublic Information.

E. Circulate the Policy (and/or a summary  thereof) to all employees,  including
Section 16  Individuals,  on an annual  basis,  and provide the Policy and other
appropriate  materials to new  officers,  directors  and others who have, or may
have, access to Material Nonpublic Information.

F. Assist the Company's Board of Directors with implementation of the Policy and
Sections I and II of this memorandum.

G. Coordinate with Company counsel regarding compliance with Rule 144 sales.

Attachments:

Exhibit "A" - Insider Trading Policy
Exhibit "B" - List of Section 16 insiders







                                       12


<PAGE>


EXHIBIT "A"


SHOPPING SHERLOCK INC.

INSIDER  TRADING POLICY and Guidelines  with Respect to Certain  Transactions in
Company Securities

This Policy  provides  guidelines to  employees,  officers and directors of, and
consultants  and  contractors  to,  SHOPPING  SHERLOCK INC. (the "Company") with
respect to transactions' in the Company's securities.

APPLICABILITY OF POLICY

This policy applies to all transactions in the Company's  securities,  including
Common Stock,  options for Common Stock and any other securities the Company may
issue from time to time,  such as  preferred  stock,  warrants  and  convertible
debentures, as well as to derivative securities relating to the Company's stock,
whether  or not  issued by the  Company,  such as  exchange-traded  options.  It
applies to all officers of the Company,  all members of the  Company's  Board of
Directors, and all employees of, and consultants and contractors to, the Company
and its  subsidiaries.  This group of people when in receipt of or having access
to Material  Nonpublic  Information  (as defined  below)  regarding the Company,
along with members of their immediate  families and members of their households,
are sometimes referred to in this Policy as "Insiders". This Policy also applies
to any person who receives Material Nonpublic Information from any insider.

Any person who possesses Material Nonpublic Information regarding the Company is
an Insider for so long as the  information is not publicly  known.  Any employee
can be an Insider from time to time, and would at those times be subject to this
Policy.

GENERAL POLICY

It is the policy of the  Company to oppose the  unauthorized  disclosure  of any
Material Nonpublic  Information  regarding the Company acquired in the workplace
or otherwise  and the misuse of Material  Nonpublic  Information  in  securities
trading.

SPECIFIC POLICIES

1. Trading on Material Nonpublic Information.  No director,  officer or employee
of, or consultant or contractor to, the Company,  and no member of the immediate
family  or  household  of any  such  person,  shall  engage  in any  transaction
involving a purchase or sale of the Company's securities, including any offer to
purchase or offer to sell, during any period commencing with the date that he or
she possesses Material Nonpublic Information  concerning the Company, and ending
at the close of business on the second  Trading Day following the date of public
disclosure of that information, or at such time as such nonpublic information is
no longer material.  As used herein,  the term "Trading Day" shall mean a day on
which national stock exchanges and the NASDAQ Stock Market are open for trading.

2. Tipping. No Insider shall disclose ("tip") Material Nonpublic  Information to
any other person  (including  family members) where such information may be used
by such person to his or her profit by


                                       13

<PAGE>


trading in the securities of companies to which such  information  relates,  nor
shall such Insider or related person make recommendations or express opinions on
the basis of  Materials  Nonpublic  Information  as to trading in the  Company's
securities.

3. Confidential of Nonpublic Information.  Nonpublic information relating to the
Company is the property of the Company and the  unauthorized  disclosure of such
information is forbidden.


POTENTIAL CRIMINAL AND CIVIL LIABILITY AND/OR DISCIPLINARY ACTION

1. Liability for Insider  Trading.  Insiders may be subject to  disgorgement  of
profits  (or  losses  avoided)  (trebled  in  some  cases),  penalties  of up to
$1,000,000  and up to ten  years in jail for  engaging  in  transactions  in the
Company's  securities at a time when they have  knowledge of Material  Nonpublic
Information regarding the Company.

2. Liability for Tipping.  Insiders may also be liable for improper transactions
by any person  (commonly  referred to as a "tippee") to whom they have disclosed
nonpublic   information  regarding  the  Company  or  to  whom  they  have  made
recommended or expressed opinions on the basis of such information as to trading
in the Company's securities.  The Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC")
has imposed large penalties even when the disclosing  person did not profit from
the  trading.  The SEC, the stock  exchanges  and the  National  Association  of
Securities Dealers, Inc. use sophisticated electronic surveillance techniques to
uncover insider trading.

3.  Possible  Disciplinary  Actions.  Employees  of the Company who violate this
policy shall also be subject to  disciplinary  action by the  Company,  which my
include ineligibility for future participation in the Company's equity incentive
plan or immediate termination of employment.

GUIDELINES

1.  Recommended  Trading  Window-  To ensure  compliance  with this  Policy  and
applicable  federal and state  securities  laws,  the Company  requires that all
directors, officers, employees, consultants and contractors having access to the
Company's internal financial statements or other Material Nonpublic  Information
refrain  from  conducting  transactions  involving  the  purchase or sale of the
Company's  securities  other than  during the  following  period  (the  "Trading
Window"):

Trading  Window:  The period in any fiscal  quarter  commencing  at the close of
business two full Trading Days  following  the date of public  disclosure of the
financial  results for the prior fine quarter or year and ending on the last day
of the second fiscal month of the fiscal quarter.

The safest period for trading in the Company's securities,  assuming the absence
of  Material  Nonpublic  Information,  is  generally  the  first ten days of the
Trading Window.  Periods other than the Trading Window are more highly sensitive
for  transactions in the Company's stock from the perspective of compliance with
applicable securities laws. This is due to the fact that officers, directors and
certain other employees will, as any quarter progresses,  be increasingly likely
to possess Material  Nonpublic  Information about the expected financial results
for the quarter.

The  purpose  behind  the  recommended  Trading  Window is to help  establish  a
diligent effort to avoid any improper transaction.  An Insider may choose not to
follow this suggestion, but he or she should be


                                       14

<PAGE>


particularly  careful with respect to trading outside the Trading Window,  since
the Insider  may,  at such time,  have access to (or later be deemed to have had
access to) Material  Nonpublic  Information  regarding,  among other things, the
Company's anticipated financial performance for the quarter.

It should be noted that even  during the  Trading  Window any person  possessing
Material Nonpublic  Information  concerning the Company should not engage in any
transactions in the Company's  securities  until such information has been known
publicly  for at least two Trading  Days.  Although the Company may from time to
time  recommend  during a Trading  Window  that  directors,  officers,  selected
employees  and  others  suspend  trading  because of  developments  known to the
Company and not yet disclosed to the public,

each person is  individually  responsible at all times for  compliance  with the
prohibitions against insider trading. Trading in the Company's securities during
the Trading  Window should not be considered a "safe harbor," and all directors,
officers and other persons should use good judgment at all times.


2. Pre  clearance of Trades.  The Company has  determined  that all officers and
directors  of  the  Company   should  refrain  from  trading  in  the  Company's
securities,  even during the Trading  Window,  without first  complying with the
Company's "Pre clearance" process.  Each officer and director should contact the
Company's  Insider Trading  Compliance  officer prior to commencing any trade in
the Company's securities.

The Company may also find it necessary, from time to time, to require compliance
with  the  pre  clearance  process  from  certain  employees,   consultants  and
contractors other than and in addition to officers and directors.

3. No Short Sales or Options  Trading.  The Company  requires that all officers,
directors,  employees,  consultants and contractors refrain from engaging in any
short sale of the  Company's  securities  or any purchase or sale of put or call
options involving the Company's securities.

4. Trading in Stock of Customers and  Suppliers.  The Company  requires that all
officers, directors, employees, consultants and contractors refrain from trading
in the  securities  of customers,  suppliers or other third party  entities with
whom the  Company has a business  relationship  at a time that such person is in
possession  of material  non public  information  concerning  the issuer of such
securities obtained through the Company's relationship with such other entity.

5.  Individual  Responsibility.  Every  officer,  director  and employee has the
individual  responsibility  to comply with this Policy against insider  trading,
regardless  of whether  the  Company has  recommended  a trading  window to that
Insider or any other  Insiders of the Company.  The guidelines set forth in this
Policy are guidelines  only,  and  appropriate  judgment  should be exercised in
connection with any trade in the Company's securities.

An Insider may, from time to time, have to forego, a proposed transaction in the
Company's  securities even if he or she planned to make the  transaction  before
learning  of the  Material  Nonpublic  Information  and even  though the Insider
believes he or she may suffer an economic loss or forego  anticipated  profit by
waiting.


                                       15

<PAGE>


APPLICABILITY OF POLICY TO INSIDE INFORMATION
REGARDING OTHER COMPANIES

This policy and the guidelines described herein also apply to Material Nonpublic
Information  relating to other  companies,  including the  Company's  customers,
vendors,  suppliers or acquisition candidates ("business  partners"),  when that
information  is obtained in the course of  employment  with,  or other  services
performed on behalf of, the Company.  Civil and  penalties,  and  termination of
employment,  may  result  from  trading  on  inside  information  regarding  the
Company's business partners.

All employees should treat Material  Nonpublic  information  about the company's
business  partners  with the same care  required  with  respect  to  information
related directly to the Company.

DEFINITION OF MATERIAL N0N PUBLIC INFORMATION

It is not possible to define all  categories of material  information.  However,
information  should be regarded as material if there is a reasonable  likelihood
that it would be  considered  important  to an investor in making an  investment
decision regarding the purchase or sale of the Company's securities.


While it may be difficult  under this standard to determine  whether  particular
information  is material there are various  categories of  information  that are
particularly  sensitive  and, as a general  rule,  should  always be  considered
material. Examples of such information may include:

Financial results
Projections of future earnings or losses
News of a pending or proposed merger
News of a pending or proposed significant acquisition
News of the disposition of a subsidiary
Impending bankruptcy or financial liquidity problems
Gain or loss of a substantial customer or supplier
Changes in dividend policy
New product announcements of a significant nature
Significant product defects or modifications Significant pricing changes
Stock  splits
New equity or debt offerings
Major acquisitions
Significant litigation exposure due to actual or threatened litigation
Major changes in senior management
Either positive or negative information may be material.
Non public information is information that has not been previously  disclosed to
the general public and is otherwise not readily available to the general public.


CERTAIN EXPECTATIONS

For purposes of this Policy,  the Company considers that the exercise of a stock
option for cash under the Company's stock option plans or the purchase of shares
under the Company's employee stock purchase


                                       16

<PAGE>


plan (but not the sale of any such shares) is exempt from this Policy, since the
other party to the transaction is the Company itself and the price does not vary
with the market but is fixed by the terms of the option agreement or the plan.

Further,  the Company  does not believe  that  employees,  officers or directors
should  ordinarily  be  prohibited  from making  bonafide  gifts and  charitable
donations  outside the Trading  Window in  situations  where there is no unusual
activity or other reason to believe  that a  transaction  would be  particularly
risky.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION - DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Directors  and  officers  of the Company  must also  comply  with the  reporting
obligations and limitations on short-swing  transactions set forth in Section 16
of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  The  practical  effect of
these  provisions  is that  officers  and  directors  who  purchase and sell the
Company's  securities within a six-month period must disgorge all profits to the
Company whether or not they bad knowledge of any Material Nonpublic Information.
Under these  provisions,  and so long as certain other criteria are met, neither
the receipt of an option trader the Company's  option plan,  nor the exercise of
that option nor the receipt of stock under the Company's employee stock purchase
plan is deemed a purchase under Section 16; however, the sale of any such shares
is a sale under Section 16.

Moreover,  no officer or  director  may ever make a short sale of the  Company's
stock. The Company has provided,  or will provide,  separate memoranda and other
appropriate  materials to its officers and directors  regarding  compliance with
Section 16 and its related rules.

INQUIRIES
Please direct your  questions as to any of the matters  discussed in this Policy
to the Company's Insider Trading Compliance officer.


                                       17


<PAGE>


EXHIBIT "B"

DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND SHAREHOLDERS SUBJECT TO SECTION 16
         As of June 22, 1999


Directors:

Richard Stewart
Jasbir Dhaliwal
Philip Garratt
Raeanne Steele
Mitchell Eggers


Officers:

       TITLE                                                   NAME
       -----                                                   ----
1.     President and Chief Executive Officer                   Philip Garratt

2.     Chief Financial Officer/Secretary                       Patrick McGrath

3.     Chief Technology Officer                                Jan Walter

4.     Chief Operating Officer                                 Mitchell Eggers

5.     Executive Vice President of Sales and Marketing         Raeanne Steele

Shareholders:

Premier Lifestyles International Corporation (PLIC)





                                       18




                                                                   Exhibit 10.12


                                    SUBLEASE

1.   PARTIES

This  Sublease  is entered  into as of the 21st day of May,  1999 by and between
Global Mobility Systems, Inc., a Nevada corporation,  as Sublessor, and Shopping
Sherlock,  Inc.,  a Delaware  corporation,  as  Sublessee,  under  that  certain
Bellefield Office Park Lease Agreement  ("Master Lease") dated February 10, 1998
by and between Spieker Properties,  L.P. as Landlord, and Sublessor as Tenant, a
copy of which is attached  hereto marked Exhibit A, and  incorporated  herein by
reference.

2.   PROVISIONS CONSTITUTING SUBLEASE

This  Sublease  shall be of no force and effect  unless  and until the  Landlord
under the Master  Lease  shall  grant its  consent in writing  thereto  and this
Sublease  is subject  to all of the terms and  conditions  of the  Master  Lease
except as  specifically  exempted  herein and Sublessee shall assume and perform
the  obligations  of Sublessor as Tenant in said Master Lease to the extent said
terms and conditions are applicable to the premises  subleased  pursuant to this
Sublease.  Sublessee shall not commit or permit to be committed on the subleased
premises  any act or omission  that shall  violate any term or  condition of the
Master  Lease.  Sublessor  shall not  commit or  permit to be  committed  on the
subleased  premises any act or omission that shall violate any term or condition
of the  Master  Lease or  interfere  with  Sublessee's  quiet  enjoyment  of the
premises.  All of the terms and  conditions  contained  in the Master  Lease are
incorporated  herein  as  terms  and  conditions  of this  Sublease  (with  each
reference  therein to Landlord and Tenant to be deemed to refer to Sublessor and
Sublessee)  and,  along  with all of the  following  paragraphs  set out in this
Sublease, shall be the complete terms and conditions of this Sublease.

3.   PREMISES

Sublessor  subleases to  Sublessee  and  Sublessee  hires from  Sublessor  those
certain  premises  consisting  of  approximately  1,723  rentable  square  feet,
addressed as ("Premises") 11201 S.E. 8th Street, Suite 152, Bellevue,  WA, shown
on the plan attached hereto as Exhibit B.

The Premises shall be subleased in its present  "as-is",  "where-is"  condition,
except that Sublessor,  at Sublessor's expense,  shall a) re-key the front entry
door, providing Sublessee with three (3) sets of Building and Premises keys, and
b)  provide  Building  Standard  directory  and  suite  signage  for  Sublessee.
Sublessor makes no warranties or representations  whatsoever as to the condition
of the Premises including,  without limiting the intent hereof, the existence of
toxic  or  hazardous  materials  or if  the  Premises  meet  all  current  laws,
regulations or building codes. If  modifications  are required to be made to the
Premises  in order to comply with such  current  laws,  regulations  or building
codes,  now or in the future,  then all expenses  related to such  modifications
shall be borne solely by Sublessee. Any such required modifications by Sublessee
shall not be  performed  without  obtaining  Landlord's  and  Sublessor's  prior
written consent.

4.   TERM

Approximately Twenty One and one half months commencing June 15, 1999 and ending
March 31, 2001. Upon execution  hereof and consent by Landlord,  Sublessee shall
be provided



<PAGE>


possession of the Premises for purposes of installing  network  cabling,  server
racks and other work necessary for the operation of its business.

5.   RENT

Sublessee  shall  pay to  Sublessor,  as basic  rent for the  Premises,  monthly
installments  in  advance  on the first day of each month in the amount of Three
Thousand Four Hundred Forty Six and No/100  Dollars  ($3,446.00) in lawful money
of the United States of America, to Sublessor at the address stated herein or to
such other person or at such other places as Sublessor may designate in writing.

Upon  execution  hereof,  Sublessee  shall prepay the first  month's rent in the
amount of Three Thousand Four Hundred Forty Six and No/100 Dollars ($3,446.00).

6.   USE

The Premises shall be used and occupied for general office purposes.

7.   SECURITY DEPOSIT

Sublessee shall deposit with Sublessor,  upon execution hereof, the sum of Three
Thousand Four Hundred Forty Six and No/100  Dollars  ($3,446.00) as security for
Sublessee's  faithful  performance  of  Sublessee's  obligations  hereunder.  If
Sublessee  fails  to pay rent or  other  charges  due  hereunder,  or  otherwise
defaults  with respect to any  provision of this  Sublease,  Sublessor  may use,
apply or retain all or any  portion of said  deposit for the payment of any rent
or  other  charge  in  default  or for the  payment  of any  other  sum to which
Sublessor  may become  obligated  by any reason of  Sublessee's  default,  or to
compensate  Sublessor for any loss or damage which Sublessor may suffer thereby.
If  Sublessor so uses or applies all or any portion of said  deposit,  Sublessee
shall,  within ten (10) days after written  demand  therefor,  deposit cash with
Sublessor  in an amount  sufficient  to restore  said deposit to the full amount
hereinabove  stated and  Sublessee's  failure to do so shall be a breach of this
Sublease,  and Sublessor may at its option,  terminate this Sublease.  Sublessor
shall not be required to keep said deposit  separate from its general  accounts.
If Sublessee performs all of Sublessee's obligations hereunder,  said deposit or
so much  thereof  as had not  theretofore  been  applied by  Sublessor  shall be
credited,  without  payment of interest  for its use,  against the last  month's
rent.

8.   DEFAULT

In the  event  of  default  by  Sublessee  of the  payment  of  rents  or in the
performance of any other terms and conditions of this Sublease,  Sublessor shall
have, in addition to whatever other rights and remedies it may have at law or in
equity,  the same rights and remedies against  Sublessee as Landlord has against
Sublessor as Tenant under the Master Lease.

9.   ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

Neither  Sublessee  nor  Sublessor  shall  further  assign this  Sublease or any
interest  therein or further  sublet any portion of the premises or any right or
privilege appurtenant thereto without


<PAGE>


the consent of the Landlord and Sublessor  first had and  obtained,  which shall
not be unreasonably withheld.

10.  PARKING

Parking shall be allowed as per the Master Lease. Therefore,  any parking stalls
which may be allocated to Sublessor under the terms of the Master Lease, if any,
shall be transferred to Sublessee as part of this Sublease. Charges, if any, for
the use of such parking stalls shall be borne solely by Sublessee.

11.  NOTICE

Any notice  required and permitted to be given  hereunder must be in writing and
may be given by  personal  delivery  or by mail,  and if given by mail  shall be
deemed  sufficiently  given if sent by registered or certified mail addressed to
Sublessee at the Premises or served upon Sublessee or its  representative at the
Premises,  and to Sublessor at the address below.  Either party may give written
notice to the other  specifying a different  address for notice  purposes except
that  Sublessor  may in any event use the  premises as  Sublessee's  address for
notice purposes.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this  Sublease  has been  executed the date and year first
above written.

                                        SUBLESSEE

Shopping Sherlock, Inc.                 BY: /s/ Patrick McGrath
11201 S.E. 8th Street, #152                 ------------------------------------
Bellevue, WA  98004                     TITLE:  CFO


                                        SUBLESSOR

Global Mobility Systems, Inc.           BY: /s/ William Grossman
11201 S.E. 8th Street                       ------------------------------------
Bellevue, WA  98004                     TITLE: VP, Finance





<PAGE>


FOR AN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT IN A CORPORATE CAPACITY:

         STATE OF Washington    )
                                )
         COUNTY OF King         )


On this 21st day of May, 1999, before me personally  appeared Patrick McGrath to
me known to be the CFO and executed  the within and  foregoing  instrument,  and
acknowledged  the same instrument to the true and voluntary act and deed of said
corporation for the uses and purposes therein  mentioned and on oath stated that
they were authorized to execute said instrument.

Dated:  5-21-99                            /s/ Brenda Forsman
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Notary Public Signature
                                           Brenda Forsman
         Seal or Stamp                     Type or Print Name of Notary
                                           State of Washington
                                           Residing in Kirkland
                                           Appointment Expires 4/29/02




FOR AN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT IN A CORPORATE CAPACITY:

         STATE OF Washington    )
                                )
         COUNTY OF King         )


On this 21st day of May, 1999, before me personally appeared William Grossman to
me known to be the VP,  Finance and executed  within the  foregoing  instrument,
acknowledged  the same instrument to the true and voluntary act and deed of said
corporation, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned and on oath stated that
they were authorized to execute said instrument.

Dated:  5/21/99                            /s/ Derek W. Truson
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Notary Public Signature
                                           Derek W. Truson
         Seal or Stamp                     Type or Print Name of Notary
                                           State of Washington
                                           Residing in Seattle
                                           Appointment Expires 11/1/99



<PAGE>


                                     RIDER 1


12.  REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF SUBLESSOR

a.  Sublessor  represents and warrants the following to Sublessee as of the date
of this  Sublease:  (1) the  document  attached  hereto as  Exhibit A is a true,
accurate and complete copy of the Master Lease,  and there is no other document,
agreement or  understanding  between  Sublessor and Landlord with respect to the
lease of the Premises;  (2)  Sublessor has not assigned , sublet or  transferred
any interest of Sublessor  in the Master  Lease or the  Premises,  except as set
forth in this Sublease; (3) to the best of Sublessor's  knowledge,  there exists
no default  under the Master Lease,  or any condition  which with the passage of
time or the giving of notice,  or both,  would  constitute  a default  under the
Master Lease,  on the part of either  Sublessor or Landlord;  (4) the expiration
date of the Master Lease is March 31, 2001.

b.  Sublessor  shall perform all  obligations  of Tenant under the Master Lease,
except to the extent such  obligation  is required to be  performed by Sublessee
hereunder.  Sublessor  shall use  reasonable  efforts  (exclusive  of filing any
lawsuit  or paying any  monies or  incurring  any  liabilities)  to enforce  the
obligations  of Landlord  for the benefit of  Sublessee,  to the extent that the
failure to  perform  any such  obligation  by  Landlord  has,  or is  reasonably
anticipated to have, a material  adverse  effect upon Sublease.  If Sublessor is
not  obligated,   by  the  preceding  sentence  or  otherwise,  to  enforce  the
obligations  of Landlord of the benefit of Sublessee,  and does not enforce such
obligations  in a timely  manner,  then,  upon  written  request  of  Sublessee,
Sublessor will assign to Sublessee any claim,  cause of action,  right or remedy
available to enforce such  obligation,  and collect damages for such failure top
perform,  and Sublessor will  thereafter  cooperate with Sublessee as reasonably
necessary  to enforce  such  obligations.  Sublessor  will not modify the Master
Lease (so as to materially  decrease the obligations of Landlord with respect to
the  Premises,  or to diminish the rights  available to Sublessee  hereunder) or
terminate  the Master Lease  without the express  written  consent of Sublessee,
notwithstanding  that any such  termination may be permitted by the terms of the
Master Lease, Sublessor will immediately forward to Sublessee all communications
received by Sublessor relating to the Premises.

13.  INDEMNITY

a.  Except to the  extent  caused by the  negligence  or willful  misconduct  of
Sublessor,  its agents,  employees,  contractors  or invitees,  Sublessee  shall
indemnify,  defend with counsel  reasonably  acceptable  to  Sublessor  and hold
Sublessor  harmless  from and against any and al claims,  litigation,  judgments
causes of action,  damages,  costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys'
fees)  caused by or  arising  in  connection  with:  (i) the use,  occupancy  or
condition  of  the  Premises  by  Sublessee;  (ii)  the  negligence  or  willful
misconduct of Sublessee or its agents, employees,  contractors,  or invitees; or
(iii) a breach of Sublessee's  obligations under this Sublease or the provisions
of the Master Lease assumed by Sublessee hereunder.  Sublessee's indemnification
of Sublessor shall survive termination of this Sublease.

b.  Except to the  extent  caused by the  negligence  or willful  misconduct  of
Sublessee,  its  agents,  employees.  Contractors  or invitee,  Sublessor  shall
indemnify,  defend with counsel  reasonably  acceptable  to  Sublessee  and hold
Sublessee harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities,  judgments,
causes of action, damages, costs and expenses (including attorneys' and experts'
fees) caused by or arising in connection with: (i) a breach of Sublessor's


<PAGE>


representations or obligations under this Sublease; (ii) a breach of Sublessor's
representations  or  obligations  as Tenant under the Master Lease to the extent
those obligations are not assumed by Sublessee under this Sublease; or (iii) the
negligence  or  willful   misconduct  of  Sublessor,   its  agents,   employees,
contractors or invitees occurring on the Premises.  Sublessor's  indemnification
of Sublease shall survivee termination of this Sublease.

c.  Neither  Sublessor  nor the  Sublessee  shall be  liable  to the  other  for
incidental,  consequential,  indirect or special damages of any kind,  including
any financial loss that would be properly characterized at any of the foregoing.



<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT B

Cross  hatched  portion  outlined in red reflects the Premises as  referenced in
Paragraph 1 of the Lease. As built condition may vary from plan. Not to scale


                            [Floor Plan of Premises]


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                                        5

<S>                                             <C>                        <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                  5-MOS                       12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1998                 DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                                 JAN-01-1999                 JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                   MAY-31-1999                 DEC-31-1998
<CASH>                                         752,120                     0
<SECURITIES>                                   0                           0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  54,121                      0
<ALLOWANCES>                                   0                           0
<INVENTORY>                                    0                           0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               779,241                     0
<PP&E>                                         74,504                      0
<DEPRECIATION>                                 4,155                       0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 2,853,745                   0
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          64,912                      0
<BONDS>                                        0                           0
                          0                           0
                                    0                           0
<COMMON>                                       9,000                       1,000
<OTHER-SE>                                     2,779,833                   0
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   2,853,745                   0
<SALES>                                        0                           0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               0                           0
<CGS>                                          0                           0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  0                           0
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               461,167                     2,079
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               0                           0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             0                           0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (461,167)                   (2,079)
<INCOME-TAX>                                   0                           0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            (461,167)                   (2,079)
<DISCONTINUED>                                 0                           0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                0                           0
<CHANGES>                                      0                           0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (461,167)                   (2,079)
<EPS-BASIC>                                  (0.12)                      (0.05)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  (0.12)                      (0.05)



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission